diff options
| author | Liong Sauw Ming <ming@teluu.com> | 2012-04-18 02:38:42 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Liong Sauw Ming <ming@teluu.com> | 2012-04-18 02:38:42 +0000 |
| commit | be78f596a56580ae6984895355168376d49d9099 (patch) | |
| tree | 7ebce483258005e403f973dac299c435675b53bf /third_party | |
| parent | 64f7c5f55ec54621141ba3676298510dcf0bdb70 (diff) | |
Fixed #1276: Add baseclasses sample in third_party directory required by dshow_dev
git-svn-id: http://svn.pjsip.org/repos/pjproject/trunk@4061 74dad513-b988-da41-8d7b-12977e46ad98
Diffstat (limited to 'third_party')
70 files changed, 38674 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af0de96d --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMExtra.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CRenderedInputPin class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h> // DirectShow base class definitions
+#include <mmsystem.h> // Needed for definition of timeGetTime
+#include <limits.h> // Standard data type limit definitions
+#include <measure.h> // Used for time critical log functions
+
+#include "amextra.h"
+
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+// Implements CRenderedInputPin class
+
+CRenderedInputPin::CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_bAtEndOfStream(FALSE),
+ m_bCompleteNotified(FALSE)
+{
+}
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CRenderedInputPin::CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_bAtEndOfStream(FALSE),
+ m_bCompleteNotified(FALSE)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+// Flush end of stream condition - caller should do any
+// necessary stream level locking before calling this
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRenderedInputPin::EndOfStream()
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Do EC_COMPLETE handling for rendered pins
+ if (S_OK == hr && !m_bAtEndOfStream) {
+ m_bAtEndOfStream = TRUE;
+ FILTER_STATE fs;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pFilter->GetState(0, &fs)));
+ if (fs == State_Running) {
+ DoCompleteHandling();
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Called to complete the flush
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRenderedInputPin::EndFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // Clean up renderer state
+ m_bAtEndOfStream = FALSE;
+ m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;
+
+ return CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// Notify of Run() from filter
+
+HRESULT CRenderedInputPin::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(tStart);
+ m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;
+ if (m_bAtEndOfStream) {
+ DoCompleteHandling();
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Clear status on going into paused state
+
+HRESULT CRenderedInputPin::Active()
+{
+ m_bAtEndOfStream = FALSE;
+ m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;
+ return CBaseInputPin::Active();
+}
+
+
+// Do stuff to deliver end of stream
+
+void CRenderedInputPin::DoCompleteHandling()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bAtEndOfStream);
+ if (!m_bCompleteNotified) {
+ m_bCompleteNotified = TRUE;
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE, S_OK, (LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)m_pFilter);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a861bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMExtra.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __AMEXTRA__
+#define __AMEXTRA__
+
+// Simple rendered input pin
+//
+// NOTE if your filter queues stuff before rendering then it may not be
+// appropriate to use this class
+//
+// In that case queue the end of stream condition until the last sample
+// is actually rendered and flush the condition appropriately
+
+class CRenderedInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+public:
+
+ CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ // Override methods to track end of stream state
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream();
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush();
+
+ HRESULT Active();
+ HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+protected:
+
+ // Member variables to track state
+ BOOL m_bAtEndOfStream; // Set by EndOfStream
+ BOOL m_bCompleteNotified; // Set when we notify for EC_COMPLETE
+
+private:
+ void DoCompleteHandling();
+};
+
+#endif // __AMEXTRA__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03c13d14 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5358 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMFilter.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class hierarchy for streams
+// architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// The following classes are declared in this header:
+//
+//
+// CBaseMediaFilter Basic IMediaFilter support (abstract class)
+// CBaseFilter Support for IBaseFilter (incl. IMediaFilter)
+// CEnumPins Enumerate input and output pins
+// CEnumMediaTypes Enumerate the preferred pin formats
+// CBasePin Abstract base class for IPin interface
+// CBaseOutputPin Adds data provider member functions
+// CBaseInputPin Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// CMediaSample Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin
+// CBaseAllocator General list guff for most allocators
+// CMemAllocator Implements memory buffer allocation
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+// Helpers
+//=====================================================================
+STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator)
+{
+ return CoCreateInstance(CLSID_MemoryAllocator,
+ 0,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IMemAllocator,
+ (void **)ppAllocator);
+}
+
+// Put this one here rather than in ctlutil.cpp to avoid linking
+// anything brought in by ctlutil.cpp
+STDAPI CreatePosPassThru(
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg,
+ BOOL bRenderer,
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru
+)
+{
+ *ppPassThru = NULL;
+ IUnknown *pUnkSeek;
+ HRESULT hr = CoCreateInstance(CLSID_SeekingPassThru,
+ pAgg,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IUnknown,
+ (void **)&pUnkSeek
+ );
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ISeekingPassThru *pPassThru;
+ hr = pUnkSeek->QueryInterface(IID_ISeekingPassThru, (void**)&pPassThru);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pUnkSeek->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pPassThru->Init(bRenderer, pPin);
+ pPassThru->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pUnkSeek->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+ *ppPassThru = pUnkSeek;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#define CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL 3
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseMediaFilter
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseMediaFilter::CBaseMediaFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseMediaFilter::~CBaseMediaFilter()
+{
+ // must be stopped, but can't call Stop here since
+ // our critsec has been destroyed.
+
+ /* Release any clock we were using */
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ m_pClock = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the filter's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = m_clsid;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Override this if your state changes are not done synchronously */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwMSecs);
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(State,sizeof(FILTER_STATE));
+
+ *State = m_State;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the clock we will use for synchronisation */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // Ensure the new one does not go away - even if the same as the old
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // if we have a clock, release it
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+
+ // Set the new reference clock (might be NULL)
+ // Should we query it to ensure it is a clock? Consider for a debug build.
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the clock we are using for synchronisation */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClock,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClock,sizeof(IReferenceClock *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ // returning an interface... addref it...
+ m_pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+ *pClock = (IReferenceClock*)m_pClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Put the filter into a stopped state */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Put the filter into a paused state */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Put the filter into a running state.
+
+// The time parameter is the offset to be added to the samples'
+// stream time to get the reference time at which they should be presented.
+//
+// you can either add these two and compare it against the reference clock,
+// or you can call CBaseMediaFilter::StreamTime and compare that against
+// the sample timestamp.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // remember the stream time offset
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped){
+ HRESULT hr = Pause();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// return the current stream time - samples with start timestamps of this
+// time or before should be rendered by now
+HRESULT
+CBaseMediaFilter::StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream)
+{
+ // Caller must lock for synchronization
+ // We can't grab the filter lock because we want to be able to call
+ // this from worker threads without deadlocking
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_CLOCK;
+ }
+
+ // get the current reference time
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&rtStream);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // subtract the stream offset to get stream time
+ rtStream -= m_tStart;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseFilter
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IBaseFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IBaseFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IMediaFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IAMovieSetup) {
+ return GetInterface((IAMovieSetup *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ if (m_cRef == 1) {
+ KASSERT(m_pGraph == NULL);
+ }
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingRelease();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+}
+
+/* Passes in a redundant HRESULT argument */
+
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+}
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseFilter::~CBaseFilter()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // NOTE we do NOT hold references on the filtergraph for m_pGraph or m_pSink
+ // When we did we had the circular reference problem. Nothing would go away.
+
+ delete[] m_pName;
+
+ // must be stopped, but can't call Stop here since
+ // our critsec has been destroyed.
+
+ /* Release any clock we were using */
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ m_pClock = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the filter's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = m_clsid;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Override this if your state changes are not done synchronously */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwMSecs);
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(State,sizeof(FILTER_STATE));
+
+ *State = m_State;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the clock we will use for synchronisation */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // Ensure the new one does not go away - even if the same as the old
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // if we have a clock, release it
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+
+ // Set the new reference clock (might be NULL)
+ // Should we query it to ensure it is a clock? Consider for a debug build.
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the clock we are using for synchronisation */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClock,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClock,sizeof(IReferenceClock *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ // returning an interface... addref it...
+ m_pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+ *pClock = (IReferenceClock*)m_pClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+// override CBaseMediaFilter Stop method, to deactivate any pins this
+// filter has.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // notify all pins of the state change
+ if (m_State != State_Stopped) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins worrying
+ // about this state themselves. We ignore the return code to make
+ // sure everyone is inactivated regardless. The base input pin
+ // class can return an error if it has no allocator but Stop can
+ // be used to resync the graph state after something has gone bad
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hrTmp = pPin->Inactive();
+ if (FAILED(hrTmp) && SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = hrTmp;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_STOP( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// override CBaseMediaFilter Pause method to activate any pins
+// this filter has (also called from Run)
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // notify all pins of the change to active state
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins
+ // worrying about this state themselves
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->Active();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_PAUSE( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Put the filter into a running state.
+
+// The time parameter is the offset to be added to the samples'
+// stream time to get the reference time at which they should be presented.
+//
+// you can either add these two and compare it against the reference clock,
+// or you can call CBaseFilter::StreamTime and compare that against
+// the sample timestamp.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // remember the stream time offset
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped){
+ HRESULT hr = Pause();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ // notify all pins of the change to active state
+ if (m_State != State_Running) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins
+ // worrying about this state themselves
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->Run(tStart);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RUN( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, tStart, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// return the current stream time - samples with start timestamps of this
+// time or before should be rendered by now
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream)
+{
+ // Caller must lock for synchronization
+ // We can't grab the filter lock because we want to be able to call
+ // this from worker threads without deadlocking
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_CLOCK;
+ }
+
+ // get the current reference time
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&rtStream);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // subtract the stream offset to get stream time
+ rtStream -= m_tStart;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Create an enumerator for the pins attached to this filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::EnumPins(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumPins *));
+
+ /* Create a new ref counted enumerator */
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumPins(this,
+ NULL);
+
+ return *ppEnum == NULL ? E_OUTOFMEMORY : NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// default behaviour of FindPin is to assume pins are named
+// by their pin names
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ // We're going to search the pin list so maintain integrity
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+ int iCount = GetPinCount();
+ for (int i = 0; i < iCount; i++) {
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(i);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (0 == lstrcmpW(pPin->Name(), Id)) {
+ // Found one that matches
+ //
+ // AddRef() and return it
+ *ppPin = pPin;
+ pPin->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/* Return information about this filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::QueryFilterInfo(__out FILTER_INFO * pInfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pInfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pInfo,sizeof(FILTER_INFO));
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(pInfo->achName, NUMELMS(pInfo->achName), m_pName);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->achName[0] = L'\0';
+ }
+ pInfo->pGraph = m_pGraph;
+ if (m_pGraph)
+ m_pGraph->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Provide the filter with a filter graph */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph(
+ __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // NOTE: we no longer hold references on the graph (m_pGraph, m_pSink)
+
+ m_pGraph = pGraph;
+ if (m_pGraph) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraph->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaEventSink,
+ (void**) &m_pSink);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(m_pSink == NULL);
+ }
+ else m_pSink->Release(); // we do NOT keep a reference on it.
+ } else {
+ // if graph pointer is null, then we should
+ // also release the IMediaEventSink on the same object - we don't
+ // refcount it, so just set it to null
+ m_pSink = NULL;
+ }
+
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ delete[] m_pName;
+ m_pName = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t namelen;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &namelen);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[namelen + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, namelen + 1, pName);
+ } else {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter",(IBaseFilter *) this, pGraph );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL.
+// memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree
+// default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::QueryVendorInfo(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pVendorInfo);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it.
+// returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink
+// events, or an error otherwise.
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::NotifyEvent(
+ long EventCode,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam1,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam2)
+{
+ // Snapshot so we don't have to lock up
+ IMediaEventSink *pSink = m_pSink;
+ if (pSink) {
+ if (EC_COMPLETE == EventCode) {
+ EventParam2 = (LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter*)this;
+ }
+
+ return pSink->Notify(EventCode, EventParam1, EventParam2);
+ } else {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Request reconnect
+// pPin is the pin to reconnect
+// pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL
+// Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::ReconnectPin(
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt
+)
+{
+ IFilterGraph2 *pGraph2;
+ if (m_pGraph != NULL) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraph->QueryInterface(IID_IFilterGraph2, (void **)&pGraph2);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pGraph2->ReconnectEx(pPin, pmt);
+ pGraph2->Release();
+ return hr;
+ } else {
+ return m_pGraph->Reconnect(pPin);
+ }
+ } else {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is the same idea as the media type version does for type enumeration
+ on pins but for the list of pins available. So if the list of pins you
+ provide changes dynamically then either override this virtual function
+ to provide the version number, or more simply call IncrementPinVersion */
+
+LONG CBaseFilter::GetPinVersion()
+{
+ return m_PinVersion;
+}
+
+
+/* Increment the current pin version cookie */
+
+void CBaseFilter::IncrementPinVersion()
+{
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_PinVersion);
+}
+
+/* register filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::Register()
+{
+ // get setup data, if it exists
+ //
+ LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER psetupdata = GetSetupData();
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+ // init is ref counted so call just in case
+ // we're being called cold.
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper
+ //
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper
+ , (void **)&pIFM );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( psetupdata, pIFM, TRUE );
+ pIFM->Release();
+ }
+
+ // and clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* unregister filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::Unregister()
+{
+ // get setup data, if it exists
+ //
+ LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER psetupdata = GetSetupData();
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+ // OLE init is ref counted so call
+ // just in case we're being called cold.
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper
+ //
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper
+ , (void **)&pIFM );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( psetupdata, pIFM, FALSE );
+
+ // release interface
+ //
+ pIFM->Release();
+ }
+
+ // clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CEnumPins
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CEnumPins::CEnumPins(__in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins) :
+ m_Position(0),
+ m_PinCount(0),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_cRef(1), // Already ref counted
+ m_PinCache(NAME("Pin Cache"))
+{
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation("CEnumPins", 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* We must be owned by a filter derived from CBaseFilter */
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+
+ /* Hold a reference count on our filter */
+ m_pFilter->AddRef();
+
+ /* Are we creating a new enumerator */
+
+ if (pEnumPins == NULL) {
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(m_Position <= m_PinCount);
+ m_Position = pEnumPins->m_Position;
+ m_PinCount = pEnumPins->m_PinCount;
+ m_Version = pEnumPins->m_Version;
+ m_PinCache.AddTail(&(pEnumPins->m_PinCache));
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor releases the reference count on our filter NOTE since we hold
+ a reference count on the filter who created us we know it is safe to
+ release it, no access can be made to it afterwards though as we have just
+ caused the last reference count to go and the object to be deleted */
+
+CEnumPins::~CEnumPins()
+{
+ m_pFilter->Release();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IEnumPins || riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IEnumPins *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumPins::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumPins::Release()
+{
+ ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (cRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ }
+ return cRef;
+}
+
+/* One of an enumerator's basic member functions allows us to create a cloned
+ interface that initially has the same state. Since we are taking a snapshot
+ of an object (current position and all) we must lock access at the start */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumPins *));
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ *ppEnum = NULL;
+ hr = VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ } else {
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumPins(m_pFilter,
+ this);
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Return the next pin after the current position */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Next(ULONG cPins, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cPins) IPin **ppPins, // ...in this array
+ __out_opt ULONG *pcFetched) // actual count passed returned here
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPins,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPins,cPins * sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ ASSERT(ppPins);
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ ValidateWritePtr(pcFetched, sizeof(ULONG));
+ *pcFetched = 0; // default unless we succeed
+ }
+ // now check that the parameter is valid
+ else if (cPins>1) { // pcFetched == NULL
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ULONG cFetched = 0; // increment as we get each one.
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ // If we are out of sync, we should refresh the enumerator.
+ // This will reset the position and update the other members, but
+ // will not clear cache of pins we have already returned.
+ Refresh();
+ }
+
+ /* Return each pin interface NOTE GetPin returns CBasePin * not addrefed
+ so we must QI for the IPin (which increments its reference count)
+ If while we are retrieving a pin from the filter an error occurs we
+ assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the filter
+ (for example someone has deleted a pin) so we
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC */
+
+ while (cFetched < cPins && m_PinCount > m_Position) {
+
+ /* Get the next pin object from the filter */
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = m_pFilter->GetPin(m_Position++);
+ if (pPin == NULL) {
+ // If this happend, and it's not the first time through, then we've got a problem,
+ // since we should really go back and release the iPins, which we have previously
+ // AddRef'ed.
+ ASSERT( cFetched==0 );
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ /* We only want to return this pin, if it is not in our cache */
+ if (0 == m_PinCache.Find(pPin))
+ {
+ /* From the object get an IPin interface */
+
+ *ppPins = pPin;
+ pPin->AddRef();
+
+ cFetched++;
+ ppPins++;
+
+ m_PinCache.AddTail(pPin);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ *pcFetched = cFetched;
+ }
+
+ return (cPins==cFetched ? NOERROR : S_FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/* Skip over one or more entries in the enumerator */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Skip(ULONG cPins)
+{
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ /* Work out how many pins are left to skip over */
+ /* We could position at the end if we are asked to skip too many... */
+ /* ..which would match the base implementation for CEnumMediaTypes::Skip */
+
+ ULONG PinsLeft = m_PinCount - m_Position;
+ if (cPins > PinsLeft) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ m_Position += cPins;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Reset has 4 simple steps:
+ *
+ * Set position to head of list
+ * Sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * Clear the cache of pins already returned
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Reset()
+{
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+
+ m_Position = 0;
+
+ // Clear the cache
+ m_PinCache.RemoveAll();
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Refresh has 3 simple steps:
+ *
+ * Set position to head of list
+ * Sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Refresh()
+{
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+
+ m_Position = 0;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CEnumMediaTypes
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CEnumMediaTypes::CEnumMediaTypes(__in CBasePin *pPin,
+ __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes) :
+ m_Position(0),
+ m_pPin(pPin),
+ m_cRef(1)
+{
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation("CEnumMediaTypes", 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* We must be owned by a pin derived from CBasePin */
+
+ ASSERT(pPin != NULL);
+
+ /* Hold a reference count on our pin */
+ m_pPin->AddRef();
+
+ /* Are we creating a new enumerator */
+
+ if (pEnumMediaTypes == NULL) {
+ m_Version = m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ m_Position = pEnumMediaTypes->m_Position;
+ m_Version = pEnumMediaTypes->m_Version;
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor releases the reference count on our base pin. NOTE since we hold
+ a reference count on the pin who created us we know it is safe to release
+ it, no access can be made to it afterwards though as we might have just
+ caused the last reference count to go and the object to be deleted */
+
+CEnumMediaTypes::~CEnumMediaTypes()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+ m_pPin->Release();
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IEnumMediaTypes || riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IEnumMediaTypes *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumMediaTypes::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumMediaTypes::Release()
+{
+ ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (cRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ }
+ return cRef;
+}
+
+/* One of an enumerator's basic member functions allows us to create a cloned
+ interface that initially has the same state. Since we are taking a snapshot
+ of an object (current position and all) we must lock access at the start */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumMediaTypes *));
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ *ppEnum = NULL;
+ hr = VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ } else {
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumMediaTypes(m_pPin,
+ this);
+
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Enumerate the next pin(s) after the current position. The client using this
+ interface passes in a pointer to an array of pointers each of which will
+ be filled in with a pointer to a fully initialised media type format
+ Return NOERROR if it all works,
+ S_FALSE if fewer than cMediaTypes were enumerated.
+ VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC if the enumerator has been broken by
+ state changes in the filter
+ The actual count always correctly reflects the number of types in the array.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Next(ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many types...
+ __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array
+ __out ULONG *pcFetched) // actual count passed
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppMediaTypes,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppMediaTypes,cMediaTypes * sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE *));
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ ValidateWritePtr(pcFetched, sizeof(ULONG));
+ *pcFetched = 0; // default unless we succeed
+ }
+ // now check that the parameter is valid
+ else if (cMediaTypes>1) { // pcFetched == NULL
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ULONG cFetched = 0; // increment as we get each one.
+
+ /* Return each media type by asking the filter for them in turn - If we
+ have an error code retured to us while we are retrieving a media type
+ we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the filter
+ (for example the window size changing) so we return
+ VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC */
+
+ while (cMediaTypes) {
+
+ CMediaType cmt;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->GetMediaType(m_Position++, &cmt);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* We now have a CMediaType object that contains the next media type
+ but when we assign it to the array position we CANNOT just assign
+ the AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure because as soon as the object goes out of
+ scope it will delete the memory we have just copied. The function
+ we use is CreateMediaType which allocates a task memory block */
+
+ /* Transfer across the format block manually to save an allocate
+ and free on the format block and generally go faster */
+
+ *ppMediaTypes = (AM_MEDIA_TYPE *)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ if (*ppMediaTypes == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Do a regular copy */
+ **ppMediaTypes = cmt;
+
+ /* Make sure the destructor doesn't free these */
+ cmt.pbFormat = NULL;
+ cmt.cbFormat = NULL;
+ cmt.pUnk = NULL;
+
+
+ ppMediaTypes++;
+ cFetched++;
+ cMediaTypes--;
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ *pcFetched = cFetched;
+ }
+
+ return ( cMediaTypes==0 ? NOERROR : S_FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/* Skip over one or more entries in the enumerator */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes)
+{
+ // If we're skipping 0 elements we're guaranteed to skip the
+ // correct number of elements
+ if (cMediaTypes == 0) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ m_Position += cMediaTypes;
+
+ /* See if we're over the end */
+ CMediaType cmt;
+ return S_OK == m_pPin->GetMediaType(m_Position - 1, &cmt) ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Reset has 3 simple steps:
+ *
+ * set position to head of list
+ * sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Reset()
+
+{
+ m_Position = 0;
+
+ // Bring the enumerator back into step with the current state. This
+ // may be a noop but ensures that the enumerator will be valid on the
+ // next call.
+ m_Version = m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBasePin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* NOTE The implementation of this class calls the CUnknown constructor with
+ a NULL outer unknown pointer. This has the effect of making us a self
+ contained class, ie any QueryInterface, AddRef or Release calls will be
+ routed to the class's NonDelegatingUnknown methods. You will typically
+ find that the classes that do this then override one or more of these
+ virtual functions to provide more specialised behaviour. A good example
+ of this is where a class wants to keep the QueryInterface internal but
+ still wants its lifetime controlled by the external object */
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBasePin::CBasePin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName,
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir) :
+ CUnknown( pObjectName, NULL ),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_Connected(NULL),
+ m_dir(dir),
+ m_bRunTimeError(FALSE),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_TypeVersion(1),
+ m_tStart(),
+ m_tStop(MAX_TIME),
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive(false),
+ m_bTryMyTypesFirst(false),
+ m_dRate(1.0)
+{
+ /* WARNING - pFilter is often not a properly constituted object at
+ this state (in particular QueryInterface may not work) - this
+ is because its owner is often its containing object and we
+ have been called from the containing object's constructor so
+ the filter's owner has not yet had its CUnknown constructor
+ called
+ */
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t cchName;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &cchName);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[cchName + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, cchName + 1, pName);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_cRef = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBasePin::CBasePin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName,
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir) :
+ CUnknown( pObjectName, NULL ),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_Connected(NULL),
+ m_dir(dir),
+ m_bRunTimeError(FALSE),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_TypeVersion(1),
+ m_tStart(),
+ m_tStop(MAX_TIME),
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive(false),
+ m_bTryMyTypesFirst(false),
+ m_dRate(1.0)
+{
+ /* WARNING - pFilter is often not a properly constituted object at
+ this state (in particular QueryInterface may not work) - this
+ is because its owner is often its containing object and we
+ have been called from the containing object's constructor so
+ the filter's owner has not yet had its CUnknown constructor
+ called
+ */
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t cchName;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &cchName);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[cchName + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, cchName + 1, pName);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_cRef = 0;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor since a connected pin holds a reference count on us there is
+ no way that we can be deleted unless we are not currently connected */
+
+CBasePin::~CBasePin()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // We don't call disconnect because if the filter is going away
+ // all the pins must have a reference count of zero so they must
+ // have been disconnected anyway - (but check the assumption)
+ ASSERT(m_Connected == FALSE);
+
+ delete[] m_pName;
+
+ // check the internal reference count is consistent
+ ASSERT(m_cRef == 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IPin) {
+ return GetInterface((IPin *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IQualityControl) {
+ return GetInterface((IQualityControl *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override to increment the owning filter's reference count */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ ASSERT(InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef) > 0);
+ return m_pFilter->AddRef();
+}
+
+
+/* Override to decrement the owning filter's reference count */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ ASSERT(InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef) >= 0);
+ return m_pFilter->Release();
+}
+
+
+/* Displays pin connection information */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void
+CBasePin::DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL)) {
+ PIN_INFO ConnectPinInfo;
+ PIN_INFO ReceivePinInfo;
+
+ if (FAILED(QueryPinInfo(&ConnectPinInfo))) {
+ StringCchCopyW(ConnectPinInfo.achName, sizeof(ConnectPinInfo.achName)/sizeof(WCHAR), L"Bad Pin");
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(ConnectPinInfo);
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(pReceivePin->QueryPinInfo(&ReceivePinInfo))) {
+ StringCchCopyW(ReceivePinInfo.achName, sizeof(ReceivePinInfo.achName)/sizeof(WCHAR), L"Bad Pin");
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(ReceivePinInfo);
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Trying to connect Pins :")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" <%ls>"), ConnectPinInfo.achName));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" <%ls>"), ReceivePinInfo.achName));
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Displays general information on the pin media type */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CBasePin::DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pPin);
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Trying media type:")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" major type: %hs"),
+ GuidNames[*pmt->Type()]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" sub type : %hs"),
+ GuidNames[*pmt->Subtype()]));
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Asked to connect to a pin. A pin is always attached to an owning filter
+ object so we always delegate our locking to that object. We first of all
+ retrieve a media type enumerator for the input pin and see if we accept
+ any of the formats that it would ideally like, failing that we retrieve
+ our enumerator and see if it will accept any of our preferred types */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Connect(
+ IPin * pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pReceivePin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pReceivePin,sizeof(IPin));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ DisplayPinInfo(pReceivePin);
+
+ /* See if we are already connected */
+
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Already connected")));
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped() && !m_bCanReconnectWhenActive) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+
+ // Find a mutually agreeable media type -
+ // Pass in the template media type. If this is partially specified,
+ // each of the enumerated media types will need to be checked against
+ // it. If it is non-null and fully specified, we will just try to connect
+ // with this.
+
+ const CMediaType * ptype = (CMediaType*)pmt;
+ HRESULT hr = AgreeMediaType(pReceivePin, ptype);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Failed to agree type")));
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( (IPin *) this, pReceivePin, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Connection succeeded")));
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( (IPin *) this, pReceivePin, NOERROR, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes
+// checking that the type is acceptable to this pin)
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::AttemptConnection(
+ IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType* pmt // using this type
+)
+{
+ // The caller should hold the filter lock becasue this function
+ // uses m_Connected. The caller should also hold the filter lock
+ // because this function calls SetMediaType(), IsStopped() and
+ // CompleteConnect().
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(m_pLock));
+
+ // Check that the connection is valid -- need to do this for every
+ // connect attempt since BreakConnect will undo it.
+ HRESULT hr = CheckConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("CheckConnect failed")));
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DisplayTypeInfo(pReceivePin, pmt);
+
+ /* Check we will accept this media type */
+
+ hr = CheckMediaType(pmt);
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+
+ /* Make ourselves look connected otherwise ReceiveConnection
+ may not be able to complete the connection
+ */
+ m_Connected = pReceivePin;
+ m_Connected->AddRef();
+ hr = SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ /* See if the other pin will accept this type */
+
+ hr = pReceivePin->ReceiveConnection((IPin *)this, pmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ /* Complete the connection */
+
+ hr = CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,
+ CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL,
+ TEXT("Failed to complete connection")));
+ pReceivePin->Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ // we cannot use this media type
+
+ // return a specific media type error if there is one
+ // or map a general failure code to something more helpful
+ // (in particular S_FALSE gets changed to an error code)
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr) ||
+ (hr == E_FAIL) ||
+ (hr == E_INVALIDARG)) {
+ hr = VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // BreakConnect and release any connection here in case CheckMediaType
+ // failed, or if we set anything up during a call back during
+ // ReceiveConnection.
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ /* If failed then undo our state */
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* Given an enumerator we cycle through all the media types it proposes and
+ firstly suggest them to our derived pin class and if that succeeds try
+ them with the pin in a ReceiveConnection call. This means that if our pin
+ proposes a media type we still check in here that we can support it. This
+ is deliberate so that in simple cases the enumerator can hold all of the
+ media types even if some of them are not really currently available */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::TryMediaTypes(
+ IPin *pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt,
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum)
+{
+ /* Reset the current enumerator position */
+
+ HRESULT hr = pEnum->Reset();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ CMediaType *pMediaType = NULL;
+ ULONG ulMediaCount = 0;
+
+ // attempt to remember a specific error code if there is one
+ HRESULT hrFailure = S_OK;
+
+ for (;;) {
+
+ /* Retrieve the next media type NOTE each time round the loop the
+ enumerator interface will allocate another AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure
+ If we are successful then we copy it into our output object, if
+ not then we must delete the memory allocated before returning */
+
+ hr = pEnum->Next(1, (AM_MEDIA_TYPE**)&pMediaType,&ulMediaCount);
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ if (S_OK == hrFailure) {
+ hrFailure = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+ }
+ return hrFailure;
+ }
+
+
+ ASSERT(ulMediaCount == 1);
+ ASSERT(pMediaType);
+
+ // check that this matches the partial type (if any)
+
+ if (pMediaType &&
+ ((pmt == NULL) ||
+ pMediaType->MatchesPartial(pmt))) {
+
+ hr = AttemptConnection(pReceivePin, pMediaType);
+
+ // attempt to remember a specific error code
+ if (FAILED(hr) &&
+ SUCCEEDED(hrFailure) &&
+ (hr != E_FAIL) &&
+ (hr != E_INVALIDARG) &&
+ (hr != VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED)) {
+ hrFailure = hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+ }
+
+ if(pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(pMediaType);
+ pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to make the connection, including the taask of finding
+ a media type for the pin connection. pmt is the proposed media type
+ from the Connect call: if this is fully specified, we will try that.
+ Otherwise we enumerate and try all the input pin's types first and
+ if that fails we then enumerate and try all our preferred media types.
+ For each media type we check it against pmt (if non-null and partially
+ specified) as well as checking that both pins will accept it.
+ */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::AgreeMediaType(
+ IPin *pReceivePin,
+ const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ ASSERT(pReceivePin);
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes = NULL;
+
+ // if the media type is fully specified then use that
+ if ( (pmt != NULL) && (!pmt->IsPartiallySpecified())) {
+
+ // if this media type fails, then we must fail the connection
+ // since if pmt is nonnull we are only allowed to connect
+ // using a type that matches it.
+
+ return AttemptConnection(pReceivePin, pmt);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Try the other pin's enumerator */
+
+ HRESULT hrFailure = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (i == (int)m_bTryMyTypesFirst) {
+ hr = pReceivePin->EnumMediaTypes(&pEnumMediaTypes);
+ } else {
+ hr = EnumMediaTypes(&pEnumMediaTypes);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(pEnumMediaTypes);
+ hr = TryMediaTypes(pReceivePin,pmt,pEnumMediaTypes);
+ pEnumMediaTypes->Release();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ // try to remember specific error codes if there are any
+ if ((hr != E_FAIL) &&
+ (hr != E_INVALIDARG) &&
+ (hr != VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED)) {
+ hrFailure = hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hrFailure;
+}
+
+
+/* Called when we want to complete a connection to another filter. Failing
+ this will also fail the connection and disconnect the other pin as well */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to set the format for a pin connection - CheckMediaType
+ will have been called to check the connection format and if it didn't
+ return an error code then this (virtual) function will be invoked */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_mt.Set(*pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called during Connect() to provide a virtual method that can do
+ any specific check needed for connection such as QueryInterface. This
+ base class method just checks that the pin directions don't match */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::CheckConnect(IPin * pPin)
+{
+ /* Check that pin directions DONT match */
+
+ PIN_DIRECTION pd;
+ pPin->QueryDirection(&pd);
+
+ ASSERT((pd == PINDIR_OUTPUT) || (pd == PINDIR_INPUT));
+ ASSERT((m_dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) || (m_dir == PINDIR_INPUT));
+
+ // we should allow for non-input and non-output connections?
+ if (pd == m_dir) {
+ return VFW_E_INVALID_DIRECTION;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called when we realise we can't make a connection to the pin and
+ must undo anything we did in CheckConnect - override to release QIs done */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Called normally by an output pin on an input pin to try and establish a
+ connection.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ReceiveConnection(
+ IPin * pConnector, // this is the pin who we will connect to
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pConnector,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pConnector,sizeof(IPin));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* Are we already connected */
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped() && !m_bCanReconnectWhenActive) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckConnect(pConnector);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Ask derived class if this media type is ok */
+
+ CMediaType * pcmt = (CMediaType*) pmt;
+ hr = CheckMediaType(pcmt);
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ // no -we don't support this media type
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ // return a specific media type error if there is one
+ // or map a general failure code to something more helpful
+ // (in particular S_FALSE gets changed to an error code)
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr) ||
+ (hr == E_FAIL) ||
+ (hr == E_INVALIDARG)) {
+ hr = VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Complete the connection */
+
+ m_Connected = pConnector;
+ m_Connected->AddRef();
+ hr = SetMediaType(pcmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CompleteConnect(pConnector);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, NOERROR, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Failed to set the media type or failed to complete the connection.")));
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Called when we want to terminate a pin connection */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Disconnect()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ return DisconnectInternal();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::DisconnectInternal()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(m_pLock));
+
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ HRESULT hr = BreakConnect();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, hr );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // There is usually a bug in the program if BreakConnect() fails.
+ DbgBreak( "WARNING: BreakConnect() failed in CBasePin::Disconnect()." );
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, S_OK );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // no connection - not an error
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, S_FALSE );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return an AddRef()'d pointer to the connected pin if there is one */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ConnectedTo(
+ __deref_out IPin **ppPin
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+ //
+ // It's pointless to lock here.
+ // The caller should ensure integrity.
+ //
+
+ IPin *pPin = m_Connected;
+ *ppPin = pPin;
+ if (pPin != NULL) {
+ pPin->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(*ppPin == NULL);
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the media type of the connection */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ConnectionMediaType(
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* Copy constructor of m_mt allocates the memory */
+ if (IsConnected()) {
+ CopyMediaType( pmt, &m_mt );
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ ((CMediaType *)pmt)->InitMediaType();
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return information about the filter we are connect to */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryPinInfo(
+ __out PIN_INFO * pInfo
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pInfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pInfo,sizeof(PIN_INFO));
+
+ pInfo->pFilter = m_pFilter;
+ if (m_pFilter) {
+ m_pFilter->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(pInfo->achName, NUMELMS(pInfo->achName), m_pName);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->achName[0] = L'\0';
+ }
+
+ pInfo->dir = m_dir;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryDirection(
+ __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPinDir,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pPinDir,sizeof(PIN_DIRECTION));
+
+ *pPinDir = m_dir;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Default QueryId to return the pin's name
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+)
+{
+ // We're not going away because someone's got a pointer to us
+ // so there's no need to lock
+
+ return AMGetWideString(Name(), Id);
+}
+
+/* Does this pin support this media type WARNING this interface function does
+ not lock the main object as it is meant to be asynchronous by nature - if
+ the media types you support depend on some internal state that is updated
+ dynamically then you will need to implement locking in a derived class */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryAccept(
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ /* The CheckMediaType method is valid to return error codes if the media
+ type is horrible, an example might be E_INVALIDARG. What we do here
+ is map all the error codes into either S_OK or S_FALSE regardless */
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckMediaType((CMediaType*)pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ // note that the only defined success codes should be S_OK and S_FALSE...
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* This can be called to return an enumerator for the pin's list of preferred
+ media types. An input pin is not obliged to have any preferred formats
+ although it can do. For example, the window renderer has a preferred type
+ which describes a video image that matches the current window size. All
+ output pins should expose at least one preferred format otherwise it is
+ possible that neither pin has any types and so no connection is possible */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::EnumMediaTypes(
+ __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumMediaTypes *));
+
+ /* Create a new ref counted enumerator */
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumMediaTypes(this,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is a virtual function that returns a media type corresponding with
+ place iPosition in the list. This base class simply returns an error as
+ we support no media types by default but derived classes should override */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(iPosition);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMediaType);
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a virtual function that returns the current media type version.
+ The base class initialises the media type enumerators with the value 1
+ By default we always returns that same value. A Derived class may change
+ the list of media types available and after doing so it should increment
+ the version either in a method derived from this, or more simply by just
+ incrementing the m_TypeVersion base pin variable. The type enumerators
+ call this when they want to see if their enumerations are out of date */
+
+LONG CBasePin::GetMediaTypeVersion()
+{
+ return m_TypeVersion;
+}
+
+
+/* Increment the cookie representing the current media type version */
+
+void CBasePin::IncrementTypeVersion()
+{
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_TypeVersion);
+}
+
+
+/* Called by IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes from Stopped
+ to either paused or running and in derived classes could do things like
+ commit memory and grab hardware resource (the default is to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Active(void)
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Called by IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes from
+ to either paused to running and in derived classes could do things like
+ commit memory and grab hardware resource (the default is to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(tStart);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Also called by the IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes to
+ Stopped at which point you should decommit allocators and free hardware
+ resources you grabbed in the Active call (default is also to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when no more data will arrive
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ if (piqc) ValidateReadPtr(piqc,sizeof(IQualityControl));
+ m_pQSink = piqc;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // SetSink
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pSender);
+ DbgBreak("IQualityControl::Notify not over-ridden from CBasePin. (IGNORE is OK)");
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+} //Notify
+
+
+// NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data
+// about to be received. Default implementation records data and
+// returns S_OK.
+// Override this to pass downstream.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+ m_tStop = tStop;
+ m_dRate = dRate;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseOutputPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CBaseOutputPin::CBaseOutputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName, PINDIR_OUTPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseOutputPin::CBaseOutputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName, PINDIR_OUTPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This is called after a media type has been proposed
+
+ Try to complete the connection by agreeing the allocator
+*/
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return DecideAllocator(m_pInputPin, &m_pAllocator);
+}
+
+
+/* This method is called when the output pin is about to try and connect to
+ an input pin. It is at this point that you should try and grab any extra
+ interfaces that you need, in this case IMemInputPin. Because this is
+ only called if we are not currently connected we do NOT need to call
+ BreakConnect. This also makes it easier to derive classes from us as
+ BreakConnect is only called when we actually have to break a connection
+ (or a partly made connection) and not when we are checking a connection */
+
+/* Overriden from CBasePin */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::CheckConnect(IPin * pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBasePin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // get an input pin and an allocator interface
+ hr = pPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMemInputPin, (void **) &m_pInputPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Overriden from CBasePin */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ /* Release any allocator we hold */
+
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ // Always decommit the allocator because a downstream filter may or
+ // may not decommit the connection's allocator. A memory leak could
+ // occur if the allocator is not decommited when a connection is broken.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Release any input pin interface we hold */
+
+ if (m_pInputPin) {
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called when the input pin didn't give us a valid allocator */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc)
+{
+ return CreateMemoryAllocator(ppAlloc);
+}
+
+
+/* Decide on an allocator, override this if you want to use your own allocator
+ Override DecideBufferSize to call SetProperties. If the input pin fails
+ the GetAllocator call then this will construct a CMemAllocator and call
+ DecideBufferSize on that, and if that fails then we are completely hosed.
+ If the you succeed the DecideBufferSize call, we will notify the input
+ pin of the selected allocator. NOTE this is called during Connect() which
+ therefore looks after grabbing and locking the object's critical section */
+
+// We query the input pin for its requested properties and pass this to
+// DecideBufferSize to allow it to fulfill requests that it is happy
+// with (eg most people don't care about alignment and are thus happy to
+// use the downstream pin's alignment request).
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin *pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+
+ // get downstream prop request
+ // the derived class may modify this in DecideBufferSize, but
+ // we assume that he will consistently modify it the same way,
+ // so we only get it once
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES prop;
+ ZeroMemory(&prop, sizeof(prop));
+
+ // whatever he returns, we assume prop is either all zeros
+ // or he has filled it out.
+ pPin->GetAllocatorRequirements(&prop);
+
+ // if he doesn't care about alignment, then set it to 1
+ if (prop.cbAlign == 0) {
+ prop.cbAlign = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the allocator provided by the input pin */
+
+ hr = pPin->GetAllocator(ppAlloc);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(*ppAlloc, &prop);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pPin->NotifyAllocator(*ppAlloc, FALSE);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the GetAllocator failed we may not have an interface */
+
+ if (*ppAlloc) {
+ (*ppAlloc)->Release();
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the output pin's allocator by the same method */
+
+ hr = InitAllocator(ppAlloc);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ // note - the properties passed here are in the same
+ // structure as above and may have been modified by
+ // the previous call to DecideBufferSize
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(*ppAlloc, &prop);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pPin->NotifyAllocator(*ppAlloc, FALSE);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Likewise we may not have an interface to release */
+
+ if (*ppAlloc) {
+ (*ppAlloc)->Release();
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* This returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator WARNING the same
+ dangers and restrictions apply here as described below for Deliver() */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator != NULL) {
+ return m_pAllocator->GetBuffer(ppSample,pStartTime,pEndTime,dwFlags);
+ } else {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin. NOTE the object must
+ have locked itself before calling us otherwise we may get halfway through
+ executing this method only to find the filter graph has got in and
+ disconnected us from the input pin. If the filter has no worker threads
+ then the lock is best applied on Receive(), otherwise it should be done
+ when the worker thread is ready to deliver. There is a wee snag to worker
+ threads that this shows up. The worker thread must lock the object when
+ it is ready to deliver a sample, but it may have to wait until a state
+ change has completed, but that may never complete because the state change
+ is waiting for the worker thread to complete. The way to handle this is for
+ the state change code to grab the critical section, then set an abort event
+ for the worker thread, then release the critical section and wait for the
+ worker thread to see the event we set and then signal that it has finished
+ (with another event). At which point the state change code can complete */
+
+// note (if you've still got any breath left after reading that) that you
+// need to release the sample yourself after this call. if the connected
+// input pin needs to hold onto the sample beyond the call, it will addref
+// the sample itself.
+
+// of course you must release this one and call GetDeliveryBuffer for the
+// next. You cannot reuse it directly.
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DELIVER( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseOutputPin", (IPin *) this, (IPin *) m_pInputPin, pSample, &m_mt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return m_pInputPin->Receive(pSample);
+}
+
+
+// called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to
+// our connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->EndOfStream();
+}
+
+
+/* Commit the allocator's memory, this is called through IMediaFilter
+ which is responsible for locking the object before calling us */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Active(void)
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+ return m_pAllocator->Commit();
+}
+
+
+/* Free up or unprepare allocator's memory, this is called through
+ IMediaFilter which is responsible for locking the object first */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+ return m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+}
+
+// we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return
+// an error, since this should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// BeginFlush should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// EndFlush should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// call BeginFlush on the connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->BeginFlush();
+}
+
+// call EndFlush on the connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->EndFlush();
+}
+// deliver NewSegment to connected pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseInputPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor creates a default allocator object */
+
+CBaseInputPin::CBaseInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pPinName, PINDIR_INPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_bReadOnly(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE)
+{
+ ZeroMemory(&m_SampleProps, sizeof(m_SampleProps));
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseInputPin::CBaseInputPin(__in LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pPinName, PINDIR_INPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_bReadOnly(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE)
+{
+ ZeroMemory(&m_SampleProps, sizeof(m_SampleProps));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor releases it's reference count on the default allocator */
+
+CBaseInputPin::~CBaseInputPin()
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator != NULL) {
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// override this to publicise our interfaces
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we know about this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMemInputPin) {
+ return GetInterface((IMemInputPin *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBasePin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return the allocator interface that this input pin would like the output
+ pin to use. NOTE subsequent calls to GetAllocator should all return an
+ interface onto the SAME object so we create one object at the start
+
+ Note:
+ The allocator is Release()'d on disconnect and replaced on
+ NotifyAllocator().
+
+ Override this to provide your own allocator.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::GetAllocator(
+ __deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ HRESULT hr = CreateMemoryAllocator(&m_pAllocator);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_pAllocator != NULL);
+ *ppAllocator = m_pAllocator;
+ m_pAllocator->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually going to use
+ Override this if you care - NOTE the locking we do both here and also in
+ GetAllocator is unnecessary but derived classes that do something useful
+ will undoubtedly have to lock the object so this might help remind people */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ IMemAllocator *pOldAllocator = m_pAllocator;
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator;
+
+ if (pOldAllocator != NULL) {
+ pOldAllocator->Release();
+ }
+
+ // the readonly flag indicates whether samples from this allocator should
+ // be regarded as readonly - if true, then inplace transforms will not be
+ // allowed.
+ m_bReadOnly = (BYTE)bReadOnly;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ /* We don't need our allocator any more */
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ // Always decommit the allocator because a downstream filter may or
+ // may not decommit the connection's allocator. A memory leak could
+ // occur if the allocator is not decommited when a pin is disconnected.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Do something with this media sample - this base class checks to see if the
+ format has changed with this media sample and if so checks that the filter
+ will accept it, generating a run time error if not. Once we have raised a
+ run time error we set a flag so that no more samples will be accepted
+
+ It is important that any filter should override this method and implement
+ synchronization so that samples are not processed when the pin is
+ disconnected etc
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSample,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSample,sizeof(IMediaSample));
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RECEIVE( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseInputPin", (IPin *) m_Connected, (IPin *) this, pSample, &m_mt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ /* Check for IMediaSample2 */
+ IMediaSample2 *pSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pSample->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2, (void **)&pSample2))) {
+ hr = pSample2->GetProperties(sizeof(m_SampleProps), (PBYTE)&m_SampleProps);
+ pSample2->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Get the properties the hard way */
+ m_SampleProps.cbData = sizeof(m_SampleProps);
+ m_SampleProps.dwTypeSpecificFlags = 0;
+ m_SampleProps.dwStreamId = AM_STREAM_MEDIA;
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags = 0;
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsDiscontinuity()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsPreroll()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_PREROLL;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT;
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pSample->GetTime(&m_SampleProps.tStart,
+ &m_SampleProps.tStop))) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID |
+ AM_SAMPLE_STOPVALID;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->GetMediaType(&m_SampleProps.pMediaType)) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED;
+ }
+ pSample->GetPointer(&m_SampleProps.pbBuffer);
+ m_SampleProps.lActual = pSample->GetActualDataLength();
+ m_SampleProps.cbBuffer = pSample->GetSize();
+ }
+
+ /* Has the format changed in this sample */
+
+ if (!(m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the derived class accepts this format */
+ /* This shouldn't fail as the source must call QueryAccept first */
+
+ hr = CheckMediaType((CMediaType *)m_SampleProps.pMediaType);
+
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Raise a runtime error if we fail the media type */
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = TRUE;
+ EndOfStream();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT,VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED,0);
+ return VFW_E_INVALIDMEDIATYPE;
+}
+
+
+/* Receive multiple samples */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSamples,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSamples,nSamples * sizeof(IMediaSample *));
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ while (nSamples-- > 0) {
+ hr = Receive(pSamples[*nSamplesProcessed]);
+
+ /* S_FALSE means don't send any more */
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ break;
+ }
+ (*nSamplesProcessed)++;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* See if Receive() might block */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::ReceiveCanBlock()
+{
+ /* Ask all the output pins if they block
+ If there are no output pin assume we do block
+ */
+ int cPins = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+ int cOutputPins = 0;
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+ CBasePin *pPin = m_pFilter->GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+ PIN_DIRECTION pd;
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->QueryDirection(&pd);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ if (pd == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ hr = pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(pConnected != NULL);
+ cOutputPins++;
+ IMemInputPin *pInputPin;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(
+ IID_IMemInputPin,
+ (void **)&pInputPin);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pInputPin->ReceiveCanBlock();
+ pInputPin->Release();
+ if (hr != S_FALSE) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* There's a transport we don't understand here */
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return cOutputPins == 0 ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+// Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning
+// of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls
+// fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data
+// and then call downstream.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // BeginFlush is NOT synchronized with streaming but is part of
+ // a control action - hence we synchronize with the filter
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // if we are already in mid-flush, this is probably a mistake
+ // though not harmful - try to pick it up for now so I can think about it
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushing);
+
+ // first thing to do is ensure that no further Receive calls succeed
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // now discard any data and call downstream - must do that
+ // in derived classes
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation
+// - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread
+// pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream,
+// then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable
+// receives
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ // Endlush is NOT synchronized with streaming but is part of
+ // a control action - hence we synchronize with the filter
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // almost certainly a mistake if we are not in mid-flush
+ ASSERT(m_bFlushing);
+
+ // before calling, sync with pushing thread and ensure
+ // no more data is going downstream, then call EndFlush on
+ // downstream pins.
+
+ // now re-enable Receives
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+
+ // No more errors
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ CheckPointer(pSender,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSender,sizeof(IBaseFilter));
+ DbgBreak("IQuality::Notify called on an input pin");
+ return NOERROR;
+} // Notify
+
+/* Free up or unprepare allocator's memory, this is called through
+ IMediaFilter which is responsible for locking the object first */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+
+ return m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+}
+
+// what requirements do we have of the allocator - override if you want
+// to support other people's allocators but need a specific alignment
+// or prefix.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pProps);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+// Check if it's OK to process data
+//
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::CheckStreaming()
+{
+ // Shouldn't be able to get any data if we're not connected!
+ ASSERT(IsConnected());
+
+ // Don't process stuff in Stopped state
+ if (IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ if (m_bRunTimeError) {
+ return VFW_E_RUNTIME_ERROR;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Pass on the Quality notification q to
+// a. Our QualityControl sink (if we have one) or else
+// b. to our upstream filter
+// and if that doesn't work, throw it away with a bad return code
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::PassNotify(Quality& q)
+{
+ // We pass the message on, which means that we find the quality sink
+ // for our input pin and send it there
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Passing Quality notification through transform")));
+ if (m_pQSink!=NULL) {
+ return m_pQSink->Notify(m_pFilter, q);
+ } else {
+ // no sink set, so pass it upstream
+ HRESULT hr;
+ IQualityControl * pIQC;
+
+ hr = VFW_E_NOT_FOUND; // default
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ m_Connected->QueryInterface(IID_IQualityControl, (void**)&pIQC);
+
+ if (pIQC!=NULL) {
+ hr = pIQC->Notify(m_pFilter, q);
+ pIQC->Release();
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+} // PassNotify
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Memory allocation class, implements CMediaSample
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* NOTE The implementation of this class calls the CUnknown constructor with
+ a NULL outer unknown pointer. This has the effect of making us a self
+ contained class, ie any QueryInterface, AddRef or Release calls will be
+ routed to the class's NonDelegatingUnknown methods. You will typically
+ find that the classes that do this then override one or more of these
+ virtual functions to provide more specialised behaviour. A good example
+ of this is where a class wants to keep the QueryInterface internal but
+ still wants it's lifetime controlled by the external object */
+
+/* The last two parameters have default values of NULL and zero */
+
+CMediaSample::CMediaSample(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ m_pBuffer(pBuffer), // Initialise the buffer
+ m_cbBuffer(length), // And it's length
+ m_lActual(length), // By default, actual = length
+ m_pMediaType(NULL), // No media type change
+ m_dwFlags(0), // Nothing set
+ m_cRef(0), // 0 ref count
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags(0), // Type specific flags
+ m_dwStreamId(AM_STREAM_MEDIA), // Stream id
+ m_pAllocator(pAllocator) // Allocator
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ /* We must have an owner and it must also be derived from class
+ CBaseAllocator BUT we do not hold a reference count on it */
+
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+
+ if (length < 0) {
+ *phr = VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ m_cbBuffer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CMediaSample::CMediaSample(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ m_pBuffer(pBuffer), // Initialise the buffer
+ m_cbBuffer(length), // And it's length
+ m_lActual(length), // By default, actual = length
+ m_pMediaType(NULL), // No media type change
+ m_dwFlags(0), // Nothing set
+ m_cRef(0), // 0 ref count
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags(0), // Type specific flags
+ m_dwStreamId(AM_STREAM_MEDIA), // Stream id
+ m_pAllocator(pAllocator) // Allocator
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ /* We must have an owner and it must also be derived from class
+ CBaseAllocator BUT we do not hold a reference count on it */
+
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor deletes the media type memory */
+
+CMediaSample::~CMediaSample()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Override this to publicise our interfaces */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaSample ||
+ riid == IID_IMediaSample2 ||
+ riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaSample *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CMediaSample::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+
+// -- CMediaSample lifetimes --
+//
+// On final release of this sample buffer it is not deleted but
+// returned to the freelist of the owning memory allocator
+//
+// The allocator may be waiting for the last buffer to be placed on the free
+// list in order to decommit all the memory, so the ReleaseBuffer() call may
+// result in this sample being deleted. We also need to hold a refcount on
+// the allocator to stop that going away until we have finished with this.
+// However, we cannot release the allocator before the ReleaseBuffer, as the
+// release may cause us to be deleted. Similarly we can't do it afterwards.
+//
+// Thus we must leave it to the allocator to hold an addref on our behalf.
+// When he issues us in GetBuffer, he addref's himself. When ReleaseBuffer
+// is called, he releases himself, possibly causing us and him to be deleted.
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CMediaSample::Release()
+{
+ /* Decrement our own private reference count */
+ LONG lRef;
+ if (m_cRef == 1) {
+ lRef = 0;
+ m_cRef = 0;
+ } else {
+ lRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ }
+ ASSERT(lRef >= 0);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Unknown %X ref-- = %d"),
+ this, m_cRef));
+
+ /* Did we release our final reference count */
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ /* Free all resources */
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_TypeChanged) {
+ SetMediaType(NULL);
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags = 0;
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = 0;
+ m_dwStreamId = AM_STREAM_MEDIA;
+
+ /* This may cause us to be deleted */
+ // Our refcount is reliably 0 thus no-one will mess with us
+ m_pAllocator->ReleaseBuffer(this);
+ }
+ return (ULONG)lRef;
+}
+
+
+// set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that
+// want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data.
+// This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample*
+// and so cannot be changed by clients.
+HRESULT
+CMediaSample::SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes)
+{
+ if (cBytes < 0) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+ m_pBuffer = ptr; // new buffer area (could be null)
+ m_cbBuffer = cBytes; // length of buffer
+ m_lActual = cBytes; // length of data in buffer (assume full)
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory. I will actually
+// want to use sizeUsed bytes.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppBuffer,sizeof(BYTE *));
+
+ // creator must have set pointer either during
+ // constructor or by SetPointer
+ ASSERT(m_pBuffer);
+
+ *ppBuffer = m_pBuffer;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// return the size in bytes of this buffer
+STDMETHODIMP_(LONG)
+CMediaSample::GetSize(void)
+{
+ return m_cbBuffer;
+}
+
+
+// get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetTime(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_StopValid)) {
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_TimeValid)) {
+ return VFW_E_SAMPLE_TIME_NOT_SET;
+ } else {
+ *pTimeStart = m_Start;
+
+ // Make sure old stuff works
+ *pTimeEnd = m_Start + 1;
+ return VFW_S_NO_STOP_TIME;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pTimeStart = m_Start;
+ *pTimeEnd = m_End;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+// NULL pointers means the time is reset
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetTime(
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ if (pTimeStart == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(pTimeEnd == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags &= ~(Sample_TimeValid | Sample_StopValid);
+ } else {
+ if (pTimeEnd == NULL) {
+ m_Start = *pTimeStart;
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TimeValid;
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_StopValid;
+ } else {
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ASSERT(*pTimeEnd >= *pTimeStart);
+
+ m_Start = *pTimeStart;
+ m_End = *pTimeEnd;
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TimeValid | Sample_StopValid;
+ }
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// get the media times (eg bytes) for this sample
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetMediaTime(
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_MediaTimeValid)) {
+ return VFW_E_MEDIA_TIME_NOT_SET;
+ }
+
+ *pTimeStart = m_MediaStart;
+ *pTimeEnd = (m_MediaStart + m_MediaEnd);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the media times for this sample
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetMediaTime(
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ if (pTimeStart == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(pTimeEnd == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ } else {
+ if (NULL == pTimeEnd) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ASSERT(*pTimeEnd >= *pTimeStart);
+
+ m_MediaStart = *pTimeStart;
+ m_MediaEnd = (LONG)(*pTimeEnd - *pTimeStart);
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsSyncPoint(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_SyncPoint) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint)
+{
+ if (bIsSyncPoint) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_SyncPoint;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_SyncPoint;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is
+// not a continuation of the previous stream of data
+// - there has been a seek).
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsDiscontinuity(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_Discontinuity) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+// set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a
+// continuation, but a new sample after a seek.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscont)
+{
+ // should be TRUE or FALSE
+ if (bDiscont) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_Discontinuity;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_Discontinuity;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsPreroll(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_Preroll) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll)
+{
+ if (bIsPreroll) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_Preroll;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_Preroll;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(LONG)
+CMediaSample::GetActualDataLength(void)
+{
+ return m_lActual;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual)
+{
+ if (lActual > m_cbBuffer || lActual < 0) {
+ ASSERT(lActual <= GetSize());
+ return VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+ m_lActual = lActual;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* These allow for limited format changes in band */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppMediaType,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE *));
+ ASSERT(ppMediaType);
+
+ /* Do we have a new media type for them */
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_TypeChanged)) {
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType == NULL);
+ *ppMediaType = NULL;
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+
+ /* Create a copy of our media type */
+
+ *ppMediaType = CreateMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ if (*ppMediaType == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Mark this sample as having a different format type */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType)
+{
+ /* Delete the current media type */
+
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ m_pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Mechanism for resetting the format type */
+
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pMediaType);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pMediaType,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ /* Take a copy of the media type */
+
+ m_pMediaType = CreateMediaType(pMediaType);
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Set and get properties (IMediaSample2)
+STDMETHODIMP CMediaSample::GetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties
+)
+{
+ if (0 != cbProperties) {
+ CheckPointer(pbProperties, E_POINTER);
+ // Return generic stuff up to the length
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES Props;
+ Props.cbData = min(cbProperties, sizeof(Props));
+ Props.dwSampleFlags = m_dwFlags & ~Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ Props.dwTypeSpecificFlags = m_dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ Props.pbBuffer = m_pBuffer;
+ Props.cbBuffer = m_cbBuffer;
+ Props.lActual = m_lActual;
+ Props.tStart = m_Start;
+ Props.tStop = m_End;
+ Props.dwStreamId = m_dwStreamId;
+ if (m_dwFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ Props.pMediaType = m_pMediaType;
+ } else {
+ Props.pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(pbProperties, &Props, Props.cbData);
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+#define CONTAINS_FIELD(type, field, offset) \
+ ((FIELD_OFFSET(type, field) + sizeof(((type *)0)->field)) <= offset)
+
+HRESULT CMediaSample::SetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties
+)
+{
+
+ /* Generic properties */
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType = NULL;
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbData, cbProperties)) {
+ CheckPointer(pbProperties, E_POINTER);
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES *pProps =
+ (AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES *)pbProperties;
+
+ /* Don't use more data than is actually there */
+ if (pProps->cbData < cbProperties) {
+ cbProperties = pProps->cbData;
+ }
+ /* We only handle IMediaSample2 */
+ if (cbProperties > sizeof(*pProps) ||
+ pProps->cbData > sizeof(*pProps)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ /* Do checks first, the assignments (for backout) */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwSampleFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Check the flags */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags &
+ (~Sample_ValidFlags | Sample_MediaTimeValid)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ /* Check a flag isn't being set for a property
+ not being provided
+ */
+ if ((pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) &&
+ !(m_dwFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) &&
+ !CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStop, cbProperties)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NB - can't SET the pointer or size */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pbBuffer, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check pbBuffer */
+ if (pProps->pbBuffer != 0 && pProps->pbBuffer != m_pBuffer) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbBuffer, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check cbBuffer */
+ if (pProps->cbBuffer != 0 && pProps->cbBuffer != m_cbBuffer) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbBuffer, cbProperties) &&
+ CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, lActual, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check lActual */
+ if (pProps->cbBuffer < pProps->lActual) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pMediaType, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check pMediaType */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ CheckPointer(pProps->pMediaType, E_POINTER);
+ pMediaType = CreateMediaType(pProps->pMediaType);
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now do the assignments */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId, cbProperties)) {
+ m_dwStreamId = pProps->dwStreamId;
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwSampleFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set the flags */
+ m_dwFlags = pProps->dwSampleFlags |
+ (m_dwFlags & Sample_MediaTimeValid);
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ } else {
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwTypeSpecificFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, lActual, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set lActual */
+ m_lActual = pProps->lActual;
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStop, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Set the times */
+ m_End = pProps->tStop;
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStart, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Set the times */
+ m_Start = pProps->tStart;
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pMediaType, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set pMediaType */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ if (m_pMediaType != NULL) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ }
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fix up the type changed flag to correctly reflect the current state
+ If, for instance the input contained no type change but the
+ output does then if we don't do this we'd lose the
+ output media type.
+ */
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TypeChanged;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// The streaming thread calls IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(),
+// IMemInputPin::Receive() and IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple() on the
+// connected input pin. The application thread calls Block(). The
+// following class members can only be called by the streaming thread.
+//
+// Deliver()
+// DeliverNewSegment()
+// StartUsingOutputPin()
+// StopUsingOutputPin()
+// ChangeOutputFormat()
+// ChangeMediaType()
+// DynamicReconnect()
+//
+// The following class members can only be called by the application thread.
+//
+// Block()
+// SynchronousBlockOutputPin()
+// AsynchronousBlockOutputPin()
+//
+
+CDynamicOutputPin::CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_hStopEvent(NULL),
+ m_pGraphConfig(NULL),
+ m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator(FALSE),
+ m_BlockState(NOT_BLOCKED),
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent(NULL),
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent(NULL),
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID(0),
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers(0)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = Initialize();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CDynamicOutputPin::CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_hStopEvent(NULL),
+ m_pGraphConfig(NULL),
+ m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator(FALSE),
+ m_BlockState(NOT_BLOCKED),
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent(NULL),
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent(NULL),
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID(0),
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers(0)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = Initialize();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+CDynamicOutputPin::~CDynamicOutputPin()
+{
+ if(NULL != m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent
+ // and m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+ }
+
+ if(NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ }
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Initialize(void)
+{
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent = ::CreateEvent( NULL, // The event will have the default security descriptor.
+ TRUE, // This is a manual reset event.
+ TRUE, // The event is initially signaled.
+ NULL ); // The event is not named.
+
+ // CreateEvent() returns NULL if an error occurs.
+ if(NULL == m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ // Set flag to say we can reconnect while streaming.
+ SetReconnectWhenActive(true);
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if(riid == IID_IPinFlowControl) {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IPinFlowControl*>(this), ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::Disconnect(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return DisconnectInternal();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ const DWORD VALID_FLAGS = AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK;
+
+ // Check for illegal flags.
+ if(dwBlockFlags & ~VALID_FLAGS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the event is unsignaled.
+ if((dwBlockFlags & AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK) && (NULL != hEvent)) {
+ if( !::ResetEvent( hEvent ) ) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // No flags are set if we are unblocking the output pin.
+ if(0 == dwBlockFlags) {
+
+ // This parameter should be NULL because unblock operations are always synchronous.
+ // There is no need to notify the caller when the event is done.
+ if(NULL != hEvent) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if(dwBlockFlags & AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK) {
+ // IPinFlowControl::Block()'s hEvent parameter is NULL if the block is synchronous.
+ // If hEvent is not NULL, the block is asynchronous.
+ if(NULL == hEvent) {
+ hr = SynchronousBlockOutputPin();
+ } else {
+ hr = AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(hEvent);
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = UnblockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = :: CreateEvent( NULL, // The event will have the default security attributes.
+ FALSE, // This is an automatic reset event.
+ FALSE, // The event is initially unsignaled.
+ NULL ); // The event is not named.
+
+ // CreateEvent() returns NULL if an error occurs.
+ if(NULL == hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = WaitEvent(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent)
+{
+ // This function holds the m_BlockStateLock because it uses
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID, m_BlockState and
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ if(NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState) {
+ if(m_dwBlockCallerThreadID == ::GetCurrentThreadId()) {
+ return VFW_E_PIN_ALREADY_BLOCKED_ON_THIS_THREAD;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_PIN_ALREADY_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ BOOL fSuccess = ::DuplicateHandle( ::GetCurrentProcess(),
+ hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent,
+ ::GetCurrentProcess(),
+ &m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent,
+ EVENT_MODIFY_STATE,
+ FALSE,
+ 0 );
+ if( !fSuccess ) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_BlockState = PENDING;
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID = ::GetCurrentThreadId();
+
+ // The output pin cannot be blocked if the streaming thread is
+ // calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(), IMemInputPin::Receive()
+ // or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple() on the connected input pin. Also, it
+ // cannot be blocked if the streaming thread is calling DynamicReconnect(),
+ // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat().
+ if(!StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin()) {
+
+ // The output pin can be immediately blocked.
+ BlockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::BlockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // The caller should always hold the m_BlockStateLock because this function
+ // uses m_BlockState and m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_BlockStateLock));
+
+ // This function should not be called if the streaming thread is modifying
+ // the connection state or it's passing data downstream.
+ ASSERT(!StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // This should not fail because we successfully created the event
+ // and we have the security permissions to change it's state.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::ResetEvent(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+
+ // This event should not fail because AsynchronousBlockOutputPin() successfully
+ // duplicated this handle and we have the appropriate security permissions.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ m_BlockState = BLOCKED;
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = NULL;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::UnblockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // UnblockOutputPin() holds the m_BlockStateLock because it
+ // uses m_BlockState, m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ if(NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // This should not fail because we successfully created the event
+ // and we have the security permissions to change it's state.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+
+ // Cancel the block operation if it's still pending.
+ if(NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ // This event should not fail because AsynchronousBlockOutputPin() successfully
+ // duplicated this handle and we have the appropriate security permissions.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ }
+
+ m_BlockState = NOT_BLOCKED;
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID = 0;
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = NULL;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::StartUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // The caller should not hold m_BlockStateLock. If the caller does,
+ // a deadlock could occur.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_BlockStateLock));
+
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ // Are we in the middle of a block operation?
+ while(BLOCKED == m_BlockState) {
+ m_BlockStateLock.Unlock();
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, a deadlock could occur. The caller should make sure
+ // that this thread never acquires the Block State lock more than once.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut( &m_BlockStateLock ));
+
+ // WaitForMultipleObjects() returns WAIT_OBJECT_0 if the unblock event
+ // is fired. It returns WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1 if the stop event if fired.
+ // See the Windows SDK documentation for more information on
+ // WaitForMultipleObjects().
+ const DWORD UNBLOCK = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+ const DWORD STOP = WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1;
+
+ HANDLE ahWaitEvents[] = { m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent, m_hStopEvent };
+ DWORD dwNumWaitEvents = sizeof(ahWaitEvents)/sizeof(HANDLE);
+
+ DWORD dwReturnValue = ::WaitForMultipleObjects( dwNumWaitEvents, ahWaitEvents, FALSE, INFINITE );
+
+ m_BlockStateLock.Lock();
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ switch( dwReturnValue ) {
+ case UNBLOCK:
+ break;
+
+ case STOP:
+ return VFW_E_STATE_CHANGED;
+
+ case WAIT_FAILED:
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+
+ default:
+ DbgBreak( "An Unexpected case occured in CDynamicOutputPin::StartUsingOutputPin()." );
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers++;
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::StopUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers--;
+
+ if((m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers == 0) && (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) {
+ BlockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+}
+
+bool CDynamicOutputPin::StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ return (m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers > 0);
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent)
+{
+ // This pointer is not addrefed because filters are not allowed to
+ // hold references to the filter graph manager. See the documentation for
+ // IBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph() in the Direct Show SDK for more information.
+ m_pGraphConfig = pGraphConfig;
+
+ m_hStopEvent = hStopEvent;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Active(void)
+{
+ // Make sure the user initialized the object by calling SetConfigInfo().
+ if((NULL == m_hStopEvent) || (NULL == m_pGraphConfig)) {
+ DbgBreak( ERROR: CDynamicOutputPin::Active() failed because m_pGraphConfig and m_hStopEvent were not initialized. Call SetConfigInfo() to initialize them. );
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then Active() is called. An event
+ // handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ResetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Active();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then Active() is called. An event
+ // handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Inactive();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then DeliverBeginFlush() is called.
+ // An event handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then DeliverBeginFlush() is called.
+ // An event handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ResetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// ChangeOutputFormat() either dynamicly changes the connection's format type or it dynamicly
+// reconnects the output pin.
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeOutputFormat
+ (
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop,
+ double dSegmentRate
+ )
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // Callers should always pass a valid media type to ChangeOutputFormat() .
+ ASSERT(NULL != pmt);
+
+ CMediaType cmt(*pmt);
+ HRESULT hr = ChangeMediaType(&cmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = DeliverNewSegment(tSegmentStart, tSegmentStop, dSegmentRate);
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // This function assumes the filter graph is running.
+ ASSERT(!IsStopped());
+
+ if(!IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* First check if the downstream pin will accept a dynamic
+ format change
+ */
+ QzCComPtr<IPinConnection> pConnection;
+
+ m_Connected->QueryInterface(IID_IPinConnection, (void **)&pConnection);
+ if(pConnection != NULL) {
+
+ if(S_OK == pConnection->DynamicQueryAccept(pmt)) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = ChangeMediaTypeHelper(pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do the dynamic connection */
+ return DynamicReconnect(pmt);
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_Connected->ReceiveConnection(this, pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Does this pin use the local memory transport?
+ if(NULL != m_pInputPin) {
+ // This function assumes that m_pInputPin and m_Connected are
+ // two different interfaces to the same object.
+ ASSERT(::IsEqualObject(m_Connected, m_pInputPin));
+
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES apInputPinRequirements;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbBuffer = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbPrefix = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cBuffers = 0;
+
+ m_pInputPin->GetAllocatorRequirements(&apInputPinRequirements);
+
+ // A zero allignment does not make any sense.
+ if(0 == apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign) {
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign = 1;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(m_pAllocator, &apInputPinRequirements);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Commit();
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pInputPin->NotifyAllocator(m_pAllocator, m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// this method has to be called from the thread that is pushing data,
+// and it's the caller's responsibility to make sure that the thread
+// has no outstand samples because they cannot be delivered after a
+// reconnect
+//
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DynamicReconnect( const CMediaType* pmt )
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ if((m_pGraphConfig == NULL) || (NULL == m_hStopEvent)) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraphConfig->Reconnect(
+ this,
+ NULL,
+ pmt,
+ NULL,
+ m_hStopEvent,
+ AM_GRAPH_CONFIG_RECONNECT_CACHE_REMOVED_FILTERS );
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ if(!IsStopped() && m_pAllocator) {
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Commit();
+ ASSERT(hr != VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CDynamicOutputPin::AssertValid(void)
+{
+ // Make sure the object was correctly initialized.
+
+ // This ASSERT only fires if the object failed to initialize
+ // and the user ignored the constructor's return code (phr).
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent);
+
+ // If either of these ASSERTs fire, the user did not correctly call
+ // SetConfigInfo().
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_hStopEvent);
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_pGraphConfig);
+
+ // Make sure the block state is consistent.
+
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ // BLOCK_STATE variables only have three legal values: PENDING, BLOCKED and NOT_BLOCKED.
+ ASSERT((NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState) || (PENDING == m_BlockState) || (BLOCKED == m_BlockState));
+
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is only needed when a block operation cannot complete
+ // immediately.
+ ASSERT(((NULL == m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) && (PENDING != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) && (PENDING == m_BlockState)) );
+
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID should always be 0 if the pin is not blocked and
+ // the user is not trying to block the pin.
+ ASSERT((0 == m_dwBlockCallerThreadID) || (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState));
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the streaming thread is using the output pin and the
+ // output pin is blocked.
+ ASSERT(((0 != m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((0 == m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((0 == m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState)) );
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ const DWORD EVENT_SIGNALED = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+
+ DWORD dwReturnValue = ::WaitForSingleObject(hEvent, INFINITE);
+
+ switch( dwReturnValue ) {
+ case EVENT_SIGNALED:
+ return S_OK;
+
+ case WAIT_FAILED:
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+
+ default:
+ DbgBreak( "An Unexpected case occured in CDynamicOutputPin::WaitEvent()." );
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseAllocator
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor overrides the default settings for the free list to request
+ that it be alertable (ie the list can be cast to a handle which can be
+ passed to WaitForSingleObject). Both of the allocator lists also ask for
+ object locking, the all list matches the object default settings but I
+ have included them here just so it is obvious what kind of list it is */
+
+CBaseAllocator::CBaseAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ BOOL bEvent,
+ BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback
+ ) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_lAllocated(0),
+ m_bChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bCommitted(FALSE),
+ m_bDecommitInProgress(FALSE),
+ m_lSize(0),
+ m_lCount(0),
+ m_lAlignment(0),
+ m_lPrefix(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_fEnableReleaseCallback(fEnableReleaseCallback),
+ m_pNotify(NULL)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (bEvent) {
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseAllocator::CBaseAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ BOOL bEvent,
+ BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_lAllocated(0),
+ m_bChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bCommitted(FALSE),
+ m_bDecommitInProgress(FALSE),
+ m_lSize(0),
+ m_lCount(0),
+ m_lAlignment(0),
+ m_lPrefix(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_fEnableReleaseCallback(fEnableReleaseCallback),
+ m_pNotify(NULL)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (bEvent) {
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseAllocator::~CBaseAllocator()
+{
+ // we can't call Decommit here since that would mean a call to a
+ // pure virtual in destructor.
+ // We must assume that the derived class has gone into decommit state in
+ // its destructor.
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(!m_bCommitted);
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+ m_pNotify->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to publicise our interfaces */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we know about this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMemAllocator ||
+ riid == IID_IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp && m_fEnableReleaseCallback) {
+ return GetInterface((IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* This sets the size and count of the required samples. The memory isn't
+ actually allocated until Commit() is called, if memory has already been
+ allocated then assuming no samples are outstanding the user may call us
+ to change the buffering, the memory will be released in Commit() */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRequest, E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pActual, E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ ZeroMemory(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ ASSERT(pRequest->cbBuffer > 0);
+
+ /* Check the alignment requested */
+ if (pRequest->cbAlign != 1) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("Alignment requested was 0x%x, not 1"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign));
+ return VFW_E_BADALIGN;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do this if already committed, there is an argument that says we
+ should not reject the SetProperties call if there are buffers still
+ active. However this is called by the source filter, which is the same
+ person who is holding the samples. Therefore it is not unreasonable
+ for them to free all their samples before changing the requirements */
+
+ if (m_bCommitted) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Must be no outstanding buffers */
+
+ if (m_lAllocated != m_lFree.GetCount()) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFERS_OUTSTANDING;
+ }
+
+ /* There isn't any real need to check the parameters as they
+ will just be rejected when the user finally calls Commit */
+
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize = pRequest->cbBuffer;
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount = pRequest->cBuffers;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment = pRequest->cbAlign;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix = pRequest->cbPrefix;
+
+ m_bChanged = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::GetProperties(
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pActual,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual,sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize;
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the
+// next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface).
+// on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer
+// pointer and size will be correct.
+
+HRESULT CBaseAllocator::GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags
+ )
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pStartTime);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pEndTime);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwFlags);
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ *ppBuffer = NULL;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ { // scope for lock
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ /* Check we are committed */
+ if (!m_bCommitted) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_COMMITTED;
+ }
+ pSample = (CMediaSample *) m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ SetWaiting();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't get a sample then wait for the list to signal */
+
+ if (pSample) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (dwFlags & AM_GBF_NOWAIT) {
+ return VFW_E_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_hSem != NULL);
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE);
+ }
+
+ /* Addref the buffer up to one. On release
+ back to zero instead of being deleted, it will requeue itself by
+ calling the ReleaseBuffer member function. NOTE the owner of a
+ media sample must always be derived from CBaseAllocator */
+
+
+ ASSERT(pSample->m_cRef == 0);
+ pSample->m_cRef = 1;
+ *ppBuffer = pSample;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( (IMemAllocator *) this, pSample );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Final release of a CMediaSample will call this */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSample,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSample,sizeof(IMediaSample));
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( (IMemAllocator *) this, pSample );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ BOOL bRelease = FALSE;
+ {
+ CAutoLock cal(this);
+
+ /* Put back on the free list */
+
+ m_lFree.Add((CMediaSample *)pSample);
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ NotifySample();
+ }
+
+ // if there is a pending Decommit, then we need to complete it by
+ // calling Free() when the last buffer is placed on the free list
+
+ LONG l1 = m_lFree.GetCount();
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress && (l1 == m_lAllocated)) {
+ Free();
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+ bRelease = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+
+ //
+ // Note that this is not synchronized with setting up a notification
+ // method.
+ //
+ m_pNotify->NotifyRelease();
+ }
+
+ /* For each buffer there is one AddRef, made in GetBuffer and released
+ here. This may cause the allocator and all samples to be deleted */
+
+ if (bRelease) {
+ Release();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::SetNotify(
+ IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp* pNotify
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (pNotify) {
+ pNotify->AddRef();
+ }
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+ m_pNotify->Release();
+ }
+ m_pNotify = pNotify;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::GetFreeCount(
+ __out LONG* plBuffersFree
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ *plBuffersFree = m_lCount - m_lAllocated + m_lFree.GetCount();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+void
+CBaseAllocator::NotifySample()
+{
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ ASSERT(m_hSem != NULL);
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::Commit()
+{
+ /* Check we are not decommitted */
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ // cannot need to alloc or re-alloc if we are committed
+ if (m_bCommitted) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Allow GetBuffer calls */
+
+ m_bCommitted = TRUE;
+
+ // is there a pending decommit ? if so, just cancel it
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress) {
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+
+ // don't call Alloc at this point. He cannot allow SetProperties
+ // between Decommit and the last free, so the buffer size cannot have
+ // changed. And because some of the buffers are not free yet, he
+ // cannot re-alloc anyway.
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY, 1, TEXT("Allocating: %ldx%ld"), m_lCount, m_lSize));
+
+ // actually need to allocate the samples
+ HRESULT hr = Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bCommitted = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+ }
+ AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::Decommit()
+{
+ BOOL bRelease = FALSE;
+ {
+ /* Check we are not already decommitted */
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ if (m_bCommitted == FALSE) {
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress == FALSE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No more GetBuffer calls will succeed */
+ m_bCommitted = FALSE;
+
+ // are any buffers outstanding?
+ if (m_lFree.GetCount() < m_lAllocated) {
+ // please complete the decommit when last buffer is freed
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+
+ // need to complete the decommit here as there are no
+ // outstanding buffers
+
+ Free();
+ bRelease = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Tell anyone waiting that they can go now so we can
+ // reject their call
+#pragma warning(push)
+#ifndef _PREFAST_
+#pragma warning(disable:4068)
+#endif
+#pragma prefast(suppress:__WARNING_DEREF_NULL_PTR, "Suppress warning related to Free() invalidating 'this' which is no applicable to CBaseAllocator::Free()")
+ NotifySample();
+
+#pragma warning(pop)
+ }
+
+ if (bRelease) {
+ Release();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Base definition of allocation which checks we are ok to go ahead and do
+ the full allocation. We return S_FALSE if the requirements are the same */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ /* Error if he hasn't set the size yet */
+ if (m_lCount <= 0 || m_lSize <= 0 || m_lAlignment <= 0) {
+ return VFW_E_SIZENOTSET;
+ }
+
+ /* should never get here while buffers outstanding */
+ ASSERT(m_lFree.GetCount() == m_lAllocated);
+
+ /* If the requirements haven't changed then don't reallocate */
+ if (m_bChanged == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Implement CBaseAllocator::CSampleList::Remove(pSample)
+ Removes pSample from the list
+*/
+void
+CBaseAllocator::CSampleList::Remove(__inout CMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ CMediaSample **pSearch;
+ for (pSearch = &m_List;
+ *pSearch != NULL;
+ pSearch = &(CBaseAllocator::NextSample(*pSearch))) {
+ if (*pSearch == pSample) {
+ *pSearch = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample);
+ CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = NULL;
+ m_nOnList--;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ DbgBreak("Couldn't find sample in list");
+}
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CMemAllocator
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+CUnknown *CMemAllocator::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ CUnknown *pUnkRet = new CMemAllocator(NAME("CMemAllocator"), pUnk, phr);
+ return pUnkRet;
+}
+
+CMemAllocator::CMemAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseAllocator(pName, pUnk, phr, TRUE, TRUE),
+ m_pBuffer(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CMemAllocator::CMemAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseAllocator(pName, pUnk, phr, TRUE, TRUE),
+ m_pBuffer(NULL)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This sets the size and count of the required samples. The memory isn't
+ actually allocated until Commit() is called, if memory has already been
+ allocated then assuming no samples are outstanding the user may call us
+ to change the buffering, the memory will be released in Commit() */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMemAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pActual,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual,sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ ZeroMemory(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ ASSERT(pRequest->cbBuffer > 0);
+
+ SYSTEM_INFO SysInfo;
+ GetSystemInfo(&SysInfo);
+
+ /* Check the alignment request is a power of 2 */
+ if ((-pRequest->cbAlign & pRequest->cbAlign) != pRequest->cbAlign) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Alignment requested 0x%x not a power of 2!"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign));
+ }
+ /* Check the alignment requested */
+ if (pRequest->cbAlign == 0 ||
+ (SysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity & (pRequest->cbAlign - 1)) != 0) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Invalid alignment 0x%x requested - granularity = 0x%x"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign, SysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity));
+ return VFW_E_BADALIGN;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do this if already committed, there is an argument that says we
+ should not reject the SetProperties call if there are buffers still
+ active. However this is called by the source filter, which is the same
+ person who is holding the samples. Therefore it is not unreasonable
+ for them to free all their samples before changing the requirements */
+
+ if (m_bCommitted == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Must be no outstanding buffers */
+
+ if (m_lFree.GetCount() < m_lAllocated) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFERS_OUTSTANDING;
+ }
+
+ /* There isn't any real need to check the parameters as they
+ will just be rejected when the user finally calls Commit */
+
+ // round length up to alignment - remember that prefix is included in
+ // the alignment
+ LONG lSize = pRequest->cbBuffer + pRequest->cbPrefix;
+ LONG lRemainder = lSize % pRequest->cbAlign;
+ if (lRemainder != 0) {
+ lSize = lSize - lRemainder + pRequest->cbAlign;
+ }
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize = (lSize - pRequest->cbPrefix);
+
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount = pRequest->cBuffers;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment = pRequest->cbAlign;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix = pRequest->cbPrefix;
+
+ m_bChanged = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// override this to allocate our resources when Commit is called.
+//
+// note that our resources may be already allocated when this is called,
+// since we don't free them on Decommit. We will only be called when in
+// decommit state with all buffers free.
+//
+// object locked by caller
+HRESULT
+CMemAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ /* Check he has called SetProperties */
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseAllocator::Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* If the requirements haven't changed then don't reallocate */
+ if (hr == S_FALSE) {
+ ASSERT(m_pBuffer);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ ASSERT(hr == S_OK); // we use this fact in the loop below
+
+ /* Free the old resources */
+ if (m_pBuffer) {
+ ReallyFree();
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure we've got reasonable values */
+ if ( m_lSize < 0 || m_lPrefix < 0 || m_lCount < 0 ) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the aligned size */
+ LONG lAlignedSize = m_lSize + m_lPrefix;
+
+ /* Check overflow */
+ if (lAlignedSize < m_lSize) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ if (m_lAlignment > 1) {
+ LONG lRemainder = lAlignedSize % m_lAlignment;
+ if (lRemainder != 0) {
+ LONG lNewSize = lAlignedSize + m_lAlignment - lRemainder;
+ if (lNewSize < lAlignedSize) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ lAlignedSize = lNewSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create the contiguous memory block for the samples
+ making sure it's properly aligned (64K should be enough!)
+ */
+ ASSERT(lAlignedSize % m_lAlignment == 0);
+
+ LONGLONG lToAllocate = m_lCount * (LONGLONG)lAlignedSize;
+
+ /* Check overflow */
+ if (lToAllocate > MAXLONG) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ m_pBuffer = (PBYTE)VirtualAlloc(NULL,
+ (LONG)lToAllocate,
+ MEM_COMMIT,
+ PAGE_READWRITE);
+
+ if (m_pBuffer == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ LPBYTE pNext = m_pBuffer;
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == 0);
+
+ // Create the new samples - we have allocated m_lSize bytes for each sample
+ // plus m_lPrefix bytes per sample as a prefix. We set the pointer to
+ // the memory after the prefix - so that GetPointer() will return a pointer
+ // to m_lSize bytes.
+ for (; m_lAllocated < m_lCount; m_lAllocated++, pNext += lAlignedSize) {
+
+
+ pSample = new CMediaSample(
+ NAME("Default memory media sample"),
+ this,
+ &hr,
+ pNext + m_lPrefix, // GetPointer() value
+ m_lSize); // not including prefix
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // This CANNOT fail
+ m_lFree.Add(pSample);
+ }
+
+ m_bChanged = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to free up any resources we have allocated.
+// called from the base class on Decommit when all buffers have been
+// returned to the free list.
+//
+// caller has already locked the object.
+
+// in our case, we keep the memory until we are deleted, so
+// we do nothing here. The memory is deleted in the destructor by
+// calling ReallyFree()
+void
+CMemAllocator::Free(void)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+
+// called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to
+// actually free up the memory
+void
+CMemAllocator::ReallyFree(void)
+{
+ /* Should never be deleting this unless all buffers are freed */
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == m_lFree.GetCount());
+
+ /* Free up all the CMediaSamples */
+
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+ for (;;) {
+ pSample = m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ if (pSample != NULL) {
+ delete pSample;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_lAllocated = 0;
+
+ // free the block of buffer memory
+ if (m_pBuffer) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(VirtualFree(m_pBuffer, 0, MEM_RELEASE));
+ m_pBuffer = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor frees our memory resources */
+
+CMemAllocator::~CMemAllocator()
+{
+ Decommit();
+ ReallyFree();
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// filter registration through IFilterMapper. used if IFilterMapper is
+// not found (Quartz 1.0 install)
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper * pIFM
+ , BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= AMovieSetupRegisterFilter")));
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+
+ // unregister filter
+ // (as pins are subkeys of filter's CLSID key
+ // they do not need to be removed separately).
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = unregister filter")));
+ HRESULT hr = pIFM->UnregisterFilter( *(psetupdata->clsID) );
+
+
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ // register filter
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter")));
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterFilter( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->strName
+ , psetupdata->dwMerit );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // all its pins
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter pins")));
+ for( UINT m1=0; m1 < psetupdata->nPins; m1++ )
+ {
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterPin( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strName
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bRendered
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bOutput
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bZero
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bMany
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].clsConnectsToFilter)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strConnectsToPin );
+
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // and each pin's media types
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter pin types")));
+ for( UINT m2=0; m2 < psetupdata->lpPin[m1].nMediaTypes; m2++ )
+ {
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterPinType( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strName
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].lpMediaType[m2].clsMajorType)
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].lpMediaType[m2].clsMinorType) );
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// Remove warnings about unreferenced inline functions
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14f17cd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1587 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMFilter.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines class hierarchy for streams
+// architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __FILTER__
+#define __FILTER__
+
+/* The following classes are declared in this header: */
+
+class CBaseMediaFilter; // IMediaFilter support
+class CBaseFilter; // IBaseFilter,IMediaFilter support
+class CBasePin; // Abstract base class for IPin interface
+class CEnumPins; // Enumerate input and output pins
+class CEnumMediaTypes; // Enumerate the pin's preferred formats
+class CBaseOutputPin; // Adds data provider member functions
+class CBaseInputPin; // Implements IMemInputPin interface
+class CMediaSample; // Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin
+class CBaseAllocator; // General list guff for most allocators
+class CMemAllocator; // Implements memory buffer allocation
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+//
+// QueryFilterInfo and QueryPinInfo AddRef the interface pointers
+// they return. You can use the macro below to release the interface.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+#define QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi) if ((fi).pGraph) (fi).pGraph->Release();
+
+#define QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi) if ((pi).pFilter) (pi).pFilter->Release();
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseMediaFilter
+//
+// Abstract base class implementing IMediaFilter.
+//
+// Typically you will derive your filter from CBaseFilter rather than
+// this, unless you are implementing an object such as a plug-in
+// distributor that needs to support IMediaFilter but not IBaseFilter.
+//
+// Note that IMediaFilter is derived from IPersist to allow query of
+// class id.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseMediaFilter : public CUnknown,
+ public IMediaFilter
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused
+ IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this filter's reference clock
+ // note: all filters in a filter graph use the same clock
+
+ // offset from stream time to reference time
+ CRefTime m_tStart;
+
+ CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid
+ // used for serialization
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseMediaFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid);
+
+ virtual ~CBaseMediaFilter();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to say what interfaces we support where
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ //
+ // --- IPersist method ---
+ //
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // --- IMediaFilter methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock);
+
+ // default implementation of Stop and Pause just record the
+ // state. Override to activate or de-activate your filter.
+ // Note that Run when called from Stopped state will call Pause
+ // to ensure activation, so if you are a source or transform
+ // you will probably not need to override Run.
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+
+ // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the
+ // sample's stream time to get the reference time for
+ // its presentation
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // return the current stream time - ie find out what
+ // stream time should be appearing now
+ virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream);
+
+ // Is the filter currently active? (running or paused)
+ BOOL IsActive() {
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running));
+ };
+};
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseFilter
+//
+// An abstract class providing basic IBaseFilter support for pin
+// enumeration and filter information reading.
+//
+// We cannot derive from CBaseMediaFilter since methods in IMediaFilter
+// are also in IBaseFilter and would be ambiguous. Since much of the code
+// assumes that they derive from a class that has m_State and other state
+// directly available, we duplicate code from CBaseMediaFilter rather than
+// having a member variable.
+//
+// Derive your filter from this, or from a derived object such as
+// CTransformFilter.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseFilter : public CUnknown, // Handles an IUnknown
+ public IBaseFilter, // The Filter Interface
+ public IAMovieSetup // For un/registration
+{
+
+friend class CBasePin;
+
+protected:
+ FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused
+ IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this graph's ref clock
+ CRefTime m_tStart; // offset from stream time to reference time
+ CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid
+ // used for serialization
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+
+ WCHAR *m_pName; // Full filter name
+ IFilterGraph *m_pGraph; // Graph we belong to
+ IMediaEventSink *m_pSink; // Called with notify events
+ LONG m_PinVersion; // Current pin version
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+#endif
+ ~CBaseFilter();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to say what interfaces we support where
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+#endif
+
+ //
+ // --- IPersist method ---
+ //
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // --- IMediaFilter methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock);
+
+
+ // override Stop and Pause so we can activate the pins.
+ // Note that Run will call Pause first if activation needed.
+ // Override these if you want to activate your filter rather than
+ // your pins.
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+ // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the
+ // sample's stream time to get the reference time for
+ // its presentation
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // return the current stream time - ie find out what
+ // stream time should be appearing now
+ virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream);
+
+ // Is the filter currently active?
+ BOOL IsActive() {
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running));
+ };
+
+ // Is this filter stopped (without locking)
+ BOOL IsStopped() {
+ return (m_State == State_Stopped);
+ };
+
+ //
+ // --- IBaseFilter methods ---
+ //
+
+ // pin enumerator
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumPins(
+ __deref_out IEnumPins ** ppEnum);
+
+
+ // default behaviour of FindPin assumes pin ids are their names
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryFilterInfo(
+ __out FILTER_INFO * pInfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(
+ __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ // return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL.
+ // memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree
+ // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryVendorInfo(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo
+ );
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it.
+ // returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink
+ // events, or an error otherwise.
+ HRESULT NotifyEvent(
+ long EventCode,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam1,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam2);
+
+ // return the filter graph we belong to
+ __out_opt IFilterGraph *GetFilterGraph() {
+ return m_pGraph;
+ }
+
+ // Request reconnect
+ // pPin is the pin to reconnect
+ // pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL
+ // Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph
+ HRESULT ReconnectPin(IPin *pPin, __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt);
+
+ // find out the current pin version (used by enumerators)
+ virtual LONG GetPinVersion();
+ void IncrementPinVersion();
+
+ // you need to supply these to access the pins from the enumerator
+ // and for default Stop and Pause/Run activation.
+ virtual int GetPinCount() PURE;
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n) PURE;
+
+ // --- IAMovieSetup methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Register(); // ask filter to register itself
+ STDMETHODIMP Unregister(); // and unregister itself
+
+ // --- setup helper methods ---
+ // (override to return filters setup data)
+
+ virtual __out_opt LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER GetSetupData(){ return NULL; }
+
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBasePin
+//
+// Abstract class that supports the basics of IPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePin : public CUnknown, public IPin, public IQualityControl
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ WCHAR * m_pName; // This pin's name
+ IPin *m_Connected; // Pin we have connected to
+ PIN_DIRECTION m_dir; // Direction of this pin
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+ bool m_bRunTimeError; // Run time error generated
+ bool m_bCanReconnectWhenActive; // OK to reconnect when active
+ bool m_bTryMyTypesFirst; // When connecting enumerate
+ // this pin's types first
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Filter we were created by
+ IQualityControl *m_pQSink; // Target for Quality messages
+ LONG m_TypeVersion; // Holds current type version
+ CMediaType m_mt; // Media type of connection
+
+ CRefTime m_tStart; // time from NewSegment call
+ CRefTime m_tStop; // time from NewSegment
+ double m_dRate; // rate from NewSegment
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ LONG m_cRef; // Ref count tracing
+#endif
+
+ // displays pin connection information
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin);
+ void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt);
+#else
+ void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin) {};
+ void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt) {};
+#endif
+
+ // used to agree a media type for a pin connection
+
+ // given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes
+ // checking that the type is acceptable to this pin)
+ HRESULT
+ AttemptConnection(
+ IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType* pmt // using this type
+ );
+
+ // try all the media types in this enumerator - for each that
+ // we accept, try to connect using ReceiveConnection.
+ HRESULT TryMediaTypes(
+ IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt, // proposed type from Connect
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum); // try this enumerator
+
+ // establish a connection with a suitable mediatype. Needs to
+ // propose a media type if the pmt pointer is null or partially
+ // specified - use TryMediaTypes on both our and then the other pin's
+ // enumerator until we find one that works.
+ HRESULT AgreeMediaType(
+ IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType *pmt); // proposed type from Connect
+
+public:
+
+ CBasePin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, // Object description
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBasePin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, // Object description
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBasePin();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+
+ // --- IPin methods ---
+
+ // take lead role in establishing a connection. Media type pointer
+ // may be null, or may point to partially-specified mediatype
+ // (subtype or format type may be GUID_NULL).
+ STDMETHODIMP Connect(
+ IPin * pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type
+ );
+
+ // (passive) accept a connection from another pin
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveConnection(
+ IPin * pConnector, // this is the initiating connecting pin
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Disconnect();
+
+ STDMETHODIMP ConnectedTo(__deref_out IPin **pPin);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP ConnectionMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPinInfo(
+ __out PIN_INFO * pInfo
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryDirection(
+ __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+ );
+
+ // does the pin support this media type
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryAccept(
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+ );
+
+ // return an enumerator for this pins preferred media types
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes(
+ __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum
+ );
+
+ // return an array of IPin* - the pins that this pin internally connects to
+ // All pins put in the array must be AddReffed (but no others)
+ // Errors: "Can't say" - FAIL, not enough slots - return S_FALSE
+ // Default: return E_NOTIMPL
+ // The filter graph will interpret NOT_IMPL as any input pin connects to
+ // all visible output pins and vice versa.
+ // apPin can be NULL if nPin==0 (not otherwise).
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInternalConnections(
+ __out_ecount_part(*nPin,*nPin) IPin* *apPin, // array of IPin*
+ __inout ULONG *nPin // on input, the number of slots
+ // on output the number of pins
+ ) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+
+ // Called when no more data will be sent
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // Begin/EndFlush still PURE
+
+ // NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data
+ // about to be received. Default implementation records data and
+ // returns S_OK.
+ // Override this to pass downstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods
+ //================================================================================
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // Returns true if the pin is connected. false otherwise.
+ BOOL IsConnected(void) {return (m_Connected != NULL); };
+ // Return the pin this is connected to (if any)
+ IPin * GetConnected() { return m_Connected; };
+
+ // Check if our filter is currently stopped
+ BOOL IsStopped() {
+ return (m_pFilter->m_State == State_Stopped);
+ };
+
+ // find out the current type version (used by enumerators)
+ virtual LONG GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ void IncrementTypeVersion();
+
+ // switch the pin to active (paused or running) mode
+ // not an error to call this if already active
+ virtual HRESULT Active(void);
+
+ // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // Notify of Run() from filter
+ virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // check if the pin can support this specific proposed type and format
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE;
+
+ // set the connection to use this format (previously agreed)
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *);
+
+ // check that the connection is ok before verifying it
+ // can be overridden eg to check what interfaces will be supported.
+ virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *);
+
+ // Set and release resources required for a connection
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // returns the preferred formats for a pin
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // access to NewSegment values
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStopTime() {
+ return m_tStop;
+ }
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStartTime() {
+ return m_tStart;
+ }
+ double CurrentRate() {
+ return m_dRate;
+ }
+
+ // Access name
+ LPWSTR Name() { return m_pName; };
+
+ // Can reconnectwhen active?
+ void SetReconnectWhenActive(bool bCanReconnect)
+ {
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive = bCanReconnect;
+ }
+
+ bool CanReconnectWhenActive()
+ {
+ return m_bCanReconnectWhenActive;
+ }
+
+protected:
+ STDMETHODIMP DisconnectInternal();
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CEnumPins
+//
+// Pin enumerator class that works by calling CBaseFilter. This interface
+// is provided by CBaseFilter::EnumPins and calls GetPinCount() and
+// GetPin() to enumerate existing pins. Needs to be a separate object so
+// that it can be cloned (creating an existing object at the same
+// position in the enumeration)
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CEnumPins : public IEnumPins // The interface we support
+{
+ int m_Position; // Current ordinal position
+ int m_PinCount; // Number of pins available
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // The filter who owns us
+ LONG m_Version; // Pin version information
+ LONG m_cRef;
+
+ typedef CGenericList<CBasePin> CPinList;
+
+ CPinList m_PinCache; // These pointers have not been AddRef'ed and
+ // so they should not be dereferenced. They are
+ // merely kept to ID which pins have been enumerated.
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+#endif
+
+ /* If while we are retrieving a pin for example from the filter an error
+ occurs we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the
+ filter (someone may have deleted all the pins). We can check before
+ starting whether or not the operation is likely to fail by asking the
+ filter what it's current version number is. If the filter has not
+ overriden the GetPinVersion method then this will always match */
+
+ BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() {
+ return (m_pFilter->GetPinVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE);
+ };
+
+ /* This method performs the same operations as Reset, except is does not clear
+ the cache of pins already enumerated. */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Refresh();
+
+public:
+
+ CEnumPins(
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins);
+
+ virtual ~CEnumPins();
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // IEnumPins
+ STDMETHODIMP Next(
+ ULONG cPins, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cPins) IPin ** ppPins, // ...in this array of IPin*
+ __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed returned here
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cPins);
+ STDMETHODIMP Reset();
+ STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum);
+
+
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CEnumMediaTypes
+//
+// Enumerates the preferred formats for input and output pins
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CEnumMediaTypes : public IEnumMediaTypes // The interface we support
+{
+ int m_Position; // Current ordinal position
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // The pin who owns us
+ LONG m_Version; // Media type version value
+ LONG m_cRef;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+#endif
+
+ /* The media types a filter supports can be quite dynamic so we add to
+ the general IEnumXXXX interface the ability to be signaled when they
+ change via an event handle the connected filter supplies. Until the
+ Reset method is called after the state changes all further calls to
+ the enumerator (except Reset) will return E_UNEXPECTED error code */
+
+ BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() {
+ return (m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE);
+ };
+
+public:
+
+ CEnumMediaTypes(
+ __in CBasePin *pPin,
+ __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes);
+
+ virtual ~CEnumMediaTypes();
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // IEnumMediaTypes
+ STDMETHODIMP Next(
+ ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE ** ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array
+ __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes);
+ STDMETHODIMP Reset();
+ STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum);
+};
+
+
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseOutputPin
+//
+// class derived from CBasePin that can pass buffers to a connected pin
+// that supports IMemInputPin. Supports IPin.
+//
+// Derive your output pin from this.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseOutputPin : public CBasePin
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator;
+ IMemInputPin *m_pInputPin; // interface on the downstreaminput pin
+ // set up in CheckConnect when we connect.
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ // override CompleteConnect() so we can negotiate an allocator
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count and other properties
+ // Calls DecideBufferSize to set properties
+ virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator ** pAlloc);
+
+ // override this to set the buffer size and count. Return an error
+ // if the size/count is not to your liking.
+ // The allocator properties passed in are those requested by the
+ // input pin - use eg the alignment and prefix members if you have
+ // no preference on these.
+ virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * ppropInputRequest
+ ) PURE;
+
+ // returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator
+ virtual HRESULT GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags);
+
+ // deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin
+ // note - you need to release it after calling this. The receiving
+ // pin will addref the sample if it needs to hold it beyond the
+ // call.
+ virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *);
+
+ // override this to control the connection
+ virtual HRESULT InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc);
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+
+ // override to call Commit and Decommit
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return
+ // an error, since this should be called on input pins only
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to
+ // our connected input pin
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void);
+
+ // same for Begin/EndFlush - we handle Begin/EndFlush since it
+ // is an error on an output pin, and we have Deliver methods to
+ // call the methods on the connected pin
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void);
+
+ // deliver NewSegment to connected pin - you will need to
+ // override this if you queue any data in your output pin.
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods
+ //================================================================================
+
+ // All inherited from CBasePin and not overridden here.
+ // STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+ // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseInputPin
+//
+// derive your standard input pin from this.
+// you need to supply GetMediaType and CheckConnect etc (see CBasePin),
+// and you need to supply Receive to do something more useful.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseInputPin : public CBasePin,
+ public IMemInputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator; // Default memory allocator
+
+ // allocator is read-only, so received samples
+ // cannot be modified (probably only relevant to in-place
+ // transforms
+ BYTE m_bReadOnly;
+
+ // in flushing state (between BeginFlush and EndFlush)
+ // if TRUE, all Receives are returned with S_FALSE
+ BYTE m_bFlushing;
+
+ // Sample properties - initalized in Receive
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES m_SampleProps;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBaseInputPin();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // return the allocator interface that this input pin
+ // would like the output pin to use
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator);
+
+ // tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually
+ // going to use.
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly);
+
+ // do something with this media sample
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // do something with these media samples
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed);
+
+ // See if Receive() blocks
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveCanBlock();
+
+ // Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning
+ // of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls
+ // fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data
+ // and then call downstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+
+ // default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation
+ // - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread
+ // pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream,
+ // then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable
+ // receives
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+
+ // this method is optional (can return E_NOTIMPL).
+ // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL. Override if you have
+ // specific alignment or prefix needs, but could use an upstream
+ // allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps);
+
+ // Release the pin's allocator.
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+
+ // helper method to check the read-only flag
+ BOOL IsReadOnly() {
+ return m_bReadOnly;
+ };
+
+ // helper method to see if we are flushing
+ BOOL IsFlushing() {
+ return m_bFlushing;
+ };
+
+ // Override this for checking whether it's OK to process samples
+ // Also call this from EndOfStream.
+ virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Pass a Quality notification on to the appropriate sink
+ HRESULT PassNotify(Quality& q);
+
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods (from CBasePin)
+ //================================================================================
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ // no need to override:
+ // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+
+
+ // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // Return sample properties pointer
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * SampleProps() {
+ ASSERT(m_SampleProps.cbData != 0);
+ return &m_SampleProps;
+ }
+
+};
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// CDynamicOutputPin
+//
+
+class CDynamicOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin,
+ public IPinFlowControl
+{
+public:
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ ~CDynamicOutputPin();
+
+ // IUnknown Methods
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IPin Methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Disconnect(void);
+
+ // IPinFlowControl Methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent);
+
+ // Set graph config info
+ void SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate);
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void);
+ HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void);
+
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ virtual HRESULT StartUsingOutputPin(void);
+ virtual void StopUsingOutputPin(void);
+ virtual bool StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void);
+
+ HRESULT ChangeOutputFormat
+ (
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop,
+ double dSegmentRate
+ );
+ HRESULT ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT DynamicReconnect(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+protected:
+ HRESULT SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void);
+ HRESULT AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+ HRESULT UnblockOutputPin(void);
+
+ void BlockOutputPin(void);
+ void ResetBlockState(void);
+
+ static HRESULT WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent);
+
+ enum BLOCK_STATE
+ {
+ NOT_BLOCKED,
+ PENDING,
+ BLOCKED
+ };
+
+ // This lock should be held when the following class members are
+ // being used: m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent, m_BlockState,
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers.
+ CCritSec m_BlockStateLock;
+
+ // This event should be signaled when the output pin is
+ // not blocked. This is a manual reset event. For more
+ // information on events, see the documentation for
+ // CreateEvent() in the Windows SDK.
+ HANDLE m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent;
+
+ // This event will be signaled when block operation succeedes or
+ // when the user cancels the block operation. The block operation
+ // can be canceled by calling IPinFlowControl2::Block( 0, NULL )
+ // while the block operation is pending.
+ HANDLE m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent;
+
+ // The state of the current block operation.
+ BLOCK_STATE m_BlockState;
+
+ // The ID of the thread which last called IPinFlowControl::Block().
+ // For more information on thread IDs, see the documentation for
+ // GetCurrentThreadID() in the Windows SDK.
+ DWORD m_dwBlockCallerThreadID;
+
+ // The number of times StartUsingOutputPin() has been sucessfully
+ // called and a corresponding call to StopUsingOutputPin() has not
+ // been made. When this variable is greater than 0, the streaming
+ // thread is calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(),
+ // IMemInputPin::Receive() or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple(). The
+ // streaming thread could also be calling: DynamicReconnect(),
+ // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat(). The output pin cannot
+ // be blocked while the output pin is being used.
+ DWORD m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers;
+
+ // This event should be set when the IMediaFilter::Stop() is called.
+ // This is a manual reset event. It is also set when the output pin
+ // delivers a flush to the connected input pin.
+ HANDLE m_hStopEvent;
+ IGraphConfig* m_pGraphConfig;
+
+ // TRUE if the output pin's allocator's samples are read only.
+ // Otherwise FALSE. For more information, see the documentation
+ // for IMemInputPin::NotifyAllocator().
+ BOOL m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator;
+
+private:
+ HRESULT Initialize(void);
+ HRESULT ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ void AssertValid(void);
+ #endif // DEBUG
+};
+
+class CAutoUsingOutputPin
+{
+public:
+ CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr );
+ ~CAutoUsingOutputPin();
+
+private:
+ CDynamicOutputPin* m_pOutputPin;
+};
+
+inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr ) :
+ m_pOutputPin(NULL)
+{
+ // The caller should always pass in valid pointers.
+ ASSERT( NULL != pOutputPin );
+ ASSERT( NULL != phr );
+
+ // Make sure the user initialized phr.
+ ASSERT( S_OK == *phr );
+
+ HRESULT hr = pOutputPin->StartUsingOutputPin();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) )
+ {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ m_pOutputPin = pOutputPin;
+}
+
+inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::~CAutoUsingOutputPin()
+{
+ if( NULL != m_pOutputPin )
+ {
+ m_pOutputPin->StopUsingOutputPin();
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(pSample);
+}
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT( StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin() );
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream();
+}
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Memory allocators
+//
+// the shared memory transport between pins requires the input pin
+// to provide a memory allocator that can provide sample objects. A
+// sample object supports the IMediaSample interface.
+//
+// CBaseAllocator handles the management of free and busy samples. It
+// allocates CMediaSample objects. CBaseAllocator is an abstract class:
+// in particular it has no method of initializing the list of free
+// samples. CMemAllocator is derived from CBaseAllocator and initializes
+// the list of samples using memory from the standard IMalloc interface.
+//
+// If you want your buffers to live in some special area of memory,
+// derive your allocator object from CBaseAllocator. If you derive your
+// IMemInputPin interface object from CBaseMemInputPin, you will get
+// CMemAllocator-based allocation etc for free and will just need to
+// supply the Receive handling, and media type / format negotiation.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CMediaSample
+//
+// an object of this class supports IMediaSample and represents a buffer
+// for media data with some associated properties. Releasing it returns
+// it to a freelist managed by a CBaseAllocator derived object.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CMediaSample : public IMediaSample2 // The interface we support
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ friend class CBaseAllocator;
+
+ /* Values for dwFlags - these are used for backward compatiblity
+ only now - use AM_SAMPLE_xxx
+ */
+ enum { Sample_SyncPoint = 0x01, /* Is this a sync point */
+ Sample_Preroll = 0x02, /* Is this a preroll sample */
+ Sample_Discontinuity = 0x04, /* Set if start of new segment */
+ Sample_TypeChanged = 0x08, /* Has the type changed */
+ Sample_TimeValid = 0x10, /* Set if time is valid */
+ Sample_MediaTimeValid = 0x20, /* Is the media time valid */
+ Sample_TimeDiscontinuity = 0x40, /* Time discontinuity */
+ Sample_StopValid = 0x100, /* Stop time valid */
+ Sample_ValidFlags = 0x1FF
+ };
+
+ /* Properties, the media sample class can be a container for a format
+ change in which case we take a copy of a type through the SetMediaType
+ interface function and then return it when GetMediaType is called. As
+ we do no internal processing on it we leave it as a pointer */
+
+ DWORD m_dwFlags; /* Flags for this sample */
+ /* Type specific flags are packed
+ into the top word
+ */
+ DWORD m_dwTypeSpecificFlags; /* Media type specific flags */
+ __field_ecount_opt(m_cbBuffer) LPBYTE m_pBuffer; /* Pointer to the complete buffer */
+ LONG m_lActual; /* Length of data in this sample */
+ LONG m_cbBuffer; /* Size of the buffer */
+ CBaseAllocator *m_pAllocator; /* The allocator who owns us */
+ CMediaSample *m_pNext; /* Chaining in free list */
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_Start; /* Start sample time */
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_End; /* End sample time */
+ LONGLONG m_MediaStart; /* Real media start position */
+ LONG m_MediaEnd; /* A difference to get the end */
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *m_pMediaType; /* Media type change data */
+ DWORD m_dwStreamId; /* Stream id */
+public:
+ LONG m_cRef; /* Reference count */
+
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaSample(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL,
+ LONG length = 0);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CMediaSample(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL,
+ LONG length = 0);
+#endif
+
+ virtual ~CMediaSample();
+
+ /* Note the media sample does not delegate to its owner */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that
+ // want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data.
+ // This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample*
+ // and so cannot be changed by clients.
+ HRESULT SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes);
+
+ // Get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetSize(void);
+
+ // get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTime(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTime(
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+ );
+ STDMETHODIMP IsSyncPoint(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsPreroll(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetActualDataLength(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual);
+
+ // these allow for limited format changes in band
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType);
+
+ // returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is
+ // not a continuation of the previous stream of data
+ // - there has been a seek).
+ STDMETHODIMP IsDiscontinuity(void);
+ // set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a
+ // continuation, but a new sample after a seek.
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscontinuity);
+
+ // get the media times for this sample
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMediaTime(
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set the media times for this sample
+ STDMETHODIMP SetMediaTime(
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set and get properties (IMediaSample2)
+ STDMETHODIMP GetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties
+ );
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseAllocator
+//
+// Abstract base class that manages a list of media samples
+//
+// This class provides support for getting buffers from the free list,
+// including handling of commit and (asynchronous) decommit.
+//
+// Derive from this class and override the Alloc and Free functions to
+// allocate your CMediaSample (or derived) objects and add them to the
+// free list, preparing them as necessary.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseAllocator : public CUnknown,// A non delegating IUnknown
+ public IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp, // The interface we support
+ public CCritSec // Provides object locking
+{
+ class CSampleList;
+ friend class CSampleList;
+
+ /* Trick to get at protected member in CMediaSample */
+ static CMediaSample * &NextSample(__in CMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ return pSample->m_pNext;
+ };
+
+ /* Mini list class for the free list */
+ class CSampleList
+ {
+ public:
+ CSampleList() : m_List(NULL), m_nOnList(0) {};
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ ~CSampleList()
+ {
+ ASSERT(m_nOnList == 0);
+ };
+#endif
+ CMediaSample *Head() const { return m_List; };
+ CMediaSample *Next(__in CMediaSample *pSample) const { return CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample); };
+ int GetCount() const { return m_nOnList; };
+ void Add(__inout CMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ ASSERT(pSample != NULL);
+ CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = m_List;
+ m_List = pSample;
+ m_nOnList++;
+ };
+ CMediaSample *RemoveHead()
+ {
+ CMediaSample *pSample = m_List;
+ if (pSample != NULL) {
+ m_List = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(m_List);
+ m_nOnList--;
+ }
+ return pSample;
+ };
+ void Remove(__inout CMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ public:
+ CMediaSample *m_List;
+ int m_nOnList;
+ };
+protected:
+
+ CSampleList m_lFree; // Free list
+
+ /* Note to overriders of CBaseAllocator.
+
+ We use a lazy signalling mechanism for waiting for samples.
+ This means we don't call the OS if no waits occur.
+
+ In order to implement this:
+
+ 1. When a new sample is added to m_lFree call NotifySample() which
+ calls ReleaseSemaphore on m_hSem with a count of m_lWaiting and
+ sets m_lWaiting to 0.
+ This must all be done holding the allocator's critical section.
+
+ 2. When waiting for a sample call SetWaiting() which increments
+ m_lWaiting BEFORE leaving the allocator's critical section.
+
+ 3. Actually wait by calling WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE)
+ having left the allocator's critical section. The effect of
+ this is to remove 1 from the semaphore's count. You MUST call
+ this once having incremented m_lWaiting.
+
+ The following are then true when the critical section is not held :
+ (let nWaiting = number about to wait or waiting)
+
+ (1) if (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) then (m_lWaiting == 0)
+ (2) m_lWaiting + Semaphore count == nWaiting
+
+ We would deadlock if
+ nWaiting != 0 &&
+ m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 &&
+ Semaphore count == 0
+
+ But from (1) if m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 then m_lWaiting == 0 so
+ from (2) Semaphore count == nWaiting (which is non-0) so the
+ deadlock can't happen.
+ */
+
+ HANDLE m_hSem; // For signalling
+ long m_lWaiting; // Waiting for a free element
+ long m_lCount; // how many buffers we have agreed to provide
+ long m_lAllocated; // how many buffers are currently allocated
+ long m_lSize; // agreed size of each buffer
+ long m_lAlignment; // agreed alignment
+ long m_lPrefix; // agreed prefix (preceeds GetPointer() value)
+ BOOL m_bChanged; // Have the buffer requirements changed
+
+ // if true, we are decommitted and can't allocate memory
+ BOOL m_bCommitted;
+ // if true, the decommit has happened, but we haven't called Free yet
+ // as there are still outstanding buffers
+ BOOL m_bDecommitInProgress;
+
+ // Notification interface
+ IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *m_pNotify;
+
+ BOOL m_fEnableReleaseCallback;
+
+ // called to decommit the memory when the last buffer is freed
+ // pure virtual - need to override this
+ virtual void Free(void) PURE;
+
+ // override to allocate the memory when commit called
+ virtual HRESULT Alloc(void);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *,
+ BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *,
+ BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBaseAllocator();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual);
+
+ // return the properties actually being used on this allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetProperties(
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProps);
+
+ // override Commit to allocate memory. We handle the GetBuffer
+ //state changes
+ STDMETHODIMP Commit();
+
+ // override this to handle the memory freeing. We handle any outstanding
+ // GetBuffer calls
+ STDMETHODIMP Decommit();
+
+ // get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the
+ // next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface).
+ // on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer
+ // pointer and size will be correct. The two time parameters are
+ // optional and either may be NULL, they may alternatively be set to
+ // the start and end times the sample will have attached to it
+ // bPrevFramesSkipped is not used (used only by the video renderer's
+ // allocator where it affects quality management in direct draw).
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags);
+
+ // final release of a CMediaSample will call this
+ STDMETHODIMP ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample *pBuffer);
+ // obsolete:: virtual void PutOnFreeList(CMediaSample * pSample);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetNotify(IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *pNotify);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFreeCount(__out LONG *plBuffersFree);
+
+ // Notify that a sample is available
+ void NotifySample();
+
+ // Notify that we're waiting for a sample
+ void SetWaiting() { m_lWaiting++; };
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CMemAllocator
+//
+// this is an allocator based on CBaseAllocator that allocates sample
+// buffers in main memory (from 'new'). You must call SetProperties
+// before calling Commit.
+//
+// we don't free the memory when going into Decommit state. The simplest
+// way to implement this without complicating CBaseAllocator is to
+// have a Free() function, called to go into decommit state, that does
+// nothing and a ReallyFree function called from our destructor that
+// actually frees the memory.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+// Make me one from quartz.dll
+STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator);
+
+class CMemAllocator : public CBaseAllocator
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ LPBYTE m_pBuffer; // combined memory for all buffers
+
+ // override to free the memory when decommit completes
+ // - we actually do nothing, and save the memory until deletion.
+ void Free(void);
+
+ // called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to
+ // actually free up the memory
+ void ReallyFree(void);
+
+ // overriden to allocate the memory when commit called
+ HRESULT Alloc(void);
+
+public:
+ /* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+ static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual);
+
+ CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+#endif
+ ~CMemAllocator();
+};
+
+// helper used by IAMovieSetup implementation
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper * pIFM
+ , BOOL bRegister );
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif /* __FILTER__ */
+
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amvideo.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/amvideo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42fe446d --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/amvideo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMVideo.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper functions for
+// bitmap formats.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+// These are bit field masks for true colour devices
+
+const DWORD bits555[] = {0x007C00,0x0003E0,0x00001F};
+const DWORD bits565[] = {0x00F800,0x0007E0,0x00001F};
+const DWORD bits888[] = {0xFF0000,0x00FF00,0x0000FF};
+
+// This maps bitmap subtypes into a bits per pixel value and also a
+// name. unicode and ansi versions are stored because we have to
+// return a pointer to a static string.
+const struct {
+ const GUID *pSubtype;
+ WORD BitCount;
+ CHAR *pName;
+ WCHAR *wszName;
+} BitCountMap[] = { &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB1, 1, "RGB Monochrome", L"RGB Monochrome",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB4, 4, "RGB VGA", L"RGB VGA",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8, 8, "RGB 8", L"RGB 8",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565, 16, "RGB 565 (16 bit)", L"RGB 565 (16 bit)",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555, 16, "RGB 555 (16 bit)", L"RGB 555 (16 bit)",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB24, 24, "RGB 24", L"RGB 24",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB32, 32, "RGB 32", L"RGB 32",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_ARGB32, 32, "ARGB 32", L"ARGB 32",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_Overlay, 0, "Overlay", L"Overlay",
+ &GUID_NULL, 0, "UNKNOWN", L"UNKNOWN"
+};
+
+// Return the size of the bitmap as defined by this header
+
+STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader)
+{
+ return DIBSIZE(*pHeader);
+}
+
+
+// This is called if the header has a 16 bit colour depth and needs to work
+// out the detailed type from the bit fields (either RGB 565 or RGB 555)
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader)
+{
+ BITMAPINFO *pbmInfo = (BITMAPINFO *) pbmiHeader;
+ ASSERT(pbmiHeader->biBitCount == 16);
+
+ // If its BI_RGB then it's RGB 555 by default
+
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression == BI_RGB) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555;
+ }
+
+ // Compare the bit fields with RGB 555
+
+ DWORD *pMask = (DWORD *) pbmInfo->bmiColors;
+ if (pMask[0] == bits555[0]) {
+ if (pMask[1] == bits555[1]) {
+ if (pMask[2] == bits555[2]) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Compare the bit fields with RGB 565
+
+ pMask = (DWORD *) pbmInfo->bmiColors;
+ if (pMask[0] == bits565[0]) {
+ if (pMask[1] == bits565[1]) {
+ if (pMask[2] == bits565[2]) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return GUID_NULL;
+}
+
+
+// Given a BITMAPINFOHEADER structure this returns the GUID sub type that is
+// used to describe it in format negotiations. For example a video codec fills
+// in the format block with a VIDEOINFO structure, it also fills in the major
+// type with MEDIATYPE_VIDEO and the subtype with a GUID that matches the bit
+// count, for example if it is an eight bit image then MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader)
+{
+ ASSERT(pbmiHeader);
+
+ // If it's not RGB then create a GUID from the compression type
+
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ FOURCCMap FourCCMap(pbmiHeader->biCompression);
+ return (const GUID) FourCCMap;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Map the RGB DIB bit depth to a image GUID
+
+ switch(pbmiHeader->biBitCount) {
+ case 1 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB1;
+ case 4 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB4;
+ case 8 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8;
+ case 16 : return GetTrueColorType(pbmiHeader);
+ case 24 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB24;
+ case 32 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB32;
+ }
+ return GUID_NULL;
+}
+
+
+// Given a video bitmap subtype we return the number of bits per pixel it uses
+// We return a WORD bit count as thats what the BITMAPINFOHEADER uses. If the
+// GUID subtype is not found in the table we return an invalid USHRT_MAX
+
+STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSubtype);
+ const GUID *pMediaSubtype;
+ INT iPosition = 0;
+
+ // Scan the mapping list seeing if the source GUID matches any known
+ // bitmap subtypes, the list is terminated by a GUID_NULL entry
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ pMediaSubtype = BitCountMap[iPosition].pSubtype;
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,GUID_NULL)) {
+ return USHRT_MAX;
+ }
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,*pSubtype)) {
+ return BitCountMap[iPosition].BitCount;
+ }
+ iPosition++;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Given a bitmap subtype we return a description name that can be used for
+// debug purposes. In a retail build this function still returns the names
+// If the subtype isn't found in the lookup table we return string UNKNOWN
+
+int LocateSubtype(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSubtype);
+ const GUID *pMediaSubtype;
+ INT iPosition = 0;
+
+ // Scan the mapping list seeing if the source GUID matches any known
+ // bitmap subtypes, the list is terminated by a GUID_NULL entry
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ pMediaSubtype = BitCountMap[iPosition].pSubtype;
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,*pSubtype) ||
+ IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,GUID_NULL)
+ )
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ iPosition++;
+ }
+
+ return iPosition;
+}
+
+
+
+STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return BitCountMap[LocateSubtype(pSubtype)].wszName;
+}
+
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return BitCountMap[LocateSubtype(pSubtype)].pName;
+}
+
+#ifndef GetSubtypeName
+#error wxutil.h should have defined GetSubtypeName
+#endif
+#undef GetSubtypeName
+
+// this is here for people that linked to it directly; most people
+// would use the header file that picks the A or W version.
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return GetSubtypeNameA(pSubtype);
+}
+
+
+// The mechanism for describing a bitmap format is with the BITMAPINFOHEADER
+// This is really messy to deal with because it invariably has fields that
+// follow it holding bit fields, palettes and the rest. This function gives
+// the number of bytes required to hold a VIDEOINFO that represents it. This
+// count includes the prefix information (like the rcSource rectangle) the
+// BITMAPINFOHEADER field, and any other colour information on the end.
+//
+// WARNING If you want to copy a BITMAPINFOHEADER into a VIDEOINFO always make
+// sure that you use the HEADER macro because the BITMAPINFOHEADER field isn't
+// right at the start of the VIDEOINFO (there are a number of other fields),
+//
+// CopyMemory(HEADER(pVideoInfo),pbmi,sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+//
+
+STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader)
+{
+ // Everyone has this to start with this
+ LONG Size = SIZE_PREHEADER + pHeader->biSize;
+
+ ASSERT(pHeader->biSize >= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+ // Does this format use a palette, if the number of colours actually used
+ // is zero then it is set to the maximum that are allowed for that colour
+ // depth (an example is 256 for eight bits). Truecolour formats may also
+ // pass a palette with them in which case the used count is non zero
+
+ // This would scare me.
+ ASSERT(pHeader->biBitCount <= iPALETTE || pHeader->biClrUsed == 0);
+
+ if (pHeader->biBitCount <= iPALETTE || pHeader->biClrUsed) {
+ LONG Entries = (DWORD) 1 << pHeader->biBitCount;
+ if (pHeader->biClrUsed) {
+ Entries = pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ }
+ Size += Entries * sizeof(RGBQUAD);
+ }
+
+ // Truecolour formats may have a BI_BITFIELDS specifier for compression
+ // type which means that room for three DWORDs should be allocated that
+ // specify where in each pixel the RGB colour components may be found
+
+ if (pHeader->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ Size += SIZE_MASKS;
+ }
+
+ // A BITMAPINFO for a palettised image may also contain a palette map that
+ // provides the information to map from a source palette to a destination
+ // palette during a BitBlt for example, because this information is only
+ // ever processed during drawing you don't normally store the palette map
+ // nor have any way of knowing if it is present in the data structure
+
+ return Size;
+}
+
+
+// Returns TRUE if the VIDEOINFO contains a palette
+
+STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo) == FALSE) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Return a pointer to the first entry in a palette
+
+STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return TRUECOLOR(pVideoInfo)->bmiColors;
+ }
+ return COLORS(pVideoInfo);
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/arithutil.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/arithutil.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd0d1271 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/arithutil.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,360 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ArithUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper classes for building
+// multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2004 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+//
+// Declare function from largeint.h we need so that PPC can build
+//
+
+//
+// Enlarged integer divide - 64-bits / 32-bits > 32-bits
+//
+
+#ifndef _X86_
+
+#define LLtoU64(x) (*(unsigned __int64*)(void*)(&(x)))
+
+__inline
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+EnlargedUnsignedDivide (
+ IN ULARGE_INTEGER Dividend,
+ IN ULONG Divisor,
+ IN PULONG Remainder
+ )
+{
+ // return remainder if necessary
+ if (Remainder != NULL)
+ *Remainder = (ULONG)(LLtoU64(Dividend) % Divisor);
+ return (ULONG)(LLtoU64(Dividend) / Divisor);
+}
+
+#else
+__inline
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+EnlargedUnsignedDivide (
+ IN ULARGE_INTEGER Dividend,
+ IN ULONG Divisor,
+ IN PULONG Remainder
+ )
+{
+ ULONG ulResult;
+ _asm {
+ mov eax,Dividend.LowPart
+ mov edx,Dividend.HighPart
+ mov ecx,Remainder
+ div Divisor
+ or ecx,ecx
+ jz short label
+ mov [ecx],edx
+label:
+ mov ulResult,eax
+ }
+ return ulResult;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Arithmetic functions to help with time format conversions
+*/
+
+#ifdef _M_ALPHA
+// work around bug in version 12.00.8385 of the alpha compiler where
+// UInt32x32To64 sign-extends its arguments (?)
+#undef UInt32x32To64
+#define UInt32x32To64(a, b) (((ULONGLONG)((ULONG)(a)) & 0xffffffff) * ((ULONGLONG)((ULONG)(b)) & 0xffffffff))
+#endif
+
+/* Compute (a * b + d) / c */
+LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG d)
+{
+ /* Compute the absolute values to avoid signed arithmetic problems */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ua, ub;
+ DWORDLONG uc;
+
+ ua.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(a >= 0 ? a : -a);
+ ub.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(b >= 0 ? b : -b);
+ uc = (DWORDLONG)(c >= 0 ? c : -c);
+ BOOL bSign = (a < 0) ^ (b < 0);
+
+ /* Do long multiplication */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER p[2];
+ p[0].QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub.LowPart);
+
+ /* This next computation cannot overflow into p[1].HighPart because
+ the max number we can compute here is:
+
+ (2 ** 32 - 1) * (2 ** 32 - 1) + // ua.LowPart * ub.LowPart
+ (2 ** 32) * (2 ** 31) * (2 ** 32 - 1) * 2 // x.LowPart * y.HighPart * 2
+
+ == 2 ** 96 - 2 ** 64 + (2 ** 64 - 2 ** 33 + 1)
+ == 2 ** 96 - 2 ** 33 + 1
+ < 2 ** 96
+ */
+
+ ULARGE_INTEGER x;
+ x.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub.HighPart) +
+ UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub.LowPart) +
+ p[0].HighPart;
+ p[0].HighPart = x.LowPart;
+ p[1].QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub.HighPart) + x.HighPart;
+
+ if (d != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ud[2];
+ if (bSign) {
+ ud[0].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(-d);
+ if (d > 0) {
+ /* -d < 0 */
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(LONGLONG)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ud[0].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)d;
+ if (d < 0) {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(LONGLONG)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now do extended addition */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliTotal;
+
+ /* Add ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)ud[0].LowPart + p[0].LowPart;
+ p[0].LowPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add 2nd most ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart += (DWORDLONG)ud[0].HighPart + p[0].HighPart;
+ p[0].HighPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add MS DWORDLONGs - no carry expected */
+ p[1].QuadPart += ud[1].QuadPart + uliTotal.QuadPart;
+
+ /* Now see if we got a sign change from the addition */
+ if ((LONG)p[1].HighPart < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+
+ /* Negate the current value (ugh!) */
+ p[0].QuadPart = ~p[0].QuadPart;
+ p[1].QuadPart = ~p[1].QuadPart;
+ p[0].QuadPart += 1;
+ p[1].QuadPart += (p[0].QuadPart == 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now for the division */
+ if (c < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+ }
+
+
+ /* This will catch c == 0 and overflow */
+ if (uc <= p[1].QuadPart) {
+ return bSign ? (LONGLONG)0x8000000000000000 :
+ (LONGLONG)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ DWORDLONG ullResult;
+
+ /* Do the division */
+ /* If the dividend is a DWORD_LONG use the compiler */
+ if (p[1].QuadPart == 0) {
+ ullResult = p[0].QuadPart / uc;
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)ullResult : (LONGLONG)ullResult;
+ }
+
+ /* If the divisor is a DWORD then its simpler */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ulic;
+ ulic.QuadPart = uc;
+ if (ulic.HighPart == 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliDividend;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliResult;
+ DWORD dwDivisor = (DWORD)uc;
+ // ASSERT(p[1].HighPart == 0 && p[1].LowPart < dwDivisor);
+ uliDividend.HighPart = p[1].LowPart;
+ uliDividend.LowPart = p[0].HighPart;
+#ifndef USE_LARGEINT
+ uliResult.HighPart = (DWORD)(uliDividend.QuadPart / dwDivisor);
+ p[0].HighPart = (DWORD)(uliDividend.QuadPart % dwDivisor);
+ uliResult.LowPart = 0;
+ uliResult.QuadPart = p[0].QuadPart / dwDivisor + uliResult.QuadPart;
+#else
+ /* NOTE - this routine will take exceptions if
+ the result does not fit in a DWORD
+ */
+ if (uliDividend.QuadPart >= (DWORDLONG)dwDivisor) {
+ uliResult.HighPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ uliDividend,
+ dwDivisor,
+ &p[0].HighPart);
+ } else {
+ uliResult.HighPart = 0;
+ }
+ uliResult.LowPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ p[0],
+ dwDivisor,
+ NULL);
+#endif
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart :
+ (LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart;
+ }
+
+
+ ullResult = 0;
+
+ /* OK - do long division */
+ for (int i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ ullResult <<= 1;
+
+ /* Shift 128 bit p left 1 */
+ p[1].QuadPart <<= 1;
+ if ((p[0].HighPart & 0x80000000) != 0) {
+ p[1].LowPart++;
+ }
+ p[0].QuadPart <<= 1;
+
+ /* Compare */
+ if (uc <= p[1].QuadPart) {
+ p[1].QuadPart -= uc;
+ ullResult += 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return bSign ? - (LONGLONG)ullResult : (LONGLONG)ullResult;
+}
+
+LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG d)
+{
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ua;
+ DWORD ub;
+ DWORD uc;
+
+ /* Compute the absolute values to avoid signed arithmetic problems */
+ ua.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(a >= 0 ? a : -a);
+ ub = (DWORD)(b >= 0 ? b : -b);
+ uc = (DWORD)(c >= 0 ? c : -c);
+ BOOL bSign = (a < 0) ^ (b < 0);
+
+ /* Do long multiplication */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER p0;
+ DWORD p1;
+ p0.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub);
+
+ if (ua.HighPart != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER x;
+ x.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub) + p0.HighPart;
+ p0.HighPart = x.LowPart;
+ p1 = x.HighPart;
+ } else {
+ p1 = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (d != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ud0;
+ DWORD ud1;
+
+ if (bSign) {
+ //
+ // Cast d to LONGLONG first otherwise -0x80000000 sign extends
+ // incorrectly
+ //
+ ud0.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(-(LONGLONG)d);
+ if (d > 0) {
+ /* -d < 0 */
+ ud1 = (DWORD)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ud0.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)d;
+ if (d < 0) {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now do extended addition */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliTotal;
+
+ /* Add ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)ud0.LowPart + p0.LowPart;
+ p0.LowPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add 2nd most ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart += (DWORDLONG)ud0.HighPart + p0.HighPart;
+ p0.HighPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Add MS DWORDLONGs - no carry expected */
+ p1 += ud1 + uliTotal.HighPart;
+
+ /* Now see if we got a sign change from the addition */
+ if ((LONG)p1 < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+
+ /* Negate the current value (ugh!) */
+ p0.QuadPart = ~p0.QuadPart;
+ p1 = ~p1;
+ p0.QuadPart += 1;
+ p1 += (p0.QuadPart == 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now for the division */
+ if (c < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+ }
+
+
+ /* This will catch c == 0 and overflow */
+ if (uc <= p1) {
+ return bSign ? (LONGLONG)0x8000000000000000 :
+ (LONGLONG)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Do the division */
+
+ /* If the divisor is a DWORD then its simpler */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliDividend;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliResult;
+ DWORD dwDivisor = uc;
+ uliDividend.HighPart = p1;
+ uliDividend.LowPart = p0.HighPart;
+ /* NOTE - this routine will take exceptions if
+ the result does not fit in a DWORD
+ */
+ if (uliDividend.QuadPart >= (DWORDLONG)dwDivisor) {
+ uliResult.HighPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ uliDividend,
+ dwDivisor,
+ &p0.HighPart);
+ } else {
+ uliResult.HighPart = 0;
+ }
+ uliResult.LowPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ p0,
+ dwDivisor,
+ NULL);
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart :
+ (LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart;
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.sln b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.sln new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a93b581e --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.sln @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 9.00
+# Visual Studio 2005
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "BaseClasses", "BaseClasses.vcproj", "{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}"
+EndProject
+Global
+ GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+ Debug_MBCS|Win32 = Debug_MBCS|Win32
+ Debug_MBCS|x64 = Debug_MBCS|x64
+ Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
+ Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
+ Release_MBCS|Win32 = Release_MBCS|Win32
+ Release_MBCS|x64 = Release_MBCS|x64
+ Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
+ Release|x64 = Release|x64
+ EndGlobalSection
+ GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|Win32.Build.0 = Debug_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|x64.Build.0 = Debug_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|Win32.Build.0 = Release_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|x64.ActiveCfg = Release_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|x64.Build.0 = Release_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
+ EndGlobalSection
+ GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+ HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+ EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32373bad --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,826 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
+<VisualStudioProject
+ ProjectType="Visual C++"
+ Version="8.00"
+ Name="BaseClasses"
+ ProjectGUID="{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}"
+ RootNamespace="BaseClasses"
+ Keyword="Win32Proj"
+ >
+ <Platforms>
+ <Platform
+ Name="Win32"
+ />
+ <Platform
+ Name="x64"
+ />
+ </Platforms>
+ <ToolFiles>
+ </ToolFiles>
+ <Configurations>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="Debug"
+ IntermediateDirectory="Debug"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="1"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="4"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="Release"
+ IntermediateDirectory="Release"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug_MBCS|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="1"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="4"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release_MBCS|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="3"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug_MBCS|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="3"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release_MBCS|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ </Configurations>
+ <References>
+ </References>
+ <Files>
+ <Filter
+ Name="Source Files"
+ Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
+ UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
+ >
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amextra.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amfilter.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amvideo.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\arithutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\combase.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\cprop.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ctlutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ddmm.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dllentry.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dllsetup.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\mtype.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\outputq.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\perflog.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pstream.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pullpin.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\refclock.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\renbase.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\schedule.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\seekpt.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\source.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\strmctl.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\sysclock.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transfrm.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transip.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\videoctl.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\vtrans.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winctrl.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxdebug.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxlist.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ </Filter>
+ <Filter
+ Name="Header Files"
+ Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"
+ UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"
+ >
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amextra.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amfilter.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\cache.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\combase.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\cprop.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ctlutil.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ddmm.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dllsetup.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dxmperf.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\fourcc.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\measure.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\msgthrd.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\mtype.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\outputq.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\perflog.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\perfstruct.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pstream.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pullpin.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\refclock.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\reftime.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\renbase.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\schedule.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\seekpt.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\source.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\streams.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\strmctl.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\sysclock.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transfrm.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transip.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\videoctl.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\vtrans.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winctrl.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winutil.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxdebug.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxlist.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxutil.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ </Filter>
+ <Filter
+ Name="Resource Files"
+ Filter="rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav"
+ UniqueIdentifier="{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}"
+ >
+ </Filter>
+ </Files>
+ <Globals>
+ </Globals>
+</VisualStudioProject>
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/cache.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/cache.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a807c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/cache.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Cache.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines a non-MFC generic cache class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* This class implements a simple cache. A cache object is instantiated
+ with the number of items it is to hold. An item is a pointer to an
+ object derived from CBaseObject (helps reduce memory leaks). The cache
+ can then have objects added to it and removed from it. The cache size
+ is fixed at construction time and may therefore run out or be flooded.
+ If it runs out it returns a NULL pointer, if it fills up it also returns
+ a NULL pointer instead of a pointer to the object just inserted */
+
+/* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing for their
+ functionality but it allows us to check there are no memory leaks */
+
+/* WARNING Be very careful when using this class, what it lets you do is
+ store and retrieve objects so that you can minimise object creation
+ which in turns improves efficiency. However the object you store is
+ exactly the same as the object you get back which means that it short
+ circuits the constructor initialisation phase. This means any class
+ variables the object has (eg pointers) are highly likely to be invalid.
+ Therefore ensure you reinitialise the object before using it again */
+
+
+#ifndef __CACHE__
+#define __CACHE__
+
+
+class CCache : CBaseObject {
+
+ /* Make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible */
+
+ CCache(const CCache &refCache);
+ CCache &operator=(const CCache &refCache);
+
+private:
+
+ /* These are initialised in the constructor. The first variable points to
+ an array of pointers, each of which points to a CBaseObject derived
+ object. The m_iCacheSize is the static fixed size for the cache and the
+ m_iUsed defines the number of places filled with objects at any time.
+ We fill the array of pointers from the start (ie m_ppObjects[0] first)
+ and then only add and remove objects from the end position, so in this
+ respect the array of object pointers should be treated as a stack */
+
+ CBaseObject **m_ppObjects;
+ const INT m_iCacheSize;
+ INT m_iUsed;
+
+public:
+
+ CCache(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,INT iItems);
+ virtual ~CCache();
+
+ /* Add an item to the cache */
+ CBaseObject *AddToCache(__in CBaseObject *pObject);
+
+ /* Remove an item from the cache */
+ CBaseObject *RemoveFromCache();
+
+ /* Delete all the objects held in the cache */
+ void RemoveAll(void);
+
+ /* Return the cache size which is set during construction */
+ INT GetCacheSize(void) const {return m_iCacheSize;};
+};
+
+#endif /* __CACHE__ */
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/checkbmi.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/checkbmi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72879679 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/checkbmi.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +// Copyright (c) 1992 - 1997 Microsoft Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
+
+#ifndef _CHECKBMI_H_
+#define _CHECKBMI_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Helper
+__inline BOOL MultiplyCheckOverflow(DWORD a, DWORD b, __deref_out_range(==, a * b) DWORD *pab) {
+ *pab = a * b;
+ if ((a == 0) || (((*pab) / a) == b)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// Checks if the fields in a BITMAPINFOHEADER won't generate
+// overlows and buffer overruns
+// This is not a complete check and does not guarantee code using this structure will be secure
+// from attack
+// Bugs this is guarding against:
+// 1. Total structure size calculation overflowing
+// 2. biClrUsed > 256 for 8-bit palettized content
+// 3. Total bitmap size in bytes overflowing
+// 4. biSize < size of the base structure leading to accessessing random memory
+// 5. Total structure size exceeding know size of data
+//
+
+__success(return != 0) __inline BOOL ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(
+ const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi, // pointer to structure to check
+ __out_range(>=, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) DWORD cbSize // size of memory block containing structure
+)
+{
+ DWORD dwWidthInBytes;
+ DWORD dwBpp;
+ DWORD dwWidthInBits;
+ DWORD dwHeight;
+ DWORD dwSizeImage;
+ DWORD dwClrUsed;
+
+ // Reject bad parameters - do the size check first to avoid reading bad memory
+ if (cbSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) ||
+ pbmi->biSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) ||
+ pbmi->biSize > 4096) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Reject 0 size
+ if (pbmi->biWidth == 0 || pbmi->biHeight == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Use bpp of 200 for validating against further overflows if not set for compressed format
+ dwBpp = 200;
+
+ if (pbmi->biBitCount > dwBpp) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Strictly speaking abs can overflow so cast explicitly to DWORD
+ dwHeight = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight);
+
+ if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwBpp, (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth, &dwWidthInBits)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Compute correct width in bytes - rounding up to 4 bytes
+ dwWidthInBytes = (dwWidthInBits / 8 + 3) & ~3;
+
+ if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwWidthInBytes, dwHeight, &dwSizeImage)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Fail if total size is 0 - this catches indivual quantities being 0
+ // Also don't allow huge values > 1GB which might cause arithmetic
+ // errors for users
+ if (dwSizeImage > 0x40000000 ||
+ pbmi->biSizeImage > 0x40000000) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Fail if biClrUsed looks bad
+ if (pbmi->biClrUsed > 256) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (pbmi->biClrUsed == 0 && pbmi->biBitCount <= 8 && pbmi->biBitCount > 0) {
+ dwClrUsed = (1 << pbmi->biBitCount);
+ } else {
+ dwClrUsed = pbmi->biClrUsed;
+ }
+
+ // Check total size
+ if (cbSize < pbmi->biSize + dwClrUsed * sizeof(RGBQUAD) +
+ (pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS ? 3 * sizeof(DWORD) : 0)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If it is RGB validate biSizeImage - lots of code assumes the size is correct
+ if (pbmi->biCompression == BI_RGB || pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ if (pbmi->biSizeImage != 0) {
+ DWORD dwBits = (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth * (DWORD)pbmi->biBitCount;
+ DWORD dwWidthInBytes = ((DWORD)((dwBits+31) & (~31)) / 8);
+ DWORD dwTotalSize = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight) * dwWidthInBytes;
+ if (dwTotalSize > pbmi->biSizeImage) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // _CHECKBMI_H_
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec62a88c --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ComBase.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class hierarchy for creating
+// COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#pragma warning( disable : 4514 ) // Disable warnings re unused inline functions
+
+
+/* Define the static member variable */
+
+LONG CBaseObject::m_cObjects = 0;
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseObject::CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName)
+{
+ /* Increment the number of active objects */
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_cObjects);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(0, pName);
+#else
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pName, 0);
+#endif
+
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseObject::CBaseObject(const char *pName)
+{
+ /* Increment the number of active objects */
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_cObjects);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pName, 0);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+HINSTANCE hlibOLEAut32;
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseObject::~CBaseObject()
+{
+ /* Decrement the number of objects active */
+ if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_cObjects) == 0) {
+ if (hlibOLEAut32) {
+ FreeLibrary(hlibOLEAut32);
+
+ hlibOLEAut32 = 0;
+ }
+ };
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+}
+
+static const TCHAR szOle32Aut[] = TEXT("OleAut32.dll");
+
+HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32()
+{
+ if (hlibOLEAut32 == 0) {
+
+ hlibOLEAut32 = LoadLibrary(szOle32Aut);
+ }
+
+ return hlibOLEAut32;
+}
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+// We know we use "this" in the initialization list, we also know we don't modify *phr.
+#pragma warning( disable : 4355 4100 )
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk)
+: CBaseObject(pName)
+/* Start the object with a reference count of zero - when the */
+/* object is queried for it's first interface this may be */
+/* incremented depending on whether or not this object is */
+/* currently being aggregated upon */
+, m_cRef(0)
+/* Set our pointer to our IUnknown interface. */
+/* If we have an outer, use its, otherwise use ours. */
+/* This pointer effectivly points to the owner of */
+/* this object and can be accessed by the GetOwner() method. */
+, m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+ /* Why the double cast? Well, the inner cast is a type-safe cast */
+ /* to pointer to a type from which we inherit. The second is */
+ /* type-unsafe but works because INonDelegatingUnknown "behaves */
+ /* like" IUnknown. (Only the names on the methods change.) */
+{
+ // Everything we need to do has been done in the initializer list
+}
+
+// This does the same as above except it has a useless HRESULT argument
+// use the previous constructor, this is just left for compatibility...
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+ m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk)
+: CBaseObject(pName), m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{ }
+
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseObject(pName), m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{ }
+
+#endif
+
+#pragma warning( default : 4355 4100 )
+
+
+/* QueryInterface */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+
+ /* We know only about IUnknown */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ GetInterface((LPUNKNOWN) (PNDUNKNOWN) this, ppv);
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+/* We have to ensure that we DON'T use a max macro, since these will typically */
+/* lead to one of the parameters being evaluated twice. Since we are worried */
+/* about concurrency, we can't afford to access the m_cRef twice since we can't */
+/* afford to run the risk that its value having changed between accesses. */
+
+template<class T> inline static T ourmax( const T & a, const T & b )
+{
+ return a > b ? a : b;
+}
+
+/* AddRef */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CUnknown::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedIncrement( &m_cRef );
+ ASSERT(lRef > 0);
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Obj %d ref++ = %d"),
+ m_dwCookie, m_cRef));
+ return ourmax(ULONG(m_cRef), 1ul);
+}
+
+
+/* Release */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CUnknown::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ /* If the reference count drops to zero delete ourselves */
+
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement( &m_cRef );
+ ASSERT(lRef >= 0);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Object %d ref-- = %d"),
+ m_dwCookie, m_cRef));
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+
+ // COM rules say we must protect against re-entrancy.
+ // If we are an aggregator and we hold our own interfaces
+ // on the aggregatee, the QI for these interfaces will
+ // addref ourselves. So after doing the QI we must release
+ // a ref count on ourselves. Then, before releasing the
+ // private interface, we must addref ourselves. When we do
+ // this from the destructor here it will result in the ref
+ // count going to 1 and then back to 0 causing us to
+ // re-enter the destructor. Hence we add an extra refcount here
+ // once we know we will delete the object.
+ // for an example aggregator see filgraph\distrib.cpp.
+
+ m_cRef++;
+
+ delete this;
+ return ULONG(0);
+ } else {
+ // Don't touch m_cRef again even in this leg as the object
+ // may have just been released on another thread too
+ return ourmax(ULONG(lRef), 1ul);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client
+ performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */
+
+STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+ *ppv = pUnk;
+ pUnk->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object */
+
+BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond)
+{
+ /* Different objects can't have the same interface pointer for
+ any interface
+ */
+ if (pFirst == pSecond) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ /* OK - do it the hard way - check if they have the same
+ IUnknown pointers - a single object can only have one of these
+ */
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnknown1; // Retrieve the IUnknown interface
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnknown2; // Retrieve the other IUnknown interface
+ HRESULT hr; // General OLE return code
+
+ ASSERT(pFirst);
+ ASSERT(pSecond);
+
+ /* See if the IUnknown pointers match */
+
+ hr = pFirst->QueryInterface(IID_IUnknown,(void **) &pUnknown1);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pUnknown1);
+
+ /* Release the extra interface we hold */
+
+ pUnknown1->Release();
+
+ hr = pSecond->QueryInterface(IID_IUnknown,(void **) &pUnknown2);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pUnknown2);
+
+ /* Release the extra interface we hold */
+
+ pUnknown2->Release();
+ return (pUnknown1 == pUnknown2);
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f735ba92 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.h @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ComBase.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class hierarchy for creating
+// COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/*
+
+a. Derive your COM object from CUnknown
+
+b. Make a static CreateInstance function that takes an LPUNKNOWN, an HRESULT *
+ and a TCHAR *. The LPUNKNOWN defines the object to delegate IUnknown calls
+ to. The HRESULT * allows error codes to be passed around constructors and
+ the TCHAR * is a descriptive name that can be printed on the debugger.
+
+ It is important that constructors only change the HRESULT * if they have
+ to set an ERROR code, if it was successful then leave it alone or you may
+ overwrite an error code from an object previously created.
+
+ When you call a constructor the descriptive name should be in static store
+ as we do not copy the string. To stop large amounts of memory being used
+ in retail builds by all these static strings use the NAME macro,
+
+ CMyFilter = new CImplFilter(NAME("My filter"),pUnknown,phr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ In retail builds NAME(_x_) compiles to NULL, the base CBaseObject class
+ knows not to do anything with objects that don't have a name.
+
+c. Have a constructor for your object that passes the LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT * and
+ TCHAR * to the CUnknown constructor. You can set the HRESULT if you have an
+ error, or just simply pass it through to the constructor.
+
+ The object creation will fail in the class factory if the HRESULT indicates
+ an error (ie FAILED(HRESULT) == TRUE)
+
+d. Create a FactoryTemplate with your object's class id and CreateInstance
+ function.
+
+Then (for each interface) either
+
+Multiple inheritance
+
+1. Also derive it from ISomeInterface
+2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition to declare
+ implementations of QueryInterface, AddRef and Release that
+ call the outer unknown
+3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by
+ code something like
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+4. Declare and implement the member functions of ISomeInterface.
+
+or: Nested interfaces
+
+1. Declare a class derived from CUnknown
+2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition
+3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by
+ code something like
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+4. Implement the member functions of ISomeInterface. Use GetOwner() to
+ access the COM object class.
+
+And in your COM object class:
+
+5. Make the nested class a friend of the COM object class, and declare
+ an instance of the nested class as a member of the COM object class.
+
+ NOTE that because you must always pass the outer unknown and an hResult
+ to the CUnknown constructor you cannot use a default constructor, in
+ other words you will have to make the member variable a pointer to the
+ class and make a NEW call in your constructor to actually create it.
+
+6. override the NonDelegatingQueryInterface with code like this:
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return m_pImplFilter->
+ NonDelegatingQueryInterface(IID_ISomeInterface, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+You can have mixed classes which support some interfaces via multiple
+inheritance and some via nested classes
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __COMBASE__
+#define __COMBASE__
+
+// Filter Setup data structures no defined in axextend.idl
+
+typedef REGPINTYPES
+AMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * PAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE;
+
+typedef REGFILTERPINS
+AMOVIESETUP_PIN, * PAMOVIESETUP_PIN, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_PIN;
+
+typedef struct _AMOVIESETUP_FILTER
+{
+ const CLSID * clsID;
+ const WCHAR * strName;
+ DWORD dwMerit;
+ UINT nPins;
+ const AMOVIESETUP_PIN * lpPin;
+}
+AMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * PAMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER;
+
+/* The DLLENTRY module initialises the module handle on loading */
+
+extern HINSTANCE g_hInst;
+
+/* On DLL load remember which platform we are running on */
+
+extern DWORD g_amPlatform;
+extern OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo; // Filled in by GetVersionEx
+
+/* Version of IUnknown that is renamed to allow a class to support both
+ non delegating and delegating IUnknowns in the same COM object */
+
+#ifndef INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED
+DECLARE_INTERFACE(INonDelegatingUnknown)
+{
+ STDMETHOD(NonDelegatingQueryInterface) (THIS_ REFIID, LPVOID *) PURE;
+ STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingAddRef)(THIS) PURE;
+ STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingRelease)(THIS) PURE;
+};
+#define INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+typedef INonDelegatingUnknown *PNDUNKNOWN;
+
+
+/* This is the base object class that supports active object counting. As
+ part of the debug facilities we trace every time a C++ object is created
+ or destroyed. The name of the object has to be passed up through the class
+ derivation list during construction as you cannot call virtual functions
+ in the constructor. The downside of all this is that every single object
+ constructor has to take an object name parameter that describes it */
+
+class CBaseObject
+{
+
+private:
+
+ // Disable the copy constructor and assignment by default so you will get
+ // compiler errors instead of unexpected behaviour if you pass objects
+ // by value or assign objects.
+ CBaseObject(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation
+ void operator=(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation
+
+private:
+ static LONG m_cObjects; /* Total number of objects active */
+
+protected:
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie; /* Cookie identifying this object */
+#endif
+
+
+public:
+
+ /* These increment and decrement the number of active objects */
+
+ CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CBaseObject();
+
+ /* Call this to find if there are any CUnknown derived objects active */
+
+ static LONG ObjectsActive() {
+ return m_cObjects;
+ };
+};
+
+
+/* An object that supports one or more COM interfaces will be based on
+ this class. It supports counting of total objects for DLLCanUnloadNow
+ support, and an implementation of the core non delegating IUnknown */
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CUnknown : public INonDelegatingUnknown,
+ public CBaseObject
+{
+private:
+ const LPUNKNOWN m_pUnknown; /* Owner of this object */
+
+protected: /* So we can override NonDelegatingRelease() */
+ volatile LONG m_cRef; /* Number of reference counts */
+
+public:
+
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk);
+ virtual ~CUnknown() {};
+
+ // This is redundant, just use the other constructor
+ // as we never touch the HRESULT in this anyway
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR Name, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk);
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,__inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+#endif
+
+ /* Return the owner of this object */
+
+ LPUNKNOWN GetOwner() const {
+ return m_pUnknown;
+ };
+
+ /* Called from the class factory to create a new instance, it is
+ pure virtual so it must be overriden in your derived class */
+
+ /* static CUnknown *CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *) */
+
+ /* Non delegating unknown implementation */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+};
+
+/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client
+ performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */
+
+STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv);
+
+/* A function that can create a new COM object */
+
+typedef CUnknown *(CALLBACK *LPFNNewCOMObject)(__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+
+/* A function (can be NULL) which is called from the DLL entrypoint
+ routine for each factory template:
+
+ bLoading - TRUE on DLL load, FALSE on DLL unload
+ rclsid - the m_ClsID of the entry
+*/
+typedef void (CALLBACK *LPFNInitRoutine)(BOOL bLoading, const CLSID *rclsid);
+
+/* Create one of these per object class in an array so that
+ the default class factory code can create new instances */
+
+class CFactoryTemplate {
+
+public:
+
+ const WCHAR * m_Name;
+ const CLSID * m_ClsID;
+ LPFNNewCOMObject m_lpfnNew;
+ LPFNInitRoutine m_lpfnInit;
+ const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * m_pAMovieSetup_Filter;
+
+ BOOL IsClassID(REFCLSID rclsid) const {
+ return (IsEqualCLSID(*m_ClsID,rclsid));
+ };
+
+ CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) const {
+ CheckPointer(phr,NULL);
+ return m_lpfnNew(pUnk, phr);
+ };
+};
+
+
+/* You must override the (pure virtual) NonDelegatingQueryInterface to return
+ interface pointers (using GetInterface) to the interfaces your derived
+ class supports (the default implementation only supports IUnknown) */
+
+#define DECLARE_IUNKNOWN \
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv) { \
+ return GetOwner()->QueryInterface(riid,ppv); \
+ }; \
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef() { \
+ return GetOwner()->AddRef(); \
+ }; \
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release() { \
+ return GetOwner()->Release(); \
+ };
+
+
+
+HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32();
+
+
+#endif /* __COMBASE__ */
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bd76b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CProp.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CBasePropertyPage class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+// Constructor for the base property page class. As described in the header
+// file we must be initialised with dialog and title resource identifiers.
+// The class supports IPropertyPage and overrides AddRef and Release calls
+// to keep track of the reference counts. When the last count is released
+// we call SetPageSite(NULL) and SetObjects(0,NULL) to release interfaces
+// previously obtained by the property page when it had SetObjects called
+
+CBasePropertyPage::CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug only name
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator
+ int DialogId, // Resource ID
+ int TitleId) : // To get tital
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_DialogId(DialogId),
+ m_TitleId(TitleId),
+ m_hwnd(NULL),
+ m_Dlg(NULL),
+ m_pPageSite(NULL),
+ m_bObjectSet(FALSE),
+ m_bDirty(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBasePropertyPage::CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Debug only name
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator
+ int DialogId, // Resource ID
+ int TitleId) : // To get tital
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_DialogId(DialogId),
+ m_TitleId(TitleId),
+ m_hwnd(NULL),
+ m_Dlg(NULL),
+ m_pPageSite(NULL),
+ m_bObjectSet(FALSE),
+ m_bDirty(FALSE)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+// Increment our reference count
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+ ASSERT(lRef > 0);
+ return max(ULONG(m_cRef),1ul);
+}
+
+
+// Release a reference count and protect against reentrancy
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ // If the reference count drops to zero delete ourselves
+
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ m_cRef++;
+ SetPageSite(NULL);
+ SetObjects(0,NULL);
+ delete this;
+ return ULONG(0);
+ } else {
+ // Don't touch m_cRef again here!
+ return max(ULONG(lRef),1ul);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Expose our IPropertyPage interface
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IPropertyPage) {
+ return GetInterface((IPropertyPage *)this,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Get the page info so that the page site can size itself
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPageInfo,E_POINTER);
+ WCHAR wszTitle[STR_MAX_LENGTH];
+ WideStringFromResource(wszTitle,m_TitleId);
+
+ // Allocate dynamic memory for the property page title
+
+ LPOLESTR pszTitle;
+ HRESULT hr = AMGetWideString(wszTitle, &pszTitle);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("No caption memory");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ pPageInfo->cb = sizeof(PROPPAGEINFO);
+ pPageInfo->pszTitle = pszTitle;
+ pPageInfo->pszDocString = NULL;
+ pPageInfo->pszHelpFile = NULL;
+ pPageInfo->dwHelpContext = 0;
+
+ // Set defaults in case GetDialogSize fails
+ pPageInfo->size.cx = 340;
+ pPageInfo->size.cy = 150;
+
+ GetDialogSize(m_DialogId, DialogProc,0L,&pPageInfo->size);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Handles the messages for our property window
+
+INT_PTR CALLBACK CBasePropertyPage::DialogProc(HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ WPARAM wParam,
+ LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ CBasePropertyPage *pPropertyPage;
+
+ switch (uMsg) {
+
+ case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+ _SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER, lParam);
+
+ // This pointer may be NULL when calculating size
+
+ pPropertyPage = (CBasePropertyPage *) lParam;
+ if (pPropertyPage == NULL) {
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+ pPropertyPage->m_Dlg = hwnd;
+ }
+
+ // This pointer may be NULL when calculating size
+
+ pPropertyPage = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBasePropertyPage*>(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
+ if (pPropertyPage == NULL) {
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+ return pPropertyPage->OnReceiveMessage(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+// Tells us the object that should be informed of the property changes
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::SetObjects(ULONG cObjects,__in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk)
+{
+ if (cObjects == 1) {
+
+ if ((ppUnk == NULL) || (*ppUnk == NULL)) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // Set a flag to say that we have set the Object
+ m_bObjectSet = TRUE ;
+ return OnConnect(*ppUnk);
+
+ } else if (cObjects == 0) {
+
+ // Set a flag to say that we have not set the Object for the page
+ m_bObjectSet = FALSE ;
+ return OnDisconnect();
+ }
+
+ DbgBreak("No support for more than one object");
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// Create the window we will use to edit properties
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Activate(HWND hwndParent,
+ LPCRECT pRect,
+ BOOL fModal)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRect,E_POINTER);
+
+ // Return failure if SetObject has not been called.
+ if (m_bObjectSet == FALSE) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ if (m_hwnd) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ m_hwnd = CreateDialogParam(g_hInst,
+ MAKEINTRESOURCE(m_DialogId),
+ hwndParent,
+ DialogProc,
+ (LPARAM) this);
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ OnActivate();
+ Move(pRect);
+ return Show(SW_SHOWNORMAL);
+}
+
+
+// Set the position of the property page
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Move(LPCRECT pRect)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRect,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ MoveWindow(m_hwnd, // Property page handle
+ pRect->left, // x coordinate
+ pRect->top, // y coordinate
+ WIDTH(pRect), // Overall window width
+ HEIGHT(pRect), // And likewise height
+ TRUE); // Should we repaint it
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Display the property dialog
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Show(UINT nCmdShow)
+{
+ // Have we been activated yet
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Ignore wrong show flags
+
+ if ((nCmdShow != SW_SHOW) && (nCmdShow != SW_SHOWNORMAL) && (nCmdShow != SW_HIDE)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,nCmdShow);
+ InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Destroy the property page dialog
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Deactivate(void)
+{
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Remove WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT before DestroyWindow call
+
+ DWORD dwStyle = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
+ dwStyle = dwStyle & (~WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
+
+ // Set m_hwnd to be NULL temporarily so the message handler
+ // for WM_STYLECHANGING doesn't add the WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
+ // style back in
+ HWND hwnd = m_hwnd;
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+ SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, dwStyle);
+ m_hwnd = hwnd;
+
+ OnDeactivate();
+
+ // Destroy the dialog window
+
+ DestroyWindow(m_hwnd);
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Tells the application property page site
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite)
+{
+ if (pPageSite) {
+
+ if (m_pPageSite) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ m_pPageSite = pPageSite;
+ m_pPageSite->AddRef();
+
+ } else {
+
+ if (m_pPageSite == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ m_pPageSite->Release();
+ m_pPageSite = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Apply any changes so far made
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Apply()
+{
+ // In ActiveMovie 1.0 we used to check whether we had been activated or
+ // not. This is too constrictive. Apply should be allowed as long as
+ // SetObject was called to set an object. So we will no longer check to
+ // see if we have been activated (ie., m_hWnd != NULL), but instead
+ // make sure that m_bObjectSet is TRUE (ie., SetObject has been called).
+
+ if (m_bObjectSet == FALSE) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Must have had a site set
+
+ if (m_pPageSite == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Has anything changed
+
+ if (m_bDirty == FALSE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Commit derived class changes
+
+ HRESULT hr = OnApplyChanges();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_bDirty = FALSE;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Base class definition for message handling
+
+INT_PTR CBasePropertyPage::OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ // we would like the TAB key to move around the tab stops in our property
+ // page, but for some reason OleCreatePropertyFrame clears the CONTROLPARENT
+ // style behind our back, so we need to switch it back on now behind its
+ // back. Otherwise the tab key will be useless in every page.
+ //
+
+ CBasePropertyPage *pPropertyPage;
+ {
+ pPropertyPage = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBasePropertyPage*>(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
+
+ if (pPropertyPage->m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ switch (uMsg) {
+ case WM_STYLECHANGING:
+ if (wParam == GWL_EXSTYLE) {
+ LPSTYLESTRUCT lpss = (LPSTYLESTRUCT)lParam;
+ lpss->styleNew |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DefWindowProc(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db449406 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CProp.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __CPROP__
+#define __CPROP__
+
+// Base property page class. Filters typically expose custom properties by
+// implementing special control interfaces, examples are IDirectDrawVideo
+// and IQualProp on renderers. This allows property pages to be built that
+// use the given interface. Applications such as the ActiveMovie OCX query
+// filters for the property pages they support and expose them to the user
+//
+// This class provides all the framework for a property page. A property
+// page is a COM object that supports IPropertyPage. We should be created
+// with a resource ID for the dialog which we will load when required. We
+// should also be given in the constructor a resource ID for a title string
+// we will load from the DLLs STRINGTABLE. The property page titles must be
+// stored in resource files so that they can be easily internationalised
+//
+// We have a number of virtual methods (not PURE) that may be overriden in
+// derived classes to query for interfaces and so on. These functions have
+// simple implementations here that just return NOERROR. Derived classes
+// will almost definately have to override the message handler method called
+// OnReceiveMessage. We have a static dialog procedure that calls the method
+// so that derived classes don't have to fiddle around with the this pointer
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePropertyPage : public IPropertyPage, public CUnknown
+{
+protected:
+
+ LPPROPERTYPAGESITE m_pPageSite; // Details for our property site
+ HWND m_hwnd; // Window handle for the page
+ HWND m_Dlg; // Actual dialog window handle
+ BOOL m_bDirty; // Has anything been changed
+ int m_TitleId; // Resource identifier for title
+ int m_DialogId; // Dialog resource identifier
+
+ static INT_PTR CALLBACK DialogProc(HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ WPARAM wParam,
+ LPARAM lParam);
+
+private:
+ BOOL m_bObjectSet ; // SetObject has been called or not.
+public:
+
+ CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug only name
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator
+ int DialogId, // Resource ID
+ int TitleId); // To get tital
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ int DialogId,
+ int TitleId);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBasePropertyPage() { };
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // Override these virtual methods
+
+ virtual HRESULT OnConnect(IUnknown *pUnknown) { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnDisconnect() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnActivate() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnDeactivate() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnApplyChanges() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual INT_PTR OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+ // These implement an IPropertyPage interface
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite);
+ STDMETHODIMP Activate(HWND hwndParent, LPCRECT prect,BOOL fModal);
+ STDMETHODIMP Deactivate(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetObjects(ULONG cObjects, __in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk);
+ STDMETHODIMP Show(UINT nCmdShow);
+ STDMETHODIMP Move(LPCRECT prect);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsPageDirty(void) { return m_bDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE; }
+ STDMETHODIMP Apply(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP Help(LPCWSTR lpszHelpDir) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+ STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(__inout LPMSG lpMsg) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+};
+
+#endif // __CPROP__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ccb9dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2541 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CtlUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual
+// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and
+// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by
+// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "seekpt.h"
+
+// 'bool' non standard reserved word
+#pragma warning(disable:4237)
+
+
+// --- CBaseDispatch implementation ----------
+CBaseDispatch::~CBaseDispatch()
+{
+ if (m_pti) {
+ m_pti->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pctinfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pctinfo,sizeof(UINT *));
+ *pctinfo = 1;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *LPLOADTYPELIB)(
+ const OLECHAR FAR *szFile,
+ __deref_out ITypeLib FAR* FAR* pptlib);
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *LPLOADREGTYPELIB)(REFGUID rguid,
+ WORD wVerMajor,
+ WORD wVerMinor,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeLib FAR* FAR* pptlib);
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetTypeInfo(
+ REFIID riid,
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pptinfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pptinfo,sizeof(ITypeInfo *));
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ *pptinfo = NULL;
+
+ // we only support one type element
+ if (0 != itinfo) {
+ return TYPE_E_ELEMENTNOTFOUND;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL == pptinfo) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // always look for neutral
+ if (NULL == m_pti) {
+
+ LPLOADTYPELIB lpfnLoadTypeLib;
+ LPLOADREGTYPELIB lpfnLoadRegTypeLib;
+ ITypeLib *ptlib;
+ HINSTANCE hInst;
+
+ static const char szTypeLib[] = "LoadTypeLib";
+ static const char szRegTypeLib[] = "LoadRegTypeLib";
+ static const WCHAR szControl[] = L"control.tlb";
+
+ //
+ // Try to get the Ole32Aut.dll module handle.
+ //
+
+ hInst = LoadOLEAut32();
+ if (hInst == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+ lpfnLoadRegTypeLib = (LPLOADREGTYPELIB)GetProcAddress(hInst,
+ szRegTypeLib);
+ if (lpfnLoadRegTypeLib == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+
+ hr = (*lpfnLoadRegTypeLib)(LIBID_QuartzTypeLib, 1, 0, // version 1.0
+ lcid, &ptlib);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+ // attempt to load directly - this will fill the
+ // registry in if it finds it
+
+ lpfnLoadTypeLib = (LPLOADTYPELIB)GetProcAddress(hInst, szTypeLib);
+ if (lpfnLoadTypeLib == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+
+ hr = (*lpfnLoadTypeLib)(szControl, &ptlib);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hr = ptlib->GetTypeInfoOfGuid(
+ riid,
+ &m_pti);
+
+ ptlib->Release();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pptinfo = m_pti;
+ m_pti->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ // although the IDispatch riid is dead, we use this to pass from
+ // the interface implementation class to us the iid we are talking about.
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(riid, 0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pti->GetIDsOfNames(rgszNames, cNames, rgdispid);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaControl implementation ---------
+
+CMediaControl::CMediaControl(const TCHAR * name,LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaControl and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaControl) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaControl *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaControl,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaControl,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaControl *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaEvent implementation ----------
+
+
+CMediaEvent::CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaEvent and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaEvent || riid == IID_IMediaEventEx) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaEventEx *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaEvent,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaEvent,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaEvent *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaPosition implementation ----------
+
+
+CMediaPosition::CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+CMediaPosition::CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaPosition and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaPosition *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaPosition,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaPosition,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaPosition *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking pass through class ----------
+
+
+CPosPassThru::CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ IPin *pPin) :
+ CMediaPosition(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pPin(pPin)
+{
+ if (pPin == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_POINTER;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Expose our IMediaSeeking and IMediaPosition interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ return GetInterface( static_cast<IMediaSeeking *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ return CMediaPosition::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Return the IMediaPosition interface from our peer
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetPeer(IMediaPosition ** ppMP)
+{
+ *ppMP = NULL;
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+ IMediaPosition * pMP;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaPosition, (void **) &pMP);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+
+ *ppMP = pMP;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Return the IMediaSeeking interface from our peer
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking ** ppMS)
+{
+ *ppMS = NULL;
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+ IMediaSeeking * pMS;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSeeking, (void **) &pMS);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+
+ *ppMS = pMS;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// --- IMediaSeeking methods ----------
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetCapabilities(__out DWORD * pCaps)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetCapabilities(pCaps);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CheckCapabilities(__inout DWORD * pCaps)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->CheckCapabilities(pCaps);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->IsFormatSupported(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->QueryPreferredFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->SetTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->IsUsingTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->ConvertTimeFormat(pTarget, pTargetFormat, Source, pSourceFormat );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent,
+ DWORD CurrentFlags,
+ __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop,
+ DWORD StopFlags )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->SetPositions(pCurrent, CurrentFlags, pStop, StopFlags );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetPositions(__out_opt LONGLONG *pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetPositions(pCurrent,pStop);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetSeekingLongLong
+( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( __out LONGLONG * )
+, LONGLONG * pll
+)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ hr = (pMS->*pMethod)(pll);
+ pMS->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// If we don't have a current position then ask upstream
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent)
+{
+ // Can we report the current position
+ HRESULT hr = GetMediaTime(pCurrent,NULL);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) hr = NOERROR;
+ else hr = GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetCurrentPosition, pCurrent );
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetStopPosition, pStop );;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetDuration, pDuration );;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pllPreroll)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetPreroll, pllPreroll );;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetAvailable( pEarliest, pLatest );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetRate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMS->GetRate(pdRate);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetRate(double dRate)
+{
+ if (0.0 == dRate) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMS->SetRate(dRate);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// --- IMediaPosition methods ----------
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMP->get_Duration(plength);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_CurrentPosition(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_CurrentPosition(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_StopTime(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_StopTime(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_PrerollTime(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_PrerollTime(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_Rate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_Rate(pdRate);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_Rate(double dRate)
+{
+ if (0.0 == dRate) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_Rate(dRate);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->CanSeekForward(pCanSeekForward);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->CanSeekBackward(pCanSeekBackward);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implements the CRendererPosPassThru class ----------
+
+
+// Media times (eg current frame, field, sample etc) are passed through the
+// filtergraph in media samples. When a renderer gets a sample with media
+// times in it, it will call one of the RegisterMediaTime methods we expose
+// (one takes an IMediaSample, the other takes the media times direct). We
+// store the media times internally and return them in GetCurrentPosition.
+
+CRendererPosPassThru::CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ IPin *pPin) :
+ CPosPassThru(pName,pUnk,phr,pPin),
+ m_StartMedia(0),
+ m_EndMedia(0),
+ m_bReset(TRUE)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Sets the media times the object should report
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(pMediaSample);
+ LONGLONG StartMedia;
+ LONGLONG EndMedia;
+
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+
+ // Get the media times from the sample
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetTime(&StartMedia,&EndMedia);
+ if (FAILED(hr))
+ {
+ ASSERT(hr == VFW_E_SAMPLE_TIME_NOT_SET);
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_StartMedia = StartMedia;
+ m_EndMedia = EndMedia;
+ m_bReset = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Sets the media times the object should report
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime)
+{
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia = StartTime;
+ m_EndMedia = EndTime;
+ m_bReset = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current media times registered in the object
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime)
+{
+ ASSERT(pStartTime);
+
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ if (m_bReset == TRUE) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // We don't have to return the end time
+
+ HRESULT hr = ConvertTimeFormat( pStartTime, 0, m_StartMedia, &TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME );
+ if (pEndTime && SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = ConvertTimeFormat( pEndTime, 0, m_EndMedia, &TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME );
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Resets the media times we hold
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::ResetMediaTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia = 0;
+ m_EndMedia = 0;
+ m_bReset = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Intended to be called by the owing filter during EOS processing so
+// that the media times can be adjusted to the stop time. This ensures
+// that the GetCurrentPosition will actully get to the stop position.
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::EOS()
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if ( m_bReset == TRUE ) hr = E_FAIL;
+ else
+ {
+ LONGLONG llStop;
+ if SUCCEEDED(hr=GetStopPosition(&llStop))
+ {
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia =
+ m_EndMedia = llStop;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// -- CSourceSeeking implementation ------------
+
+CSourceSeeking::CSourceSeeking(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT* phr,
+ __in CCritSec * pLock) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_rtStart((long)0)
+{
+ m_rtStop = _I64_MAX / 2;
+ m_rtDuration = m_rtStop;
+ m_dRateSeeking = 1.0;
+
+ m_dwSeekingCaps = AM_SEEKING_CanSeekForwards
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanSeekBackwards
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanSeekAbsolute
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanGetStopPos
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanGetDuration;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if(riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IMediaSeeking *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ // only seeking in time (REFERENCE_TIME units) is supported
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ *pFormat = TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+
+ // nothing to set; just check that it's TIME_FORMAT_TIME
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : E_INVALIDARG;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ *pFormat = TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDuration, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pDuration = m_rtDuration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pStop, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pStop = m_rtStop;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent)
+{
+ // GetCurrentPosition is typically supported only in renderers and
+ // not in source filters.
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCapabilities, E_POINTER);
+ *pCapabilities = m_dwSeekingCaps;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCapabilities, E_POINTER);
+
+ // make sure all requested capabilities are in our mask
+ return (~m_dwSeekingCaps & *pCapabilities) ? S_FALSE : S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pTarget, E_POINTER);
+ // format guids can be null to indicate current format
+
+ // since we only support TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME, we don't really
+ // offer any conversions.
+ if(pTargetFormat == 0 || *pTargetFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME)
+ {
+ if(pSourceFormat == 0 || *pSourceFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME)
+ {
+ *pTarget = Source;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent,
+ DWORD CurrentFlags,
+ __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop,
+ DWORD StopFlags )
+{
+ DWORD StopPosBits = StopFlags & AM_SEEKING_PositioningBitsMask;
+ DWORD StartPosBits = CurrentFlags & AM_SEEKING_PositioningBitsMask;
+
+ if(StopFlags) {
+ CheckPointer(pStop, E_POINTER);
+
+ // accept only relative, incremental, or absolute positioning
+ if(StopPosBits != StopFlags) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(CurrentFlags) {
+ CheckPointer(pCurrent, E_POINTER);
+ if(StartPosBits != AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning &&
+ StartPosBits != AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // scope for autolock
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ // set start position
+ if(StartPosBits == AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStart = *pCurrent;
+ }
+ else if(StartPosBits == AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStart += *pCurrent;
+ }
+
+ // set stop position
+ if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = *pStop;
+ }
+ else if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_IncrementalPositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = m_rtStart + *pStop;
+ }
+ else if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = m_rtStop + *pStop;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr) && StopPosBits) {
+ hr = ChangeStop();
+ }
+ if(StartPosBits) {
+ hr = ChangeStart();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop )
+{
+ if(pCurrent) {
+ *pCurrent = m_rtStart;
+ }
+ if(pStop) {
+ *pStop = m_rtStop;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest )
+{
+ if(pEarliest) {
+ *pEarliest = 0;
+ }
+ if(pLatest) {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pLatest = m_rtDuration;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetRate( double dRate)
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ m_dRateSeeking = dRate;
+ }
+ return ChangeRate();
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetRate( __out double * pdRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdRate, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pdRate = m_dRateSeeking;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPreroll, E_POINTER);
+ *pPreroll = 0;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// --- CSourcePosition implementation ----------
+
+
+CSourcePosition::CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT* phr,
+ __in CCritSec * pLock) :
+ CMediaPosition(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_Start(CRefTime((LONGLONG)0))
+{
+ m_Stop = _I64_MAX;
+ m_Rate = 1.0;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength)
+{
+ CheckPointer(plength,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(plength,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *plength = m_Duration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Start = llTime;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeStart();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pllTime,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pllTime,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *pllTime = m_Stop;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Stop = llTime;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeStop();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pllTime,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pllTime,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_Rate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdRate,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pdRate,sizeof(double));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *pdRate = m_Rate;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_Rate(double dRate)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Rate = dRate;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeRate();
+}
+
+
+// By default we can seek forwards
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCanSeekForward,E_POINTER);
+ *pCanSeekForward = OATRUE;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// By default we can seek backwards
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCanSeekBackward,E_POINTER);
+ *pCanSeekBackward = OATRUE;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implementation of CBasicAudio class ----------
+
+
+CBasicAudio::CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IBasicAudio) {
+ return GetInterface( (IBasicAudio *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IBasicAudio,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IBasicAudio,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IBasicAudio *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IVideoWindow implementation ----------
+
+CBaseVideoWindow::CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IVideoWindow) {
+ return GetInterface( (IVideoWindow *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IVideoWindow,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IVideoWindow,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IVideoWindow *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IBasicVideo implementation ----------
+
+
+CBaseBasicVideo::CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IBasicVideo || riid == IID_IBasicVideo2) {
+ return GetInterface( static_cast<IBasicVideo2 *>(this), ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IBasicVideo,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IBasicVideo,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IBasicVideo *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implementation of Deferred Commands ----------
+
+
+CDispParams::CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ cNamedArgs = 0;
+ rgdispidNamedArgs = NULL;
+ cArgs = nArgs;
+
+ if (cArgs) {
+ rgvarg = new VARIANT[cArgs];
+ if (NULL == rgvarg) {
+ cArgs = 0;
+ if (phr) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (UINT i = 0; i < cArgs; i++) {
+
+ // Why aren't we using VariantCopy?
+
+ VARIANT * pDest = &rgvarg[i];
+ VARIANT * pSrc = &pArgs[i];
+
+ pDest->vt = pSrc->vt;
+ switch(pDest->vt) {
+
+ case VT_I4:
+ pDest->lVal = pSrc->lVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UI1:
+ pDest->bVal = pSrc->bVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_I2:
+ pDest->iVal = pSrc->iVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_R4:
+ pDest->fltVal = pSrc->fltVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_R8:
+ pDest->dblVal = pSrc->dblVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_BOOL:
+ pDest->boolVal = pSrc->boolVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_ERROR:
+ pDest->scode = pSrc->scode;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_CY:
+ pDest->cyVal = pSrc->cyVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DATE:
+ pDest->date = pSrc->date;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_BSTR:
+ if ((PVOID)pSrc->bstrVal == NULL) {
+ pDest->bstrVal = NULL;
+ } else {
+
+ // a BSTR is a WORD followed by a UNICODE string.
+ // the pointer points just after the WORD
+
+ WORD len = * (WORD*) (pSrc->bstrVal - (sizeof(WORD) / sizeof(OLECHAR)));
+ OLECHAR* pch = new OLECHAR[len + (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR))];
+ if (pch) {
+ WORD *pui = (WORD*)pch;
+ *pui = len;
+ pDest->bstrVal = pch + (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ CopyMemory(pDest->bstrVal, pSrc->bstrVal, len*sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ } else {
+ cArgs = i;
+ if (phr) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UNKNOWN:
+ pDest->punkVal = pSrc->punkVal;
+ pDest->punkVal->AddRef();
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DISPATCH:
+ pDest->pdispVal = pSrc->pdispVal;
+ pDest->pdispVal->AddRef();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // a type we haven't got round to adding yet!
+ ASSERT(0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ rgvarg = NULL;
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+CDispParams::~CDispParams()
+{
+ for (UINT i = 0; i < cArgs; i++) {
+ switch(rgvarg[i].vt) {
+ case VT_BSTR:
+ // Explicitly cast BSTR to PVOID to tell code scanning tools we really mean to test the pointer
+ if ((PVOID)rgvarg[i].bstrVal != NULL) {
+ OLECHAR * pch = rgvarg[i].bstrVal - (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ delete pch;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UNKNOWN:
+ rgvarg[i].punkVal->Release();
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DISPATCH:
+ rgvarg[i].pdispVal->Release();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ delete[] rgvarg;
+}
+
+
+// lifetime is controlled by refcounts (see defer.h)
+
+CDeferredCommand::CDeferredCommand(
+ __inout CCmdQueue * pQ,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor,
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long nArgs,
+ __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ ) :
+ CUnknown(NAME("DeferredCommand"), pUnk),
+ m_pQueue(pQ),
+ m_pUnk(pUnkExecutor),
+ m_iid(iid),
+ m_dispidMethod(dispidMethod),
+ m_wFlags(wFlags),
+ m_DispParams(nArgs, pDispParams, phr),
+ m_pvarResult(pvarResult),
+ m_bStream(bStream),
+ m_hrResult(E_ABORT)
+
+{
+ // convert REFTIME to REFERENCE_TIME
+ COARefTime convertor(time);
+ m_time = convertor;
+
+ // no check of time validity - it's ok to queue a command that's
+ // already late
+
+ // check iid is supportable on pUnk by QueryInterface for it
+ IUnknown * pInterface;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(GetIID(), (void**) &pInterface);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+ pInterface->Release();
+
+
+ // !!! check dispidMethod and param/return types using typelib
+ ITypeInfo *pti;
+ hr = m_Dispatch.GetTypeInfo(*iid, 0, 0, &pti);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+ // !!! some sort of ITypeInfo validity check here
+ pti->Release();
+
+
+ // Fix up the dispid for put and get
+ if (wFlags == DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT) {
+ m_DispParams.cNamedArgs = 1;
+ m_DispId = DISPID_PROPERTYPUT;
+ m_DispParams.rgdispidNamedArgs = &m_DispId;
+ }
+
+ // all checks ok - add to queue
+ hr = pQ->Insert(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// refcounts are held by caller of InvokeAt... and by list. So if
+// we get here, we can't be on the list
+
+#if 0
+CDeferredCommand::~CDeferredCommand()
+{
+ // this assert is invalid since if the queue is deleted while we are
+ // still on the queue, we will have been removed by the queue and this
+ // m_pQueue will not have been modified.
+ // ASSERT(m_pQueue == NULL);
+
+ // we don't hold a ref count on pUnk, which is the object that should
+ // execute the command.
+ // This is because there would otherwise be a circular refcount problem
+ // since pUnk probably owns the CmdQueue object that has a refcount
+ // on us.
+ // The lifetime of pUnk is guaranteed by it being part of, or lifetime
+ // controlled by, our parent object. As long as we are on the list, pUnk
+ // must be valid. Once we are off the list, we do not use pUnk.
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IDeferredCommand) {
+ return GetInterface( (IDeferredCommand *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// remove from q. this will reduce the refcount by one (since the q
+// holds a count) but can't make us go away since he must have a
+// refcount in order to call this method.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Cancel()
+{
+ if (m_pQueue == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CANCELLED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pQueue = NULL;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Confidence(__out LONG* pConfidence)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::GetHResult(__out HRESULT * phrResult)
+{
+ CheckPointer(phrResult,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(phrResult,sizeof(HRESULT));
+
+ if (m_pQueue != NULL) {
+ return E_ABORT;
+ }
+ *phrResult = m_hrResult;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// set the time to be a new time (checking that it is valid) and
+// then requeue
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Postpone(REFTIME newtime)
+{
+
+ // check that this time is not past
+ // convert REFTIME to REFERENCE_TIME
+ COARefTime convertor(newtime);
+
+ // check that the time has not passed
+ if (m_pQueue->CheckTime(convertor, IsStreamTime())) {
+ return VFW_E_TIME_ALREADY_PASSED;
+ }
+
+ // extract from list
+ HRESULT hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // change time
+ m_time = convertor;
+
+ // requeue
+ hr = m_pQueue->Insert(this);
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CDeferredCommand::Invoke()
+{
+ // check that we are still outstanding
+ if (m_pQueue == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CANCELLED;
+ }
+
+ // get the type info
+ ITypeInfo* pti;
+ HRESULT hr = m_Dispatch.GetTypeInfo(GetIID(), 0, 0, &pti);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // qi for the expected interface and then invoke it. Note that we have to
+ // treat the returned interface as IUnknown since we don't know its type.
+ IUnknown* pInterface;
+
+ hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(GetIID(), (void**) &pInterface);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ EXCEPINFO expinfo;
+ UINT uArgErr;
+ m_hrResult = pti->Invoke(
+ pInterface,
+ GetMethod(),
+ GetFlags(),
+ GetParams(),
+ GetResult(),
+ &expinfo,
+ &uArgErr);
+
+ // release the interface we QI'd for
+ pInterface->Release();
+ pti->Release();
+
+
+ // remove from list whether or not successful
+ // or we loop indefinitely
+ hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ m_pQueue = NULL;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+// --- CCmdQueue methods ----------
+
+
+CCmdQueue::CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ m_listPresentation(NAME("Presentation time command list")),
+ m_listStream(NAME("Stream time command list")),
+ m_evDue(TRUE, phr), // manual reset
+ m_dwAdvise(0),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_bRunning(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+
+CCmdQueue::~CCmdQueue()
+{
+ // empty all our lists
+
+ // we hold a refcount on each, so traverse and Release each
+ // entry then RemoveAll to empty the list
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ while(pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd = m_listPresentation.GetNext(pos);
+ pCmd->Release();
+ }
+ m_listPresentation.RemoveAll();
+
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ while(pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd = m_listStream.GetNext(pos);
+ pCmd->Release();
+ }
+ m_listStream.RemoveAll();
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+ }
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with
+// the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction.
+// returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and
+// no object has been queued.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::New(
+ __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // this object will execute command
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ *ppCmd = NULL;
+
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd;
+ pCmd = new CDeferredCommand(
+ this,
+ NULL, // not aggregated
+ &hr,
+ pUnk, // this guy will execute
+ time,
+ iid,
+ dispidMethod,
+ wFlags,
+ cArgs,
+ pDispParams,
+ pvarResult,
+ puArgErr,
+ bStream);
+
+ if (pCmd == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ *ppCmd = pCmd;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ // addref the item
+ pCmd->AddRef();
+
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> * pList;
+ if (pCmd->IsStreamTime()) {
+ pList = &m_listStream;
+ } else {
+ pList = &m_listPresentation;
+ }
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPosition();
+
+ // seek past all items that are before us
+ while (pos &&
+ (pList->GetValid(pos)->GetTime() <= pCmd->GetTime())) {
+
+ pList->GetNext(pos);
+ }
+
+ // now at end of list or in front of items that come later
+ if (!pos) {
+ pList->AddTail(pCmd);
+ } else {
+ pList->AddBefore(pos, pCmd);
+ }
+
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> * pList;
+ if (pCmd->IsStreamTime()) {
+ pList = &m_listStream;
+ } else {
+ pList = &m_listPresentation;
+ }
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPosition();
+
+ // traverse the list
+ while (pos && (pList->GetValid(pos) != pCmd)) {
+ pList->GetNext(pos);
+ }
+
+ // did we drop off the end?
+ if (!pos) {
+ hr = VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ } else {
+
+ // found it - now take off list
+ pList->Remove(pos);
+
+ // Insert did an AddRef, so release it
+ pCmd->Release();
+
+ // check that timer request is still for earliest time
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// set the clock used for timing
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock* pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ // addref the new clock first in case they are the same
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // kill any advise on the old clock
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+ }
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ // set up a new advise
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// set up a timer event with the reference clock
+
+void
+CCmdQueue::SetTimeAdvise(void)
+{
+ // make sure we have a clock to use
+ if (!m_pClock) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // reset the event whenever we are requesting a new signal
+ m_evDue.Reset();
+
+ // time 0 is earliest
+ CRefTime current;
+
+ // find the earliest presentation time
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (pos != NULL) {
+ current = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos)->GetTime();
+ }
+
+ // if we're running, check the stream times too
+ if (m_bRunning) {
+
+ CRefTime t;
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ t = m_listStream.GetValid(pos)->GetTime();
+
+ // add on stream time offset to get presentation time
+ t += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+
+ // is this earlier?
+ if ((current == TimeZero) || (t < current)) {
+ current = t;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // need to change?
+ if ((current > TimeZero) && (current != m_tCurrentAdvise)) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ // reset the event whenever we are requesting a new signal
+ m_evDue.Reset();
+ }
+
+ // ask for time advice - the first two params are either
+ // stream time offset and stream time or
+ // presentation time and 0. we always use the latter
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->AdviseTime(
+ (REFERENCE_TIME)current,
+ TimeZero,
+ (HEVENT) HANDLE(m_evDue),
+ &m_dwAdvise);
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ m_tCurrentAdvise = current;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ m_StreamTimeOffset = tStreamTimeOffset;
+ m_bRunning = TRUE;
+
+ // ensure advise is accurate
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::EndRun()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ m_bRunning = FALSE;
+
+ // check timer setting - stream times
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout
+// milliseconds until there is a due command.
+// Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls.
+// The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled.
+// Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error).
+//
+// returns an AddRef'd object
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout)
+{
+ // loop until we timeout or find a due command
+ for (;;) {
+
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+
+ // find the earliest command
+ CDeferredCommand * pCmd = NULL;
+
+ // check the presentation time and the
+ // stream time list to find the earliest
+
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pCmd = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+
+ if (m_bRunning) {
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pStrm = m_listStream.GetValid(pos);
+
+ CRefTime t = pStrm->GetTime() + m_StreamTimeOffset;
+ if (!pCmd || (t < pCmd->GetTime())) {
+ pCmd = pStrm;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // if we have found one, is it due?
+ if (pCmd) {
+ if (CheckTime(pCmd->GetTime(), pCmd->IsStreamTime())) {
+
+ // yes it's due - addref it
+ pCmd->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pCmd;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // block until the advise is signalled
+ if (WaitForSingleObject(m_evDue, msTimeout) != WAIT_OBJECT_0) {
+ return E_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time.
+// Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed
+// in via the Run method.
+// Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled.
+// This method will not block. It will report E_ABORT if there are no
+// commands due yet.
+//
+// returns an AddRef'd object
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME rtStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ CRefTime tStream(rtStream);
+
+ // find the earliest stream and presentation time commands
+ CDeferredCommand* pStream = NULL;
+ POSITION pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pStream = m_listStream.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+ CDeferredCommand* pPresent = NULL;
+ pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pPresent = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+
+ // is there a presentation time that has passed already
+ if (pPresent && CheckTime(pPresent->GetTime(), FALSE)) {
+ pPresent->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pPresent;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // is there a stream time command due before this stream time
+ if (pStream && (pStream->GetTime() <= tStream)) {
+ pStream->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pStream;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // if we are running, we can map presentation times to
+ // stream time. In this case, is there a presentation time command
+ // that will be due before this stream time is presented?
+ if (m_bRunning && pPresent) {
+
+ // this stream time will appear at...
+ tStream += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+
+ // due before that?
+ if (pPresent->GetTime() <= tStream) {
+ *ppCmd = pPresent;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // no commands due yet
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e4719ce --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,923 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CtlUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual
+// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and
+// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by
+// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking
+
+#ifndef __CTLUTIL__
+#define __CTLUTIL__
+
+// OLE Automation has different ideas of TRUE and FALSE
+
+#define OATRUE (-1)
+#define OAFALSE (0)
+
+
+// It's possible that we could replace this class with CreateStdDispatch
+
+class CBaseDispatch
+{
+ ITypeInfo * m_pti;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseDispatch() : m_pti(NULL) {}
+ ~CBaseDispatch();
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ REFIID riid,
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaControl :
+ public IMediaControl,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaControl(const TCHAR *, LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaEvent :
+ public IMediaEventEx,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaPosition :
+ public IMediaPosition,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+ CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+
+};
+
+
+// OA-compatibility means that we must use double as the RefTime value,
+// and REFERENCE_TIME (essentially a LONGLONG) within filters.
+// this class converts between the two
+
+class COARefTime : public CRefTime {
+public:
+
+ COARefTime() {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(CRefTime t)
+ : CRefTime(t)
+ {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(REFERENCE_TIME t)
+ : CRefTime(t)
+ {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(double d) {
+ m_time = (LONGLONG) (d * 10000000);
+ };
+
+ operator double() {
+ return double(m_time) / 10000000;
+ };
+
+ operator REFERENCE_TIME() {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ COARefTime& operator=(const double& rd) {
+ m_time = (LONGLONG) (rd * 10000000);
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ COARefTime& operator=(const REFERENCE_TIME& rt) {
+ m_time = rt;
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ inline BOOL operator==(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time == rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator!=(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time != rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator < (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time < rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator > (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time > rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator >= (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time >= rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator <= (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time <= rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator+(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time + rt.m_time);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator-(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time - rt.m_time);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator*(LONG l)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time * l);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator/(LONG l)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time / l);
+ };
+
+private:
+ // Prevent bugs from constructing from LONG (which gets
+ // converted to double and then multiplied by 10000000
+ COARefTime(LONG);
+ LONG operator=(LONG);
+};
+
+
+// A utility class that handles IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking on behalf
+// of single-input pin renderers, or transform filters.
+//
+// Renderers will expose this from the filter; transform filters will
+// expose it from the output pin and not the renderer.
+//
+// Create one of these, giving it your IPin* for your input pin, and delegate
+// all IMediaPosition methods to it. It will query the input pin for
+// IMediaPosition and respond appropriately.
+//
+// Call ForceRefresh if the pin connection changes.
+//
+// This class no longer caches the upstream IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking
+// it acquires it on each method call. This means ForceRefresh is not needed.
+// The method is kept for source compatibility and to minimise the changes
+// if we need to put it back later for performance reasons.
+
+class CPosPassThru : public IMediaSeeking, public CMediaPosition
+{
+ IPin *m_pPin;
+
+ HRESULT GetPeer(__deref_out IMediaPosition **ppMP);
+ HRESULT GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking **ppMS);
+
+public:
+
+ CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *);
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ HRESULT ForceRefresh() {
+ return S_OK;
+ };
+
+ // override to return an accurate current position
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IMediaSeeking methods
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported( const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat( __out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags
+ , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition( __out LONGLONG * pCurrent );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition( __out LONGLONG * pStop );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDuration( __out LONGLONG *pDuration);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll( __out LONGLONG *pllPreroll );
+
+ // IMediaPosition properties
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward);
+
+private:
+ HRESULT GetSeekingLongLong( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( LONGLONG * ),
+ __out LONGLONG * pll );
+};
+
+
+// Adds the ability to return a current position
+
+class CRendererPosPassThru : public CPosPassThru
+{
+ CCritSec m_PositionLock; // Locks access to our position
+ LONGLONG m_StartMedia; // Start media time last seen
+ LONGLONG m_EndMedia; // And likewise the end media
+ BOOL m_bReset; // Have media times been set
+
+public:
+
+ // Used to help with passing media times through graph
+
+ CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *);
+ HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime);
+ HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime,__out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime);
+ HRESULT ResetMediaTime();
+ HRESULT EOS();
+};
+
+STDAPI CreatePosPassThru(
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg,
+ BOOL bRenderer,
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru
+);
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicAudio and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasicAudio : public IBasicAudio, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicVideo and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseBasicVideo : public IBasicVideo2, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreferredAspectRatio(
+ __out long *plAspectX,
+ __out long *plAspectY)
+ {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+};
+
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IVideoWindow and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseVideoWindow : public IVideoWindow, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+// abstract class to help source filters with their implementation
+// of IMediaPosition. Derive from this and set the duration (and stop
+// position). Also override NotifyChange to do something when the properties
+// change.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CSourcePosition : public CMediaPosition
+{
+
+public:
+ CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *);
+
+ // IMediaPosition methods
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward);
+
+ // override if you can return the data you are actually working on
+ STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE;
+
+ COARefTime m_Duration;
+ COARefTime m_Start;
+ COARefTime m_Stop;
+ double m_Rate;
+
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+};
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CSourceSeeking :
+ public IMediaSeeking,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN;
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IMediaSeeking methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags
+ , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll);
+
+
+protected:
+
+ // ctor
+ CSourceSeeking(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *);
+
+ // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE;
+
+ CRefTime m_rtDuration; // length of stream
+ CRefTime m_rtStart; // source will start here
+ CRefTime m_rtStop; // source will stop here
+ double m_dRateSeeking;
+
+ // seeking capabilities
+ DWORD m_dwSeekingCaps;
+
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+};
+
+
+// Base classes supporting Deferred commands.
+
+// Deferred commands are queued by calls to methods on the IQueueCommand
+// interface, exposed by the filtergraph and by some filters. A successful
+// call to one of these methods will return an IDeferredCommand interface
+// representing the queued command.
+//
+// A CDeferredCommand object represents a single deferred command, and exposes
+// the IDeferredCommand interface as well as other methods permitting time
+// checks and actual execution. It contains a reference to the CCommandQueue
+// object on which it is queued.
+//
+// CCommandQueue is a base class providing a queue of CDeferredCommand
+// objects, and methods to add, remove, check status and invoke the queued
+// commands. A CCommandQueue object would be part of an object that
+// implemented IQueueCommand.
+
+class CCmdQueue;
+
+// take a copy of the params and store them. Release any allocated
+// memory in destructor
+
+class CDispParams : public DISPPARAMS
+{
+public:
+ CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ ~CDispParams();
+};
+
+
+// CDeferredCommand lifetime is controlled by refcounts. Caller of
+// InvokeAt.. gets a refcounted interface pointer, and the CCmdQueue
+// object also holds a refcount on us. Calling Cancel or Invoke takes
+// us off the CCmdQueue and thus reduces the refcount by 1. Once taken
+// off the queue we cannot be put back on the queue.
+
+class CDeferredCommand
+ : public CUnknown,
+ public IDeferredCommand
+{
+public:
+
+ CDeferredCommand(
+ __inout CCmdQueue * pQ,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // aggregation outer unk
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor, // object that will execute this cmd
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ );
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv);
+
+ // IDeferredCommand methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Cancel();
+ STDMETHODIMP Confidence(
+ __out LONG* pConfidence);
+ STDMETHODIMP Postpone(
+ REFTIME newtime);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetHResult(
+ __out HRESULT* phrResult);
+
+ // other public methods
+
+ HRESULT Invoke();
+
+ // access methods
+
+ // returns TRUE if streamtime, FALSE if presentation time
+ BOOL IsStreamTime() {
+ return m_bStream;
+ };
+
+ CRefTime GetTime() {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ REFIID GetIID() {
+ return *m_iid;
+ };
+
+ long GetMethod() {
+ return m_dispidMethod;
+ };
+
+ short GetFlags() {
+ return m_wFlags;
+ };
+
+ DISPPARAMS* GetParams() {
+ return &m_DispParams;
+ };
+
+ VARIANT* GetResult() {
+ return m_pvarResult;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ CCmdQueue* m_pQueue;
+
+ // pUnk for the interface that we will execute the command on
+ LPUNKNOWN m_pUnk;
+
+ // stored command data
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_time;
+ GUID* m_iid;
+ long m_dispidMethod;
+ short m_wFlags;
+ VARIANT* m_pvarResult;
+ BOOL m_bStream;
+ CDispParams m_DispParams;
+ DISPID m_DispId; // For get and put
+
+ // we use this for ITypeInfo access
+ CBaseDispatch m_Dispatch;
+
+ // save retval here
+ HRESULT m_hrResult;
+};
+
+
+// a list of CDeferredCommand objects. this is a base class providing
+// the basics of access to the list. If you want to use CDeferredCommand
+// objects then your queue needs to be derived from this class.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CCmdQueue
+{
+public:
+ CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ virtual ~CCmdQueue();
+
+ // returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with
+ // the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction.
+ // returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and
+ // no object has been queued.
+ virtual HRESULT New(
+ __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ );
+
+ // called by the CDeferredCommand object to add and remove itself
+ // from the queue
+ virtual HRESULT Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd);
+ virtual HRESULT Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd);
+
+ // Command-Due Checking
+ //
+ // There are two schemes of synchronisation: coarse and accurate. In
+ // coarse mode, you wait till the time arrives and then execute the cmd.
+ // In accurate mode, you wait until you are processing the sample that
+ // will appear at the time, and then execute the command. It's up to the
+ // filter which one it will implement. The filtergraph will always
+ // implement coarse mode for commands queued at the filtergraph.
+ //
+ // If you want coarse sync, you probably want to wait until there is a
+ // command due, and then execute it. You can do this by calling
+ // GetDueCommand. If you have several things to wait for, get the
+ // event handle from GetDueHandle() and when this is signalled then call
+ // GetDueCommand. Stream time will only advance between calls to Run and
+ // EndRun. Note that to avoid an extra thread there is no guarantee that
+ // if the handle is set there will be a command ready. Each time the
+ // event is signalled, call GetDueCommand (probably with a 0 timeout);
+ // This may return E_ABORT.
+ //
+ // If you want accurate sync, you must call GetCommandDueFor, passing
+ // as a parameter the stream time of the samples you are about to process.
+ // This will return:
+ // -- a stream-time command due at or before that stream time
+ // -- a presentation-time command due at or before the
+ // time that stream time will be presented (only between Run
+ // and EndRun calls, since outside of this, the mapping from
+ // stream time to presentation time is not known.
+ // -- any presentation-time command due now.
+ // This means that if you want accurate synchronisation on samples that
+ // might be processed during Paused mode, you need to use
+ // stream-time commands.
+ //
+ // In all cases, commands remain queued until Invoked or Cancelled. The
+ // setting and resetting of the event handle is managed entirely by this
+ // queue object.
+
+ // set the clock used for timing
+ virtual HRESULT SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock*);
+
+ // switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known.
+ virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset);
+
+ // switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known.
+ virtual HRESULT EndRun();
+
+ // return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout
+ // milliseconds until there is a due command.
+ // Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls.
+ // The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled.
+ // Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error).
+ // Returns an AddRef-ed object
+ virtual HRESULT GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout);
+
+ // return the event handle that will be signalled whenever
+ // there are deferred commands due for execution (when GetDueCommand
+ // will not block).
+ HANDLE GetDueHandle() {
+ return HANDLE(m_evDue);
+ };
+
+ // return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time.
+ // Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed
+ // in via the Run method.
+ // Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled.
+ // This method will not block. It will report VFW_E_NOT_FOUND if there
+ // are no commands due yet.
+ // Returns an AddRef-ed object
+ virtual HRESULT GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME tStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd);
+
+ // check if a given time is due (TRUE if it is due yet)
+ BOOL CheckTime(CRefTime time, BOOL bStream) {
+
+ // if no clock, nothing is due!
+ if (!m_pClock) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // stream time
+ if (bStream) {
+
+ // not valid if not running
+ if (!m_bRunning) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ // add on known stream time offset to get presentation time
+ time += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+ }
+
+ CRefTime Now;
+ m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&Now);
+ return (time <= Now);
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ // protect access to lists etc
+ CCritSec m_Lock;
+
+ // commands queued in presentation time are stored here
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listPresentation;
+
+ // commands queued in stream time are stored here
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listStream;
+
+ // set when any commands are due
+ CAMEvent m_evDue;
+
+ // creates an advise for the earliest time required, if any
+ void SetTimeAdvise(void);
+
+ // advise id from reference clock (0 if no outstanding advise)
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise;
+
+ // advise time is for this presentation time
+ CRefTime m_tCurrentAdvise;
+
+ // the reference clock we are using (addrefed)
+ IReferenceClock* m_pClock;
+
+ // true when running
+ BOOL m_bRunning;
+
+ // contains stream time offset when m_bRunning is true
+ CRefTime m_StreamTimeOffset;
+};
+
+#endif // __CTLUTIL__
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bfa700cb --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DDMM.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements routines for using DirectDraw
+// on a multimonitor system.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <ddraw.h>
+#include "ddmm.h"
+
+/*
+ * FindDeviceCallback
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ LPSTR szDevice;
+ GUID* lpGUID;
+ GUID GUID;
+ BOOL fFound;
+} FindDeviceData;
+
+BOOL CALLBACK FindDeviceCallback(__in_opt GUID* lpGUID, __in LPSTR szName, __in LPSTR szDevice, __in LPVOID lParam)
+{
+ FindDeviceData *p = (FindDeviceData*)lParam;
+
+ if (lstrcmpiA(p->szDevice, szDevice) == 0) {
+ if (lpGUID) {
+ p->GUID = *lpGUID;
+ p->lpGUID = &p->GUID;
+ } else {
+ p->lpGUID = NULL;
+ }
+ p->fFound = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CALLBACK FindDeviceCallbackEx(__in_opt GUID* lpGUID, __in LPSTR szName, __in LPSTR szDevice, __in LPVOID lParam, HMONITOR hMonitor)
+{
+ FindDeviceData *p = (FindDeviceData*)lParam;
+
+ if (lstrcmpiA(p->szDevice, szDevice) == 0) {
+ if (lpGUID) {
+ p->GUID = *lpGUID;
+ p->lpGUID = &p->GUID;
+ } else {
+ p->lpGUID = NULL;
+ }
+ p->fFound = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice
+ *
+ * create a DirectDraw object for a particular device
+ */
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR szDevice, PDRAWCREATE DirectDrawCreateP, PDRAWENUM DirectDrawEnumerateP)
+{
+ IDirectDraw* pdd = NULL;
+ FindDeviceData find;
+
+ if (szDevice == NULL) {
+ DirectDrawCreateP(NULL, &pdd, NULL);
+ return pdd;
+ }
+
+ find.szDevice = szDevice;
+ find.fFound = FALSE;
+ DirectDrawEnumerateP(FindDeviceCallback, (LPVOID)&find);
+
+ if (find.fFound)
+ {
+ //
+ // In 4bpp mode the following DDraw call causes a message box to be popped
+ // up by DDraw (!?!). It's DDraw's fault, but we don't like it. So we
+ // make sure it doesn't happen.
+ //
+ UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
+ DirectDrawCreateP(find.lpGUID, &pdd, NULL);
+ SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+ }
+
+ return pdd;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx
+ *
+ * create a DirectDraw object for a particular device
+ */
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR szDevice, PDRAWCREATE DirectDrawCreateP, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA DirectDrawEnumerateExP)
+{
+ IDirectDraw* pdd = NULL;
+ FindDeviceData find;
+
+ if (szDevice == NULL) {
+ DirectDrawCreateP(NULL, &pdd, NULL);
+ return pdd;
+ }
+
+ find.szDevice = szDevice;
+ find.fFound = FALSE;
+ DirectDrawEnumerateExP(FindDeviceCallbackEx, (LPVOID)&find,
+ DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES);
+
+ if (find.fFound)
+ {
+ //
+ // In 4bpp mode the following DDraw call causes a message box to be popped
+ // up by DDraw (!?!). It's DDraw's fault, but we don't like it. So we
+ // make sure it doesn't happen.
+ //
+ UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
+ DirectDrawCreateP(find.lpGUID, &pdd, NULL);
+ SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+ }
+
+ return pdd;
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b311bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DDMM.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines routines for using DirectDraw
+// on a multimonitor system.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" { /* Assume C declarations for C++ */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+// DDRAW.H might not include these
+#ifndef DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES
+#define DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES 0x00000001L
+#endif
+
+typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWCREATE)(IID *,LPDIRECTDRAW *,LPUNKNOWN);
+typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWENUM)(LPDDENUMCALLBACKA, LPVOID);
+
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, PDRAWENUM);
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllentry.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllentry.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..130aad6a --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllentry.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DlleEntry.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements classes used to support dll
+// entry points for COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <initguid.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+#define _UNICODE
+#endif // _UNICODE
+#endif // UNICODE
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#endif // DEBUG
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+extern CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[];
+extern int g_cTemplates;
+
+HINSTANCE g_hInst;
+DWORD g_amPlatform; // VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS etc... (from GetVersionEx)
+OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo;
+
+//
+// an instance of this is created by the DLLGetClassObject entrypoint
+// it uses the CFactoryTemplate object it is given to support the
+// IClassFactory interface
+
+class CClassFactory : public IClassFactory, public CBaseObject
+{
+
+private:
+ const CFactoryTemplate *const m_pTemplate;
+
+ ULONG m_cRef;
+
+ static int m_cLocked;
+public:
+ CClassFactory(const CFactoryTemplate *);
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)Release();
+
+ // IClassFactory
+ STDMETHODIMP CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, REFIID riid, __deref_out void **pv);
+ STDMETHODIMP LockServer(BOOL fLock);
+
+ // allow DLLGetClassObject to know about global server lock status
+ static BOOL IsLocked() {
+ return (m_cLocked > 0);
+ };
+};
+
+// process-wide dll locked state
+int CClassFactory::m_cLocked = 0;
+
+CClassFactory::CClassFactory(const CFactoryTemplate *pTemplate)
+: CBaseObject(NAME("Class Factory"))
+, m_cRef(0)
+, m_pTemplate(pTemplate)
+{
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CClassFactory::QueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER)
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ // any interface on this object is the object pointer.
+ if ((riid == IID_IUnknown) || (riid == IID_IClassFactory)) {
+ *ppv = (LPVOID) this;
+ // AddRef returned interface pointer
+ ((LPUNKNOWN) *ppv)->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ return ResultFromScode(E_NOINTERFACE);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CClassFactory::AddRef()
+{
+ return ++m_cRef;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CClassFactory::Release()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement((volatile LONG *)&m_cRef);
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return lRef;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CClassFactory::CreateInstance(
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter,
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **pv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pv,E_POINTER)
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pv,sizeof(void *));
+ *pv = NULL;
+
+ /* Enforce the normal OLE rules regarding interfaces and delegation */
+
+ if (pUnkOuter != NULL) {
+ if (IsEqualIID(riid,IID_IUnknown) == FALSE) {
+ *pv = NULL;
+ return ResultFromScode(E_NOINTERFACE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create the new object through the derived class's create function */
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ CUnknown *pObj = m_pTemplate->CreateInstance(pUnkOuter, &hr);
+
+ if (pObj == NULL) {
+ *pv = NULL;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the object if we got a construction error */
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete pObj;
+ *pv = NULL;
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Get a reference counted interface on the object */
+
+ /* We wrap the non-delegating QI with NDAddRef & NDRelease. */
+ /* This protects any outer object from being prematurely */
+ /* released by an inner object that may have to be created */
+ /* in order to supply the requested interface. */
+ pObj->NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ hr = pObj->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, pv);
+ pObj->NonDelegatingRelease();
+ /* Note that if NonDelegatingQueryInterface fails, it will */
+ /* not increment the ref count, so the NonDelegatingRelease */
+ /* will drop the ref back to zero and the object will "self-*/
+ /* destruct". Hence we don't need additional tidy-up code */
+ /* to cope with NonDelegatingQueryInterface failing. */
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(*pv);
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CClassFactory::LockServer(BOOL fLock)
+{
+ if (fLock) {
+ m_cLocked++;
+ } else {
+ m_cLocked--;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// --- COM entrypoints -----------------------------------------
+
+//called by COM to get the class factory object for a given class
+__control_entrypoint(DllExport) STDAPI
+DllGetClassObject(
+ __in REFCLSID rClsID,
+ __in REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **pv)
+{
+ *pv = NULL;
+ if (!(riid == IID_IUnknown) && !(riid == IID_IClassFactory)) {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ // traverse the array of templates looking for one with this
+ // class id
+ for (int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++) {
+ const CFactoryTemplate * pT = &g_Templates[i];
+ if (pT->IsClassID(rClsID)) {
+
+ // found a template - make a class factory based on this
+ // template
+
+ *pv = (LPVOID) (LPUNKNOWN) new CClassFactory(pT);
+ if (*pv == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ ((LPUNKNOWN)*pv)->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return CLASS_E_CLASSNOTAVAILABLE;
+}
+
+//
+// Call any initialization routines
+//
+void
+DllInitClasses(BOOL bLoading)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ // traverse the array of templates calling the init routine
+ // if they have one
+ for (i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++) {
+ const CFactoryTemplate * pT = &g_Templates[i];
+ if (pT->m_lpfnInit != NULL) {
+ (*pT->m_lpfnInit)(bLoading, pT->m_ClsID);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+// called by COM to determine if this dll can be unloaded
+// return ok unless there are outstanding objects or a lock requested
+// by IClassFactory::LockServer
+//
+// CClassFactory has a static function that can tell us about the locks,
+// and CCOMObject has a static function that can tell us about the active
+// object count
+STDAPI
+DllCanUnloadNow()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("DLLCanUnloadNow called - IsLocked = %d, Active objects = %d"),
+ CClassFactory::IsLocked(),
+ CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()));
+
+ if (CClassFactory::IsLocked() || CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ } else {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// --- standard WIN32 entrypoints --------------------------------------
+
+
+extern "C" void __cdecl __security_init_cookie(void);
+extern "C" BOOL WINAPI _DllEntryPoint(HINSTANCE, ULONG, __inout_opt LPVOID);
+#pragma comment(linker, "/merge:.CRT=.rdata")
+
+extern "C"
+DECLSPEC_NOINLINE
+BOOL
+WINAPI
+DllEntryPoint(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ ULONG ulReason,
+ __inout_opt LPVOID pv
+ )
+{
+ if ( ulReason == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH ) {
+ // Must happen before any other code is executed. Thankfully - it's re-entrant
+ __security_init_cookie();
+ }
+ return _DllEntryPoint(hInstance, ulReason, pv);
+}
+
+
+DECLSPEC_NOINLINE
+BOOL
+WINAPI
+_DllEntryPoint(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ ULONG ulReason,
+ __inout_opt LPVOID pv
+ )
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ extern bool g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint;
+ g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = true;
+#endif
+
+ switch (ulReason)
+ {
+
+ case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
+ DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hInstance);
+ DbgInitialise(hInstance);
+
+ {
+ // The platform identifier is used to work out whether
+ // full unicode support is available or not. Hence the
+ // default will be the lowest common denominator - i.e. N/A
+ g_amPlatform = VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS; // win95 assumed in case GetVersionEx fails
+
+ g_osInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(g_osInfo);
+ if (GetVersionEx(&g_osInfo)) {
+ g_amPlatform = g_osInfo.dwPlatformId;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Failed to get the OS platform, assuming Win95")));
+ }
+ }
+
+ g_hInst = hInstance;
+ DllInitClasses(TRUE);
+ break;
+
+ case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
+ DllInitClasses(FALSE);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()) {
+ DbgSetModuleLevel(LOG_MEMORY, 2);
+ TCHAR szInfo[512];
+ extern TCHAR m_ModuleName[]; // Cut down module name
+
+ TCHAR FullName[_MAX_PATH]; // Load the full path and module name
+ TCHAR *pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+
+ GetModuleFileName(NULL,FullName,_MAX_PATH);
+ pName = _tcsrchr(FullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = FullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("Executable: %s Pid %x Tid %x. "),
+ pName, GetCurrentProcessId(), GetCurrentThreadId());
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo+lstrlen(szInfo), NUMELMS(szInfo) - lstrlen(szInfo), TEXT("Module %s, %d objects left active!"),
+ m_ModuleName, CBaseObject::ObjectsActive());
+ DbgAssert(szInfo, TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__);
+
+ // If running remotely wait for the Assert to be acknowledged
+ // before dumping out the object register
+ DbgDumpObjectRegister();
+ }
+ DbgTerminate();
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = false;
+#endif
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ede9c3fd --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,693 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DllSetup.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// defines
+
+#define MAX_KEY_LEN 260
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// externally defined functions/variable
+
+extern int g_cTemplates;
+extern CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[];
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// EliminateSubKey
+//
+// Try to enumerate all keys under this one.
+// if we find anything, delete it completely.
+// Otherwise just delete it.
+//
+// note - this was pinched/duplicated from
+// Filgraph\Mapper.cpp - so should it be in
+// a lib somewhere?
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+EliminateSubKey( HKEY hkey, LPCTSTR strSubKey )
+{
+ HKEY hk;
+ if (0 == lstrlen(strSubKey) ) {
+ // defensive approach
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ LONG lreturn = RegOpenKeyEx( hkey
+ , strSubKey
+ , 0
+ , MAXIMUM_ALLOWED
+ , &hk );
+
+ ASSERT( lreturn == ERROR_SUCCESS
+ || lreturn == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+ || lreturn == ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE );
+
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS == lreturn )
+ {
+ // Keep on enumerating the first (zero-th)
+ // key and deleting that
+
+ for( ; ; )
+ {
+ TCHAR Buffer[MAX_KEY_LEN];
+ DWORD dw = MAX_KEY_LEN;
+ FILETIME ft;
+
+ lreturn = RegEnumKeyEx( hk
+ , 0
+ , Buffer
+ , &dw
+ , NULL
+ , NULL
+ , NULL
+ , &ft);
+
+ ASSERT( lreturn == ERROR_SUCCESS
+ || lreturn == ERROR_NO_MORE_ITEMS );
+
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS == lreturn )
+ {
+ EliminateSubKey(hk, Buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ RegCloseKey(hk);
+ RegDeleteKey(hkey, strSubKey);
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieSetupRegisterServer()
+//
+// registers specfied file "szFileName" as server for
+// CLSID "clsServer". A description is also required.
+// The ThreadingModel and ServerType are optional, as
+// they default to InprocServer32 (i.e. dll) and Both.
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterServer( CLSID clsServer
+ , LPCWSTR szDescription
+ , LPCWSTR szFileName
+ , LPCWSTR szThreadingModel = L"Both"
+ , LPCWSTR szServerType = L"InprocServer32" )
+{
+ // temp buffer
+ //
+ TCHAR achTemp[MAX_PATH];
+
+ // convert CLSID uuid to string and write
+ // out subkey as string - CLSID\{}
+ //
+ OLECHAR szCLSID[CHARS_IN_GUID];
+ HRESULT hr = StringFromGUID2( clsServer
+ , szCLSID
+ , CHARS_IN_GUID );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // create key
+ //
+ HKEY hkey;
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("CLSID\\%ls"), szCLSID );
+ LONG lreturn = RegCreateKey( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
+ , (LPCTSTR)achTemp
+ , &hkey );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ // set description string
+ //
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szDescription );
+ lreturn = RegSetValue( hkey
+ , (LPCTSTR)NULL
+ , REG_SZ
+ , achTemp
+ , sizeof(achTemp) );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ // create CLSID\\{"CLSID"}\\"ServerType" key,
+ // using key to CLSID\\{"CLSID"} passed back by
+ // last call to RegCreateKey().
+ //
+ HKEY hsubkey;
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szServerType );
+ lreturn = RegCreateKey( hkey
+ , achTemp
+ , &hsubkey );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ // set Server string
+ //
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szFileName );
+ lreturn = RegSetValue( hsubkey
+ , (LPCTSTR)NULL
+ , REG_SZ
+ , (LPCTSTR)achTemp
+ , sizeof(TCHAR) * (lstrlen(achTemp)+1) );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ RegCloseKey( hsubkey );
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szThreadingModel );
+ lreturn = RegSetValueEx( hsubkey
+ , TEXT("ThreadingModel")
+ , 0L
+ , REG_SZ
+ , (CONST BYTE *)achTemp
+ , sizeof(TCHAR) * (lstrlen(achTemp)+1) );
+
+ // close hkeys
+ //
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ RegCloseKey( hsubkey );
+
+ // and return
+ //
+ return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(lreturn);
+
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieSetupUnregisterServer()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll setup function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( CLSID clsServer )
+{
+ // convert CLSID uuid to string and write
+ // out subkey CLSID\{}
+ //
+ OLECHAR szCLSID[CHARS_IN_GUID];
+ HRESULT hr = StringFromGUID2( clsServer
+ , szCLSID
+ , CHARS_IN_GUID );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ TCHAR achBuffer[MAX_KEY_LEN];
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achBuffer, NUMELMS(achBuffer), TEXT("CLSID\\%ls"), szCLSID );
+
+ // delete subkey
+ //
+
+ hr = EliminateSubKey( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, achBuffer );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // return
+ //
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieSetupRegisterFilter through IFilterMapper2
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper2 * pIFM2
+ , BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= AMovieSetupRegisterFilter")));
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+
+ // unregister filter
+ // (as pins are subkeys of filter's CLSID key
+ // they do not need to be removed separately).
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = unregister filter")));
+ HRESULT hr = pIFM2->UnregisterFilter(
+ 0, // default category
+ 0, // default instance name
+ *psetupdata->clsID );
+
+
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ REGFILTER2 rf2;
+ rf2.dwVersion = 1;
+ rf2.dwMerit = psetupdata->dwMerit;
+ rf2.cPins = psetupdata->nPins;
+ rf2.rgPins = psetupdata->lpPin;
+
+ // register filter
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter")));
+ hr = pIFM2->RegisterFilter(*psetupdata->clsID
+ , psetupdata->strName
+ , 0 // moniker
+ , 0 // category
+ , NULL // instance
+ , &rf2);
+ }
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// RegisterAllServers()
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+RegisterAllServers( LPCWSTR szFileName, BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- - register %ls"),
+ (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name ));
+
+ // register CLSID and InprocServer32
+ //
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name
+ , szFileName );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID) );
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieDllRegisterServer2()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll setup function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+// this function is table driven using the
+// static members of the CFactoryTemplate
+// class defined in the dll.
+//
+// it registers the Dll as the InprocServer32
+// and then calls the IAMovieSetup.Register
+// method.
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("AMovieDllRegisterServer2()")));
+
+ // get file name (where g_hInst is the
+ // instance handle of the filter dll)
+ //
+ WCHAR achFileName[MAX_PATH];
+
+ // WIN95 doesn't support GetModuleFileNameW
+ //
+ {
+ char achTemp[MAX_PATH];
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- get module file name")));
+
+ // g_hInst handle is set in our dll entry point. Make sure
+ // DllEntryPoint in dllentry.cpp is called
+ ASSERT(g_hInst != 0);
+
+ if( 0 == GetModuleFileNameA( g_hInst
+ , achTemp
+ , sizeof(achTemp) ) )
+ {
+ // we've failed!
+ DWORD dwerr = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwerr);
+ }
+
+ MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP
+ , 0L
+ , achTemp
+ , lstrlenA(achTemp) + 1
+ , achFileName
+ , NUMELMS(achFileName) );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // first registering, register all OLE servers
+ //
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register OLE Servers")));
+ hr = RegisterAllServers( achFileName, TRUE );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // next, register/unregister all filters
+ //
+
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // init is ref counted so call just in case
+ // we're being called cold.
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- CoInitialize")));
+ hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper2
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- obtain IFilterMapper2")));
+ IFilterMapper2 *pIFM2 = 0;
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM = 0;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper2
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper2
+ , (void **)&pIFM2 );
+ if(FAILED(hr))
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- trying IFilterMapper instead")));
+
+ hr = CoCreateInstance(
+ CLSID_FilterMapper,
+ NULL,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IFilterMapper,
+ (void **)&pIFM);
+ }
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // scan through array of CFactoryTemplates
+ // registering servers and filters.
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register Filters")));
+ for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ if( NULL != pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- - register %ls"), (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name ));
+
+ if(pIFM2)
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter, pIFM2, bRegister );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter, pIFM, bRegister );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // release interface
+ //
+ if(pIFM2)
+ pIFM2->Release();
+ else
+ pIFM->Release();
+
+ }
+
+ // and clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ //
+ // if unregistering, unregister all OLE servers
+ //
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) && !bRegister )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register OLE Servers")));
+ hr = RegisterAllServers( achFileName, FALSE );
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- return %0x"), hr));
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieDllRegisterServer()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll setup function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+// this function is table driven using the
+// static members of the CFactoryTemplate
+// class defined in the dll.
+//
+// it registers the Dll as the InprocServer32
+// and then calls the IAMovieSetup.Register
+// method.
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieDllRegisterServer( void )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // get file name (where g_hInst is the
+ // instance handle of the filter dll)
+ //
+ WCHAR achFileName[MAX_PATH];
+
+ {
+ // WIN95 doesn't support GetModuleFileNameW
+ //
+ char achTemp[MAX_PATH];
+
+ if( 0 == GetModuleFileNameA( g_hInst
+ , achTemp
+ , sizeof(achTemp) ) )
+ {
+ // we've failed!
+ DWORD dwerr = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwerr);
+ }
+
+ MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP
+ , 0L
+ , achTemp
+ , lstrlenA(achTemp) + 1
+ , achFileName
+ , NUMELMS(achFileName) );
+ }
+
+ // scan through array of CFactoryTemplates
+ // registering servers and filters.
+ //
+ for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ // register CLSID and InprocServer32
+ //
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name
+ , achFileName );
+
+ // instantiate all servers and get hold of
+ // IAMovieSetup, if implemented, and call
+ // IAMovieSetup.Register() method
+ //
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) && (NULL != pT->m_lpfnNew) )
+ {
+ // instantiate object
+ //
+ PAMOVIESETUP psetup;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , 0
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IAMovieSetup
+ , reinterpret_cast<void**>(&psetup) );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = psetup->Unregister();
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ hr = psetup->Register();
+ psetup->Release();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( (E_NOINTERFACE == hr )
+ || (VFW_E_NEED_OWNER == hr ) )
+ hr = NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+
+ } // end-for
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieDllUnregisterServer()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll uninstall function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+// this function is table driven using the
+// static members of the CFactoryTemplate
+// class defined in the dll.
+//
+// it calls the IAMovieSetup.Unregister
+// method and then unregisters the Dll
+// as the InprocServer32
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieDllUnregisterServer()
+{
+ // initialize return code
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // scan through CFactory template and unregister
+ // all OLE servers and filters.
+ //
+ for( int i = g_cTemplates; i--; )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ // check method exists
+ //
+ if( NULL != pT->m_lpfnNew )
+ {
+ // instantiate object
+ //
+ PAMOVIESETUP psetup;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , 0
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IAMovieSetup
+ , reinterpret_cast<void**>(&psetup) );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = psetup->Unregister();
+ psetup->Release();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( (E_NOINTERFACE == hr )
+ || (VFW_E_NEED_OWNER == hr ) )
+ hr = NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // unregister CLSID and InprocServer32
+ //
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID) );
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e363b8b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DllSetup.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// To be self registering, OLE servers must
+// export functions named DllRegisterServer
+// and DllUnregisterServer. To allow use of
+// custom and default implementations the
+// defaults are named AMovieDllRegisterServer
+// and AMovieDllUnregisterServer.
+//
+// To the use the default implementation you
+// must provide stub functions.
+//
+// i.e. STDAPI DllRegisterServer()
+// {
+// return AMovieDllRegisterServer();
+// }
+//
+// STDAPI DllUnregisterServer()
+// {
+// return AMovieDllUnregisterServer();
+// }
+//
+//
+// AMovieDllRegisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Register(), and
+// AMovieDllUnregisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Unregister().
+
+STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL );
+STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer();
+STDAPI AMovieDllUnregisterServer();
+
+// helper functions
+STDAPI EliminateSubKey( HKEY, LPCTSTR );
+
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper2 * pIFM2
+ , BOOL bRegister );
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dxmperf.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/dxmperf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54a21203 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/dxmperf.h @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DXMPerf.h
+//
+// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef _DXMPERF_H_
+#define _DXMPERF_H_
+
+#include <perfstruct.h>
+#include "perflog.h"
+
+#ifdef _IA64_
+extern "C" unsigned __int64 __getReg( int whichReg );
+#pragma intrinsic(__getReg)
+#endif // _IA64_
+
+
+inline ULONGLONG _RDTSC( void ) {
+#ifdef _X86_
+ LARGE_INTEGER li;
+ __asm {
+ _emit 0x0F
+ _emit 0x31
+ mov li.LowPart,eax
+ mov li.HighPart,edx
+ }
+ return li.QuadPart;
+
+#if 0 // This isn't tested yet
+
+#elif defined (_IA64_)
+
+#define INL_REGID_APITC 3116
+ return __getReg( INL_REGID_APITC );
+
+#endif // 0
+
+#else // unsupported platform
+ // not implemented on non x86/IA64 platforms
+ return 0;
+#endif // _X86_/_IA64_
+}
+
+#define DXMPERF_VIDEOREND 0x00000001
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH 0x00000002
+//#define GETTIME_BIT 0x00000001
+//#define AUDIOREND_BIT 0x00000004
+//#define FRAMEDROP_BIT 0x00000008
+#define AUDIOBREAK_BIT 0x00000010
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIORECV 0x00000020
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE 0x00000040
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK 0x00000080
+
+#define PERFLOG_CTOR( name, iface )
+#define PERFLOG_DTOR( name, iface )
+#define PERFLOG_DELIVER( name, source, dest, sample, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_RECEIVE( name, source, dest, sample, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_RUN( name, iface, time, oldstate )
+#define PERFLOG_PAUSE( name, iface, oldstate )
+#define PERFLOG_STOP( name, iface, oldstate )
+#define PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( name, iface, graph )
+#define PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( allocator, sample )
+#define PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( allocator, sample )
+#define PERFLOG_CONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( disconnector, disconnectee, status )
+
+#define PERFLOG_GETTIME( clock, time ) /*{ \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_GETTIME; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (ULONGLONG) (time); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[GETTIME_INDEX] & GETTIME_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }*/
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOREND( clocktime, sampletime, psample, bytetime, cbytes ) /*{ \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOREND; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOREND_INDEX] & AUDIOREND_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }*/
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIORECV(StreamTime,SampleStart,SampleStop,Discontinuity,Duration) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIORECV) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIORECV; \
+ perfData.data.streamTime = StreamTime; \
+ perfData.data.sampleStart = SampleStart; \
+ perfData.data.sampleStop = SampleStop; \
+ perfData.data.discontinuity = Discontinuity; \
+ perfData.data.hwduration = Duration; \
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOSLAVE(MasterClock,SlaveClock,ErrorAccum,LastHighErrorSeen,LastLowErrorSeen) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOSLAVE; \
+ perfData.data.masterClock = MasterClock; \
+ perfData.data.slaveClock = SlaveClock; \
+ perfData.data.errorAccum = ErrorAccum; \
+ perfData.data.lastHighErrorSeen = LastHighErrorSeen;\
+ perfData.data.lastLowErrorSeen = LastLowErrorSeen; \
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOADDBREAK(IterNextWrite,OffsetNextWrite,IterWrite,OffsetWrite) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK; \
+ perfData.data.iterNextWrite = IterNextWrite; \
+ perfData.data.offsetNextWrite = OffsetNextWrite; \
+ perfData.data.iterWrite = IterWrite; \
+ perfData.data.offsetWrite = OffsetWrite; \
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_VIDEOREND( sampletime, clocktime, psample ) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_VIDEOREND) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_VIDEOREND; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \
+ PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOGLITCH( instance, glitchtype, currenttime, previoustime ) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.glitchType = (glitchtype); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (currenttime); \
+ perfData.data.previousTime = (previoustime); \
+ perfData.data.instanceId = (instance); \
+ PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_FRAMEDROP( sampletime, clocktime, psample, renderer ) /*{ \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_FRAMEDROP; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \
+ perfData.data.frameTime = (sampletime); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[FRAMEDROP_INDEX] & FRAMEDROP_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }*/
+
+/*
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs ) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (writepos); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (nextwrite); \
+ perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOBREAK_INDEX] & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }
+*/
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs ) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (writepos); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (nextwrite); \
+ perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \
+ PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ } \
+
+
+inline
+VOID PERFLOG_STREAMTRACE(
+ ULONG Level,
+ ULONG Id,
+ ULONGLONG DShowClock,
+ ULONGLONG Data1,
+ ULONGLONG Data2,
+ ULONGLONG Data3,
+ ULONGLONG Data4
+ )
+{
+ if (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel)
+ {
+ PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE perfData;
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) );
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData );
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID;
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_STREAMTRACE;
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = DShowClock;
+ perfData.data.id = Id;
+ perfData.data.data[0] = Data1;
+ perfData.data.data[1] = Data2;
+ perfData.data.data[2] = Data3;
+ perfData.data.data[3] = Data4;
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData);
+ }
+}
+
+
+#endif // _DXMPERF_H_
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/fourcc.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/fourcc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19c0fcdb --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/fourcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: FourCC.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// FOURCCMap
+//
+// provides a mapping between old-style multimedia format DWORDs
+// and new-style GUIDs.
+//
+// A range of 4 billion GUIDs has been allocated to ensure that this
+// mapping can be done straightforwardly one-to-one in both directions.
+//
+// January 95
+
+
+#ifndef __FOURCC__
+#define __FOURCC__
+
+
+// Multimedia format types are marked with DWORDs built from four 8-bit
+// chars and known as FOURCCs. New multimedia AM_MEDIA_TYPE definitions include
+// a subtype GUID. In order to simplify the mapping, GUIDs in the range:
+// XXXXXXXX-0000-0010-8000-00AA00389B71
+// are reserved for FOURCCs.
+
+class FOURCCMap : public GUID
+{
+
+public:
+ FOURCCMap();
+ FOURCCMap(DWORD Fourcc);
+ FOURCCMap(const GUID *);
+
+
+ DWORD GetFOURCC(void);
+ void SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc);
+ void SetFOURCC(const GUID *);
+
+private:
+ void InitGUID();
+};
+
+#define GUID_Data2 0
+#define GUID_Data3 0x10
+#define GUID_Data4_1 0xaa000080
+#define GUID_Data4_2 0x719b3800
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::InitGUID() {
+ Data2 = GUID_Data2;
+ Data3 = GUID_Data3;
+ ((DWORD *)Data4)[0] = GUID_Data4_1;
+ ((DWORD *)Data4)[1] = GUID_Data4_2;
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap() {
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC( DWORD(0));
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(DWORD fourcc)
+{
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC(fourcc);
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(const GUID * pGuid)
+{
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC(pGuid);
+}
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(const GUID * pGuid)
+{
+ FOURCCMap * p = (FOURCCMap*) pGuid;
+ SetFOURCC(p->GetFOURCC());
+}
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc)
+{
+ Data1 = fourcc;
+}
+
+inline DWORD
+FOURCCMap::GetFOURCC(void)
+{
+ return Data1;
+}
+
+#endif /* __FOURCC__ */
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/measure.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/measure.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a71a0753 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/measure.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Measure.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/*
+ The idea is to pepper the source code with interesting measurements and
+ have the last few thousand of these recorded in a circular buffer that
+ can be post-processed to give interesting numbers.
+
+ WHAT THE LOG LOOKS LIKE:
+
+ Time (sec) Type Delta Incident_Name
+ 0.055,41 NOTE -. Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,42 NOTE 0.000,01 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,44 NOTE 0.000,02 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,45 STOP -. Incident Eight - Also random
+ 0.055,47 START -. Incident Seven - Random
+ 0.055,49 NOTE 0.000,05 Incident Nine - Another note
+ ------- <etc. there is a lot of this> ----------------
+ 0.125,60 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,62 START -. Msr_Start
+ 0.125,63 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,65 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start
+ 0.125,66 START -. Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,68 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,70 STOP 0.000,04 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,72 START -. Msr_Start
+ 0.125,73 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,75 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start
+ 0.125,77 START -. Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,78 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,80 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,81 NOTE -. Incident Three - single Note
+ 0.125,83 START -. Incident Four - Start, no stop
+ 0.125,85 START -. Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+ 0.125,87 STOP 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+
+Number Average StdDev Smallest Largest Incident_Name
+ 10 0.000,58 0.000,10 0.000,55 0.000,85 Incident One - Note
+ 50 0.000,05 0.000,00 0.000,05 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 1 -. -. -. -. Incident Three - single Note
+ 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Four - Start, no stop
+ 1 0.000,02 -. 0.000,02 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+ 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Six - zero occurrences
+ 100 0.000,25 0.000,12 0.000,02 0.000,62 Incident Seven - Random
+ 100 0.000,79 0.000,48 0.000,02 0.001,92 Incident Eight - Also random
+ 5895 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,56 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 10 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Note
+ 50 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Start
+ 50 0.000,04 0.000,03 0.000,03 0.000,31 Msr_Stop
+
+ WHAT IT MEANS:
+ The log shows what happened and when. Each line shows the time at which
+ something happened (see WHAT YOU CODE below) what it was that happened
+ and (if approporate) the time since the corresponding previous event
+ (that's the delta column).
+
+ The statistics show how many times each event occurred, what the average
+ delta time was, also the standard deviation, largest and smalles delta.
+
+ WHAT YOU CODE:
+
+ Before anything else executes: - register your ids
+
+ int id1 = Msr_Register("Incident One - Note");
+ int id2 = Msr_Register("Incident Two - Start/Stop");
+ int id3 = Msr_Register("Incident Three - single Note");
+ etc.
+
+ At interesting moments:
+
+ // To measure a repetitive event - e.g. end of bitblt to screen
+ Msr_Note(Id9); // e.g. "video frame hiting the screen NOW!"
+
+ or
+
+ // To measure an elapsed time e.g. time taken to decode an MPEG B-frame
+ Msr_Start(Id2); // e.g. "Starting to decode MPEG B-frame"
+ . . .
+ MsrStop(Id2); // "Finished MPEG decode"
+
+ At the end:
+
+ HANDLE hFile;
+ hFile = CreateFile("Perf.log", GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, NULL);
+ Msr_Dump(hFile); // This writes the log out to the file
+ CloseHandle(hFile);
+
+ or
+
+ Msr_Dump(NULL); // This writes it to DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,0, ... ));
+ // but if you are writing it out to the debugger
+ // then the times are probably all garbage because
+ // the debugger can make things run awfully slow.
+
+ A given id should be used either for start / stop or Note calls. If Notes
+ are mixed in with Starts and Stops their statistics will be gibberish.
+
+ If you code the calls in upper case i.e. MSR_START(idMunge); then you get
+ macros which will turn into nothing unless PERF is defined.
+
+ You can reset the statistical counts for a given id by calling Reset(Id).
+ They are reset by default at the start.
+ It logs Reset as a special incident, so you can see it in the log.
+
+ The log is a circular buffer in storage (to try to minimise disk I/O).
+ It overwrites the oldest entries once full. The statistics include ALL
+ incidents since the last Reset, whether still visible in the log or not.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __MEASURE__
+#define __MEASURE__
+
+#ifdef PERF
+#define MSR_INIT() Msr_Init()
+#define MSR_TERMINATE() Msr_Terminate()
+#define MSR_REGISTER(a) Msr_Register(a)
+#define MSR_RESET(a) Msr_Reset(a)
+#define MSR_CONTROL(a) Msr_Control(a)
+#define MSR_START(a) Msr_Start(a)
+#define MSR_STOP(a) Msr_Stop(a)
+#define MSR_NOTE(a) Msr_Note(a)
+#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) Msr_Integer(a,b)
+#define MSR_DUMP(a) Msr_Dump(a)
+#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) Msr_DumpStats(a)
+#else
+#define MSR_INIT() ((void)0)
+#define MSR_TERMINATE() ((void)0)
+#define MSR_REGISTER(a) 0
+#define MSR_RESET(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_CONTROL(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_START(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_STOP(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_NOTE(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_DUMP(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// This must be called first - (called by the DllEntry)
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Init(void);
+
+
+// Call this last to clean up (or just let it fall off the end - who cares?)
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Terminate(void);
+
+
+// Call this to get an Id for an "incident" that you can pass to Start, Stop or Note
+// everything that's logged is called an "incident".
+
+int WINAPI Msr_Register(__in LPTSTR Incident);
+
+
+// Reset the statistical counts for an incident
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Reset(int Id);
+
+
+// Reset all the counts for all incidents
+#define MSR_RESET_ALL 0
+#define MSR_PAUSE 1
+#define MSR_RUN 2
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Control(int iAction);
+
+
+// log the start of an operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Start(int Id);
+
+
+// log the end of an operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Stop(int Id);
+
+
+// log a one-off or repetitive operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Note(int Id);
+
+
+// log an integer (on which we can see statistics later)
+void WINAPI Msr_Integer(int Id, int n);
+
+
+// print out all the vaialable log (it may have wrapped) and then the statistics.
+// When the log wraps you lose log but the statistics are still complete.
+// hFIle==NULL => use DbgLog
+// otherwise hFile must have come from CreateFile or OpenFile.
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Dump(HANDLE hFile);
+
+
+// just dump the statistics - never mind the log
+
+void WINAPI Msr_DumpStats(HANDLE hFile);
+
+// Type definitions in case you want to declare a pointer to the dump functions
+// (makes it a trifle easier to do dynamic linking
+// i.e. LoadModule, GetProcAddress and call that)
+
+// Typedefs so can declare MSR_DUMPPROC *MsrDumpStats; or whatever
+typedef void WINAPI MSR_DUMPPROC(HANDLE hFile);
+typedef void WINAPI MSR_CONTROLPROC(int iAction);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // __MEASURE__
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/msgthrd.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/msgthrd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45adc01c --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/msgthrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MsgThrd.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides support for a worker thread
+// class to which one can asynchronously post messages.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Message class - really just a structure.
+//
+class CMsg {
+public:
+ UINT uMsg;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ LPVOID lpParam;
+ CAMEvent *pEvent;
+
+ CMsg(UINT u, DWORD dw, __inout_opt LPVOID lp, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvnt)
+ : uMsg(u), dwFlags(dw), lpParam(lp), pEvent(pEvnt) {}
+
+ CMsg()
+ : uMsg(0), dwFlags(0L), lpParam(NULL), pEvent(NULL) {}
+};
+
+// This is the actual thread class. It exports all the usual thread control
+// functions. The created thread is different from a normal WIN32 thread in
+// that it is prompted to perform particaular tasks by responding to messages
+// posted to its message queue.
+//
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMsgThread {
+private:
+ static DWORD WINAPI DefaultThreadProc(__inout LPVOID lpParam);
+ DWORD m_ThreadId;
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+
+protected:
+
+ // if you want to override GetThreadMsg to block on other things
+ // as well as this queue, you need access to this
+ CGenericList<CMsg> m_ThreadQueue;
+ CCritSec m_Lock;
+ HANDLE m_hSem;
+ LONG m_lWaiting;
+
+public:
+ CMsgThread()
+ : m_ThreadId(0),
+ m_hThread(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ // make a list with a cache of 5 items
+ m_ThreadQueue(NAME("MsgThread list"), 5)
+ {
+ }
+
+ ~CMsgThread();
+ // override this if you want to block on other things as well
+ // as the message loop
+ void virtual GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg);
+
+ // override this if you want to do something on thread startup
+ virtual void OnThreadInit() {
+ };
+
+ BOOL CreateThread();
+
+ BOOL WaitForThreadExit(__out LPDWORD lpdwExitCode) {
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE);
+ return GetExitCodeThread(m_hThread, lpdwExitCode);
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DWORD ResumeThread() {
+ return ::ResumeThread(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ DWORD SuspendThread() {
+ return ::SuspendThread(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ int GetThreadPriority() {
+ return ::GetThreadPriority(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ BOOL SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) {
+ return ::SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, nPriority);
+ }
+
+ HANDLE GetThreadHandle() {
+ return m_hThread;
+ }
+
+ DWORD GetThreadId() {
+ return m_ThreadId;
+ }
+
+
+ void PutThreadMsg(UINT uMsg, DWORD dwMsgFlags,
+ __in_opt LPVOID lpMsgParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent = NULL) {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock);
+ CMsg* pMsg = new CMsg(uMsg, dwMsgFlags, lpMsgParam, pEvent);
+ m_ThreadQueue.AddTail(pMsg);
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // This is the function prototype of the function that the client
+ // supplies. It is always called on the created thread, never on
+ // the creator thread.
+ //
+ virtual LRESULT ThreadMessageProc(
+ UINT uMsg, DWORD dwFlags, __inout_opt LPVOID lpParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent) = 0;
+};
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fffbcf79 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MType.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a class that holds and
+// manages media type information.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media
+// types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined
+// in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <mmreg.h>
+
+CMediaType::~CMediaType(){
+ FreeMediaType(*this);
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType()
+{
+ InitMediaType();
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const GUID * type)
+{
+ InitMediaType();
+ majortype = *type;
+}
+
+
+// copy constructor does a deep copy of the format block
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt, __out_opt HRESULT* phr)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr) && (NULL != phr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const CMediaType& rt, __out_opt HRESULT* phr)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr) && (NULL != phr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// this class inherits publicly from AM_MEDIA_TYPE so the compiler could generate
+// the following assignment operator itself, however it could introduce some
+// memory conflicts and leaks in the process because the structure contains
+// a dynamically allocated block (pbFormat) which it will not copy correctly
+
+CMediaType&
+CMediaType::operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt)
+{
+ Set(rt);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+CMediaType&
+CMediaType::operator=(const CMediaType& rt)
+{
+ *this = (AM_MEDIA_TYPE &) rt;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::operator == (const CMediaType& rt) const
+{
+ // I don't believe we need to check sample size or
+ // temporal compression flags, since I think these must
+ // be represented in the type, subtype and format somehow. They
+ // are pulled out as separate flags so that people who don't understand
+ // the particular format representation can still see them, but
+ // they should duplicate information in the format block.
+
+ return ((IsEqualGUID(majortype,rt.majortype) == TRUE) &&
+ (IsEqualGUID(subtype,rt.subtype) == TRUE) &&
+ (IsEqualGUID(formattype,rt.formattype) == TRUE) &&
+ (cbFormat == rt.cbFormat) &&
+ ( (cbFormat == 0) ||
+ pbFormat != NULL && rt.pbFormat != NULL &&
+ (memcmp(pbFormat, rt.pbFormat, cbFormat) == 0)));
+}
+
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::operator != (const CMediaType& rt) const
+{
+ /* Check to see if they are equal */
+
+ if (*this == rt) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CMediaType::Set(const CMediaType& rt)
+{
+ return Set((AM_MEDIA_TYPE &) rt);
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CMediaType::Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt)
+{
+ if (&rt != this) {
+ FreeMediaType(*this);
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::IsValid() const
+{
+ return (!IsEqualGUID(majortype,GUID_NULL));
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetType(const GUID* ptype)
+{
+ majortype = *ptype;
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetSubtype(const GUID* ptype)
+{
+ subtype = *ptype;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+CMediaType::GetSampleSize() const {
+ if (IsFixedSize()) {
+ return lSampleSize;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetSampleSize(ULONG sz) {
+ if (sz == 0) {
+ SetVariableSize();
+ } else {
+ bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+ lSampleSize = sz;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetVariableSize() {
+ bFixedSizeSamples = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed) {
+ bTemporalCompression = bCompressed;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::SetFormat(__in_bcount(cb) BYTE * pformat, ULONG cb)
+{
+ if (NULL == AllocFormatBuffer(cb))
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ memcpy(pbFormat, pformat, cb);
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+// set the type of the media type format block, this type defines what you
+// will actually find in the format pointer. For example FORMAT_VideoInfo or
+// FORMAT_WaveFormatEx. In the future this may be an interface pointer to a
+// property set. Before sending out media types this should be filled in.
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetFormatType(const GUID *pformattype)
+{
+ formattype = *pformattype;
+}
+
+
+// reset the format buffer
+
+void CMediaType::ResetFormatBuffer()
+{
+ if (cbFormat) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+ cbFormat = 0;
+ pbFormat = NULL;
+}
+
+
+// allocate length bytes for the format and return a read/write pointer
+// If we cannot allocate the new block of memory we return NULL leaving
+// the original block of memory untouched (as does ReallocFormatBuffer)
+
+BYTE*
+CMediaType::AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length)
+{
+ ASSERT(length);
+
+ // do the types have the same buffer size
+
+ if (cbFormat == length) {
+ return pbFormat;
+ }
+
+ // allocate the new format buffer
+
+ BYTE *pNewFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(length);
+ if (pNewFormat == NULL) {
+ if (length <= cbFormat) return pbFormat; //reuse the old block anyway.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // delete the old format
+
+ if (cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+
+ cbFormat = length;
+ pbFormat = pNewFormat;
+ return pbFormat;
+}
+
+
+// reallocate length bytes for the format and return a read/write pointer
+// to it. We keep as much information as we can given the new buffer size
+// if this fails the original format buffer is left untouched. The caller
+// is responsible for ensuring the size of memory required is non zero
+
+BYTE*
+CMediaType::ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length)
+{
+ ASSERT(length);
+
+ // do the types have the same buffer size
+
+ if (cbFormat == length) {
+ return pbFormat;
+ }
+
+ // allocate the new format buffer
+
+ BYTE *pNewFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(length);
+ if (pNewFormat == NULL) {
+ if (length <= cbFormat) return pbFormat; //reuse the old block anyway.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // copy any previous format (or part of if new is smaller)
+ // delete the old format and replace with the new one
+
+ if (cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ memcpy(pNewFormat,pbFormat,min(length,cbFormat));
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+
+ cbFormat = length;
+ pbFormat = pNewFormat;
+ return pNewFormat;
+}
+
+// initialise a media type structure
+
+void CMediaType::InitMediaType()
+{
+ ZeroMemory((PVOID)this, sizeof(*this));
+ lSampleSize = 1;
+ bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// a partially specified media type can be passed to IPin::Connect
+// as a constraint on the media type used in the connection.
+// the type, subtype or format type can be null.
+BOOL
+CMediaType::IsPartiallySpecified(void) const
+{
+ if ((majortype == GUID_NULL) ||
+ (formattype == GUID_NULL)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const
+{
+ if ((ppartial->majortype != GUID_NULL) &&
+ (majortype != ppartial->majortype)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((ppartial->subtype != GUID_NULL) &&
+ (subtype != ppartial->subtype)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (ppartial->formattype != GUID_NULL) {
+ // if the format block is specified then it must match exactly
+ if (formattype != ppartial->formattype) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (cbFormat != ppartial->cbFormat) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((cbFormat != 0) &&
+ (memcmp(pbFormat, ppartial->pbFormat, cbFormat) != 0)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+}
+
+
+
+// general purpose function to delete a heap allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure
+// which is useful when calling IEnumMediaTypes::Next as the interface
+// implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete
+// the format block may also be a pointer to an interface to release
+
+void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ // allow NULL pointers for coding simplicity
+
+ if (pmt == NULL) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ FreeMediaType(*pmt);
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pmt);
+}
+
+
+// this also comes in useful when using the IEnumMediaTypes interface so
+// that you can copy a media type, you can do nearly the same by creating
+// a CMediaType object but as soon as it goes out of scope the destructor
+// will delete the memory it allocated (this takes a copy of the memory)
+
+AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSrc);
+
+ // Allocate a block of memory for the media type
+
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType =
+ (AM_MEDIA_TYPE *)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ // Copy the variable length format block
+
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(pMediaType,pSrc);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pMediaType);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// Copy 1 media type to another
+
+HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource)
+{
+ // We'll leak if we copy onto one that already exists - there's one
+ // case we can check like that - copying to itself.
+ ASSERT(pmtSource != pmtTarget);
+ *pmtTarget = *pmtSource;
+ if (pmtSource->cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pmtSource->pbFormat != NULL);
+ pmtTarget->pbFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(pmtSource->cbFormat);
+ if (pmtTarget->pbFormat == NULL) {
+ pmtTarget->cbFormat = 0;
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pmtTarget->pbFormat, (PVOID)pmtSource->pbFormat,
+ pmtTarget->cbFormat);
+ }
+ }
+ if (pmtTarget->pUnk != NULL) {
+ pmtTarget->pUnk->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Free an existing media type (ie free resources it holds)
+
+void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt)
+{
+ if (mt.cbFormat != 0) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)mt.pbFormat);
+
+ // Strictly unnecessary but tidier
+ mt.cbFormat = 0;
+ mt.pbFormat = NULL;
+ }
+ if (mt.pUnk != NULL) {
+ mt.pUnk->Release();
+ mt.pUnk = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX
+
+STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType(
+ const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx,
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ BOOL bSetFormat
+)
+{
+ pmt->majortype = MEDIATYPE_Audio;
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE) {
+ pmt->subtype = ((PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE)pwfx)->SubFormat;
+ } else {
+ pmt->subtype = FOURCCMap(pwfx->wFormatTag);
+ }
+ pmt->formattype = FORMAT_WaveFormatEx;
+ pmt->bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+ pmt->bTemporalCompression = FALSE;
+ pmt->lSampleSize = pwfx->nBlockAlign;
+ pmt->pUnk = NULL;
+ if (bSetFormat) {
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) {
+ pmt->cbFormat = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX);
+ } else {
+ pmt->cbFormat = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + pwfx->cbSize;
+ }
+ pmt->pbFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(pmt->cbFormat);
+ if (pmt->pbFormat == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) {
+ CopyMemory(pmt->pbFormat, pwfx, sizeof(PCMWAVEFORMAT));
+ ((WAVEFORMATEX *)pmt->pbFormat)->cbSize = 0;
+ } else {
+ CopyMemory(pmt->pbFormat, pwfx, pmt->cbFormat);
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// eliminate very many spurious warnings from MS compiler
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc2fe53e --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MtType.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class that holds and manages
+// media type information.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __MTYPE__
+#define __MTYPE__
+
+/* Helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media
+ types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined
+ in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions */
+
+class CMediaType : public _AMMediaType {
+
+public:
+
+ ~CMediaType();
+ CMediaType();
+ CMediaType(const GUID * majortype);
+ CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL);
+ CMediaType(const CMediaType&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL);
+
+ CMediaType& operator=(const CMediaType&);
+ CMediaType& operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&);
+
+ BOOL operator == (const CMediaType&) const;
+ BOOL operator != (const CMediaType&) const;
+
+ HRESULT Set(const CMediaType& rt);
+ HRESULT Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt);
+
+ BOOL IsValid() const;
+
+ const GUID *Type() const { return &majortype;} ;
+ void SetType(const GUID *);
+ const GUID *Subtype() const { return &subtype;} ;
+ void SetSubtype(const GUID *);
+
+ BOOL IsFixedSize() const {return bFixedSizeSamples; };
+ BOOL IsTemporalCompressed() const {return bTemporalCompression; };
+ ULONG GetSampleSize() const;
+
+ void SetSampleSize(ULONG sz);
+ void SetVariableSize();
+ void SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed);
+
+ // read/write pointer to format - can't change length without
+ // calling SetFormat, AllocFormatBuffer or ReallocFormatBuffer
+
+ BYTE* Format() const {return pbFormat; };
+ ULONG FormatLength() const { return cbFormat; };
+
+ void SetFormatType(const GUID *);
+ const GUID *FormatType() const {return &formattype; };
+ BOOL SetFormat(__in_bcount(length) BYTE *pFormat, ULONG length);
+ void ResetFormatBuffer();
+ BYTE* AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length);
+ BYTE* ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length);
+
+ void InitMediaType();
+
+ BOOL MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const;
+ BOOL IsPartiallySpecified(void) const;
+};
+
+
+/* General purpose functions to copy and delete a task allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE
+ structure which is useful when using the IEnumMediaFormats interface as
+ the implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete */
+
+void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc);
+HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource);
+void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt);
+
+// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX
+
+STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType(
+ const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx,
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ BOOL bSetFormat);
+
+#endif /* __MTYPE__ */
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d3ab6175 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,801 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: OutputQ.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements COutputQueue class used by an
+// output pin which may sometimes want to queue output samples on a
+// separate thread and sometimes call Receive() directly on the input
+// pin.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+
+//
+// COutputQueue Constructor :
+//
+// Determines if a thread is to be created and creates resources
+//
+// pInputPin - the downstream input pin we're queueing samples to
+//
+// phr - changed to a failure code if this function fails
+// (otherwise unchanges)
+//
+// bAuto - Ask pInputPin if it can block in Receive by calling
+// its ReceiveCanBlock method and create a thread if
+// it can block, otherwise not.
+//
+// bQueue - if bAuto == FALSE then we create a thread if and only
+// if bQueue == TRUE
+//
+// lBatchSize - work in batches of lBatchSize
+//
+// bBatchEact - Use exact batch sizes so don't send until the
+// batch is full or SendAnyway() is called
+//
+// lListSize - If we create a thread make the list of samples queued
+// to the thread have this size cache
+//
+// dwPriority - If we create a thread set its priority to this
+//
+COutputQueue::COutputQueue(
+ IPin *pInputPin, // Pin to send stuff to
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // 'Return code'
+ BOOL bAuto, // Ask pin if queue or not
+ BOOL bQueue, // Send through queue
+ LONG lBatchSize, // Batch
+ BOOL bBatchExact, // Batch exactly to BatchSize
+ LONG lListSize,
+ DWORD dwPriority,
+ bool bFlushingOpt // flushing optimization
+ ) : m_lBatchSize(lBatchSize),
+ m_bBatchExact(bBatchExact && (lBatchSize > 1)),
+ m_hThread(NULL),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_List(NULL),
+ m_pPin(pInputPin),
+ m_ppSamples(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_evFlushComplete(FALSE, phr),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL),
+ m_bSendAnyway(FALSE),
+ m_nBatched(0),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushed(TRUE),
+ m_bFlushingOpt(bFlushingOpt),
+ m_bTerminate(FALSE),
+ m_hEventPop(NULL),
+ m_hr(S_OK)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_lBatchSize > 0);
+
+
+ if (FAILED(*phr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Check the input pin is OK and cache its IMemInputPin interface
+
+ *phr = pInputPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMemInputPin, (void **)&m_pInputPin);
+ if (FAILED(*phr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // See if we should ask the downstream pin
+
+ if (bAuto) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveCanBlock();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ bQueue = hr == S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Create our sample batch
+
+ m_ppSamples = new PMEDIASAMPLE[m_lBatchSize];
+ if (m_ppSamples == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // If we're queueing allocate resources
+
+ if (bQueue) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Creating thread for output pin")));
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ *phr = AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ return;
+ }
+ m_List = new CSampleList(NAME("Sample Queue List"),
+ lListSize,
+ FALSE // No lock
+ );
+ if (m_List == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+
+
+ DWORD dwThreadId;
+ m_hThread = CreateThread(NULL,
+ 0,
+ InitialThreadProc,
+ (LPVOID)this,
+ 0,
+ &dwThreadId);
+ if (m_hThread == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ *phr = AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ return;
+ }
+ SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, dwPriority);
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Calling input pin directly - no thread")));
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// COutputQueuee Destructor :
+//
+// Free all resources -
+//
+// Thread,
+// Batched samples
+//
+COutputQueue::~COutputQueue()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue::~COutputQueue")));
+ /* Free our pointer */
+ if (m_pInputPin != NULL) {
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+ }
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ m_bTerminate = TRUE;
+ m_hr = S_FALSE;
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ DbgWaitForSingleObject(m_hThread);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hThread));
+
+ // The thread frees the samples when asked to terminate
+
+ ASSERT(m_List->GetCount() == 0);
+ delete m_List;
+ } else {
+ FreeSamples();
+ }
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+ delete [] m_ppSamples;
+}
+
+//
+// Call the real thread proc as a member function
+//
+DWORD WINAPI COutputQueue::InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv)
+{
+ HRESULT hrCoInit = CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper();
+
+ COutputQueue *pSampleQueue = (COutputQueue *)pv;
+ DWORD dwReturn = pSampleQueue->ThreadProc();
+
+ if(hrCoInit == S_OK) {
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ return dwReturn;
+}
+
+//
+// Thread sending the samples downstream :
+//
+// When there is nothing to do the thread sets m_lWaiting (while
+// holding the critical section) and then waits for m_hSem to be
+// set (not holding the critical section)
+//
+DWORD COutputQueue::ThreadProc()
+{
+ while (TRUE) {
+ BOOL bWait = FALSE;
+ IMediaSample *pSample;
+ LONG lNumberToSend; // Local copy
+ NewSegmentPacket* ppacket;
+
+ //
+ // Get a batch of samples and send it if possible
+ // In any case exit the loop if there is a control action
+ // requested
+ //
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ while (TRUE) {
+
+ if (m_bTerminate) {
+ FreeSamples();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ FreeSamples();
+ SetEvent(m_evFlushComplete);
+ }
+
+ // Get a sample off the list
+
+ pSample = m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // inform derived class we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ if (pSample != NULL &&
+ !IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {
+
+ // If its just a regular sample just add it to the batch
+ // and exit the loop if the batch is full
+
+ m_ppSamples[m_nBatched++] = pSample;
+ if (m_nBatched == m_lBatchSize) {
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ // If there was nothing in the queue and there's nothing
+ // to send (either because there's nothing or the batch
+ // isn't full) then prepare to wait
+
+ if (pSample == NULL &&
+ (m_bBatchExact || m_nBatched == 0)) {
+
+ // Tell other thread to set the event when there's
+ // something do to
+
+ ASSERT(m_lWaiting == 0);
+ m_lWaiting++;
+ bWait = TRUE;
+ } else {
+
+ // We break out of the loop on SEND_PACKET unless
+ // there's nothing to send
+
+ if (pSample == SEND_PACKET && m_nBatched == 0) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {
+ // now we need the parameters - we are
+ // guaranteed that the next packet contains them
+ ppacket = (NewSegmentPacket *) m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(ppacket);
+ }
+ // EOS_PACKET falls through here and we exit the loop
+ // In this way it acts like SEND_PACKET
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!bWait) {
+ // We look at m_nBatched from the client side so keep
+ // it up to date inside the critical section
+ lNumberToSend = m_nBatched; // Local copy
+ m_nBatched = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Wait for some more data
+
+ if (bWait) {
+ DbgWaitForSingleObject(m_hSem);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+
+
+ // OK - send it if there's anything to send
+ // We DON'T check m_bBatchExact here because either we've got
+ // a full batch or we dropped through because we got
+ // SEND_PACKET or EOS_PACKET - both of which imply we should
+ // flush our batch
+
+ if (lNumberToSend != 0) {
+ long nProcessed;
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushed);
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveMultiple(m_ppSamples,
+ lNumberToSend,
+ &nProcessed);
+ /* Don't overwrite a flushing state HRESULT */
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = hr;
+ }
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushed);
+ }
+ while (lNumberToSend != 0) {
+ m_ppSamples[--lNumberToSend]->Release();
+ }
+ if (m_hr != S_OK) {
+
+ // In any case wait for more data - S_OK just
+ // means there wasn't an error
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("ReceiveMultiple returned %8.8X"),
+ m_hr));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check for end of stream
+
+ if (pSample == EOS_PACKET) {
+
+ // We don't send even end of stream on if we've previously
+ // returned something other than S_OK
+ // This is because in that case the pin which returned
+ // something other than S_OK should have either sent
+ // EndOfStream() or notified the filter graph
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue sending EndOfStream()")));
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->EndOfStream();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue got code 0x%8.8X from EndOfStream()")));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Data from a new source
+
+ if (pSample == RESET_PACKET) {
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+ SetEvent(m_evFlushComplete);
+ }
+
+ if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {
+ m_pPin->NewSegment(ppacket->tStart, ppacket->tStop, ppacket->dRate);
+ delete ppacket;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Send batched stuff anyway
+void COutputQueue::SendAnyway()
+{
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+
+ // m_bSendAnyway is a private parameter checked in ReceiveMultiple
+
+ m_bSendAnyway = TRUE;
+ LONG nProcessed;
+ ReceiveMultiple(NULL, 0, &nProcessed);
+ m_bSendAnyway = FALSE;
+
+ } else {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ QueueSample(SEND_PACKET);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+}
+
+void
+COutputQueue::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+ if (S_OK == m_hr) {
+ if (m_bBatchExact) {
+ SendAnyway();
+ }
+ m_pPin->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ //
+ // we need to queue the new segment to appear in order in the
+ // data, but we need to pass parameters to it. Rather than
+ // take the hit of wrapping every single sample so we can tell
+ // special ones apart, we queue special pointers to indicate
+ // special packets, and we guarantee (by holding the
+ // critical section) that the packet immediately following a
+ // NEW_SEGMENT value is a NewSegmentPacket containing the
+ // parameters.
+ NewSegmentPacket * ppack = new NewSegmentPacket;
+ if (ppack == NULL) {
+ return;
+ }
+ ppack->tStart = tStart;
+ ppack->tStop = tStop;
+ ppack->dRate = dRate;
+
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ QueueSample(NEW_SEGMENT);
+ QueueSample( (IMediaSample*) ppack);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+//
+// End of Stream is queued to output device
+//
+void COutputQueue::EOS()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+ if (m_bBatchExact) {
+ SendAnyway();
+ }
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue sending EndOfStream()")));
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->EndOfStream();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue got code 0x%8.8X from EndOfStream()")));
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+ QueueSample(EOS_PACKET);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// Flush all the samples in the queue
+//
+void COutputQueue::BeginFlush()
+{
+ if (IsQueued()) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ // block receives -- we assume this is done by the
+ // filter in which we are a component
+
+ // discard all queued data
+
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // Make sure we discard all samples from now on
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Optimize so we don't keep calling downstream all the time
+
+ if (m_bFlushed && m_bFlushingOpt) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we really wait for the flush to complete
+ m_evFlushComplete.Reset();
+
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+
+ // pass this downstream
+
+ m_pPin->BeginFlush();
+ } else {
+ // pass downstream first to avoid deadlocks
+ m_pPin->BeginFlush();
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ // discard all queued data
+
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // Make sure we discard all samples from now on
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+//
+// leave flush mode - pass this downstream
+void COutputQueue::EndFlush()
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ ASSERT(m_bFlushing);
+ if (m_bFlushingOpt && m_bFlushed && IsQueued()) {
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // sync with pushing thread -- done in BeginFlush
+ // ensure no more data to go downstream -- done in BeginFlush
+ //
+ // Because we are synching here there is no need to hold the critical
+ // section (in fact we'd deadlock if we did!)
+
+ if (IsQueued()) {
+ m_evFlushComplete.Wait();
+ } else {
+ FreeSamples();
+ }
+
+ // Be daring - the caller has guaranteed no samples will arrive
+ // before EndFlush() returns
+
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+ m_bFlushed = TRUE;
+
+ // call EndFlush on downstream pins
+
+ m_pPin->EndFlush();
+
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+}
+
+// COutputQueue::QueueSample
+//
+// private method to Send a sample to the output queue
+// The critical section MUST be held when this is called
+
+void COutputQueue::QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ if (NULL == m_List->AddTail(pSample)) {
+ if (!IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// COutputQueue::Receive()
+//
+// Send a single sample by the multiple sample route
+// (NOTE - this could be optimized if necessary)
+//
+// On return the sample will have been Release()'d
+//
+
+HRESULT COutputQueue::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ LONG nProcessed;
+ return ReceiveMultiple(&pSample, 1, &nProcessed);
+}
+
+//
+// COutputQueue::ReceiveMultiple()
+//
+// Send a set of samples to the downstream pin
+//
+// ppSamples - array of samples
+// nSamples - how many
+// nSamplesProcessed - How many were processed
+//
+// On return all samples will have been Release()'d
+//
+
+HRESULT COutputQueue::ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **ppSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed)
+{
+ if (nSamples < 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ // Either call directly or queue up the samples
+
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+
+ // If we already had a bad return code then just return
+
+ if (S_OK != m_hr) {
+
+ // If we've never received anything since the last Flush()
+ // and the sticky return code is not S_OK we must be
+ // flushing
+ // ((!A || B) is equivalent to A implies B)
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushed || m_bFlushing);
+
+ // We're supposed to Release() them anyway!
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue (direct) : Discarding %d samples code 0x%8.8X"),
+ nSamples, m_hr));
+ ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+
+ return m_hr;
+ }
+ //
+ // If we're flushing the sticky return code should be S_FALSE
+ //
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushing);
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+
+ ASSERT(m_nBatched < m_lBatchSize);
+ ASSERT(m_nBatched == 0 || m_bBatchExact);
+
+ // Loop processing the samples in batches
+
+ LONG iLost = 0;
+ long iDone = 0;
+ for (iDone = 0;
+ iDone < nSamples || (m_nBatched != 0 && m_bSendAnyway);
+ ) {
+
+//pragma message (REMIND("Implement threshold scheme"))
+ ASSERT(m_nBatched < m_lBatchSize);
+ if (iDone < nSamples) {
+ m_ppSamples[m_nBatched++] = ppSamples[iDone++];
+ }
+ if (m_nBatched == m_lBatchSize ||
+ nSamples == 0 && (m_bSendAnyway || !m_bBatchExact)) {
+ LONG nDone;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 4, TEXT("Batching %d samples"),
+ m_nBatched));
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveMultiple(m_ppSamples,
+ m_nBatched,
+ &nDone);
+ } else {
+ nDone = 0;
+ }
+ iLost += m_nBatched - nDone;
+ for (LONG i = 0; i < m_nBatched; i++) {
+ m_ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+ m_nBatched = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ *nSamplesProcessed = iDone - iLost;
+ if (*nSamplesProcessed < 0) {
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ }
+ return m_hr;
+ } else {
+ /* We're sending to our thread */
+
+ if (m_hr != S_OK) {
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue (queued) : Discarding %d samples code 0x%8.8X"),
+ nSamples, m_hr));
+ for (int i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {
+ ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+ return m_hr;
+ }
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+ for (long i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {
+ QueueSample(ppSamples[i]);
+ }
+ *nSamplesProcessed = nSamples;
+ if (!m_bBatchExact ||
+ m_nBatched + m_List->GetCount() >= m_lBatchSize) {
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+// Get ready for new data - cancels sticky m_hr
+void COutputQueue::Reset()
+{
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+ } else {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ QueueSample(RESET_PACKET);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ m_evFlushComplete.Wait();
+ }
+}
+
+// Remove and Release() all queued and Batched samples
+void COutputQueue::FreeSamples()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (IsQueued()) {
+ while (TRUE) {
+ IMediaSample *pSample = m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // inform derived class we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ } else {
+ if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {
+ // Free NEW_SEGMENT packet
+ NewSegmentPacket *ppacket =
+ (NewSegmentPacket *) m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // inform derived class we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(ppacket != NULL);
+ delete ppacket;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < m_nBatched; i++) {
+ m_ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+ m_nBatched = 0;
+}
+
+// Notify the thread if there is something to do
+//
+// The critical section MUST be held when this is called
+void COutputQueue::NotifyThread()
+{
+ // Optimize - no need to signal if it's not waiting
+ ASSERT(IsQueued());
+ if (m_lWaiting) {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, NULL);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+// See if there's any work to do
+// Returns
+// TRUE if there is nothing on the queue and nothing in the batch
+// and all data has been sent
+// FALSE otherwise
+//
+BOOL COutputQueue::IsIdle()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ // We're idle if
+ // there is no thread (!IsQueued()) OR
+ // the thread is waiting for more work (m_lWaiting != 0)
+ // AND
+ // there's nothing in the current batch (m_nBatched == 0)
+
+ if (IsQueued() && m_lWaiting == 0 || m_nBatched != 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+
+ // If we're idle it shouldn't be possible for there
+ // to be anything on the work queue
+
+ ASSERT(!IsQueued() || m_List->GetCount() == 0);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void COutputQueue::SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ m_hEventPop = hEvent;
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db3d4243 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: OutputQ.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the COutputQueue class, which
+// makes a queue of samples and sends them to an output pin. The
+// class will optionally send the samples to the pin directly.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+typedef CGenericList<IMediaSample> CSampleList;
+
+class COutputQueue : public CCritSec
+{
+public:
+ // Constructor
+ COutputQueue(IPin *pInputPin, // Pin to send stuff to
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // 'Return code'
+ BOOL bAuto = TRUE, // Ask pin if blocks
+ BOOL bQueue = TRUE, // Send through queue (ignored if
+ // bAuto set)
+ LONG lBatchSize = 1, // Batch
+ BOOL bBatchExact = FALSE,// Batch exactly to BatchSize
+ LONG lListSize = // Likely number in the list
+ DEFAULTCACHE,
+ DWORD dwPriority = // Priority of thread to create
+ THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+ bool bFlushingOpt = false // flushing optimization
+ );
+ ~COutputQueue();
+
+ // enter flush state - discard all data
+ void BeginFlush(); // Begin flushing samples
+
+ // re-enable receives (pass this downstream)
+ void EndFlush(); // Complete flush of samples - downstream
+ // pin guaranteed not to block at this stage
+
+ void EOS(); // Call this on End of stream
+
+ void SendAnyway(); // Send batched samples anyway (if bBatchExact set)
+
+ void NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // do something with these media samples
+ HRESULT ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed);
+
+ void Reset(); // Reset m_hr ready for more data
+
+ // See if its idle or not
+ BOOL IsIdle();
+
+ // give the class an event to fire after everything removed from the queue
+ void SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent);
+
+protected:
+ static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv);
+ DWORD ThreadProc();
+ BOOL IsQueued()
+ {
+ return m_List != NULL;
+ };
+
+ // The critical section MUST be held when this is called
+ void QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ BOOL IsSpecialSample(IMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ return (DWORD_PTR)pSample > (DWORD_PTR)(LONG_PTR)(-16);
+ };
+
+ // Remove and Release() batched and queued samples
+ void FreeSamples();
+
+ // Notify the thread there is something to do
+ void NotifyThread();
+
+
+protected:
+ // Queue 'messages'
+ #define SEND_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-2)) // Send batch
+ #define EOS_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-3)) // End of stream
+ #define RESET_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-4)) // Reset m_hr
+ #define NEW_SEGMENT ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-5)) // send NewSegment
+
+ // new segment packet is always followed by one of these
+ struct NewSegmentPacket {
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart;
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop;
+ double dRate;
+ };
+
+ // Remember input stuff
+ IPin * const m_pPin;
+ IMemInputPin * m_pInputPin;
+ BOOL const m_bBatchExact;
+ LONG const m_lBatchSize;
+
+ CSampleList * m_List;
+ HANDLE m_hSem;
+ CAMEvent m_evFlushComplete;
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+ __field_ecount_opt(m_lBatchSize) IMediaSample ** m_ppSamples;
+ __range(0, m_lBatchSize) LONG m_nBatched;
+
+ // Wait optimization
+ LONG m_lWaiting;
+ // Flush synchronization
+ BOOL m_bFlushing;
+
+ // flushing optimization. some downstream filters have trouble
+ // with the queue's flushing optimization. other rely on it
+ BOOL m_bFlushed;
+ bool m_bFlushingOpt;
+
+ // Terminate now
+ BOOL m_bTerminate;
+
+ // Send anyway flag for batching
+ BOOL m_bSendAnyway;
+
+ // Deferred 'return code'
+ HRESULT volatile m_hr;
+
+ // an event that can be fired after every deliver
+ HANDLE m_hEventPop;
+};
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6425387 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: perflog.cpp
+//
+// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma warning (disable:4201)
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <winperf.h>
+#include <wmistr.h>
+#include <evntrace.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+#include "perflog.h"
+
+//
+// Local function prototypes.
+//
+
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+PerflogCallback (
+ WMIDPREQUESTCODE RequestCode,
+ __in PVOID Context,
+ __out ULONG* BufferSize,
+ __in PVOID Buffer
+ );
+
+//
+// Event tracing function pointers.
+// We have to do this to run on down-level platforms.
+//
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _RegisterTraceGuids) (
+ __in IN WMIDPREQUEST RequestAddress,
+ __in IN PVOID RequestContext,
+ IN LPCGUID ControlGuid,
+ IN ULONG GuidCount,
+ __in IN PTRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuidReg,
+ IN LPCWSTR MofImagePath,
+ IN LPCWSTR MofResourceName,
+ OUT PTRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle
+ );
+
+#define REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME "RegisterTraceGuidsW"
+
+#else
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _RegisterTraceGuids) (
+ __in IN WMIDPREQUEST RequestAddress,
+ __in IN PVOID RequestContext,
+ IN LPCGUID ControlGuid,
+ IN ULONG GuidCount,
+ __in IN PTRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuidReg,
+ IN LPCSTR MofImagePath,
+ IN LPCSTR MofResourceName,
+ __out OUT PTRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle
+ );
+
+#define REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME "RegisterTraceGuidsA"
+
+#endif
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _UnregisterTraceGuids) (
+ TRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle
+ );
+
+TRACEHANDLE
+(__stdcall * _GetTraceLoggerHandle) (
+ __in PVOID Buffer
+ );
+
+UCHAR
+(__stdcall * _GetTraceEnableLevel) (
+ TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle
+ );
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _GetTraceEnableFlags) (
+ TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle
+ );
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _TraceEvent) (
+ TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle,
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER EventTrace
+ );
+
+HINSTANCE _Advapi32;
+
+//
+// Global variables.
+//
+
+BOOL EventTracingAvailable=FALSE;
+ULONG PerflogEnableFlags;
+UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel;
+ULONG PerflogModuleLevel = 0;
+void (*OnStateChanged)(void);
+TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle=NULL;
+TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle;
+
+// The Win32 wsprintf() function writes a maximum of 1024 characters to it's output buffer.
+// See the documentation for wsprintf()'s lpOut parameter for more information.
+const INT iDEBUGINFO = 1024; // Used to format strings
+
+//
+// This routine initializes performance logging.
+// It should be called from DllMain().
+//
+
+
+VOID
+PerflogReadModuleLevel(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance
+ )
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ TCHAR szFullName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Load the full path and module name
+ HKEY hModuleKey; // Module key handle
+ LPTSTR pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+ DWORD dwKeySize, dwKeyType, dwKeyValue;
+
+ DWORD dwSize = GetModuleFileName(
+ (hInstance ? hInstance : GetModuleHandle( NULL )),
+ szFullName,
+ iDEBUGINFO );
+
+ if (0 == dwSize || iDEBUGINFO == dwSize) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ pName = _tcsrchr(szFullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = szFullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+
+ /* Construct the base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("SOFTWARE\\Debug\\%s"),pName);
+
+ /* Open the key for this module */
+ lReturn =
+ RegOpenKeyEx(
+ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ KEY_QUERY_VALUE, // Desired security access
+ &hModuleKey ); // Opened handle buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hModuleKey, // Handle to an open key
+ TEXT("PERFLOG"),
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ if ((lReturn == ERROR_SUCCESS) && (dwKeyType == REG_DWORD))
+ {
+ PerflogModuleLevel = dwKeyValue;
+ }
+
+ RegCloseKey(hModuleKey);
+}
+
+BOOL PerflogInitIfEnabled(
+ IN HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ __in IN PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ )
+{
+ PerflogReadModuleLevel( hInstance );
+ if (PerflogModuleLevel)
+ {
+ return PerflogInitialize( LogParams );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+PerflogInitialize (
+ __in IN PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ )
+{
+ ULONG status;
+
+ //
+ // If we're running on a recent-enough platform, this will get
+ // pointers to the event tracing routines.
+ //
+
+ _Advapi32 = GetModuleHandle (_T("ADVAPI32.DLL"));
+ if (_Advapi32 == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ *((FARPROC*) &_RegisterTraceGuids) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME);
+ *((FARPROC*) &_UnregisterTraceGuids) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "UnregisterTraceGuids");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceLoggerHandle) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceLoggerHandle");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceEnableLevel) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceEnableLevel");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceEnableFlags) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceEnableFlags");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_TraceEvent) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "TraceEvent");
+
+ if (_RegisterTraceGuids == NULL ||
+ _UnregisterTraceGuids == NULL ||
+ _GetTraceEnableLevel == NULL ||
+ _GetTraceEnableFlags == NULL ||
+ _TraceEvent == NULL) {
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ EventTracingAvailable = TRUE;
+
+ OnStateChanged = LogParams->OnStateChanged;
+
+ //
+ // Register our GUIDs.
+ //
+
+ status = _RegisterTraceGuids (PerflogCallback,
+ LogParams,
+ &LogParams->ControlGuid,
+ LogParams->NumberOfTraceGuids,
+ LogParams->TraceGuids,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &PerflogRegHandle);
+
+ return (status == ERROR_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+//
+// This routine shuts down performance logging.
+//
+
+VOID
+PerflogShutdown (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ if (!EventTracingAvailable) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ _UnregisterTraceGuids (PerflogRegHandle);
+ PerflogRegHandle = NULL;
+ PerflogTraceHandle = NULL;
+}
+
+//
+// Event tracing callback routine.
+// It's called when controllers call event tracing control functions.
+//
+
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+PerflogCallback (
+ WMIDPREQUESTCODE RequestCode,
+ __in PVOID Context,
+ __out ULONG* BufferSize,
+ __in PVOID Buffer
+ )
+{
+ ULONG status;
+
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (Context);
+
+ ASSERT (EventTracingAvailable);
+
+ status = ERROR_SUCCESS;
+
+ switch (RequestCode) {
+
+ case WMI_ENABLE_EVENTS:
+ PerflogTraceHandle = _GetTraceLoggerHandle (Buffer);
+ PerflogEnableFlags = _GetTraceEnableFlags (PerflogTraceHandle);
+ PerflogEnableLevel = _GetTraceEnableLevel (PerflogTraceHandle);
+ break;
+
+ case WMI_DISABLE_EVENTS:
+ PerflogTraceHandle = NULL;
+ PerflogEnableFlags = 0;
+ PerflogEnableLevel = 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if (OnStateChanged != NULL) {
+ OnStateChanged();
+ }
+
+ *BufferSize = 0;
+ return status;
+}
+
+//
+// Logging routine.
+//
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEvent (
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ )
+{
+ if (!EventTracingAvailable) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ _TraceEvent (PerflogTraceHandle, Event);
+}
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEventLevel(
+ ULONG Level,
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ )
+{
+ if ((!EventTracingAvailable) || (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ _TraceEvent (PerflogTraceHandle, Event);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..503a1304 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: perflog.h
+//
+// Desc: Performance logging framework.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef struct _PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS {
+ GUID ControlGuid;
+ void (*OnStateChanged)(void);
+ ULONG NumberOfTraceGuids;
+ TRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuids[ANYSIZE_ARRAY];
+} PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS, *PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS;
+
+BOOL
+PerflogInitIfEnabled(
+ IN HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ );
+
+BOOL
+PerflogInitialize (
+ __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ );
+
+VOID
+PerflogShutdown (
+ VOID
+ );
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEvent (
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ );
+
+extern ULONG PerflogEnableFlags;
+extern UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel;
+extern ULONG PerflogModuleLevel;
+extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle;
+extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle;
+
+#define PerflogTracingEnabled() (PerflogTraceHandle != 0)
+
+#define PerflogEvent( _x_ ) PerflogTraceEventLevel _x_
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEventLevel(
+ ULONG Level,
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ );
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEvent (
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ );
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/perfstruct.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/perfstruct.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c67b738 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/perfstruct.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PerfStruct.h
+//
+// Desc: Structures for DirectShow performance logging.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef _PERFSTRUCT_H_
+#define _PERFSTRUCT_H_
+
+#include <wmistr.h>
+#include <evntrace.h>
+
+// {28CF047A-2437-4b24-B653-B9446A419A69}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSHOW_CTL,
+0x28cf047a, 0x2437, 0x4b24, 0xb6, 0x53, 0xb9, 0x44, 0x6a, 0x41, 0x9a, 0x69);
+
+// {D0DA7AD6-AE80-4de5-AAFC-C126711E7593}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_VIDEOREND,
+0xd0da7ad6, 0xae80, 0x4de5, 0xaa, 0xfc, 0xc1, 0x26, 0x71, 0x1e, 0x75, 0x93);
+
+// {DC70AC3E-93E5-48db-88AB-E42064EC276A}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH,
+0xdc70ac3e, 0x93e5, 0x48db, 0x88, 0xab, 0xe4, 0x20, 0x64, 0xec, 0x27, 0x6a);
+
+// {3d7e7d93-2fc8-4a07-a719-e0922ff2899}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_STREAMTRACE,
+0x3d7e7d93, 0x2fc8, 0x4a07, 0xa7, 0x19, 0xe0, 0x92, 0x2f, 0xf2, 0x89, 0x9e);
+
+// AZFIX: the following GUIDs aren't useful right now.
+
+// {3C33F7F5-EE54-493c-BA25-1656539C05AC}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_GETTIME,
+0x3c33f7f5, 0xee54, 0x493c, 0xba, 0x25, 0x16, 0x56, 0x53, 0x9c, 0x5, 0xac);
+
+// {CC44B44D-8169-4952-9E4A-A4E13295E492}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOREND,
+0xcc44b44d, 0x8169, 0x4952, 0x9e, 0x4a, 0xa4, 0xe1, 0x32, 0x95, 0xe4, 0x92);
+
+// {775D19BF-4D8B-4de6-8DC9-66BAC7B310A2}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_FRAMEDROP,
+0x775d19bf, 0x4d8b, 0x4de6, 0x8d, 0xc9, 0x66, 0xba, 0xc7, 0xb3, 0x10, 0xa2);
+
+// {56D29065-EFBE-42dc-8C29-E325DC9C27D5}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOBREAK,
+0x56d29065, 0xefbe, 0x42dc, 0x8c, 0x29, 0xe3, 0x25, 0xdc, 0x9c, 0x27, 0xd5);
+
+// {E1E6EA87-95A8-497e-BFBA-0295AEBCC707}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIORECV,
+0xe1e6ea87, 0x95a8, 0x497e, 0xbf, 0xba, 0x2, 0x95, 0xae, 0xbc, 0xc7, 0x7);
+
+// {10F7768A-B1E7-4242-AD90-A2D44683D9F0}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOSLAVE,
+0x10f7768a, 0xb1e7, 0x4242, 0xad, 0x90, 0xa2, 0xd4, 0x46, 0x83, 0xd9, 0xf0);
+
+// {8983803D-691A-49bc-8FF6-962A39C0198F}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK,
+0x8983803d, 0x691a, 0x49bc, 0x8f, 0xf6, 0x96, 0x2a, 0x39, 0xc0, 0x19, 0x8f);
+
+#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTGOOD 0
+#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTBAD 1
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ DWORD glitchType;
+ LONGLONG sampleTime;
+ LONGLONG previousTime;
+ ULONG_PTR instanceId;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIO_GLITCH, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG sampleTime;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AVREND;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG sampleTime;
+ ULONGLONG sampleDuration;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG frameTime;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP;
+
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_PTS_TRANSLATION 1
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_SAMPLE_RECEIVED 2
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_ADVISE 3
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_ADVISE 4
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RECEIVE 5
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DEINTERLACE 6
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DEINTERLACE 7
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DECODE 8
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DECODE 9
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_DROPPED_FRAME 10
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTERINPUT 11
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTEROUTPUT 12
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTERINPUT 13
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTEROUTPUT 14
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_XDSCODECINPUT 15
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_RECEIVE 16
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_DELIVER 17
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRINPUTPIN_RECEIVE 18
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVROUTPUTPIN_RECEIVE 19
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RENDER_TIME 20
+
+typedef struct _PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE {
+ ULONG id;
+ ULONG reserved;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG data[ 4 ];
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE;
+
+typedef struct _PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE;
+
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV {
+ LONGLONG streamTime ;
+ LONGLONG sampleStart ;
+ LONGLONG sampleStop ;
+ LONGLONG hwduration ;
+ BOOL discontinuity ;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE {
+ LONGLONG masterClock ;
+ LONGLONG slaveClock ;
+ LONGLONG errorAccum ;
+ LONGLONG lastHighErrorSeen ;
+ LONGLONG lastLowErrorSeen ;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK {
+ DWORD iterNextWrite ;
+ DWORD offsetNextWrite ;
+ DWORD iterWrite ;
+ DWORD offsetWrite ;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK;
+
+#endif // _PREFSTRUCT_H_
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d20171f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PStream.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef PERF
+#include <measure.h>
+#endif
+// #include "pstream.h" in streams.h
+
+//
+// Constructor
+//
+CPersistStream::CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : mPS_fDirty(FALSE)
+{
+ mPS_dwFileVersion = GetSoftwareVersion();
+}
+
+
+//
+// Destructor
+//
+CPersistStream::~CPersistStream() {
+ // Nothing to do
+}
+
+#if 0
+SAMPLE CODE TO COPY - not active at the moment
+
+//
+// NonDelegatingQueryInterface
+//
+// This object supports IPersist & IPersistStream
+STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv); // ???
+ }
+ else if (riid == IID_IPersistStream) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersistStream *) this, ppv);
+ }
+ else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+//
+// WriteToStream
+//
+// Writes to the stream (default action is to write nothing)
+HRESULT CPersistStream::WriteToStream(IStream *pStream)
+{
+ // You can override this to do things like
+ // hr = pStream->Write(MyStructure, sizeof(MyStructure), NULL);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+HRESULT CPersistStream::ReadFromStream(IStream * pStream)
+{
+ // You can override this to do things like
+ // hr = pStream->Read(MyStructure, sizeof(MyStructure), NULL);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Load
+//
+// Load all the data from the given stream
+STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::Load(LPSTREAM pStm)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+ // Load the version number then the data
+ mPS_dwFileVersion = ReadInt(pStm, hr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return ReadFromStream(pStm);
+} // Load
+
+
+
+//
+// Save
+//
+// Save the contents of this Stream.
+STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty)
+{
+
+ HRESULT hr = WriteInt(pStm, GetSoftwareVersion());
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = WriteToStream(pStm);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ mPS_fDirty = !fClearDirty;
+
+ return hr;
+} // Save
+
+
+// WriteInt
+//
+// Writes an integer to an IStream as 11 UNICODE characters followed by one space.
+// You could use this for shorts or unsigneds or anything (up to 32 bits)
+// where the value isn't actually truncated by squeezing it into 32 bits.
+// Values such as (unsigned) 0x80000000 would come out as -2147483648
+// but would then load as 0x80000000 through ReadInt. Cast as you please.
+
+STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n)
+{
+ WCHAR Buff[13]; // Allows for trailing null that we don't write
+ (void)StringCchPrintfW(Buff, NUMELMS(Buff),L"%011d ",n);
+ return pIStream->Write(&(Buff[0]), 12*sizeof(WCHAR), NULL);
+} // WriteInt
+
+
+// ReadInt
+//
+// Reads an integer from an IStream.
+// Read as 4 bytes. You could use this for shorts or unsigneds or anything
+// where the value isn't actually truncated by squeezing it into 32 bits
+// Striped down subset of what sscanf can do (without dragging in the C runtime)
+
+STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr)
+{
+
+ int Sign = 1;
+ unsigned int n = 0; // result wil be n*Sign
+ WCHAR wch;
+
+ hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (wch==L'-'){
+ Sign = -1;
+ hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for( ; ; ) {
+ if (wch>=L'0' && wch<=L'9') {
+ n = 10*n+(int)(wch-L'0');
+ } else if ( wch == L' '
+ || wch == L'\t'
+ || wch == L'\r'
+ || wch == L'\n'
+ || wch == L'\0'
+ ) {
+ break;
+ } else {
+ hr = VFW_E_INVALID_FILE_FORMAT;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (n==0x80000000 && Sign==-1) {
+ // This is the negative number that has no positive version!
+ return (int)n;
+ }
+ else return (int)n * Sign;
+} // ReadInt
+
+
+// The microsoft C/C++ compile generates level 4 warnings to the effect that
+// a particular inline function (from some base class) was not needed.
+// This line gets rid of hundreds of such unwanted messages and makes
+// -W4 compilation feasible:
+#pragma warning(disable: 4514)
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04b6af62 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PStream.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class for persistent properties
+// of filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __PSTREAM__
+#define __PSTREAM__
+
+// Base class for persistent properties of filters
+// (i.e. filter properties in saved graphs)
+
+// The simplest way to use this is:
+// 1. Arrange for your filter to inherit this class
+// 2. Implement in your class WriteToStream and ReadFromStream
+// These will override the "do nothing" functions here.
+// 3. Change your NonDelegatingQueryInterface to handle IPersistStream
+// 4. Implement SizeMax to return the number of bytes of data you save.
+// If you save UNICODE data, don't forget a char is 2 bytes.
+// 5. Whenever your data changes, call SetDirty()
+//
+// At some point you may decide to alter, or extend the format of your data.
+// At that point you will wish that you had a version number in all the old
+// saved graphs, so that you can tell, when you read them, whether they
+// represent the old or new form. To assist you in this, this class
+// writes and reads a version number.
+// When it writes, it calls GetSoftwareVersion() to enquire what version
+// of the software we have at the moment. (In effect this is a version number
+// of the data layout in the file). It writes this as the first thing in the data.
+// If you want to change the version, implement (override) GetSoftwareVersion().
+// It reads this from the file into mPS_dwFileVersion before calling ReadFromStream,
+// so in ReadFromStream you can check mPS_dwFileVersion to see if you are reading
+// an old version file.
+// Normally you should accept files whose version is no newer than the software
+// version that's reading them.
+
+
+// CPersistStream
+//
+// Implements IPersistStream.
+// See 'OLE Programmers Reference (Vol 1):Structured Storage Overview' for
+// more implementation information.
+class CPersistStream : public IPersistStream {
+ private:
+
+ // Internal state:
+
+ protected:
+ DWORD mPS_dwFileVersion; // version number of file (being read)
+ BOOL mPS_fDirty;
+
+ public:
+
+ // IPersistStream methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP IsDirty()
+ {return (mPS_fDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE);} // note FALSE means clean
+ STDMETHODIMP Load(LPSTREAM pStm);
+ STDMETHODIMP Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSizeMax(__out ULARGE_INTEGER * pcbSize)
+ // Allow 24 bytes for version.
+ { pcbSize->QuadPart = 12*sizeof(WCHAR)+SizeMax(); return NOERROR; }
+
+ // implementation
+
+ CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CPersistStream();
+
+ HRESULT SetDirty(BOOL fDirty)
+ { mPS_fDirty = fDirty; return NOERROR;}
+
+
+ // override to reveal IPersist & IPersistStream
+ // STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppv);
+
+ // --- IPersist ---
+
+ // You must override this to provide your own class id
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsid) PURE;
+
+ // overrideable if you want
+ // file version number. Override it if you ever change format
+ virtual DWORD GetSoftwareVersion(void) { return 0; }
+
+
+ //=========================================================================
+ // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data
+ // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data
+ // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data
+
+ virtual int SizeMax() {return 0;}
+ virtual HRESULT WriteToStream(IStream *pStream);
+ virtual HRESULT ReadFromStream(IStream *pStream);
+ //=========================================================================
+
+ private:
+
+};
+
+
+// --- Useful helpers ---
+
+
+// Writes an int to an IStream as UNICODE.
+STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n);
+
+// inverse of WriteInt
+STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr);
+
+#endif // __PSTREAM__
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a197ba58 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,588 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PullPin.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CPullPin class that pulls data
+// from IAsyncReader.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include "pullpin.h"
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+CPullPin::CPullPin()
+ : m_pReader(NULL),
+ m_pAlloc(NULL),
+ m_State(TM_Exit)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CPullPin", this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+}
+
+CPullPin::~CPullPin()
+{
+ Disconnect();
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CPullPin", this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+}
+
+// returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface
+// from this object
+// Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if
+// necessary
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (m_pReader) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IAsyncReader, (void**)&m_pReader);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );
+ }
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return(hr);
+ }
+
+ hr = DecideAllocator(pAlloc, NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ Disconnect();
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );
+ }
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ LONGLONG llTotal, llAvail;
+ hr = m_pReader->Length(&llTotal, &llAvail);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ Disconnect();
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // convert from file position to reference time
+ m_tDuration = llTotal * UNITS;
+ m_tStop = m_tDuration;
+ m_tStart = 0;
+
+ m_bSync = bSync;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, S_OK, pmt );
+ }
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// disconnect any connection made in Connect
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Disconnect()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ StopThread();
+
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( this, m_pReader, S_OK );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ if (m_pReader) {
+ m_pReader->Release();
+ m_pReader = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_pAlloc) {
+ m_pAlloc->Release();
+ m_pAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional
+// props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields).
+// returns an error code if fail to match requirements.
+// optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator
+// but no error occurs if it can't be met.
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::DecideAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps)
+{
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest;
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Request;
+ if (pProps == NULL) {
+ Request.cBuffers = 3;
+ Request.cbBuffer = 64*1024;
+ Request.cbAlign = 0;
+ Request.cbPrefix = 0;
+ pRequest = &Request;
+ } else {
+ pRequest = pProps;
+ }
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->RequestAllocator(
+ pAlloc,
+ pRequest,
+ &m_pAlloc);
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// start pulling data
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Active(void)
+{
+ ASSERT(!ThreadExists());
+ return StartThread();
+}
+
+// stop pulling data
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ StopThread();
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ ThreadMsg AtStart = m_State;
+
+ if (AtStart == TM_Start) {
+ BeginFlush();
+ PauseThread();
+ EndFlush();
+ }
+
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+ m_tStop = tStop;
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ if (AtStart == TM_Start) {
+ hr = StartThread();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration)
+{
+ *ptDuration = m_tDuration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::StartThread()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!m_pAlloc || !m_pReader) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+
+ // commit allocator
+ hr = m_pAlloc->Commit();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // start thread
+ if (!Create()) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_State = TM_Start;
+ hr = (HRESULT) CallWorker(m_State);
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::PauseThread()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // need to flush to ensure the thread is not blocked
+ // in WaitForNext
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->BeginFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_State = TM_Pause;
+ hr = CallWorker(TM_Pause);
+
+ m_pReader->EndFlush();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::StopThread()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // need to flush to ensure the thread is not blocked
+ // in WaitForNext
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->BeginFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_State = TM_Exit;
+ hr = CallWorker(TM_Exit);
+
+ m_pReader->EndFlush();
+
+ // wait for thread to completely exit
+ Close();
+
+ // decommit allocator
+ if (m_pAlloc) {
+ m_pAlloc->Decommit();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+DWORD
+CPullPin::ThreadProc(void)
+{
+ while(1) {
+ DWORD cmd = GetRequest();
+ switch(cmd) {
+ case TM_Exit:
+ Reply(S_OK);
+ return 0;
+
+ case TM_Pause:
+ // we are paused already
+ Reply(S_OK);
+ break;
+
+ case TM_Start:
+ Reply(S_OK);
+ Process();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // at this point, there should be no outstanding requests on the
+ // upstream filter.
+ // We should force begin/endflush to ensure that this is true.
+ // !!!Note that we may currently be inside a BeginFlush/EndFlush pair
+ // on another thread, but the premature EndFlush will do no harm now
+ // that we are idle.
+ m_pReader->BeginFlush();
+ CleanupCancelled();
+ m_pReader->EndFlush();
+ }
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::QueueSample(
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop,
+ BOOL bDiscontinuity
+ )
+{
+ IMediaSample* pSample;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAlloc->GetBuffer(&pSample, NULL, NULL, 0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ LONGLONG tStopThis = tCurrent + (pSample->GetSize() * UNITS);
+ if (tStopThis > tAlignStop) {
+ tStopThis = tAlignStop;
+ }
+ pSample->SetTime(&tCurrent, &tStopThis);
+ tCurrent = tStopThis;
+
+ pSample->SetDiscontinuity(bDiscontinuity);
+
+ hr = m_pReader->Request(
+ pSample,
+ 0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+
+ CleanupCancelled();
+ OnError(hr);
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::CollectAndDeliver(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop)
+{
+ IMediaSample* pSample = NULL; // better be sure pSample is set
+ DWORD_PTR dwUnused;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->WaitForNext(
+ INFINITE,
+ &pSample,
+ &dwUnused);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ if (pSample) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = DeliverSample(pSample, tStart, tStop);
+ }
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ CleanupCancelled();
+ OnError(hr);
+ }
+ return hr;
+
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::DeliverSample(
+ IMediaSample* pSample,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop
+ )
+{
+ // fix up sample if past actual stop (for sector alignment)
+ REFERENCE_TIME t1, t2;
+ if (S_OK == pSample->GetTime(&t1, &t2)) {
+ if (t2 > tStop) {
+ t2 = tStop;
+ }
+
+ // adjust times to be relative to (aligned) start time
+ t1 -= tStart;
+ t2 -= tStart;
+ HRESULT hr = pSample->SetTime(&t1, &t2);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ pSample->GetMediaType( &pmt );
+ PERFLOG_RECEIVE( L"CPullPin", m_pReader, this, pSample, pmt );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ HRESULT hr = Receive(pSample);
+ pSample->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+void
+CPullPin::Process(void)
+{
+ // is there anything to do?
+ if (m_tStop <= m_tStart) {
+ EndOfStream();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ BOOL bDiscontinuity = TRUE;
+
+ // if there is more than one sample at the allocator,
+ // then try to queue 2 at once in order to overlap.
+ // -- get buffer count and required alignment
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Actual;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAlloc->GetProperties(&Actual);
+
+ // align the start position downwards
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart = AlignDown(m_tStart / UNITS, Actual.cbAlign) * UNITS;
+ REFERENCE_TIME tCurrent = tStart;
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop = m_tStop;
+ if (tStop > m_tDuration) {
+ tStop = m_tDuration;
+ }
+
+ // align the stop position - may be past stop, but that
+ // doesn't matter
+ REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop = AlignUp(tStop / UNITS, Actual.cbAlign) * UNITS;
+
+
+ DWORD dwRequest;
+
+ if (!m_bSync) {
+
+ // Break out of the loop either if we get to the end or we're asked
+ // to do something else
+ while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {
+
+ // Break out without calling EndOfStream if we're asked to
+ // do something different
+ if (CheckRequest(&dwRequest)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // queue a first sample
+ if (Actual.cBuffers > 1) {
+
+ hr = QueueSample(tCurrent, tAlignStop, TRUE);
+ bDiscontinuity = FALSE;
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+ // loop queueing second and waiting for first..
+ while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {
+
+ hr = QueueSample(tCurrent, tAlignStop, bDiscontinuity);
+ bDiscontinuity = FALSE;
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ hr = CollectAndDeliver(tStart, tStop);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+
+ // stop if error, or if downstream filter said
+ // to stop.
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Actual.cBuffers > 1) {
+ hr = CollectAndDeliver(tStart, tStop);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ // sync version of above loop
+ while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {
+
+ // Break out without calling EndOfStream if we're asked to
+ // do something different
+ if (CheckRequest(&dwRequest)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IMediaSample* pSample;
+
+ hr = m_pAlloc->GetBuffer(&pSample, NULL, NULL, 0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ OnError(hr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ LONGLONG tStopThis = tCurrent + (pSample->GetSize() * UNITS);
+ if (tStopThis > tAlignStop) {
+ tStopThis = tAlignStop;
+ }
+ pSample->SetTime(&tCurrent, &tStopThis);
+ tCurrent = tStopThis;
+
+ if (bDiscontinuity) {
+ pSample->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);
+ bDiscontinuity = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pReader->SyncReadAligned(pSample);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ OnError(hr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ hr = DeliverSample(pSample, tStart, tStop);
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ OnError(hr);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ EndOfStream();
+}
+
+// after a flush, cancelled i/o will be waiting for collection
+// and release
+void
+CPullPin::CleanupCancelled(void)
+{
+ while (1) {
+ IMediaSample * pSample;
+ DWORD_PTR dwUnused;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->WaitForNext(
+ 0, // no wait
+ &pSample,
+ &dwUnused);
+ if(pSample) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ } else {
+ // no more samples
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03ad40ec --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PullPin.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CPullPin class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __PULLPIN_H__
+#define __PULLPIN_H__
+
+//
+// CPullPin
+//
+// object supporting pulling data from an IAsyncReader interface.
+// Given a start/stop position, calls a pure Receive method with each
+// IMediaSample received.
+//
+// This is essentially for use in a MemInputPin when it finds itself
+// connected to an IAsyncReader pin instead of a pushing pin.
+//
+
+class CPullPin : public CAMThread
+{
+ IAsyncReader* m_pReader;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStart;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStop;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tDuration;
+ BOOL m_bSync;
+
+ enum ThreadMsg {
+ TM_Pause, // stop pulling and wait for next message
+ TM_Start, // start pulling
+ TM_Exit, // stop and exit
+ };
+
+ ThreadMsg m_State;
+
+ // override pure thread proc from CAMThread
+ DWORD ThreadProc(void);
+
+ // running pull method (check m_bSync)
+ void Process(void);
+
+ // clean up any cancelled i/o after a flush
+ void CleanupCancelled(void);
+
+ // suspend thread from pulling, eg during seek
+ HRESULT PauseThread();
+
+ // start thread pulling - create thread if necy
+ HRESULT StartThread();
+
+ // stop and close thread
+ HRESULT StopThread();
+
+ // called from ProcessAsync to queue and collect requests
+ HRESULT QueueSample(
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop,
+ BOOL bDiscontinuity);
+
+ HRESULT CollectAndDeliver(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop);
+
+ HRESULT DeliverSample(
+ IMediaSample* pSample,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop);
+
+protected:
+ IMemAllocator * m_pAlloc;
+
+public:
+ CPullPin();
+ virtual ~CPullPin();
+
+ // returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface
+ // from this object
+ // Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if
+ // necessary
+ // bSync is TRUE if we are to use sync reads instead of the
+ // async methods.
+ HRESULT Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync);
+
+ // disconnect any connection made in Connect
+ HRESULT Disconnect();
+
+ // agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional
+ // props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields).
+ // returns an error code if fail to match requirements.
+ // optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator
+ // but no error occurs if it can't be met.
+ virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator* pAlloc,
+ __inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps);
+
+ // set start and stop position. if active, will start immediately at
+ // the new position. Default is 0 to duration
+ HRESULT Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop);
+
+ // return the total duration
+ HRESULT Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration);
+
+ // start pulling data
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+
+ // stop pulling data
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // helper functions
+ LONGLONG AlignDown(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) {
+ // aligning downwards is just truncation
+ return ll & ~(lAlign-1);
+ };
+
+ LONGLONG AlignUp(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) {
+ // align up: round up to next boundary
+ return (ll + (lAlign -1)) & ~(lAlign -1);
+ };
+
+ // GetReader returns the (addrefed) IAsyncReader interface
+ // for SyncRead etc
+ IAsyncReader* GetReader() {
+ m_pReader->AddRef();
+ return m_pReader;
+ };
+
+ // -- pure --
+
+ // override this to handle data arrival
+ // return value other than S_OK will stop data
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample*) PURE;
+
+ // override this to handle end-of-stream
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void) PURE;
+
+ // called on runtime errors that will have caused pulling
+ // to stop
+ // these errors are all returned from the upstream filter, who
+ // will have already reported any errors to the filtergraph.
+ virtual void OnError(HRESULT hr) PURE;
+
+ // flush this pin and all downstream
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush() PURE;
+
+};
+
+#endif //__PULLPIN_H__
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ae25f44 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefClock.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements the IReferenceClock interface.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+// 'this' used in constructor list
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IReferenceClock)
+ {
+ hr = GetInterface((IReferenceClock *) this, ppv);
+ }
+ else if (riid == IID_IReferenceClockTimerControl)
+ {
+ hr = GetInterface((IReferenceClockTimerControl *) this, ppv);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+CBaseReferenceClock::~CBaseReferenceClock()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseReferenceClock", (IReferenceClock *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (m_TimerResolution) timeEndPeriod(m_TimerResolution);
+
+ if (m_pSchedule)
+ {
+ m_pSchedule->DumpLinkedList();
+ }
+
+ if (m_hThread)
+ {
+ m_bAbort = TRUE;
+ TriggerThread();
+ WaitForSingleObject( m_hThread, INFINITE );
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_hThread) );
+ m_hThread = 0;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()) );
+ delete m_pSchedule;
+ }
+}
+
+// A derived class may supply a hThreadEvent if it has its own thread that will take care
+// of calling the schedulers Advise method. (Refere to CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThread()
+// to see what such a thread has to do.)
+CBaseReferenceClock::CBaseReferenceClock( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pShed )
+: CUnknown( pName, pUnk )
+, m_rtLastGotTime(0)
+, m_TimerResolution(0)
+, m_bAbort( FALSE )
+, m_pSchedule( pShed ? pShed : new CAMSchedule(CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL)) )
+, m_hThread(0)
+{
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseReferenceClock", (IReferenceClock *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(m_pSchedule);
+ if (!m_pSchedule)
+ {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Set up the highest resolution timer we can manage
+ TIMECAPS tc;
+ m_TimerResolution = (TIMERR_NOERROR == timeGetDevCaps(&tc, sizeof(tc)))
+ ? tc.wPeriodMin
+ : 1;
+
+ timeBeginPeriod(m_TimerResolution);
+
+ /* Initialise our system times - the derived clock should set the right values */
+ m_dwPrevSystemTime = timeGetTime();
+ m_rtPrivateTime = (UNITS / MILLISECONDS) * m_dwPrevSystemTime;
+
+ #ifdef PERF
+ m_idGetSystemTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("CBaseReferenceClock::GetTime"));
+ #endif
+
+ if ( !pShed )
+ {
+ DWORD ThreadID;
+ m_hThread = ::CreateThread(NULL, // Security attributes
+ (DWORD) 0, // Initial stack size
+ AdviseThreadFunction, // Thread start address
+ (LPVOID) this, // Thread parameter
+ (DWORD) 0, // Creation flags
+ &ThreadID); // Thread identifier
+
+ if (m_hThread)
+ {
+ SetThreadPriority( m_hThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *phr = E_FAIL;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()) );
+ delete m_pSchedule;
+ m_pSchedule = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void CBaseReferenceClock::Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime)
+{
+ Lock();
+ m_rtLastGotTime = rtMinTime ;
+ Unlock();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (pTime)
+ {
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtNow;
+ Lock();
+ rtNow = GetPrivateTime();
+ if (rtNow > m_rtLastGotTime)
+ {
+ m_rtLastGotTime = rtNow;
+ hr = S_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+ *pTime = m_rtLastGotTime;
+ Unlock();
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idGetSystemTime, LONG((*pTime) / (UNITS/MILLISECONDS)) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_GETTIME( (IReferenceClock *) this, *pTime );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ }
+ else hr = E_POINTER;
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseTime(
+ REFERENCE_TIME baseTime, // base reference time
+ REFERENCE_TIME streamTime, // stream offset time
+ HEVENT hEvent, // advise via this event
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie)// where your cookie goes
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdwAdviseCookie, E_POINTER);
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = 0;
+
+ // Check that the event is not already set
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject(HANDLE(hEvent),0));
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ const REFERENCE_TIME lRefTime = baseTime + streamTime;
+ if ( lRefTime <= 0 || lRefTime == MAX_TIME )
+ {
+ hr = E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = m_pSchedule->AddAdvisePacket( lRefTime, 0, HANDLE(hEvent), FALSE );
+ hr = *pdwAdviseCookie ? NOERROR : E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::AdvisePeriodic(
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartTime, // starting at this time
+ REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime, // time between notifications
+ HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore, // advise via a semaphore
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie) // where your cookie goes
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdwAdviseCookie, E_POINTER);
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = 0;
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (StartTime > 0 && PeriodTime > 0 && StartTime != MAX_TIME )
+ {
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = m_pSchedule->AddAdvisePacket( StartTime, PeriodTime, HANDLE(hSemaphore), TRUE );
+ hr = *pdwAdviseCookie ? NOERROR : E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ else hr = E_INVALIDARG;
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie)
+{
+ return m_pSchedule->Unadvise(dwAdviseCookie);
+}
+
+
+REFERENCE_TIME CBaseReferenceClock::GetPrivateTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+
+ /* If the clock has wrapped then the current time will be less than
+ * the last time we were notified so add on the extra milliseconds
+ *
+ * The time period is long enough so that the likelihood of
+ * successive calls spanning the clock cycle is not considered.
+ */
+
+ DWORD dwTime = timeGetTime();
+ {
+ m_rtPrivateTime += Int32x32To64(UNITS / MILLISECONDS, (DWORD)(dwTime - m_dwPrevSystemTime));
+ m_dwPrevSystemTime = dwTime;
+ }
+
+ return m_rtPrivateTime;
+}
+
+
+/* Adjust the current time by the input value. This allows an
+ external time source to work out some of the latency of the clock
+ system and adjust the "current" time accordingly. The intent is
+ that the time returned to the user is synchronised to a clock
+ source and allows drift to be catered for.
+
+ For example: if the clock source detects a drift it can pass a delta
+ to the current time rather than having to set an explicit time.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::SetTimeDelta(const REFERENCE_TIME & TimeDelta)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+ // Just break if passed an improper time delta value
+ LONGLONG llDelta = TimeDelta > 0 ? TimeDelta : -TimeDelta;
+ if (llDelta > UNITS * 1000) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("Bad Time Delta")));
+ //DebugBreak();
+ }
+
+ // We're going to calculate a "severity" for the time change. Max -1
+ // min 8. We'll then use this as the debug logging level for a
+ // debug log message.
+ const LONG usDelta = LONG(TimeDelta/10); // Delta in micro-secs
+
+ DWORD delta = abs(usDelta); // varying delta
+ // Severity == 8 - ceil(log<base 8>(abs( micro-secs delta)))
+ int Severity = 8;
+ while ( delta > 0 )
+ {
+ delta >>= 3; // div 8
+ Severity--;
+ }
+
+ // Sev == 0 => > 2 second delta!
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, Severity < 0 ? 0 : Severity,
+ TEXT("Sev %2i: CSystemClock::SetTimeDelta(%8ld us) %lu -> %lu ms."),
+ Severity, usDelta, DWORD(ConvertToMilliseconds(m_rtPrivateTime)),
+ DWORD(ConvertToMilliseconds(TimeDelta+m_rtPrivateTime)) ));
+
+ // Don't want the DbgBreak to fire when running stress on debug-builds.
+ #ifdef BREAK_ON_SEVERE_TIME_DELTA
+ if (Severity < 0)
+ DbgBreakPoint(TEXT("SetTimeDelta > 16 seconds!"),
+ TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ m_rtPrivateTime += TimeDelta;
+ // If time goes forwards, and we have advises, then we need to
+ // trigger the thread so that it can re-evaluate its wait time.
+ // Since we don't want the cost of the thread switches if the change
+ // is really small, only do it if clock goes forward by more than
+ // 0.5 millisecond. If the time goes backwards, the thread will
+ // wake up "early" (relativly speaking) and will re-evaluate at
+ // that time.
+ if ( TimeDelta > 5000 && m_pSchedule->GetAdviseCount() > 0 ) TriggerThread();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Thread stuff
+
+DWORD __stdcall CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID p)
+{
+ return DWORD(reinterpret_cast<CBaseReferenceClock*>(p)->AdviseThread());
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThread()
+{
+ DWORD dwWait = INFINITE;
+
+ // The first thing we do is wait until something interesting happens
+ // (meaning a first advise or shutdown). This prevents us calling
+ // GetPrivateTime immediately which is goodness as that is a virtual
+ // routine and the derived class may not yet be constructed. (This
+ // thread is created in the base class constructor.)
+
+ while ( !m_bAbort )
+ {
+ // Wait for an interesting event to happen
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3, TEXT("CBaseRefClock::AdviseThread() Delay: %lu ms"), dwWait ));
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_pSchedule->GetEvent(), dwWait);
+ if (m_bAbort) break;
+
+ // There are several reasons why we need to work from the internal
+ // time, mainly to do with what happens when time goes backwards.
+ // Mainly, it stop us looping madly if an event is just about to
+ // expire when the clock goes backward (i.e. GetTime stop for a
+ // while).
+ const REFERENCE_TIME rtNow = GetPrivateTime();
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3,
+ TEXT("CBaseRefClock::AdviseThread() Woke at = %lu ms"),
+ ConvertToMilliseconds(rtNow) ));
+
+ // We must add in a millisecond, since this is the resolution of our
+ // WaitForSingleObject timer. Failure to do so will cause us to loop
+ // franticly for (approx) 1 a millisecond.
+ m_rtNextAdvise = m_pSchedule->Advise( 10000 + rtNow );
+ LONGLONG llWait = m_rtNextAdvise - rtNow;
+
+ ASSERT( llWait > 0 );
+
+ llWait = ConvertToMilliseconds(llWait);
+ // DON'T replace this with a max!! (The type's of these things is VERY important)
+ dwWait = (llWait > REFERENCE_TIME(UINT_MAX)) ? UINT_MAX : DWORD(llWait);
+ };
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::SetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns
+ )
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ if( 0 == timerResolution ) {
+ if( m_TimerResolution ) {
+ timeEndPeriod( m_TimerResolution );
+ m_TimerResolution = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ TIMECAPS tc;
+ DWORD dwMinResolution = (TIMERR_NOERROR == timeGetDevCaps(&tc, sizeof(tc)))
+ ? tc.wPeriodMin
+ : 1;
+ DWORD dwResolution = max( dwMinResolution, DWORD(timerResolution / 10000) );
+ if( dwResolution != m_TimerResolution ) {
+ timeEndPeriod(m_TimerResolution);
+ m_TimerResolution = dwResolution;
+ timeBeginPeriod( m_TimerResolution );
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::GetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns
+ )
+{
+ if( !pTimerResolution ) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ *pTimerResolution = m_TimerResolution * 10000;
+ return S_OK;
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2b0bb15 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefClock.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the IReferenceClock interface.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __BASEREFCLOCK__
+#define __BASEREFCLOCK__
+
+#include <Schedule.h>
+
+const UINT RESOLUTION = 1; /* High resolution timer */
+const INT ADVISE_CACHE = 4; /* Default cache size */
+const LONGLONG MAX_TIME = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF; /* Maximum LONGLONG value */
+
+inline LONGLONG WINAPI ConvertToMilliseconds(const REFERENCE_TIME& RT)
+{
+ /* This converts an arbitrary value representing a reference time
+ into a MILLISECONDS value for use in subsequent system calls */
+
+ return (RT / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS));
+}
+
+/* This class hierarchy will support an IReferenceClock interface so
+ that an audio card (or other externally driven clock) can update the
+ system wide clock that everyone uses.
+
+ The interface will be pretty thin with probably just one update method
+ This interface has not yet been defined.
+ */
+
+/* This abstract base class implements the IReferenceClock
+ * interface. Classes that actually provide clock signals (from
+ * whatever source) have to be derived from this class.
+ *
+ * The abstract class provides implementations for:
+ * CUnknown support
+ * locking support (CCritSec)
+ * client advise code (creates a thread)
+ *
+ * Question: what can we do about quality? Change the timer
+ * resolution to lower the system load? Up the priority of the
+ * timer thread to force more responsive signals?
+ *
+ * During class construction we create a worker thread that is destroyed during
+ * destuction. This thread executes a series of WaitForSingleObject calls,
+ * waking up when a command is given to the thread or the next wake up point
+ * is reached. The wakeup points are determined by clients making Advise
+ * calls.
+ *
+ * Each advise call defines a point in time when they wish to be notified. A
+ * periodic advise is a series of these such events. We maintain a list of
+ * advise links and calculate when the nearest event notification is due for.
+ * We then call WaitForSingleObject with a timeout equal to this time. The
+ * handle we wait on is used by the class to signal that something has changed
+ * and that we must reschedule the next event. This typically happens when
+ * someone comes in and asks for an advise link while we are waiting for an
+ * event to timeout.
+ *
+ * While we are modifying the list of advise requests we
+ * are protected from interference through a critical section. Clients are NOT
+ * advised through callbacks. One shot clients have an event set, while
+ * periodic clients have a semaphore released for each event notification. A
+ * semaphore allows a client to be kept up to date with the number of events
+ * actually triggered and be assured that they can't miss multiple events being
+ * set.
+ *
+ * Keeping track of advises is taken care of by the CAMSchedule class.
+ */
+
+class CBaseReferenceClock
+: public CUnknown, public IReferenceClock, public CCritSec, public IReferenceClockTimerControl
+{
+protected:
+ virtual ~CBaseReferenceClock(); // Don't let me be created on the stack!
+public:
+ CBaseReferenceClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pSched = 0 );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ /* IReferenceClock methods */
+ // Derived classes must implement GetPrivateTime(). All our GetTime
+ // does is call GetPrivateTime and then check so that time does not
+ // go backwards. A return code of S_FALSE implies that the internal
+ // clock has gone backwards and GetTime time has halted until internal
+ // time has caught up. (Don't know if this will be much use to folk,
+ // but it seems odd not to use the return code for something useful.)
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime);
+ // When this is called, it sets m_rtLastGotTime to the time it returns.
+
+ /* Provide standard mechanisms for scheduling events */
+
+ /* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */
+ STDMETHODIMP AdviseTime(
+ REFERENCE_TIME baseTime, // base reference time
+ REFERENCE_TIME streamTime, // stream offset time
+ HEVENT hEvent, // advise via this event
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes
+ );
+
+ /* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */
+ STDMETHODIMP AdvisePeriodic(
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartTime, // starting at this time
+ REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime, // time between notifications
+ HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore, // advise via a semaphore
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes
+ );
+
+ /* Cancel a request for notification(s) - if the notification was
+ * a one shot timer then this function doesn't need to be called
+ * as the advise is automatically cancelled, however it does no
+ * harm to explicitly cancel a one-shot advise. It is REQUIRED that
+ * clients call Unadvise to clear a Periodic advise setting.
+ */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie);
+
+ /* Methods for the benefit of derived classes or outer objects */
+
+ // GetPrivateTime() is the REAL clock. GetTime is just a cover for
+ // it. Derived classes will probably override this method but not
+ // GetTime() itself.
+ // The important point about GetPrivateTime() is it's allowed to go
+ // backwards. Our GetTime() will keep returning the LastGotTime
+ // until GetPrivateTime() catches up.
+ virtual REFERENCE_TIME GetPrivateTime();
+
+ /* Provide a method for correcting drift */
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeDelta( const REFERENCE_TIME& TimeDelta );
+
+ CAMSchedule * GetSchedule() const { return m_pSchedule; }
+
+ // IReferenceClockTimerControl methods
+ //
+ // Setting a default of 0 disables the default of 1ms
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns
+ );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns
+ );
+
+private:
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPrivateTime; // Current best estimate of time
+ DWORD m_dwPrevSystemTime; // Last vaule we got from timeGetTime
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtLastGotTime; // Last time returned by GetTime
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtNextAdvise; // Time of next advise
+ UINT m_TimerResolution;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idGetSystemTime;
+#endif
+
+// Thread stuff
+public:
+ void TriggerThread() // Wakes thread up. Need to do this if
+ { // time to next advise needs reevaluating.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()));
+ }
+
+
+private:
+ BOOL m_bAbort; // Flag used for thread shutdown
+ HANDLE m_hThread; // Thread handle
+
+ HRESULT AdviseThread(); // Method in which the advise thread runs
+ static DWORD __stdcall AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID); // Function used to get there
+
+protected:
+ CAMSchedule * m_pSchedule;
+
+ void Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime = 0I64) ;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/reftime.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/reftime.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5bc99a69 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/reftime.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefTime.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CRefTime, a class that manages
+// reference times.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// CRefTime
+//
+// Manage reference times.
+// Shares same data layout as REFERENCE_TIME, but adds some (nonvirtual)
+// functions providing simple comparison, conversion and arithmetic.
+//
+// A reference time (at the moment) is a unit of seconds represented in
+// 100ns units as is used in the Win32 FILETIME structure. BUT the time
+// a REFERENCE_TIME represents is NOT the time elapsed since 1/1/1601 it
+// will either be stream time or reference time depending upon context
+//
+// This class provides simple arithmetic operations on reference times
+//
+// keep non-virtual otherwise the data layout will not be the same as
+// REFERENCE_TIME
+
+
+// -----
+// note that you are safe to cast a CRefTime* to a REFERENCE_TIME*, but
+// you will need to do so explicitly
+// -----
+
+
+#ifndef __REFTIME__
+#define __REFTIME__
+
+
+const LONGLONG MILLISECONDS = (1000); // 10 ^ 3
+const LONGLONG NANOSECONDS = (1000000000); // 10 ^ 9
+const LONGLONG UNITS = (NANOSECONDS / 100); // 10 ^ 7
+
+/* Unfortunately an inline function here generates a call to __allmul
+ - even for constants!
+*/
+#define MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(lMs) \
+ Int32x32To64((lMs), (UNITS / MILLISECONDS))
+
+class CRefTime
+{
+public:
+
+ // *MUST* be the only data member so that this class is exactly
+ // equivalent to a REFERENCE_TIME.
+ // Also, must be *no virtual functions*
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_time;
+
+ inline CRefTime()
+ {
+ // default to 0 time
+ m_time = 0;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime(LONG msecs)
+ {
+ m_time = MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(msecs);
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime(REFERENCE_TIME rt)
+ {
+ m_time = rt;
+ };
+
+ inline operator REFERENCE_TIME() const
+ {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ m_time = rt.m_time;
+ return *this;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator=(const LONGLONG ll)
+ {
+ m_time = ll;
+ return *this;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator+=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return (*this = *this + rt);
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator-=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return (*this = *this - rt);
+ };
+
+ inline LONG Millisecs(void)
+ {
+ return (LONG)(m_time / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS));
+ };
+
+ inline LONGLONG GetUnits(void)
+ {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+};
+
+const LONGLONG TimeZero = 0;
+
+#endif /* __REFTIME__ */
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6e19627 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2858 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RenBase.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h> // DirectShow base class definitions
+#include <mmsystem.h> // Needed for definition of timeGetTime
+#include <limits.h> // Standard data type limit definitions
+#include <measure.h> // Used for time critical log functions
+
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+// Helper function for clamping time differences
+int inline TimeDiff(REFERENCE_TIME rt)
+{
+ if (rt < - (50 * UNITS)) {
+ return -(50 * UNITS);
+ } else
+ if (rt > 50 * UNITS) {
+ return 50 * UNITS;
+ } else return (int)rt;
+}
+
+// Implements the CBaseRenderer class
+
+CBaseRenderer::CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // General OLE return code
+
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_InterfaceLock,RenderClass),
+ m_evComplete(TRUE, phr),
+ m_RenderEvent(FALSE, phr),
+ m_bAbort(FALSE),
+ m_pPosition(NULL),
+ m_ThreadSignal(TRUE, phr),
+ m_bStreaming(FALSE),
+ m_bEOS(FALSE),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_pMediaSample(NULL),
+ m_dwAdvise(0),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL),
+ m_bRepaintStatus(TRUE),
+ m_SignalTime(0),
+ m_bInReceive(FALSE),
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer(0)
+{
+ if (SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ Ready();
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_idBaseStamp = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: sample time stamp"));
+ m_idBaseRenderTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: draw time (msec)"));
+ m_idBaseAccuracy = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: Accuracy (msec)"));
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Delete the dynamically allocated IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking helper
+// object. The object is created when somebody queries us. These are standard
+// control interfaces for seeking and setting start/stop positions and rates.
+// We will probably also have made an input pin based on CRendererInputPin
+// that has to be deleted, it's created when an enumerator calls our GetPin
+
+CBaseRenderer::~CBaseRenderer()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bStreaming == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ StopStreaming();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+
+ // Delete any IMediaPosition implementation
+
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ delete m_pPosition;
+ m_pPosition = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Delete any input pin created
+
+ if (m_pInputPin) {
+ delete m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Release any Quality sink
+
+ ASSERT(m_pQSink == NULL);
+}
+
+
+// This returns the IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking interfaces
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectCreationLock(&m_ObjectCreationLock);
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ return m_pPosition->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(0);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // Create implementation of this dynamically since sometimes we may
+ // never try and do a seek. The helper object implements a position
+ // control interface (IMediaPosition) which in fact simply takes the
+ // calls normally from the filter graph and passes them upstream
+
+ m_pPosition = new CRendererPosPassThru(NAME("Renderer CPosPassThru"),
+ CBaseFilter::GetOwner(),
+ (HRESULT *) &hr,
+ pPin);
+ if (m_pPosition == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pPosition;
+ m_pPosition = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ return GetMediaPositionInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition || riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ return GetMediaPositionInterface(riid,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called whenever we change states, we have a manual reset event that
+// is signalled whenever we don't won't the source filter thread to wait in us
+// (such as in a stopped state) and likewise is not signalled whenever it can
+// wait (during paused and running) this function sets or resets the thread
+// event. The event is used to stop source filter threads waiting in Receive
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait)
+{
+ if (bCanWait == TRUE) {
+ m_ThreadSignal.Reset();
+ } else {
+ m_ThreadSignal.Set();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+// Dump the current renderer state to the debug terminal. The hardest part of
+// the renderer is the window where we unlock everything to wait for a clock
+// to signal it is time to draw or for the application to cancel everything
+// by stopping the filter. If we get things wrong we can leave the thread in
+// WaitForRenderTime with no way for it to ever get out and we will deadlock
+
+void CBaseRenderer::DisplayRendererState()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("\nTimed out in WaitForRenderTime")));
+
+ // No way should this be signalled at this point
+
+ BOOL bSignalled = m_ThreadSignal.Check();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Signal sanity check %d"),bSignalled));
+
+ // Now output the current renderer state variables
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Filter state %d"),m_State));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Abort flag %d"),m_bAbort));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Streaming flag %d"),m_bStreaming));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Clock advise link %d"),m_dwAdvise));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Current media sample %x"),m_pMediaSample));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("EOS signalled %d"),m_bEOS));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("EOS delivered %d"),m_bEOSDelivered));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Repaint status %d"),m_bRepaintStatus));
+
+
+ // Output the delayed end of stream timer information
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("End of stream timer %x"),m_EndOfStreamTimer));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Deliver time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)m_SignalTime)));
+
+
+ // Should never timeout during a flushing state
+
+ BOOL bFlushing = m_pInputPin->IsFlushing();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Flushing sanity check %d"),bFlushing));
+
+ // Display the time we were told to start at
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Last run time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)m_tStart.m_time)));
+
+ // Have we got a reference clock
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) return;
+
+ // Get the current time from the wall clock
+
+ CRefTime CurrentTime,StartTime,EndTime;
+ m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*) &CurrentTime);
+ CRefTime Offset = CurrentTime - m_tStart;
+
+ // Display the current time from the clock
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Clock time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)CurrentTime.m_time)));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Time difference %dms"),Offset.Millisecs()));
+
+
+ // Do we have a sample ready to render
+ if (m_pMediaSample == NULL) return;
+
+ m_pMediaSample->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&StartTime, (REFERENCE_TIME*)&EndTime);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Next sample stream times (Start %d End %d ms)"),
+ StartTime.Millisecs(),EndTime.Millisecs()));
+
+ // Calculate how long it is until it is due for rendering
+ CRefTime Wait = (m_tStart + StartTime) - CurrentTime;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Wait required %d ms"),Wait.Millisecs()));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// Wait until the clock sets the timer event or we're otherwise signalled. We
+// set an arbitrary timeout for this wait and if it fires then we display the
+// current renderer state on the debugger. It will often fire if the filter's
+// left paused in an application however it may also fire during stress tests
+// if the synchronisation with application seeks and state changes is faulty
+
+#define RENDER_TIMEOUT 10000
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::WaitForRenderTime()
+{
+ HANDLE WaitObjects[] = { m_ThreadSignal, m_RenderEvent };
+ DWORD Result = WAIT_TIMEOUT;
+
+ // Wait for either the time to arrive or for us to be stopped
+
+ OnWaitStart();
+ while (Result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ Result = WaitForMultipleObjects(2,WaitObjects,FALSE,RENDER_TIMEOUT);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (Result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) DisplayRendererState();
+#endif
+
+ }
+ OnWaitEnd();
+
+ // We may have been awoken without the timer firing
+
+ if (Result == WAIT_OBJECT_0) {
+ return VFW_E_STATE_CHANGED;
+ }
+
+ SignalTimerFired();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Poll waiting for Receive to complete. This really matters when
+// Receive may set the palette and cause window messages
+// The problem is that if we don't really wait for a renderer to
+// stop processing we can deadlock waiting for a transform which
+// is calling the renderer's Receive() method because the transform's
+// Stop method doesn't know to process window messages to unblock
+// the renderer's Receive processing
+void CBaseRenderer::WaitForReceiveToComplete()
+{
+ for (;;) {
+ if (!m_bInReceive) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ MSG msg;
+ // Receive all interthread snedmessages
+ PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_NULL, WM_NULL, PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ Sleep(1);
+ }
+
+ // If the wakebit for QS_POSTMESSAGE is set, the PeekMessage call
+ // above just cleared the changebit which will cause some messaging
+ // calls to block (waitMessage, MsgWaitFor...) now.
+ // Post a dummy message to set the QS_POSTMESSAGE bit again
+ if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_POSTMESSAGE)) & QS_POSTMESSAGE) {
+ // Send dummy message
+ PostThreadMessage(GetCurrentThreadId(), WM_NULL, 0, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+// A filter can have four discrete states, namely Stopped, Running, Paused,
+// Intermediate. We are in an intermediate state if we are currently trying
+// to pause but haven't yet got the first sample (or if we have been flushed
+// in paused state and therefore still have to wait for a sample to arrive)
+
+// This class contains an event called m_evComplete which is signalled when
+// the current state is completed and is not signalled when we are waiting to
+// complete the last state transition. As mentioned above the only time we
+// use this at the moment is when we wait for a media sample in paused state
+// If while we are waiting we receive an end of stream notification from the
+// source filter then we know no data is imminent so we can reset the event
+// This means that when we transition to paused the source filter must call
+// end of stream on us or send us an image otherwise we'll hang indefinately
+
+
+// Simple internal way of getting the real state
+
+FILTER_STATE CBaseRenderer::GetRealState() {
+ return m_State;
+}
+
+
+// The renderer doesn't complete the full transition to paused states until
+// it has got one media sample to render. If you ask it for its state while
+// it's waiting it will return the state along with VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs,FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (WaitDispatchingMessages(m_evComplete, dwMSecs) == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ *State = m_State;
+ return VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE;
+ }
+ *State = m_State;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// If we're pausing and we have no samples we don't complete the transition
+// to State_Paused and we return S_FALSE. However if the m_bAbort flag has
+// been set then all samples are rejected so there is no point waiting for
+// one. If we do have a sample then return NOERROR. We will only ever return
+// VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE from GetState after being paused with no sample
+// (calling GetState after either being stopped or Run will NOT return this)
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState)
+{
+ // Allow us to be paused when disconnected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Have we run off the end of stream
+
+ if (IsEndOfStream() == TRUE) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we get fresh data after being stopped
+
+ if (HaveCurrentSample() == TRUE) {
+ if (OldState != State_Stopped) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ NotReady();
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// When we stop the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Decommit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Release the source filter if it's waiting in Receive
+// Cancel any advise link we set up with the clock
+// Any end of stream signalled is now obsolete so reset
+// Allow us to be stopped when we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Is our input pin connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Input pin is not connected");
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ CBaseFilter::Stop();
+
+ // If we are going into a stopped state then we must decommit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter waiting in the
+ // GetBuffer can be released and unlock themselves for a state change
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Decommit();
+ }
+
+ // Cancel any scheduled rendering
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ StopStreaming();
+ SourceThreadCanWait(FALSE);
+ ResetEndOfStream();
+ CancelNotification();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding clock advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+
+ Ready();
+ WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we pause the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Commit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Allow a source filter thread to wait in Receive
+// Cancel any clock advise link (we may be running)
+// Possibly complete the state change if we have data
+// Allow us to be paused when we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE OldState = m_State;
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ return CompleteStateChange(State_Paused);
+ }
+
+ // Has our input pin been connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Input pin is not connected");
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return CompleteStateChange(State_Paused);
+ }
+
+ // Pause the base filter class
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseFilter::Pause();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("Pause failed");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Enable EC_REPAINT events again
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ StopStreaming();
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ CancelNotification();
+ ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+
+ // If we are going into a paused state then we must commit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter can call the
+ // GetBuffer and expect to get a buffer without returning an error
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Commit();
+ }
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // When we come out of a stopped state we must clear any image we were
+ // holding onto for frame refreshing. Since renderers see state changes
+ // first we can reset ourselves ready to accept the source thread data
+ // Paused or running after being stopped causes the current position to
+ // be reset so we're not interested in passing end of stream signals
+
+ if (OldState == State_Stopped) {
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ }
+ return CompleteStateChange(OldState);
+}
+
+
+// When we run the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Commit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Allow a source filter thread to wait in Receive
+// Signal the render event just to get us going
+// Start the base class by calling StartStreaming
+// Allow us to be run when we are not connected
+// Signal EC_COMPLETE if we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime)
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE OldState = m_State;
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Running) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Send EC_COMPLETE if we're not connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE,S_OK,(LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)this);
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ Ready();
+
+ // Pause the base filter class
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseFilter::Run(StartTime);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("Run failed");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Allow the source thread to wait
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // If we are going into a running state then we must commit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter can call the
+ // GetBuffer and expect to get a buffer without returning an error
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Commit();
+ }
+
+ // When we come out of a stopped state we must clear any image we were
+ // holding onto for frame refreshing. Since renderers see state changes
+ // first we can reset ourselves ready to accept the source thread data
+ // Paused or running after being stopped causes the current position to
+ // be reset so we're not interested in passing end of stream signals
+
+ if (OldState == State_Stopped) {
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ }
+ return StartStreaming();
+}
+
+
+// Return the number of input pins we support
+
+int CBaseRenderer::GetPinCount()
+{
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+ // Try to create it
+ (void)GetPin(0);
+ }
+ return m_pInputPin != NULL ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+
+// We only support one input pin and it is numbered zero
+
+CBasePin *CBaseRenderer::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectCreationLock(&m_ObjectCreationLock);
+
+ // Should only ever be called with zero
+ ASSERT(n == 0);
+
+ if (n != 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Create the input pin if not already done so
+
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+
+ // hr must be initialized to NOERROR because
+ // CRendererInputPin's constructor only changes
+ // hr's value if an error occurs.
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ m_pInputPin = new CRendererInputPin(this,&hr,L"In");
+ if (NULL == m_pInputPin) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return m_pInputPin;
+}
+
+
+// If "In" then return the IPin for our input pin, otherwise NULL and error
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"In")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(0);
+ if (*ppPin) {
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ } else {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin receives an EndOfStream notification. If we have
+// not got a sample, then notify EC_COMPLETE now. If we have samples, then set
+// m_bEOS and check for this on completing samples. If we're waiting to pause
+// then complete the transition to paused state by setting the state event
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::EndOfStream()
+{
+ // Ignore these calls if we are stopped
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If we have a sample then wait for it to be rendered
+
+ m_bEOS = TRUE;
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If we are waiting for pause then we are now ready since we cannot now
+ // carry on waiting for a sample to arrive since we are being told there
+ // won't be any. This sets an event that the GetState function picks up
+
+ Ready();
+
+ // Only signal completion now if we are running otherwise queue it until
+ // we do run in StartStreaming. This is used when we seek because a seek
+ // causes a pause where early notification of completion is misleading
+
+ if (m_bStreaming) {
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we are told to flush we should release the source thread
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::BeginFlush()
+{
+ // If paused then report state intermediate until we get some data
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ NotReady();
+ }
+
+ SourceThreadCanWait(FALSE);
+ CancelNotification();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ // Wait for Receive to complete
+ WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// After flushing the source thread can wait in Receive again
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::EndFlush()
+{
+ // Reset the current sample media time
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->ResetMediaTime();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We can now send EC_REPAINTs if so required
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ // The caller should always hold the interface lock because
+ // the function uses CBaseFilter::m_State.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_InterfaceLock));
+
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ if (State_Running == GetRealState()) {
+ HRESULT hr = StartStreaming();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ } else {
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go paused or running
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Active()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go into a stopped state
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Inactive()
+{
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ m_pPosition->ResetMediaTime();
+ }
+ // People who derive from this may want to override this behaviour
+ // to keep hold of the sample in some circumstances
+ ClearPendingSample();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Tell derived classes about the media type agreed
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we break the input pin connection we should reset the EOS flags. When
+// we are asked for either IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking we will create a
+// CPosPassThru object to handles media time pass through. When we're handed
+// samples we store (by calling CPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime) their media
+// times so we can then return a real current position of data being rendered
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Do we have a quality management sink
+
+ if (m_pQSink) {
+ m_pQSink->Release();
+ m_pQSink = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Check we have a valid connection
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check we are stopped before disconnecting
+ if (m_State != State_Stopped && !m_pInputPin->CanReconnectWhenActive()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ ResetEndOfStream();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ if (State_Running == m_State) {
+ StopStreaming();
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Retrieves the sample times for this samples (note the sample times are
+// passed in by reference not value). We return S_FALSE to say schedule this
+// sample according to the times on the sample. We also return S_OK in
+// which case the object should simply render the sample data immediately
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ ASSERT(pMediaSample);
+
+ // If the stop time for this sample is before or the same as start time,
+ // then just ignore it (release it) and schedule the next one in line
+ // Source filters should always fill in the start and end times properly!
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pMediaSample->GetTime(pStartTime, pEndTime))) {
+ if (*pEndTime < *pStartTime) {
+ return VFW_E_START_TIME_AFTER_END;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // no time set in the sample... draw it now?
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Can't synchronise without a clock so we return S_OK which tells the
+ // caller that the sample should be rendered immediately without going
+ // through the overhead of setting a timer advise link with the clock
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ return ShouldDrawSampleNow(pMediaSample,pStartTime,pEndTime);
+}
+
+
+// By default all samples are drawn according to their time stamps so we
+// return S_FALSE. Returning S_OK means draw immediately, this is used
+// by the derived video renderer class in its quality management.
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd)
+{
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// We must always reset the current advise time to zero after a timer fires
+// because there are several possible ways which lead us not to do any more
+// scheduling such as the pending image being cleared after state changes
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SignalTimerFired()
+{
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+}
+
+
+// Cancel any notification currently scheduled. This is called by the owning
+// window object when it is told to stop streaming. If there is no timer link
+// outstanding then calling this is benign otherwise we go ahead and cancel
+// We must always reset the render event as the quality management code can
+// signal immediate rendering by setting the event without setting an advise
+// link. If we're subsequently stopped and run the first attempt to setup an
+// advise link with the reference clock will find the event still signalled
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CancelNotification()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0 || m_pClock);
+ DWORD_PTR dwAdvise = m_dwAdvise;
+
+ // Have we a live advise link
+
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ SignalTimerFired();
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ }
+
+ // Clear the event and return our status
+
+ m_RenderEvent.Reset();
+ return (dwAdvise ? S_OK : S_FALSE);
+}
+
+
+// Responsible for setting up one shot advise links with the clock
+// Return FALSE if the sample is to be dropped (not drawn at all)
+// Return TRUE if the sample is to be drawn and in this case also
+// arrange for m_RenderEvent to be set at the appropriate time
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartSample, EndSample;
+
+ // Is someone pulling our leg
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Get the next sample due up for rendering. If there aren't any ready
+ // then GetNextSampleTimes returns an error. If there is one to be done
+ // then it succeeds and yields the sample times. If it is due now then
+ // it returns S_OK other if it's to be done when due it returns S_FALSE
+
+ HRESULT hr = GetSampleTimes(pMediaSample, &StartSample, &EndSample);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If we don't have a reference clock then we cannot set up the advise
+ // time so we simply set the event indicating an image to render. This
+ // will cause us to run flat out without any timing or synchronisation
+
+ if (hr == S_OK) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent((HANDLE) m_RenderEvent));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pClock);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+
+ // We do have a valid reference clock interface so we can ask it to
+ // set an event when the image comes due for rendering. We pass in
+ // the reference time we were told to start at and also the current
+ // stream time which is the offset from the start reference time
+
+ hr = m_pClock->AdviseTime(
+ (REFERENCE_TIME) m_tStart, // Start run time
+ StartSample, // Stream time
+ (HEVENT)(HANDLE) m_RenderEvent, // Render notification
+ &m_dwAdvise); // Advise cookie
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // We could not schedule the next sample for rendering despite the fact
+ // we have a valid sample here. This is a fair indication that either
+ // the system clock is wrong or the time stamp for the sample is duff
+
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when a sample comes due for rendering. We pass the sample
+// on to the derived class. After rendering we will initialise the timer for
+// the next sample, NOTE signal that the last one fired first, if we don't
+// do this it thinks there is still one outstanding that hasn't completed
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // If the media sample is NULL then we will have been notified by the
+ // clock that another sample is ready but in the mean time someone has
+ // stopped us streaming which causes the next sample to be released
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If we have stopped streaming then don't render any more samples, the
+ // thread that got in and locked us and then reset this flag does not
+ // clear the pending sample as we can use it to refresh any output device
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Time how long the rendering takes
+
+ OnRenderStart(pMediaSample);
+ DoRenderSample(pMediaSample);
+ OnRenderEnd(pMediaSample);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Checks if there is a sample waiting at the renderer
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::HaveCurrentSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ return (m_pMediaSample == NULL ? FALSE : TRUE);
+}
+
+
+// Returns the current sample waiting at the video renderer. We AddRef the
+// sample before returning so that should it come due for rendering the
+// person who called this method will hold the remaining reference count
+// that will stop the sample being added back onto the allocator free list
+
+IMediaSample *CBaseRenderer::GetCurrentSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ m_pMediaSample->AddRef();
+ }
+ return m_pMediaSample;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the source delivers us a sample. We go through a few checks to
+// make sure the sample can be rendered. If we are running (streaming) then we
+// have the sample scheduled with the reference clock, if we are not streaming
+// then we have received an sample in paused mode so we can complete any state
+// transition. On leaving this function everything will be unlocked so an app
+// thread may get in and change our state to stopped (for example) in which
+// case it will also signal the thread event so that our wait call is stopped
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ m_bInReceive = TRUE;
+
+ // Check our flushing and filter state
+
+ // This function must hold the interface lock because it calls
+ // CBaseInputPin::Receive() and CBaseInputPin::Receive() uses
+ // CBasePin::m_bRunTimeError.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->CBaseInputPin::Receive(pMediaSample);
+
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Has the type changed on a media sample. We do all rendering
+ // synchronously on the source thread, which has a side effect
+ // that only one buffer is ever outstanding. Therefore when we
+ // have Receive called we can go ahead and change the format
+ // Since the format change can cause a SendMessage we just don't
+ // lock
+ if (m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->pMediaType) {
+ hr = m_pInputPin->SetMediaType(
+ (CMediaType *)m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->pMediaType);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ ASSERT(IsActive() == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaSample == NULL);
+
+ // Return an error if we already have a sample waiting for rendering
+ // source pins must serialise the Receive calls - we also check that
+ // no data is being sent after the source signalled an end of stream
+
+ if (m_pMediaSample || m_bEOS || m_bAbort) {
+ Ready();
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Store the media times from this sample
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->RegisterMediaTime(pMediaSample);
+
+ // Schedule the next sample if we are streaming
+
+ if ((m_bStreaming == TRUE) && (ScheduleSample(pMediaSample) == FALSE)) {
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Store the sample end time for EC_COMPLETE handling
+ m_SignalTime = m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->tStop;
+
+ // BEWARE we sometimes keep the sample even after returning the thread to
+ // the source filter such as when we go into a stopped state (we keep it
+ // to refresh the device with) so we must AddRef it to keep it safely. If
+ // we start flushing the source thread is released and any sample waiting
+ // will be released otherwise GetBuffer may never return (see BeginFlush)
+
+ m_pMediaSample = pMediaSample;
+ m_pMediaSample->AddRef();
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called by the source filter when we have a sample to render. Under normal
+// circumstances we set an advise link with the clock, wait for the time to
+// arrive and then render the data using the PURE virtual DoRenderSample that
+// the derived class will have overriden. After rendering the sample we may
+// also signal EOS if it was the last one sent before EndOfStream was called
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ // It may return VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED code to say don't bother
+
+ HRESULT hr = PrepareReceive(pSample);
+ ASSERT(m_bInReceive == SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ if (hr == VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We realize the palette in "PrepareRender()" so we have to give away the
+ // filter lock here.
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ PrepareRender();
+ // no need to use InterlockedExchange
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ {
+ // We must hold both these locks
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped)
+ return NOERROR;
+
+ m_bInReceive = TRUE;
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ OnReceiveFirstSample(pSample);
+ }
+ Ready();
+ }
+ // Having set an advise link with the clock we sit and wait. We may be
+ // awoken by the clock firing or by a state change. The rendering call
+ // will lock the critical section and check we can still render the data
+
+ hr = WaitForRenderTime();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ PrepareRender();
+
+ // Set this here and poll it until we work out the locking correctly
+ // It can't be right that the streaming stuff grabs the interface
+ // lock - after all we want to be able to wait for this stuff
+ // to complete
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+
+ // We must hold both these locks
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // since we gave away the filter wide lock, the sate of the filter could
+ // have chnaged to Stopped
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped)
+ return NOERROR;
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ // Deal with this sample
+
+ Render(m_pMediaSample);
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ CancelNotification();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we stop or are inactivated to clear the pending sample
+// We release the media sample interface so that they can be allocated to the
+// source filter again, unless of course we are changing state to inactive in
+// which case GetBuffer will return an error. We must also reset the current
+// media sample to NULL so that we know we do not currently have an image
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ClearPendingSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ m_pMediaSample->Release();
+ m_pMediaSample = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Used to signal end of stream according to the sample end time
+
+void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier
+ UINT uMsg, // Not currently used
+ DWORD_PTR dwUser,// User information
+ DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved
+ DWORD_PTR dw2) // is also reserved
+{
+ CBaseRenderer *pRenderer = (CBaseRenderer *) dwUser;
+ NOTE1("EndOfStreamTimer called (%d)",uID);
+ pRenderer->TimerCallback();
+}
+
+// Do the timer callback work
+void CBaseRenderer::TimerCallback()
+{
+ // Lock for synchronization (but don't hold this lock when calling
+ // timeKillEvent)
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ // See if we should signal end of stream now
+
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// If we are at the end of the stream signal the filter graph but do not set
+// the state flag back to FALSE. Once we drop off the end of the stream we
+// leave the flag set (until a subsequent ResetEndOfStream). Each sample we
+// get delivered will update m_SignalTime to be the last sample's end time.
+// We must wait this long before signalling end of stream to the filtergraph
+
+#define TIMEOUT_DELIVERYWAIT 50
+#define TIMEOUT_RESOLUTION 10
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SendEndOfStream()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_RendererLock));
+ if (m_bEOS == FALSE || m_bEOSDelivered || m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If there is no clock then signal immediately
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // How long into the future is the delivery time
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME Signal = m_tStart + m_SignalTime;
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentTime;
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&CurrentTime);
+ LONG Delay = LONG((Signal - CurrentTime) / 10000);
+
+ // Dump the timing information to the debugger
+
+ NOTE1("Delay until end of stream delivery %d",Delay);
+ NOTE1("Current %s",(LPCTSTR)CDisp((LONGLONG)CurrentTime));
+ NOTE1("Signal %s",(LPCTSTR)CDisp((LONGLONG)Signal));
+
+ // Wait for the delivery time to arrive
+
+ if (Delay < TIMEOUT_DELIVERYWAIT) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // Signal a timer callback on another worker thread
+
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = CompatibleTimeSetEvent((UINT) Delay, // Period of timer
+ TIMEOUT_RESOLUTION, // Timer resolution
+ EndOfStreamTimer, // Callback function
+ DWORD_PTR(this), // Used information
+ TIME_ONESHOT); // Type of callback
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Signals EC_COMPLETE to the filtergraph manager
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::NotifyEndOfStream()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ ASSERT(m_bEOSDelivered == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+
+ // Has the filter changed state
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the end of stream timer
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+
+ // If we've been using the IMediaPosition interface, set it's start
+ // and end media "times" to the stop position by hand. This ensures
+ // that we actually get to the end, even if the MPEG guestimate has
+ // been bad or if the quality management dropped the last few frames
+
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->EOS();
+ m_bEOSDelivered = TRUE;
+ NOTE("Sending EC_COMPLETE...");
+ return NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE,S_OK,(LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)this);
+}
+
+
+// Reset the end of stream flag, this is typically called when we transfer to
+// stopped states since that resets the current position back to the start so
+// we will receive more samples or another EndOfStream if there aren't any. We
+// keep two separate flags one to say we have run off the end of the stream
+// (this is the m_bEOS flag) and another to say we have delivered EC_COMPLETE
+// to the filter graph. We need the latter otherwise we can end up sending an
+// EC_COMPLETE every time the source changes state and calls our EndOfStream
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ResetEndOfStream()
+{
+ ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ m_bEOS = FALSE;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ m_SignalTime = 0;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Kills any outstanding end of stream timer
+
+void CBaseRenderer::ResetEndOfStreamTimer()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_RendererLock));
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ timeKillEvent(m_EndOfStreamTimer);
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we start running so that we can schedule any pending
+// image we have with the clock and display any timing information. If we
+// don't have any sample but we have queued an EOS flag then we send it. If
+// we do have a sample then we wait until that has been rendered before we
+// signal the filter graph otherwise we may change state before it's done
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::StartStreaming()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_bStreaming == TRUE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the streaming times ready for running
+
+ m_bStreaming = TRUE;
+
+ timeBeginPeriod(1);
+ OnStartStreaming();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+
+ // If we have an EOS and no data then deliver it now
+
+ if (m_pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // Have the data rendered
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaSample);
+ if (!ScheduleSample(m_pMediaSample))
+ m_RenderEvent.Set();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we stop streaming so that we can set our internal flag
+// indicating we are not now to schedule any more samples arriving. The state
+// change methods in the filter implementation take care of cancelling any
+// clock advise link we have set up and clearing any pending sample we have
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::StopStreaming()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == TRUE) {
+ m_bStreaming = FALSE;
+ OnStopStreaming();
+ timeEndPeriod(1);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We have a boolean flag that is reset when we have signalled EC_REPAINT to
+// the filter graph. We set this when we receive an image so that should any
+// conditions arise again we can send another one. By having a flag we ensure
+// we don't flood the filter graph with redundant calls. We do not set the
+// event when we receive an EndOfStream call since there is no point in us
+// sending further EC_REPAINTs. In particular the AutoShowWindow method and
+// the DirectDraw object use this method to control the window repainting
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint)
+{
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ m_bRepaintStatus = bRepaint;
+}
+
+
+// Pass the window handle to the upstream filter
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd)
+{
+ IMediaEventSink *pSink;
+
+ // Does the pin support IMediaEventSink
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaEventSink,(void **)&pSink);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ pSink->Notify(EC_NOTIFY_WINDOW,LONG_PTR(hwnd),0);
+ pSink->Release();
+ }
+ NotifyEvent(EC_NOTIFY_WINDOW,LONG_PTR(hwnd),0);
+}
+
+
+// Signal an EC_REPAINT to the filter graph. This can be used to have data
+// sent to us. For example when a video window is first displayed it may
+// not have an image to display, at which point it signals EC_REPAINT. The
+// filtergraph will either pause the graph if stopped or if already paused
+// it will call put_CurrentPosition of the current position. Setting the
+// current position to itself has the stream flushed and the image resent
+
+#define RLOG(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT(_x_)));
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SendRepaint()
+{
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin);
+
+ // We should not send repaint notifications when...
+ // - An end of stream has been notified
+ // - Our input pin is being flushed
+ // - The input pin is not connected
+ // - We have aborted a video playback
+ // - There is a repaint already sent
+
+ if (m_bAbort == FALSE) {
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == TRUE) {
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE) {
+ if (IsEndOfStream() == FALSE) {
+ if (m_bRepaintStatus == TRUE) {
+ IPin *pPin = (IPin *) m_pInputPin;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_REPAINT,(LONG_PTR) pPin,0);
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ RLOG("Sending repaint");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// When a video window detects a display change (WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message) it
+// can send an EC_DISPLAY_CHANGED event code along with the renderer pin. The
+// filtergraph will stop everyone and reconnect our input pin. As we're then
+// reconnected we can accept the media type that matches the new display mode
+// since we may no longer be able to draw the current image type efficiently
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::OnDisplayChange()
+{
+ // Ignore if we are not connected yet
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ RLOG("Notification of EC_DISPLAY_CHANGE");
+
+ // Pass our input pin as parameter on the event
+
+ IPin *pPin = (IPin *) m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin->AddRef();
+ NotifyEvent(EC_DISPLAY_CHANGED,(LONG_PTR) pPin,0);
+ SetAbortSignal(TRUE);
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Called just before we start drawing.
+// Store the current time in m_trRenderStart to allow the rendering time to be
+// logged. Log the time stamp of the sample and how late it is (neg is early)
+
+void CBaseRenderer::OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStart, trEnd;
+ pMediaSample->GetTime(&trStart, &trEnd);
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseStamp, (int)trStart); // dump low order 32 bits
+
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&m_trRenderStart);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, (int)m_trRenderStart);
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStream;
+ trStream = m_trRenderStart-m_tStart; // convert reftime to stream time
+ MSR_INTEGER(0,(int)trStream);
+
+ const int trLate = (int)(trStream - trStart);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseAccuracy, trLate/10000); // dump in mSec
+#endif
+
+} // OnRenderStart
+
+
+// Called directly after drawing an image.
+// calculate the time spent drawing and log it.
+
+void CBaseRenderer::OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME trNow;
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trNow);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0,(int)trNow);
+ int t = (int)((trNow - m_trRenderStart)/10000); // convert UNITS->msec
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseRenderTime, t);
+#endif
+} // OnRenderEnd
+
+
+
+
+// Constructor must be passed the base renderer object
+
+CRendererInputPin::CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(NAME("Renderer pin"),
+ pRenderer,
+ &pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock,
+ (HRESULT *) phr,
+ pPinName)
+{
+ m_pRenderer = pRenderer;
+ ASSERT(m_pRenderer);
+}
+
+
+// Signals end of data stream on the input pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::EndOfStream()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+
+ // Make sure we're streaming ok
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Pass it onto the renderer
+
+ hr = m_pRenderer->EndOfStream();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::EndOfStream();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Signals start of flushing on the input pin - we do the final reset end of
+// stream with the renderer lock unlocked but with the interface lock locked
+// We must do this because we call timeKillEvent, our timer callback method
+// has to take the renderer lock to serialise our state. Therefore holding a
+// renderer lock when calling timeKillEvent could cause a deadlock condition
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::BeginFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ {
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+ CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush();
+ m_pRenderer->BeginFlush();
+ }
+ return m_pRenderer->ResetEndOfStream();
+}
+
+
+// Signals end of flushing on the input pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::EndFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->EndFlush();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Pass the sample straight through to the renderer object
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->Receive(pSample);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+ // A deadlock could occur if the caller holds the renderer lock and
+ // attempts to acquire the interface lock.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock));
+
+ {
+ // The interface lock must be held when the filter is calling
+ // IsStopped() or IsFlushing(). The interface lock must also
+ // be held because the function uses m_bRunTimeError.
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // We do not report errors which occur while the filter is stopping,
+ // flushing or if the m_bAbort flag is set . Errors are expected to
+ // occur during these operations and the streaming thread correctly
+ // handles the errors.
+ if (!IsStopped() && !IsFlushing() && !m_pRenderer->m_bAbort && !m_bRunTimeError) {
+
+ // EC_ERRORABORT's first parameter is the error which caused
+ // the event and its' last parameter is 0. See the Direct
+ // Show SDK documentation for more information.
+ m_pRenderer->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT,hr,0);
+
+ {
+ CAutoLock alRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pRenderer->IsStreaming() && !m_pRenderer->IsEndOfStreamDelivered()) {
+ m_pRenderer->NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin is disconnected
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->BreakConnect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin is connected
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// Give the pin id of our one and only pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Id,E_POINTER);
+
+ const WCHAR szIn[] = L"In";
+
+ *Id = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(szIn));
+ if (*Id == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(*Id, szIn, sizeof(szIn));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Will the filter accept this media type
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ return m_pRenderer->CheckMediaType(pmt);
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go paused or running
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::Active()
+{
+ return m_pRenderer->Active();
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go into a stopped state
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::Inactive()
+{
+ // The caller must hold the interface lock because
+ // this function uses m_bRunTimeError.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock));
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+
+ return m_pRenderer->Inactive();
+}
+
+
+// Tell derived classes about the media type agreed
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return m_pRenderer->SetMediaType(pmt);
+}
+
+
+// We do not keep an event object to use when setting up a timer link with
+// the clock but are given a pointer to one by the owning object through the
+// SetNotificationObject method - this must be initialised before starting
+// We can override the default quality management process to have it always
+// draw late frames, this is currently done by having the following registry
+// key (actually an INI key) called DrawLateFrames set to 1 (default is 0)
+
+const TCHAR AMQUALITY[] = TEXT("ActiveMovie");
+const TCHAR DRAWLATEFRAMES[] = TEXT("DrawLateFrames");
+
+CBaseVideoRenderer::CBaseVideoRenderer(
+ REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // General OLE return code
+
+ CBaseRenderer(RenderClass,pName,pUnk,phr),
+ m_cFramesDropped(0),
+ m_cFramesDrawn(0),
+ m_bSupplierHandlingQuality(FALSE)
+{
+ ResetStreamingTimes();
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_idTimeStamp = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Frame time stamp"));
+ m_idEarliness = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Earliness fudge"));
+ m_idTarget = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Target (mSec)"));
+ m_idSchLateTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("mSec late when scheduled"));
+ m_idDecision = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Scheduler decision code"));
+ m_idQualityRate = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Quality rate sent"));
+ m_idQualityTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Quality time sent"));
+ m_idWaitReal = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Render wait"));
+ // m_idWait = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("wait time recorded (msec)"));
+ m_idFrameAccuracy = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Frame accuracy (msecs)"));
+ m_bDrawLateFrames = GetProfileInt(AMQUALITY, DRAWLATEFRAMES, FALSE);
+ //m_idSendQuality = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Processing Quality message"));
+
+ m_idRenderAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Render draw time Avg"));
+ m_idFrameAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("FrameAvg"));
+ m_idWaitAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("WaitAvg"));
+ m_idDuration = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Duration"));
+ m_idThrottle = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Audio-video throttle wait"));
+ // m_idDebug = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Debug stuff"));
+#endif // PERF
+} // Constructor
+
+
+// Destructor is just a placeholder
+
+CBaseVideoRenderer::~CBaseVideoRenderer()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+}
+
+
+// The timing functions in this class are called by the window object and by
+// the renderer's allocator.
+// The windows object calls timing functions as it receives media sample
+// images for drawing using GDI.
+// The allocator calls timing functions when it starts passing DCI/DirectDraw
+// surfaces which are not rendered in the same way; The decompressor writes
+// directly to the surface with no separate rendering, so those code paths
+// call direct into us. Since we only ever hand out DCI/DirectDraw surfaces
+// when we have allocated one and only one image we know there cannot be any
+// conflict between the two.
+//
+// We use timeGetTime to return the timing counts we use (since it's relative
+// performance we are interested in rather than absolute compared to a clock)
+// The window object sets the accuracy of the system clock (normally 1ms) by
+// calling timeBeginPeriod/timeEndPeriod when it changes streaming states
+
+
+// Reset all times controlling streaming.
+// Set them so that
+// 1. Frames will not initially be dropped
+// 2. The first frame will definitely be drawn (achieved by saying that there
+// has not ben a frame drawn for a long time).
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::ResetStreamingTimes()
+{
+ m_trLastDraw = -1000; // set up as first frame since ages (1 sec) ago
+ m_tStreamingStart = timeGetTime();
+ m_trRenderAvg = 0;
+ m_trFrameAvg = -1; // -1000 fps == "unset"
+ m_trDuration = 0; // 0 - strange value
+ m_trRenderLast = 0;
+ m_trWaitAvg = 0;
+ m_tRenderStart = 0;
+ m_cFramesDrawn = 0;
+ m_cFramesDropped = 0;
+ m_iTotAcc = 0;
+ m_iSumSqAcc = 0;
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime = 0;
+ m_trFrame = 0; // hygeine - not really needed
+ m_trLate = 0; // hygeine - not really needed
+ m_iSumFrameTime = 0;
+ m_nNormal = 0;
+ m_trEarliness = 0;
+ m_trTarget = -300000; // 30mSec early
+ m_trThrottle = 0;
+ m_trRememberStampForPerf = 0;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_trRememberFrameForPerf = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return NOERROR;
+} // ResetStreamingTimes
+
+
+// Reset all times controlling streaming. Note that we're now streaming. We
+// don't need to set the rendering event to have the source filter released
+// as it is done during the Run processing. When we are run we immediately
+// release the source filter thread and draw any image waiting (that image
+// may already have been drawn once as a poster frame while we were paused)
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::OnStartStreaming()
+{
+ ResetStreamingTimes();
+ return NOERROR;
+} // OnStartStreaming
+
+
+// Called at end of streaming. Fixes times for property page report
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::OnStopStreaming()
+{
+ m_tStreamingStart = timeGetTime()-m_tStreamingStart;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // OnStopStreaming
+
+
+// Called when we start waiting for a rendering event.
+// Used to update times spent waiting and not waiting.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnWaitStart()
+{
+ MSR_START(m_idWaitReal);
+} // OnWaitStart
+
+
+// Called when we are awoken from the wait in the window OR by our allocator
+// when it is hanging around until the next sample is due for rendering on a
+// DCI/DirectDraw surface. We add the wait time into our rolling average.
+// We grab the interface lock so that we're serialised with the application
+// thread going through the run code - which in due course ends up calling
+// ResetStreaming times - possibly as we run through this section of code
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnWaitEnd()
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ MSR_STOP(m_idWaitReal);
+ // for a perf build we want to know just exactly how late we REALLY are.
+ // even if this means that we have to look at the clock again.
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream; // the real time now expressed as stream time.
+#if 0
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trRealStream); // Calling clock here causes W95 deadlock!
+#else
+ // We will be discarding overflows like mad here!
+ // This is wrong really because timeGetTime() can wrap but it's
+ // only for PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME tr = timeGetTime()*10000;
+ trRealStream = tr + m_llTimeOffset;
+#endif
+ trRealStream -= m_tStart; // convert to stream time (this is a reftime)
+
+ if (m_trRememberStampForPerf==0) {
+ // This is probably the poster frame at the start, and it is not scheduled
+ // in the usual way at all. Just count it. The rememberstamp gets set
+ // in ShouldDrawSampleNow, so this does invalid frame recording until we
+ // actually start playing.
+ PreparePerformanceData(0, 0);
+ } else {
+ int trLate = (int)(trRealStream - m_trRememberStampForPerf);
+ int trFrame = (int)(tr - m_trRememberFrameForPerf);
+ PreparePerformanceData(trLate, trFrame);
+ }
+ m_trRememberFrameForPerf = tr;
+#endif //PERF
+} // OnWaitEnd
+
+
+// Put data on one side that describes the lateness of the current frame.
+// We don't yet know whether it will actually be drawn. In direct draw mode,
+// this decision is up to the filter upstream, and it could change its mind.
+// The rules say that if it did draw it must call Receive(). One way or
+// another we eventually get into either OnRenderStart or OnDirectRender and
+// these both call RecordFrameLateness to update the statistics.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame)
+{
+ m_trLate = trLate;
+ m_trFrame = trFrame;
+} // PreparePerformanceData
+
+
+// update the statistics:
+// m_iTotAcc, m_iSumSqAcc, m_iSumSqFrameTime, m_iSumFrameTime, m_cFramesDrawn
+// Note that because the properties page reports using these variables,
+// 1. We need to be inside a critical section
+// 2. They must all be updated together. Updating the sums here and the count
+// elsewhere can result in imaginary jitter (i.e. attempts to find square roots
+// of negative numbers) in the property page code.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame)
+{
+ // Record how timely we are.
+ int tLate = trLate/10000;
+
+ // Best estimate of moment of appearing on the screen is average of
+ // start and end draw times. Here we have only the end time. This may
+ // tend to show us as spuriously late by up to 1/2 frame rate achieved.
+ // Decoder probably monitors draw time. We don't bother.
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idFrameAccuracy, tLate );
+
+ // This is a kludge - we can get frames that are very late
+ // especially (at start-up) and they invalidate the statistics.
+ // So ignore things that are more than 1 sec off.
+ if (tLate>1000 || tLate<-1000) {
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn<=1) {
+ tLate = 0;
+ } else if (tLate>0) {
+ tLate = 1000;
+ } else {
+ tLate = -1000;
+ }
+ }
+ // The very first frame often has a invalid time, so don't
+ // count it into the statistics. (???)
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn>1) {
+ m_iTotAcc += tLate;
+ m_iSumSqAcc += (tLate*tLate);
+ }
+
+ // calculate inter-frame time. Doesn't make sense for first frame
+ // second frame suffers from invalid first frame stamp.
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn>2) {
+ int tFrame = trFrame/10000; // convert to mSec else it overflows
+
+ // This is a kludge. It can overflow anyway (a pause can cause
+ // a very long inter-frame time) and it overflows at 2**31/10**7
+ // or about 215 seconds i.e. 3min 35sec
+ if (tFrame>1000||tFrame<0) tFrame = 1000;
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime += tFrame*tFrame;
+ ASSERT(m_iSumSqFrameTime>=0);
+ m_iSumFrameTime += tFrame;
+ }
+ ++m_cFramesDrawn;
+
+} // RecordFrameLateness
+
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::ThrottleWait()
+{
+ if (m_trThrottle>0) {
+ int iThrottle = m_trThrottle/10000; // convert to mSec
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idThrottle, iThrottle);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("Throttle %d ms"), iThrottle));
+ Sleep(iThrottle);
+ } else {
+ Sleep(0);
+ }
+} // ThrottleWait
+
+
+// Whenever a frame is rendered it goes though either OnRenderStart
+// or OnDirectRender. Data that are generated during ShouldDrawSample
+// are added to the statistics by calling RecordFrameLateness from both
+// these two places.
+
+// Called in place of OnRenderStart..OnRenderEnd
+// When a DirectDraw image is drawn
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ m_trRenderAvg = 0;
+ m_trRenderLast = 5000000; // If we mode switch, we do NOT want this
+ // to inhibit the new average getting going!
+ // so we set it to half a second
+ // MSR_INTEGER(m_idRenderAvg, m_trRenderAvg/10000);
+ RecordFrameLateness(m_trLate, m_trFrame);
+ ThrottleWait();
+} // OnDirectRender
+
+
+// Called just before we start drawing. All we do is to get the current clock
+// time (from the system) and return. We have to store the start render time
+// in a member variable because it isn't used until we complete the drawing
+// The rest is just performance logging.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ RecordFrameLateness(m_trLate, m_trFrame);
+ m_tRenderStart = timeGetTime();
+} // OnRenderStart
+
+
+// Called directly after drawing an image. We calculate the time spent in the
+// drawing code and if this doesn't appear to have any odd looking spikes in
+// it then we add it to the current average draw time. Measurement spikes may
+// occur if the drawing thread is interrupted and switched to somewhere else.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // The renderer time can vary erratically if we are interrupted so we do
+ // some smoothing to help get more sensible figures out but even that is
+ // not enough as figures can go 9,10,9,9,83,9 and we must disregard 83
+
+ int tr = (timeGetTime() - m_tRenderStart)*10000; // convert mSec->UNITS
+ if (tr < m_trRenderAvg*2 || tr < 2 * m_trRenderLast) {
+ // DO_MOVING_AVG(m_trRenderAvg, tr);
+ m_trRenderAvg = (tr + (AVGPERIOD-1)*m_trRenderAvg)/AVGPERIOD;
+ }
+ m_trRenderLast = tr;
+ ThrottleWait();
+} // OnRenderEnd
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc)
+{
+
+ m_pQSink = piqc;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+} // SetSink
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q)
+{
+ // NOTE: We are NOT getting any locks here. We could be called
+ // asynchronously and possibly even on a time critical thread of
+ // someone else's - so we do the minumum. We only set one state
+ // variable (an integer) and if that happens to be in the middle
+ // of another thread reading it they will just get either the new
+ // or the old value. Locking would achieve no more than this.
+
+ // It might be nice to check that we are being called from m_pGraph, but
+ // it turns out to be a millisecond or so per throw!
+
+ // This is heuristics, these numbers are aimed at being "what works"
+ // rather than anything based on some theory.
+ // We use a hyperbola because it's easy to calculate and it includes
+ // a panic button asymptote (which we push off just to the left)
+ // The throttling fits the following table (roughly)
+ // Proportion Throttle (msec)
+ // >=1000 0
+ // 900 3
+ // 800 7
+ // 700 11
+ // 600 17
+ // 500 25
+ // 400 35
+ // 300 50
+ // 200 72
+ // 125 100
+ // 100 112
+ // 50 146
+ // 0 200
+
+ // (some evidence that we could go for a sharper kink - e.g. no throttling
+ // until below the 750 mark - might give fractionally more frames on a
+ // P60-ish machine). The easy way to get these coefficients is to use
+ // Renbase.xls follow the instructions therein using excel solver.
+
+ if (q.Proportion>=1000) { m_trThrottle = 0; }
+ else {
+ // The DWORD is to make quite sure I get unsigned arithmetic
+ // as the constant is between 2**31 and 2**32
+ m_trThrottle = -330000 + (388880000/(q.Proportion+167));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // Notify
+
+
+// Send a message to indicate what our supplier should do about quality.
+// Theory:
+// What a supplier wants to know is "is the frame I'm working on NOW
+// going to be late?".
+// F1 is the frame at the supplier (as above)
+// Tf1 is the due time for F1
+// T1 is the time at that point (NOW!)
+// Tr1 is the time that f1 WILL actually be rendered
+// L1 is the latency of the graph for frame F1 = Tr1-T1
+// D1 (for delay) is how late F1 will be beyond its due time i.e.
+// D1 = (Tr1-Tf1) which is what the supplier really wants to know.
+// Unfortunately Tr1 is in the future and is unknown, so is L1
+//
+// We could estimate L1 by its value for a previous frame,
+// L0 = Tr0-T0 and work off
+// D1' = ((T1+L0)-Tf1) = (T1 + (Tr0-T0) -Tf1)
+// Rearranging terms:
+// D1' = (T1-T0) + (Tr0-Tf1)
+// adding (Tf0-Tf0) and rearranging again:
+// = (T1-T0) + (Tr0-Tf0) + (Tf0-Tf1)
+// = (T1-T0) - (Tf1-Tf0) + (Tr0-Tf0)
+// But (Tr0-Tf0) is just D0 - how late frame zero was, and this is the
+// Late field in the quality message that we send.
+// The other two terms just state what correction should be applied before
+// using the lateness of F0 to predict the lateness of F1.
+// (T1-T0) says how much time has actually passed (we have lost this much)
+// (Tf1-Tf0) says how much time should have passed if we were keeping pace
+// (we have gained this much).
+//
+// Suppliers should therefore work off:
+// Quality.Late + (T1-T0) - (Tf1-Tf0)
+// and see if this is "acceptably late" or even early (i.e. negative).
+// They get T1 and T0 by polling the clock, they get Tf1 and Tf0 from
+// the time stamps in the frames. They get Quality.Late from us.
+//
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate,
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream)
+{
+ Quality q;
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // If we are the main user of time, then report this as Flood/Dry.
+ // If our suppliers are, then report it as Famine/Glut.
+ //
+ // We need to take action, but avoid hunting. Hunting is caused by
+ // 1. Taking too much action too soon and overshooting
+ // 2. Taking too long to react (so averaging can CAUSE hunting).
+ //
+ // The reason why we use trLate as well as Wait is to reduce hunting;
+ // if the wait time is coming down and about to go into the red, we do
+ // NOT want to rely on some average which is only telling is that it used
+ // to be OK once.
+
+ q.TimeStamp = (REFERENCE_TIME)trRealStream;
+
+ if (m_trFrameAvg<0) {
+ q.Type = Famine; // guess
+ }
+ // Is the greater part of the time taken bltting or something else
+ else if (m_trFrameAvg > 2*m_trRenderAvg) {
+ q.Type = Famine; // mainly other
+ } else {
+ q.Type = Flood; // mainly bltting
+ }
+
+ q.Proportion = 1000; // default
+
+ if (m_trFrameAvg<0) {
+ // leave it alone - we don't know enough
+ }
+ else if ( trLate> 0 ) {
+ // try to catch up over the next second
+ // We could be Really, REALLY late, but rendering all the frames
+ // anyway, just because it's so cheap.
+
+ q.Proportion = 1000 - (int)((trLate)/(UNITS/1000));
+ if (q.Proportion<500) {
+ q.Proportion = 500; // don't go daft. (could've been negative!)
+ } else {
+ }
+
+ } else if ( m_trWaitAvg>20000
+ && trLate<-20000
+ ){
+ // Go cautiously faster - aim at 2mSec wait.
+ if (m_trWaitAvg>=m_trFrameAvg) {
+ // This can happen because of some fudges.
+ // The waitAvg is how long we originally planned to wait
+ // The frameAvg is more honest.
+ // It means that we are spending a LOT of time waiting
+ q.Proportion = 2000; // double.
+ } else {
+ if (m_trFrameAvg+20000 > m_trWaitAvg) {
+ q.Proportion
+ = 1000 * (m_trFrameAvg / (m_trFrameAvg + 20000 - m_trWaitAvg));
+ } else {
+ // We're apparently spending more than the whole frame time waiting.
+ // Assume that the averages are slightly out of kilter, but that we
+ // are indeed doing a lot of waiting. (This leg probably never
+ // happens, but the code avoids any potential divide by zero).
+ q.Proportion = 2000;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (q.Proportion>2000) {
+ q.Proportion = 2000; // don't go crazy.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Tell the supplier how late frames are when they get rendered
+ // That's how late we are now.
+ // If we are in directdraw mode then the guy upstream can see the drawing
+ // times and we'll just report on the start time. He can figure out any
+ // offset to apply. If we are in DIB Section mode then we will apply an
+ // extra offset which is half of our drawing time. This is usually small
+ // but can sometimes be the dominant effect. For this we will use the
+ // average drawing time rather than the last frame. If the last frame took
+ // a long time to draw and made us late, that's already in the lateness
+ // figure. We should not add it in again unless we expect the next frame
+ // to be the same. We don't, we expect the average to be a better shot.
+ // In direct draw mode the RenderAvg will be zero.
+
+ q.Late = trLate + m_trRenderAvg/2;
+
+ // log what we're doing
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idQualityRate, q.Proportion);
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idQualityTime, (int)q.Late / 10000 );
+
+ // A specific sink interface may be set through IPin
+
+ if (m_pQSink==NULL) {
+ // Get our input pin's peer. We send quality management messages
+ // to any nominated receiver of these things (set in the IPin
+ // interface), or else to our source filter.
+
+ IQualityControl *pQC = NULL;
+ IPin *pOutputPin = m_pInputPin->GetConnected();
+ ASSERT(pOutputPin != NULL);
+
+ // And get an AddRef'd quality control interface
+
+ hr = pOutputPin->QueryInterface(IID_IQualityControl,(void**) &pQC);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pQSink = pQC;
+ }
+ }
+ if (m_pQSink) {
+ return m_pQSink->Notify(this,q);
+ }
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+
+} // SendQuality
+
+
+// We are called with a valid IMediaSample image to decide whether this is to
+// be drawn or not. There must be a reference clock in operation.
+// Return S_OK if it is to be drawn Now (as soon as possible)
+// Return S_FALSE if it is to be drawn when it's due
+// Return an error if we want to drop it
+// m_nNormal=-1 indicates that we dropped the previous frame and so this
+// one should be drawn early. Respect it and update it.
+// Use current stream time plus a number of heuristics (detailed below)
+// to make the decision
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd)
+{
+
+ // Don't call us unless there's a clock interface to synchronise with
+ ASSERT(m_pClock);
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeStamp, (int)((*ptrStart)>>32)); // high order 32 bits
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeStamp, (int)(*ptrStart)); // low order 32 bits
+
+ // We lose a bit of time depending on the monitor type waiting for the next
+ // screen refresh. On average this might be about 8mSec - so it will be
+ // later than we think when the picture appears. To compensate a bit
+ // we bias the media samples by -8mSec i.e. 80000 UNITs.
+ // We don't ever make a stream time negative (call it paranoia)
+ if (*ptrStart>=80000) {
+ *ptrStart -= 80000;
+ *ptrEnd -= 80000; // bias stop to to retain valid frame duration
+ }
+
+ // Cache the time stamp now. We will want to compare what we did with what
+ // we started with (after making the monitor allowance).
+ m_trRememberStampForPerf = *ptrStart;
+
+ // Get reference times (current and late)
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream; // the real time now expressed as stream time.
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trRealStream);
+#ifdef PERF
+ // While the reference clock is expensive:
+ // Remember the offset from timeGetTime and use that.
+ // This overflows all over the place, but when we subtract to get
+ // differences the overflows all cancel out.
+ m_llTimeOffset = trRealStream-timeGetTime()*10000;
+#endif
+ trRealStream -= m_tStart; // convert to stream time (this is a reftime)
+
+ // We have to wory about two versions of "lateness". The truth, which we
+ // try to work out here and the one measured against m_trTarget which
+ // includes long term feedback. We report statistics against the truth
+ // but for operational decisions we work to the target.
+ // We use TimeDiff to make sure we get an integer because we
+ // may actually be late (or more likely early if there is a big time
+ // gap) by a very long time.
+ const int trTrueLate = TimeDiff(trRealStream - *ptrStart);
+ const int trLate = trTrueLate;
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idSchLateTime, trTrueLate/10000);
+
+ // Send quality control messages upstream, measured against target
+ HRESULT hr = SendQuality(trLate, trRealStream);
+ // Note: the filter upstream is allowed to this FAIL meaning "you do it".
+ m_bSupplierHandlingQuality = (hr==S_OK);
+
+ // Decision time! Do we drop, draw when ready or draw immediately?
+
+ const int trDuration = (int)(*ptrEnd - *ptrStart);
+ {
+ // We need to see if the frame rate of the file has just changed.
+ // This would make comparing our previous frame rate with the current
+ // frame rate inefficent. Hang on a moment though. I've seen files
+ // where the frames vary between 33 and 34 mSec so as to average
+ // 30fps. A minor variation like that won't hurt us.
+ int t = m_trDuration/32;
+ if ( trDuration > m_trDuration+t
+ || trDuration < m_trDuration-t
+ ) {
+ // There's a major variation. Reset the average frame rate to
+ // exactly the current rate to disable decision 9002 for this frame,
+ // and remember the new rate.
+ m_trFrameAvg = trDuration;
+ m_trDuration = trDuration;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idEarliness, m_trEarliness/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idRenderAvg, m_trRenderAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameAvg, m_trFrameAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idWaitAvg, m_trWaitAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDuration, trDuration/10000);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ if (S_OK==pMediaSample->IsDiscontinuity()) {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9000);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // Control the graceful slide back from slow to fast machine mode.
+ // After a frame drop accept an early frame and set the earliness to here
+ // If this frame is already later than the earliness then slide it to here
+ // otherwise do the standard slide (reduce by about 12% per frame).
+ // Note: earliness is normally NEGATIVE
+ BOOL bJustDroppedFrame
+ = ( m_bSupplierHandlingQuality
+ // Can't use the pin sample properties because we might
+ // not be in Receive when we call this
+ && (S_OK == pMediaSample->IsDiscontinuity()) // he just dropped one
+ )
+ || (m_nNormal==-1); // we just dropped one
+
+
+ // Set m_trEarliness (slide back from slow to fast machine mode)
+ if (trLate>0) {
+ m_trEarliness = 0; // we are no longer in fast machine mode at all!
+ } else if ( (trLate>=m_trEarliness) || bJustDroppedFrame) {
+ m_trEarliness = trLate; // Things have slipped of their own accord
+ } else {
+ m_trEarliness = m_trEarliness - m_trEarliness/8; // graceful slide
+ }
+
+ // prepare the new wait average - but don't pollute the old one until
+ // we have finished with it.
+ int trWaitAvg;
+ {
+ // We never mix in a negative wait. This causes us to believe in fast machines
+ // slightly more.
+ int trL = trLate<0 ? -trLate : 0;
+ trWaitAvg = (trL + m_trWaitAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+ }
+
+
+ int trFrame;
+ {
+ REFERENCE_TIME tr = trRealStream - m_trLastDraw; // Cd be large - 4 min pause!
+ if (tr>10000000) {
+ tr = 10000000; // 1 second - arbitrarily.
+ }
+ trFrame = int(tr);
+ }
+
+ // We will DRAW this frame IF...
+ if (
+ // ...the time we are spending drawing is a small fraction of the total
+ // observed inter-frame time so that dropping it won't help much.
+ (3*m_trRenderAvg <= m_trFrameAvg)
+
+ // ...or our supplier is NOT handling things and the next frame would
+ // be less timely than this one or our supplier CLAIMS to be handling
+ // things, and is now less than a full FOUR frames late.
+ || ( m_bSupplierHandlingQuality
+ ? (trLate <= trDuration*4)
+ : (trLate+trLate < trDuration)
+ )
+
+ // ...or we are on average waiting for over eight milliseconds then
+ // this may be just a glitch. Draw it and we'll hope to catch up.
+ || (m_trWaitAvg > 80000)
+
+ // ...or we haven't drawn an image for over a second. We will update
+ // the display, which stops the video looking hung.
+ // Do this regardless of how late this media sample is.
+ || ((trRealStream - m_trLastDraw) > UNITS)
+
+ ) {
+ HRESULT Result;
+
+ // We are going to play this frame. We may want to play it early.
+ // We will play it early if we think we are in slow machine mode.
+ // If we think we are NOT in slow machine mode, we will still play
+ // it early by m_trEarliness as this controls the graceful slide back.
+ // and in addition we aim at being m_trTarget late rather than "on time".
+
+ BOOL bPlayASAP = FALSE;
+
+ // we will play it AT ONCE (slow machine mode) if...
+
+ // ...we are playing catch-up
+ if ( bJustDroppedFrame) {
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9001);
+ }
+
+ // ...or if we are running below the true frame rate
+ // exact comparisons are glitchy, for these measurements,
+ // so add an extra 5% or so
+ else if ( (m_trFrameAvg > trDuration + trDuration/16)
+
+ // It's possible to get into a state where we are losing ground, but
+ // are a very long way ahead. To avoid this or recover from it
+ // we refuse to play early by more than 10 frames.
+ && (trLate > - trDuration*10)
+ ){
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9002);
+ }
+#if 0
+ // ...or if we have been late and are less than one frame early
+ else if ( (trLate + trDuration > 0)
+ && (m_trWaitAvg<=20000)
+ ) {
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9003);
+ }
+#endif
+ // We will NOT play it at once if we are grossly early. On very slow frame
+ // rate movies - e.g. clock.avi - it is not a good idea to leap ahead just
+ // because we got starved (for instance by the net) and dropped one frame
+ // some time or other. If we are more than 900mSec early, then wait.
+ if (trLate<-9000000) {
+ bPlayASAP = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (bPlayASAP) {
+
+ m_nNormal = 0;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 0);
+ // When we are here, we are in slow-machine mode. trLate may well
+ // oscillate between negative and positive when the supplier is
+ // dropping frames to keep sync. We should not let that mislead
+ // us into thinking that we have as much as zero spare time!
+ // We just update with a zero wait.
+ m_trWaitAvg = (m_trWaitAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+
+ // Assume that we draw it immediately. Update inter-frame stats
+ m_trFrameAvg = (trFrame + m_trFrameAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+#ifndef PERF
+ // If this is NOT a perf build, then report what we know so far
+ // without looking at the clock any more. This assumes that we
+ // actually wait for exactly the time we hope to. It also reports
+ // how close we get to the manipulated time stamps that we now have
+ // rather than the ones we originally started with. It will
+ // therefore be a little optimistic. However it's fast.
+ PreparePerformanceData(trTrueLate, trFrame);
+#endif
+ m_trLastDraw = trRealStream;
+ if (m_trEarliness > trLate) {
+ m_trEarliness = trLate; // if we are actually early, this is neg
+ }
+ Result = S_OK; // Draw it now
+
+ } else {
+ ++m_nNormal;
+ // Set the average frame rate to EXACTLY the ideal rate.
+ // If we are exiting slow-machine mode then we will have caught up
+ // and be running ahead, so as we slide back to exact timing we will
+ // have a longer than usual gap at this point. If we record this
+ // real gap then we'll think that we're running slow and go back
+ // into slow-machine mode and vever get it straight.
+ m_trFrameAvg = trDuration;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 1);
+
+ // Play it early by m_trEarliness and by m_trTarget
+
+ {
+ int trE = m_trEarliness;
+ if (trE < -m_trFrameAvg) {
+ trE = -m_trFrameAvg;
+ }
+ *ptrStart += trE; // N.B. earliness is negative
+ }
+
+ int Delay = -trTrueLate;
+ Result = Delay<=0 ? S_OK : S_FALSE; // OK = draw now, FALSE = wait
+
+ m_trWaitAvg = trWaitAvg;
+
+ // Predict when it will actually be drawn and update frame stats
+
+ if (Result==S_FALSE) { // We are going to wait
+ trFrame = TimeDiff(*ptrStart-m_trLastDraw);
+ m_trLastDraw = *ptrStart;
+ } else {
+ // trFrame is already = trRealStream-m_trLastDraw;
+ m_trLastDraw = trRealStream;
+ }
+#ifndef PERF
+ int iAccuracy;
+ if (Delay>0) {
+ // Report lateness based on when we intend to play it
+ iAccuracy = TimeDiff(*ptrStart-m_trRememberStampForPerf);
+ } else {
+ // Report lateness based on playing it *now*.
+ iAccuracy = trTrueLate; // trRealStream-RememberStampForPerf;
+ }
+ PreparePerformanceData(iAccuracy, trFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ // We are going to drop this frame!
+ // Of course in DirectDraw mode the guy upstream may draw it anyway.
+
+ // This will probably give a large negative wack to the wait avg.
+ m_trWaitAvg = trWaitAvg;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Respect registry setting - debug only!
+ if (m_bDrawLateFrames) {
+ return S_OK; // draw it when it's ready
+ } // even though it's late.
+#endif
+
+ // We are going to drop this frame so draw the next one early
+ // n.b. if the supplier is doing direct draw then he may draw it anyway
+ // but he's doing something funny to arrive here in that case.
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 2);
+ m_nNormal = -1;
+ return E_FAIL; // drop it
+
+} // ShouldDrawSampleNow
+
+
+// NOTE we're called by both the window thread and the source filter thread
+// so we have to be protected by a critical section (locked before called)
+// Also, when the window thread gets signalled to render an image, it always
+// does so regardless of how late it is. All the degradation is done when we
+// are scheduling the next sample to be drawn. Hence when we start an advise
+// link to draw a sample, that sample's time will always become the last one
+// drawn - unless of course we stop streaming in which case we cancel links
+
+BOOL CBaseVideoRenderer::ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // We override ShouldDrawSampleNow to add quality management
+
+ BOOL bDrawImage = CBaseRenderer::ScheduleSample(pMediaSample);
+ if (bDrawImage == FALSE) {
+ ++m_cFramesDropped;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // m_cFramesDrawn must NOT be updated here. It has to be updated
+ // in RecordFrameLateness at the same time as the other statistics.
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Implementation of IQualProp interface needed to support the property page
+// This is how the property page gets the data out of the scheduler. We are
+// passed into the constructor the owning object in the COM sense, this will
+// either be the video renderer or an external IUnknown if we're aggregated.
+// We initialise our CUnknown base class with this interface pointer. Then
+// all we have to do is to override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose
+// our IQualProp interface. The AddRef and Release are handled automatically
+// by the base class and will be passed on to the appropriate outer object
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *pcFramesDropped)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pcFramesDropped,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ *pcFramesDropped = m_cFramesDropped;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_FramesDroppedInRenderer
+
+
+// Set *pcFramesDrawn to the number of frames drawn since
+// streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_FramesDrawn( int *pcFramesDrawn)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pcFramesDrawn,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ *pcFramesDrawn = m_cFramesDrawn;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_FramesDrawn
+
+
+// Set iAvgFrameRate to the frames per hundred secs since
+// streaming started. 0 otherwise.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_AvgFrameRate( int *piAvgFrameRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piAvgFrameRate,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ int t;
+ if (m_bStreaming) {
+ t = timeGetTime()-m_tStreamingStart;
+ } else {
+ t = m_tStreamingStart;
+ }
+
+ if (t<=0) {
+ *piAvgFrameRate = 0;
+ ASSERT(m_cFramesDrawn == 0);
+ } else {
+ // i is frames per hundred seconds
+ *piAvgFrameRate = MulDiv(100000, m_cFramesDrawn, t);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_AvgFrameRate
+
+
+// Set *piAvg to the average sync offset since streaming started
+// in mSec. The sync offset is the time in mSec between when the frame
+// should have been drawn and when the frame was actually drawn.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piAvg,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ if (NULL==m_pClock) {
+ *piAvg = 0;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Note that we didn't gather the stats on the first frame
+ // so we use m_cFramesDrawn-1 here
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn<=1) {
+ *piAvg = 0;
+ } else {
+ *piAvg = (int)(m_iTotAcc / (m_cFramesDrawn-1));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_AvgSyncOffset
+
+
+// To avoid dragging in the maths library - a cheap
+// approximate integer square root.
+// We do this by getting a starting guess which is between 1
+// and 2 times too large, followed by THREE iterations of
+// Newton Raphson. (That will give accuracy to the nearest mSec
+// for the range in question - roughly 0..1000)
+//
+// It would be faster to use a linear interpolation and ONE NR, but
+// who cares. If anyone does - the best linear interpolation is
+// to approximates sqrt(x) by
+// y = x * (sqrt(2)-1) + 1 - 1/sqrt(2) + 1/(8*(sqrt(2)-1))
+// 0r y = x*0.41421 + 0.59467
+// This minimises the maximal error in the range in question.
+// (error is about +0.008883 and then one NR will give error .0000something
+// (Of course these are integers, so you can't just multiply by 0.41421
+// you'd have to do some sort of MulDiv).
+// Anyone wanna check my maths? (This is only for a property display!)
+
+int isqrt(int x)
+{
+ int s = 1;
+ // Make s an initial guess for sqrt(x)
+ if (x > 0x40000000) {
+ s = 0x8000; // prevent any conceivable closed loop
+ } else {
+ while (s*s<x) { // loop cannot possible go more than 31 times
+ s = 2*s; // normally it goes about 6 times
+ }
+ // Three NR iterations.
+ if (x==0) {
+ s= 0; // Wouldn't it be tragic to divide by zero whenever our
+ // accuracy was perfect!
+ } else {
+ s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ if (s>=0) s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ if (s>=0) s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ }
+ }
+ return s;
+}
+
+//
+// Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame
+// statistics
+//
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::GetStdDev(
+ int nSamples,
+ __out int *piResult,
+ LONGLONG llSumSq,
+ LONGLONG iTot
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piResult,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ if (NULL==m_pClock) {
+ *piResult = 0;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If S is the Sum of the Squares of observations and
+ // T the Total (i.e. sum) of the observations and there were
+ // N observations, then an estimate of the standard deviation is
+ // sqrt( (S - T**2/N) / (N-1) )
+
+ if (nSamples<=1) {
+ *piResult = 0;
+ } else {
+ LONGLONG x;
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So we need 2 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-1
+
+ // so we use m_cFramesDrawn-1 here
+ x = llSumSq - llMulDiv(iTot, iTot, nSamples, 0);
+ x = x / (nSamples-1);
+ ASSERT(x>=0);
+ *piResult = isqrt((LONG)x);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Set *piDev to the standard deviation in mSec of the sync offset
+// of each frame since streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev)
+{
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So we need 2 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-1
+ return GetStdDev(m_cFramesDrawn - 1,
+ piDev,
+ m_iSumSqAcc,
+ m_iTotAcc);
+} // get_DevSyncOffset
+
+
+// Set *piJitter to the standard deviation in mSec of the inter-frame time
+// of frames since streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter)
+{
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So second frame gives invalid inter-frame time
+ // So we need 3 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-2
+ return GetStdDev(m_cFramesDrawn - 2,
+ piJitter,
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime,
+ m_iSumFrameTime);
+} // get_Jitter
+
+
+// Overidden to return our IQualProp interface
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv)
+{
+ // We return IQualProp and delegate everything else
+
+ if (riid == IID_IQualProp) {
+ return GetInterface( (IQualProp *)this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IQualityControl) {
+ return GetInterface( (IQualityControl *)this, ppv);
+ }
+ return CBaseRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Override JoinFilterGraph so that, just before leaving
+// the graph we can send an EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED event
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoRenderer::JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph *pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+{
+ // Since we send EC_ACTIVATE, we also need to ensure
+ // we send EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED or the resource manager may be
+ // holding us as a focus object
+ if (!pGraph && m_pGraph) {
+
+ // We were in a graph and now we're not
+ // Do this properly in case we are aggregated
+ IBaseFilter* pFilter = this;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED, (LPARAM) pFilter, 0);
+ }
+ return CBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph(pGraph, pName);
+}
+
+
+// This removes a large number of level 4 warnings from the
+// Microsoft compiler which in this case are not very useful
+#pragma warning(disable: 4514)
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2685bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RenBase.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a generic ActiveX base renderer
+// class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __RENBASE__
+#define __RENBASE__
+
+// Forward class declarations
+
+class CBaseRenderer;
+class CBaseVideoRenderer;
+class CRendererInputPin;
+
+// This is our input pin class that channels calls to the renderer
+
+class CRendererInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseRenderer *m_pRenderer;
+
+public:
+
+ CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR Name);
+
+ // Overriden from the base pin classes
+
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT Active();
+ HRESULT Inactive();
+
+ // Add rendering behaviour to interface functions
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id);
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream();
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush();
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush();
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+
+ // Helper
+ IMemAllocator inline *Allocator() const
+ {
+ return m_pAllocator;
+ }
+};
+
+// Main renderer class that handles synchronisation and state changes
+
+class CBaseRenderer : public CBaseFilter
+{
+protected:
+
+ friend class CRendererInputPin;
+
+ friend void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier
+ UINT uMsg, // Not currently used
+ DWORD_PTR dwUser, // User information
+ DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved
+ DWORD_PTR dw2); // Is also reserved
+
+ CRendererPosPassThru *m_pPosition; // Media seeking pass by object
+ CAMEvent m_RenderEvent; // Used to signal timer events
+ CAMEvent m_ThreadSignal; // Signalled to release worker thread
+ CAMEvent m_evComplete; // Signalled when state complete
+ BOOL m_bAbort; // Stop us from rendering more data
+ BOOL m_bStreaming; // Are we currently streaming
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise; // Timer advise cookie
+ IMediaSample *m_pMediaSample; // Current image media sample
+ BOOL m_bEOS; // Any more samples in the stream
+ BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // Have we delivered an EC_COMPLETE
+ CRendererInputPin *m_pInputPin; // Our renderer input pin object
+ CCritSec m_InterfaceLock; // Critical section for interfaces
+ CCritSec m_RendererLock; // Controls access to internals
+ IQualityControl * m_pQSink; // QualityControl sink
+ BOOL m_bRepaintStatus; // Can we signal an EC_REPAINT
+ // Avoid some deadlocks by tracking filter during stop
+ volatile BOOL m_bInReceive; // Inside Receive between PrepareReceive
+ // And actually processing the sample
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_SignalTime; // Time when we signal EC_COMPLETE
+ UINT m_EndOfStreamTimer; // Used to signal end of stream
+ CCritSec m_ObjectCreationLock; // This lock protects the creation and
+ // of m_pPosition and m_pInputPin. It
+ // ensures that two threads cannot create
+ // either object simultaneously.
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+
+ ~CBaseRenderer();
+
+ // Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where
+
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **);
+
+ virtual HRESULT SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ // Debug only dump of the renderer state
+ void DisplayRendererState();
+#endif
+ virtual HRESULT WaitForRenderTime();
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState);
+
+ // Return internal information about this filter
+
+ BOOL IsEndOfStream() { return m_bEOS; };
+ BOOL IsEndOfStreamDelivered() { return m_bEOSDelivered; };
+ BOOL IsStreaming() { return m_bStreaming; };
+ void SetAbortSignal(BOOL bAbort) { m_bAbort = bAbort; };
+ virtual void OnReceiveFirstSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) { };
+ CAMEvent *GetRenderEvent() { return &m_RenderEvent; };
+
+ // Permit access to the transition state
+
+ void Ready() { m_evComplete.Set(); };
+ void NotReady() { m_evComplete.Reset(); };
+ BOOL CheckReady() { return m_evComplete.Check(); };
+
+ virtual int GetPinCount();
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+ FILTER_STATE GetRealState();
+ void SendRepaint();
+ void SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd);
+ BOOL OnDisplayChange();
+ void SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint);
+
+ // Override the filter and pin interface functions
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin);
+
+ // These are available for a quality management implementation
+
+ virtual void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT OnStartStreaming() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnStopStreaming() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual void OnWaitStart() { };
+ virtual void OnWaitEnd() { };
+ virtual void PrepareRender() { };
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing
+ // Set in OnRenderStart, Used in OnRenderEnd
+ int m_idBaseStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp
+ int m_idBaseRenderTime; // MSR_id for true wait time
+ int m_idBaseAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int)
+#endif
+
+ // Quality management implementation for scheduling rendering
+
+ virtual BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime);
+
+ virtual HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd);
+
+ // Lots of end of stream complexities
+
+ void TimerCallback();
+ void ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+ HRESULT NotifyEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT SendEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT ResetEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream();
+
+ // Rendering is based around the clock
+
+ void SignalTimerFired();
+ virtual HRESULT CancelNotification();
+ virtual HRESULT ClearPendingSample();
+
+ // Called when the filter changes state
+
+ virtual HRESULT Active();
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive();
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush();
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush();
+
+ // Deal with connections and type changes
+
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // These look after the handling of data samples
+
+ virtual HRESULT PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual BOOL HaveCurrentSample();
+ virtual IMediaSample *GetCurrentSample();
+ virtual HRESULT Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+
+ // Derived classes MUST override these
+ virtual HRESULT DoRenderSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE;
+
+ // Helper
+ void WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+};
+
+
+// CBaseVideoRenderer is a renderer class (see its ancestor class) and
+// it handles scheduling of media samples so that they are drawn at the
+// correct time by the reference clock. It implements a degradation
+// strategy. Possible degradation modes are:
+// Drop frames here (only useful if the drawing takes significant time)
+// Signal supplier (upstream) to drop some frame(s) - i.e. one-off skip.
+// Signal supplier to change the frame rate - i.e. ongoing skipping.
+// Or any combination of the above.
+// In order to determine what's useful to try we need to know what's going
+// on. This is done by timing various operations (including the supplier).
+// This timing is done by using timeGetTime as it is accurate enough and
+// usually cheaper than calling the reference clock. It also tells the
+// truth if there is an audio break and the reference clock stops.
+// We provide a number of public entry points (named OnXxxStart, OnXxxEnd)
+// which the rest of the renderer calls at significant moments. These do
+// the timing.
+
+// the number of frames that the sliding averages are averaged over.
+// the rule is (1024*NewObservation + (AVGPERIOD-1) * PreviousAverage)/AVGPERIOD
+#define AVGPERIOD 4
+#define DO_MOVING_AVG(avg,obs) (avg = (1024*obs + (AVGPERIOD-1)*avg)/AVGPERIOD)
+// Spot the bug in this macro - I can't. but it doesn't work!
+
+class CBaseVideoRenderer : public CBaseRenderer, // Base renderer class
+ public IQualProp, // Property page guff
+ public IQualityControl // Allow throttling
+{
+protected:
+
+ // Hungarian:
+ // tFoo is the time Foo in mSec (beware m_tStart from filter.h)
+ // trBar is the time Bar by the reference clock
+
+ //******************************************************************
+ // State variables to control synchronisation
+ //******************************************************************
+
+ // Control of sending Quality messages. We need to know whether
+ // we are in trouble (e.g. frames being dropped) and where the time
+ // is being spent.
+
+ // When we drop a frame we play the next one early.
+ // The frame after that is likely to wait before drawing and counting this
+ // wait as spare time is unfair, so we count it as a zero wait.
+ // We therefore need to know whether we are playing frames early or not.
+
+ int m_nNormal; // The number of consecutive frames
+ // drawn at their normal time (not early)
+ // -1 means we just dropped a frame.
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ BOOL m_bDrawLateFrames; // Don't drop any frames (debug and I'm
+ // not keen on people using it!)
+#endif
+
+ BOOL m_bSupplierHandlingQuality;// The response to Quality messages says
+ // our supplier is handling things.
+ // We will allow things to go extra late
+ // before dropping frames. We will play
+ // very early after he has dropped one.
+
+ // Control of scheduling, frame dropping etc.
+ // We need to know where the time is being spent so as to tell whether
+ // we should be taking action here, signalling supplier or what.
+ // The variables are initialised to a mode of NOT dropping frames.
+ // They will tell the truth after a few frames.
+ // We typically record a start time for an event, later we get the time
+ // again and subtract to get the elapsed time, and we average this over
+ // a few frames. The average is used to tell what mode we are in.
+
+ // Although these are reference times (64 bit) they are all DIFFERENCES
+ // between times which are small. An int will go up to 214 secs before
+ // overflow. Avoiding 64 bit multiplications and divisions seems
+ // worth while.
+
+
+
+ // Audio-video throttling. If the user has turned up audio quality
+ // very high (in principle it could be any other stream, not just audio)
+ // then we can receive cries for help via the graph manager. In this case
+ // we put in a wait for some time after rendering each frame.
+ int m_trThrottle;
+
+ // The time taken to render (i.e. BitBlt) frames controls which component
+ // needs to degrade. If the blt is expensive, the renderer degrades.
+ // If the blt is cheap it's done anyway and the supplier degrades.
+ int m_trRenderAvg; // Time frames are taking to blt
+ int m_trRenderLast; // Time for last frame blt
+ int m_tRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing (mSec)
+ // derived from timeGetTime.
+
+ // When frames are dropped we will play the next frame as early as we can.
+ // If it was a false alarm and the machine is fast we slide gently back to
+ // normal timing. To do this, we record the offset showing just how early
+ // we really are. This will normally be negative meaning early or zero.
+ int m_trEarliness;
+
+ // Target provides slow long-term feedback to try to reduce the
+ // average sync offset to zero. Whenever a frame is actually rendered
+ // early we add a msec or two, whenever late we take off a few.
+ // We add or take off 1/32 of the error time.
+ // Eventually we should be hovering around zero. For a really bad case
+ // where we were (say) 300mSec off, it might take 100 odd frames to
+ // settle down. The rate of change of this is intended to be slower
+ // than any other mechanism in Quartz, thereby avoiding hunting.
+ int m_trTarget;
+
+ // The proportion of time spent waiting for the right moment to blt
+ // controls whether we bother to drop a frame or whether we reckon that
+ // we're doing well enough that we can stand a one-frame glitch.
+ int m_trWaitAvg; // Average of last few wait times
+ // (actually we just average how early
+ // we were). Negative here means LATE.
+
+ // The average inter-frame time.
+ // This is used to calculate the proportion of the time used by the
+ // three operations (supplying us, waiting, rendering)
+ int m_trFrameAvg; // Average inter-frame time
+ int m_trDuration; // duration of last frame.
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Performance logging identifiers
+ int m_idTimeStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp
+ int m_idEarliness; // MSR_id for earliness fudge
+ int m_idTarget; // MSR_id for Target fudge
+ int m_idWaitReal; // MSR_id for true wait time
+ int m_idWait; // MSR_id for wait time recorded
+ int m_idFrameAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int)
+ int m_idRenderAvg; // MSR_id for Render time recorded (int)
+ int m_idSchLateTime; // MSR_id for lateness at scheduler
+ int m_idQualityRate; // MSR_id for Quality rate requested
+ int m_idQualityTime; // MSR_id for Quality time requested
+ int m_idDecision; // MSR_id for decision code
+ int m_idDuration; // MSR_id for duration of a frame
+ int m_idThrottle; // MSR_id for audio-video throttling
+ //int m_idDebug; // MSR_id for trace style debugging
+ //int m_idSendQuality; // MSR_id for timing the notifications per se
+#endif // PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberStampForPerf; // original time stamp of frame
+ // with no earliness fudges etc.
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberFrameForPerf; // time when previous frame rendered
+
+ // debug...
+ int m_idFrameAvg;
+ int m_idWaitAvg;
+#endif
+
+ // PROPERTY PAGE
+ // This has edit fields that show the user what's happening
+ // These member variables hold these counts.
+
+ int m_cFramesDropped; // cumulative frames dropped IN THE RENDERER
+ int m_cFramesDrawn; // Frames since streaming started seen BY THE
+ // RENDERER (some may be dropped upstream)
+
+ // Next two support average sync offset and standard deviation of sync offset.
+ LONGLONG m_iTotAcc; // Sum of accuracies in mSec
+ LONGLONG m_iSumSqAcc; // Sum of squares of (accuracies in mSec)
+
+ // Next two allow jitter calculation. Jitter is std deviation of frame time.
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trLastDraw; // Time of prev frame (for inter-frame times)
+ LONGLONG m_iSumSqFrameTime; // Sum of squares of (inter-frame time in mSec)
+ LONGLONG m_iSumFrameTime; // Sum of inter-frame times in mSec
+
+ // To get performance statistics on frame rate, jitter etc, we need
+ // to record the lateness and inter-frame time. What we actually need are the
+ // data above (sum, sum of squares and number of entries for each) but the data
+ // is generated just ahead of time and only later do we discover whether the
+ // frame was actually drawn or not. So we have to hang on to the data
+ int m_trLate; // hold onto frame lateness
+ int m_trFrame; // hold onto inter-frame time
+
+ int m_tStreamingStart; // if streaming then time streaming started
+ // else time of last streaming session
+ // used for property page statistics
+#ifdef PERF
+ LONGLONG m_llTimeOffset; // timeGetTime()*10000+m_llTimeOffset==ref time
+#endif
+
+public:
+
+
+ CBaseVideoRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+
+ ~CBaseVideoRenderer();
+
+ // IQualityControl methods - Notify allows audio-video throttling
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc);
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q);
+
+ // These provide a full video quality management implementation
+
+ void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void OnWaitStart();
+ void OnWaitEnd();
+ HRESULT OnStartStreaming();
+ HRESULT OnStopStreaming();
+ void ThrottleWait();
+
+ // Handle the statistics gathering for our quality management
+
+ void PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame);
+ virtual void RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame);
+ virtual void OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT ResetStreamingTimes();
+ BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd);
+
+ virtual HRESULT SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate, REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream);
+ STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ //
+ // Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame
+ // statistics
+ //
+ // *piResult = (llSumSq - iTot * iTot / m_cFramesDrawn - 1) /
+ // (m_cFramesDrawn - 2)
+ // or 0 if m_cFramesDrawn <= 3
+ //
+ HRESULT GetStdDev(
+ int nSamples,
+ __out int *piResult,
+ LONGLONG llSumSq,
+ LONGLONG iTot
+ );
+public:
+
+ // IQualProp property page support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *cFramesDropped);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDrawn(__out int *pcFramesDrawn);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgFrameRate(__out int *piAvgFrameRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev);
+
+ // Implement an IUnknown interface and expose IQualProp
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv);
+};
+
+#endif // __RENBASE__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d798306 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Schedule.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+// DbgLog values (all on LOG_TIMING):
+//
+// 2 for schedulting, firing and shunting of events
+// 3 for wait delays and wake-up times of event thread
+// 4 for details of whats on the list when the thread awakes
+
+/* Construct & destructors */
+
+CAMSchedule::CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev )
+: CBaseObject(TEXT("CAMSchedule"))
+, head(&z, 0), z(0, MAX_TIME)
+, m_dwNextCookie(0), m_dwAdviseCount(0)
+, m_pAdviseCache(0), m_dwCacheCount(0)
+, m_ev( ev )
+{
+ head.m_dwAdviseCookie = z.m_dwAdviseCookie = 0;
+}
+
+CAMSchedule::~CAMSchedule()
+{
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+
+ // Delete cache
+ CAdvisePacket * p = m_pAdviseCache;
+ while (p)
+ {
+ CAdvisePacket *const p_next = p->m_next;
+ delete p;
+ p = p_next;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT( m_dwAdviseCount == 0 );
+ // Better to be safe than sorry
+ if ( m_dwAdviseCount > 0 )
+ {
+ DumpLinkedList();
+ while ( !head.m_next->IsZ() )
+ {
+ head.DeleteNext();
+ --m_dwAdviseCount;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If, in the debug version, we assert twice, it means, not only
+ // did we have left over advises, but we have also let m_dwAdviseCount
+ // get out of sync. with the number of advises actually on the list.
+ ASSERT( m_dwAdviseCount == 0 );
+
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+}
+
+/* Public methods */
+
+DWORD CAMSchedule::GetAdviseCount()
+{
+ // No need to lock, m_dwAdviseCount is 32bits & declared volatile
+ return m_dwAdviseCount;
+}
+
+REFERENCE_TIME CAMSchedule::GetNextAdviseTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Serialize); // Need to stop the linked list from changing
+ return head.m_next->m_rtEventTime;
+}
+
+DWORD_PTR CAMSchedule::AddAdvisePacket
+( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1
+, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2
+, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic
+)
+{
+ // Since we use MAX_TIME as a sentry, we can't afford to
+ // schedule a notification at MAX_TIME
+ ASSERT( time1 < MAX_TIME );
+ DWORD_PTR Result;
+ CAdvisePacket * p;
+
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+
+ if (m_pAdviseCache)
+ {
+ p = m_pAdviseCache;
+ m_pAdviseCache = p->m_next;
+ --m_dwCacheCount;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p = new CAdvisePacket();
+ }
+ if (p)
+ {
+ p->m_rtEventTime = time1; p->m_rtPeriod = time2;
+ p->m_hNotify = h; p->m_bPeriodic = periodic;
+ Result = AddAdvisePacket( p );
+ }
+ else Result = 0;
+
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+HRESULT CAMSchedule::Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_FALSE;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_n;
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ while ( p_n = p_prev->Next() ) // The Next() method returns NULL when it hits z
+ {
+ if ( p_n->m_dwAdviseCookie == dwAdviseCookie )
+ {
+ Delete( p_prev->RemoveNext() );
+ --m_dwAdviseCount;
+ hr = S_OK;
+ // Having found one cookie that matches, there should be no more
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ while (p_n = p_prev->Next())
+ {
+ ASSERT(p_n->m_dwAdviseCookie != dwAdviseCookie);
+ p_prev = p_n;
+ }
+ #endif
+ break;
+ }
+ p_prev = p_n;
+ };
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+REFERENCE_TIME CAMSchedule::Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime )
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtNextTime;
+ CAdvisePacket * pAdvise;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2,
+ TEXT("CAMSchedule::Advise( %lu ms )"), ULONG(rtTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS))));
+
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Serialize);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TIMING, 4)) DumpLinkedList();
+ #endif
+
+ // Note - DON'T cache the difference, it might overflow
+ while ( rtTime >= (rtNextTime = (pAdvise=head.m_next)->m_rtEventTime) &&
+ !pAdvise->IsZ() )
+ {
+ ASSERT(pAdvise->m_dwAdviseCookie); // If this is zero, its the head or the tail!!
+
+ ASSERT(pAdvise->m_hNotify != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
+
+ if (pAdvise->m_bPeriodic == TRUE)
+ {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(pAdvise->m_hNotify,1,NULL);
+ pAdvise->m_rtEventTime += pAdvise->m_rtPeriod;
+ ShuntHead();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ASSERT( pAdvise->m_bPeriodic == FALSE );
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(pAdvise->m_hNotify));
+ --m_dwAdviseCount;
+ Delete( head.RemoveNext() );
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3,
+ TEXT("CAMSchedule::Advise() Next time stamp: %lu ms, for advise %lu."),
+ DWORD(rtNextTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)), pAdvise->m_dwAdviseCookie ));
+
+ return rtNextTime;
+}
+
+/* Private methods */
+
+DWORD_PTR CAMSchedule::AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket )
+{
+ ASSERT(pPacket->m_rtEventTime >= 0 && pPacket->m_rtEventTime < MAX_TIME);
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_Serialize));
+
+ CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_n;
+
+ const DWORD_PTR Result = pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie = ++m_dwNextCookie;
+ // This relies on the fact that z is a sentry with a maximal m_rtEventTime
+ for(;;p_prev = p_n)
+ {
+ p_n = p_prev->m_next;
+ if ( p_n->m_rtEventTime >= pPacket->m_rtEventTime ) break;
+ }
+ p_prev->InsertAfter( pPacket );
+ ++m_dwAdviseCount;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2, TEXT("Added advise %lu, for thread 0x%02X, scheduled at %lu"),
+ pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie, GetCurrentThreadId(), (pPacket->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) ));
+
+ // If packet added at the head, then clock needs to re-evaluate wait time.
+ if ( p_prev == &head ) SetEvent( m_ev );
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+void CAMSchedule::Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket )
+{
+ if ( m_dwCacheCount >= dwCacheMax ) delete pPacket;
+ else
+ {
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ pPacket->m_next = m_pAdviseCache;
+ m_pAdviseCache = pPacket;
+ ++m_dwCacheCount;
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Takes the head of the list & repositions it
+void CAMSchedule::ShuntHead()
+{
+ CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_n;
+
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ CAdvisePacket *const pPacket = head.m_next;
+
+ // This will catch both an empty list,
+ // and if somehow a MAX_TIME time gets into the list
+ // (which would also break this method).
+ ASSERT( pPacket->m_rtEventTime < MAX_TIME );
+
+ // This relies on the fact that z is a sentry with a maximal m_rtEventTime
+ for(;;p_prev = p_n)
+ {
+ p_n = p_prev->m_next;
+ if ( p_n->m_rtEventTime > pPacket->m_rtEventTime ) break;
+ }
+ // If p_prev == pPacket then we're already in the right place
+ if (p_prev != pPacket)
+ {
+ head.m_next = pPacket->m_next;
+ (p_prev->m_next = pPacket)->m_next = p_n;
+ }
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2, TEXT("Periodic advise %lu, shunted to %lu"),
+ pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie, (pPacket->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) ));
+ #endif
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CAMSchedule::DumpLinkedList()
+{
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ int i=0;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("CAMSchedule::DumpLinkedList() this = 0x%p"), this));
+ for ( CAdvisePacket * p = &head
+ ; p
+ ; p = p->m_next , i++
+ )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Advise List # %lu, Cookie %d, RefTime %lu"),
+ i,
+ p->m_dwAdviseCookie,
+ p->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)
+ ));
+ }
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c16700a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Schedule.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __CAMSchedule__
+#define __CAMSchedule__
+
+class CAMSchedule : private CBaseObject
+{
+public:
+ virtual ~CAMSchedule();
+ // ev is the event we should fire if the advise time needs re-evaluating
+ CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev );
+
+ DWORD GetAdviseCount();
+ REFERENCE_TIME GetNextAdviseTime();
+
+ // We need a method for derived classes to add advise packets, we return the cookie
+ DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic );
+ // And a way to cancel
+ HRESULT Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie);
+
+ // Tell us the time please, and we'll dispatch the expired events. We return the time of the next event.
+ // NB: The time returned will be "useless" if you start adding extra Advises. But that's the problem of
+ // whoever is using this helper class (typically a clock).
+ REFERENCE_TIME Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime );
+
+ // Get the event handle which will be set if advise time requires re-evaluation.
+ HANDLE GetEvent() const { return m_ev; }
+
+private:
+ // We define the nodes that will be used in our singly linked list
+ // of advise packets. The list is ordered by time, with the
+ // elements that will expire first at the front.
+ class CAdvisePacket
+ {
+ public:
+ CAdvisePacket()
+ {}
+
+ CAdvisePacket * m_next;
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdviseCookie;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtEventTime; // Time at which event should be set
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPeriod; // Periodic time
+ HANDLE m_hNotify; // Handle to event or semephore
+ BOOL m_bPeriodic; // TRUE => Periodic event
+
+ CAdvisePacket( __inout_opt CAdvisePacket * next, LONGLONG time ) : m_next(next), m_rtEventTime(time)
+ {}
+
+ void InsertAfter( __inout CAdvisePacket * p )
+ {
+ p->m_next = m_next;
+ m_next = p;
+ }
+
+ int IsZ() const // That is, is it the node that represents the end of the list
+ { return m_next == 0; }
+
+ CAdvisePacket * RemoveNext()
+ {
+ CAdvisePacket *const next = m_next;
+ CAdvisePacket *const new_next = next->m_next;
+ m_next = new_next;
+ return next;
+ }
+
+ void DeleteNext()
+ {
+ delete RemoveNext();
+ }
+
+ CAdvisePacket * Next() const
+ {
+ CAdvisePacket * result = m_next;
+ if (result->IsZ()) result = 0;
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ DWORD_PTR Cookie() const
+ { return m_dwAdviseCookie; }
+ };
+
+ // Structure is:
+ // head -> elmt1 -> elmt2 -> z -> null
+ // So an empty list is: head -> z -> null
+ // Having head & z as links makes insertaion,
+ // deletion and shunting much easier.
+ CAdvisePacket head, z; // z is both a tail and a sentry
+
+ volatile DWORD_PTR m_dwNextCookie; // Strictly increasing
+ volatile DWORD m_dwAdviseCount; // Number of elements on list
+
+ CCritSec m_Serialize;
+
+ // AddAdvisePacket: adds the packet, returns the cookie (0 if failed)
+ DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket );
+ // Event that we should set if the packed added above will be the next to fire.
+ const HANDLE m_ev;
+
+ // A Shunt is where we have changed the first element in the
+ // list and want it re-evaluating (i.e. repositioned) in
+ // the list.
+ void ShuntHead();
+
+ // Rather than delete advise packets, we cache them for future use
+ CAdvisePacket * m_pAdviseCache;
+ DWORD m_dwCacheCount;
+ enum { dwCacheMax = 5 }; // Don't bother caching more than five
+
+ void Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pLink );// This "Delete" will cache the Link
+
+// Attributes and methods for debugging
+public:
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ void DumpLinkedList();
+#else
+ void DumpLinkedList() {}
+#endif
+
+};
+
+#endif // __CAMSchedule__
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb13d6f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SeekPT.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include "seekpt.h"
+
+//==================================================================
+// CreateInstance
+// This goes in the factory template table to create new instances
+// If there is already a mapper instance - return that, else make one
+// and save it in a static variable so that forever after we can return that.
+//==================================================================
+
+CUnknown * CSeekingPassThru::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ return new CSeekingPassThru(NAME("Seeking PassThru"),pUnk, phr);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CSeekingPassThru::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_ISeekingPassThru) {
+ return GetInterface((ISeekingPassThru *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ if (m_pPosPassThru &&
+ (riid == IID_IMediaSeeking ||
+ riid == IID_IMediaPosition)) {
+ return m_pPosPassThru->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+CSeekingPassThru::CSeekingPassThru( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr )
+ : CUnknown(pName, pUnk, phr),
+ m_pPosPassThru(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+CSeekingPassThru::~CSeekingPassThru()
+{
+ delete m_pPosPassThru;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CSeekingPassThru::Init(BOOL bRendererSeeking, IPin *pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ if (m_pPosPassThru) {
+ hr = E_FAIL;
+ } else {
+ m_pPosPassThru =
+ bRendererSeeking ?
+ new CRendererPosPassThru(
+ NAME("Render Seeking COM object"),
+ (IUnknown *)this,
+ &hr,
+ pPin) :
+ new CPosPassThru(
+ NAME("Render Seeking COM object"),
+ (IUnknown *)this,
+ &hr,
+ pPin);
+ if (!m_pPosPassThru) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pPosPassThru;
+ m_pPosPassThru = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..208d418f --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SeekPT.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __seekpt_h__
+#define __seekpt_h__
+
+
+class CSeekingPassThru : public ISeekingPassThru, public CUnknown
+{
+public:
+ static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSeekingPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CSeekingPassThru();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN;
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Init(BOOL bSupportRendering, IPin *pPin);
+
+private:
+ CPosPassThru *m_pPosPassThru;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/source.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/source.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef7795c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/source.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,522 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Source.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CSource, which is a Quartz
+// source filter 'template.'
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Locking Strategy.
+//
+// Hold the filter critical section (m_pFilter->pStateLock()) to serialise
+// access to functions. Note that, in general, this lock may be held
+// by a function when the worker thread may want to hold it. Therefore
+// if you wish to access shared state from the worker thread you will
+// need to add another critical section object. The execption is during
+// the threads processing loop, when it is safe to get the filter critical
+// section from within FillBuffer().
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+
+//
+// CSource::Constructor
+//
+// Initialise the pin count for the filter. The user will create the pins in
+// the derived class.
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+#endif
+
+//
+// CSource::Destructor
+//
+CSource::~CSource()
+{
+ /* Free our pins and pin array */
+ while (m_iPins != 0) {
+ // deleting the pins causes them to be removed from the array...
+ delete m_paStreams[m_iPins - 1];
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_paStreams == NULL);
+}
+
+
+//
+// Add a new pin
+//
+HRESULT CSource::AddPin(__in CSourceStream *pStream)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);
+
+ /* Allocate space for this pin and the old ones */
+ CSourceStream **paStreams = new CSourceStream *[m_iPins + 1];
+ if (paStreams == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ if (m_paStreams != NULL) {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)paStreams, (PVOID)m_paStreams,
+ m_iPins * sizeof(m_paStreams[0]));
+ paStreams[m_iPins] = pStream;
+ delete [] m_paStreams;
+ }
+ m_paStreams = paStreams;
+ m_paStreams[m_iPins] = pStream;
+ m_iPins++;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Remove a pin - pStream is NOT deleted
+//
+HRESULT CSource::RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *pStream)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_iPins; i++) {
+ if (m_paStreams[i] == pStream) {
+ if (m_iPins == 1) {
+ delete [] m_paStreams;
+ m_paStreams = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* no need to reallocate */
+ while (++i < m_iPins)
+ m_paStreams[i - 1] = m_paStreams[i];
+ }
+ m_iPins--;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+//
+// FindPin
+//
+// Set *ppPin to the IPin* that has the id Id.
+// or to NULL if the Id cannot be matched.
+STDMETHODIMP CSource::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+ // The -1 undoes the +1 in QueryId and ensures that totally invalid
+ // strings (for which WstrToInt delivers 0) give a deliver a NULL pin.
+ int i = WstrToInt(Id) -1;
+ *ppPin = GetPin(i);
+ if (*ppPin!=NULL){
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// FindPinNumber
+//
+// return the number of the pin with this IPin* or -1 if none
+int CSource::FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin) {
+ int i;
+ for (i=0; i<m_iPins; ++i) {
+ if ((IPin *)(m_paStreams[i])==iPin) {
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+//
+// GetPinCount
+//
+// Returns the number of pins this filter has
+int CSource::GetPinCount(void) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);
+ return m_iPins;
+}
+
+
+//
+// GetPin
+//
+// Return a non-addref'd pointer to pin n
+// needed by CBaseFilter
+CBasePin *CSource::GetPin(int n) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);
+
+ // n must be in the range 0..m_iPins-1
+ // if m_iPins>n && n>=0 it follows that m_iPins>0
+ // which is what used to be checked (i.e. checking that we have a pin)
+ if ((n >= 0) && (n < m_iPins)) {
+
+ ASSERT(m_paStreams[n]);
+ return m_paStreams[n];
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+//
+
+
+// *
+// * --- CSourceStream ----
+// *
+
+//
+// Set Id to point to a CoTaskMemAlloc'd
+STDMETHODIMP CSourceStream::QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id) {
+ CheckPointer(Id,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(Id,sizeof(LPWSTR));
+
+ // We give the pins id's which are 1,2,...
+ // FindPinNumber returns -1 for an invalid pin
+ int i = 1+ m_pFilter->FindPinNumber(this);
+ if (i<1) return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ *Id = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * 12);
+ if (*Id==NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ IntToWstr(i, *Id);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+//
+// CSourceStream::Constructor
+//
+// increments the number of pins present on the filter
+CSourceStream::CSourceStream(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *ps,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, ps, ps->pStateLock(), phr, pPinName),
+ m_pFilter(ps) {
+
+ *phr = m_pFilter->AddPin(this);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CSourceStream::CSourceStream(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *ps,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, ps, ps->pStateLock(), phr, pPinName),
+ m_pFilter(ps) {
+
+ *phr = m_pFilter->AddPin(this);
+}
+#endif
+//
+// CSourceStream::Destructor
+//
+// Decrements the number of pins on this filter
+CSourceStream::~CSourceStream(void) {
+
+ m_pFilter->RemovePin(this);
+}
+
+
+//
+// CheckMediaType
+//
+// Do we support this type? Provides the default support for 1 type.
+HRESULT CSourceStream::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ CMediaType mt;
+ GetMediaType(&mt);
+
+ if (mt == *pMediaType) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ return E_FAIL;
+}
+
+
+//
+// GetMediaType/3
+//
+// By default we support only one type
+// iPosition indexes are 0-n
+HRESULT CSourceStream::GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ if (iPosition<0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ if (iPosition>0) {
+ return VFW_S_NO_MORE_ITEMS;
+ }
+ return GetMediaType(pMediaType);
+}
+
+
+//
+// Active
+//
+// The pin is active - start up the worker thread
+HRESULT CSourceStream::Active(void) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if (m_pFilter->IsActive()) {
+ return S_FALSE; // succeeded, but did not allocate resources (they already exist...)
+ }
+
+ // do nothing if not connected - its ok not to connect to
+ // all pins of a source filter
+ if (!IsConnected()) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ hr = CBaseOutputPin::Active();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(!ThreadExists());
+
+ // start the thread
+ if (!Create()) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Tell thread to initialize. If OnThreadCreate Fails, so does this.
+ hr = Init();
+ if (FAILED(hr))
+ return hr;
+
+ return Pause();
+}
+
+
+//
+// Inactive
+//
+// Pin is inactive - shut down the worker thread
+// Waits for the worker to exit before returning.
+HRESULT CSourceStream::Inactive(void) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // do nothing if not connected - its ok not to connect to
+ // all pins of a source filter
+ if (!IsConnected()) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // !!! need to do this before trying to stop the thread, because
+ // we may be stuck waiting for our own allocator!!!
+
+ hr = CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(); // call this first to Decommit the allocator
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ if (ThreadExists()) {
+ hr = Stop();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = Exit();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ Close(); // Wait for the thread to exit, then tidy up.
+ }
+
+ // hr = CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(); // call this first to Decommit the allocator
+ //if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // return hr;
+ //}
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//
+// ThreadProc
+//
+// When this returns the thread exits
+// Return codes > 0 indicate an error occured
+DWORD CSourceStream::ThreadProc(void) {
+
+ HRESULT hr; // the return code from calls
+ Command com;
+
+ do {
+ com = GetRequest();
+ if (com != CMD_INIT) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Thread expected init command")));
+ Reply((DWORD) E_UNEXPECTED);
+ }
+ } while (com != CMD_INIT);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream worker thread initializing")));
+
+ hr = OnThreadCreate(); // perform set up tasks
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream::OnThreadCreate failed. Aborting thread.")));
+ OnThreadDestroy();
+ Reply(hr); // send failed return code from OnThreadCreate
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ // Initialisation suceeded
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+
+ Command cmd;
+ do {
+ cmd = GetRequest();
+
+ switch (cmd) {
+
+ case CMD_EXIT:
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ break;
+
+ case CMD_RUN:
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CMD_RUN received before a CMD_PAUSE???")));
+ // !!! fall through???
+
+ case CMD_PAUSE:
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ DoBufferProcessingLoop();
+ break;
+
+ case CMD_STOP:
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Unknown command %d received!"), cmd));
+ Reply((DWORD) E_NOTIMPL);
+ break;
+ }
+ } while (cmd != CMD_EXIT);
+
+ hr = OnThreadDestroy(); // tidy up.
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream::OnThreadDestroy failed. Exiting thread.")));
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream worker thread exiting")));
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+//
+// DoBufferProcessingLoop
+//
+// Grabs a buffer and calls the users processing function.
+// Overridable, so that different delivery styles can be catered for.
+HRESULT CSourceStream::DoBufferProcessingLoop(void) {
+
+ Command com;
+
+ OnThreadStartPlay();
+
+ do {
+ while (!CheckRequest(&com)) {
+
+ IMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ HRESULT hr = GetDeliveryBuffer(&pSample,NULL,NULL,0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ Sleep(1);
+ continue; // go round again. Perhaps the error will go away
+ // or the allocator is decommited & we will be asked to
+ // exit soon.
+ }
+
+ // Virtual function user will override.
+ hr = FillBuffer(pSample);
+
+ if (hr == S_OK) {
+ hr = Deliver(pSample);
+ pSample->Release();
+
+ // downstream filter returns S_FALSE if it wants us to
+ // stop or an error if it's reporting an error.
+ if(hr != S_OK)
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Deliver() returned %08x; stopping"), hr));
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ } else if (hr == S_FALSE) {
+ // derived class wants us to stop pushing data
+ pSample->Release();
+ DeliverEndOfStream();
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // derived class encountered an error
+ pSample->Release();
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Error %08lX from FillBuffer!!!"), hr));
+ DeliverEndOfStream();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT, hr, 0);
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // all paths release the sample
+ }
+
+ // For all commands sent to us there must be a Reply call!
+
+ if (com == CMD_RUN || com == CMD_PAUSE) {
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ } else if (com != CMD_STOP) {
+ Reply((DWORD) E_UNEXPECTED);
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Unexpected command!!!")));
+ }
+ } while (com != CMD_STOP);
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/source.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/source.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..528d5bcb --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/source.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Source.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes to simplify creation of
+// ActiveX source filters that support continuous generation of data.
+// No support is provided for IMediaControl or IMediaPosition.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// Derive your source filter from CSource.
+// During construction either:
+// Create some CSourceStream objects to manage your pins
+// Provide the user with a means of doing so eg, an IPersistFile interface.
+//
+// CSource provides:
+// IBaseFilter interface management
+// IMediaFilter interface management, via CBaseFilter
+// Pin counting for CBaseFilter
+//
+// Derive a class from CSourceStream to manage your output pin types
+// Implement GetMediaType/1 to return the type you support. If you support multiple
+// types then overide GetMediaType/3, CheckMediaType and GetMediaTypeCount.
+// Implement Fillbuffer() to put data into one buffer.
+//
+// CSourceStream provides:
+// IPin management via CBaseOutputPin
+// Worker thread management
+
+#ifndef __CSOURCE__
+#define __CSOURCE__
+
+class CSourceStream; // The class that will handle each pin
+
+
+//
+// CSource
+//
+// Override construction to provide a means of creating
+// CSourceStream derived objects - ie a way of creating pins.
+class CSource : public CBaseFilter {
+public:
+
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid);
+#endif
+ ~CSource();
+
+ int GetPinCount(void);
+ CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+
+ // -- Utilities --
+
+ CCritSec* pStateLock(void) { return &m_cStateLock; } // provide our critical section
+
+ HRESULT AddPin(__in CSourceStream *);
+ HRESULT RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+ );
+
+ int FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin);
+
+protected:
+
+ int m_iPins; // The number of pins on this filter. Updated by CSourceStream
+ // constructors & destructors.
+ CSourceStream **m_paStreams; // the pins on this filter.
+
+ CCritSec m_cStateLock; // Lock this to serialize function accesses to the filter state
+
+};
+
+
+//
+// CSourceStream
+//
+// Use this class to manage a stream of data that comes from a
+// pin.
+// Uses a worker thread to put data on the pin.
+class CSourceStream : public CAMThread, public CBaseOutputPin {
+public:
+
+ CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *pms,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *pms,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CSourceStream(void); // virtual destructor ensures derived class destructors are called too.
+
+protected:
+
+ CSource *m_pFilter; // The parent of this stream
+
+ // *
+ // * Data Source
+ // *
+ // * The following three functions: FillBuffer, OnThreadCreate/Destroy, are
+ // * called from within the ThreadProc. They are used in the creation of
+ // * the media samples this pin will provide
+ // *
+
+ // Override this to provide the worker thread a means
+ // of processing a buffer
+ virtual HRESULT FillBuffer(IMediaSample *pSamp) PURE;
+
+ // Called as the thread is created/destroyed - use to perform
+ // jobs such as start/stop streaming mode
+ // If OnThreadCreate returns an error the thread will exit.
+ virtual HRESULT OnThreadCreate(void) {return NOERROR;};
+ virtual HRESULT OnThreadDestroy(void) {return NOERROR;};
+ virtual HRESULT OnThreadStartPlay(void) {return NOERROR;};
+
+ // *
+ // * Worker Thread
+ // *
+
+ HRESULT Active(void); // Starts up the worker thread
+ HRESULT Inactive(void); // Exits the worker thread.
+
+public:
+ // thread commands
+ enum Command {CMD_INIT, CMD_PAUSE, CMD_RUN, CMD_STOP, CMD_EXIT};
+ HRESULT Init(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_INIT); }
+ HRESULT Exit(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_EXIT); }
+ HRESULT Run(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_RUN); }
+ HRESULT Pause(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_PAUSE); }
+ HRESULT Stop(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_STOP); }
+
+protected:
+ Command GetRequest(void) { return (Command) CAMThread::GetRequest(); }
+ BOOL CheckRequest(Command *pCom) { return CAMThread::CheckRequest( (DWORD *) pCom); }
+
+ // override these if you want to add thread commands
+ virtual DWORD ThreadProc(void); // the thread function
+
+ virtual HRESULT DoBufferProcessingLoop(void); // the loop executed whilst running
+
+
+ // *
+ // * AM_MEDIA_TYPE support
+ // *
+
+ // If you support more than one media type then override these 2 functions
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType);
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType); // List pos. 0-n
+
+ // If you support only one type then override this fn.
+ // This will only be called by the default implementations
+ // of CheckMediaType and GetMediaType(int, CMediaType*)
+ // You must override this fn. or the above 2!
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(__inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {return E_UNEXPECTED;}
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+ );
+};
+
+#endif // __CSOURCE__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1926321d --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Streams.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines overall streams architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __STREAMS__
+#define __STREAMS__
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+// disable some level-4 warnings, use #pragma warning(enable:###) to re-enable
+#pragma warning(disable:4100) // warning C4100: unreferenced formal parameter
+#pragma warning(disable:4201) // warning C4201: nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union
+#pragma warning(disable:4511) // warning C4511: copy constructor could not be generated
+#pragma warning(disable:4512) // warning C4512: assignment operator could not be generated
+#pragma warning(disable:4514) // warning C4514: "unreferenced inline function has been removed"
+
+#if _MSC_VER>=1100
+#define AM_NOVTABLE __declspec(novtable)
+#else
+#define AM_NOVTABLE
+#endif
+#endif // MSC_VER
+
+
+// Because of differences between Visual C++ and older Microsoft SDKs,
+// you may have defined _DEBUG without defining DEBUG. This logic
+// ensures that both will be set if Visual C++ sets _DEBUG.
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#ifndef DEBUG
+#define DEBUG
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include <olectl.h>
+#include <ddraw.h>
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+
+
+#ifndef NUMELMS
+#if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0600
+ #define NUMELMS(aa) (sizeof(aa)/sizeof((aa)[0]))
+#else
+ #define NUMELMS(aa) ARRAYSIZE(aa)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following definitions come from the Platform SDK and are required if
+// the applicaiton is being compiled with the headers from Visual C++ 6.0.
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////// ////////////////////////
+#ifndef InterlockedExchangePointer
+ #define InterlockedExchangePointer(Target, Value) \
+ (PVOID)InterlockedExchange((PLONG)(Target), (LONG)(Value))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+#define _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+typedef struct {
+ WAVEFORMATEX Format;
+ union {
+ WORD wValidBitsPerSample; /* bits of precision */
+ WORD wSamplesPerBlock; /* valid if wBitsPerSample==0 */
+ WORD wReserved; /* If neither applies, set to zero. */
+ } Samples;
+ DWORD dwChannelMask; /* which channels are */
+ /* present in stream */
+ GUID SubFormat;
+} WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE, *PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE;
+#endif // !_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+
+#if !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE)
+#define WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE 0xFFFE
+#endif // !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE)
+
+#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
+ #define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA
+ #define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW
+ #ifdef UNICODE
+ #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW
+ #else
+ #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrA
+ #endif // !UNICODE
+#endif // !GetWindowLongPtr
+
+#ifndef SetWindowLongPtr
+ #define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA
+ #define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW
+ #ifdef UNICODE
+ #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW
+ #else
+ #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrA
+ #endif // !UNICODE
+#endif // !SetWindowLongPtr
+
+#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
+ #define GWLP_WNDPROC (-4)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_HINSTANCE
+ #define GWLP_HINSTANCE (-6)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_HWNDPARENT
+ #define GWLP_HWNDPARENT (-8)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_USERDATA
+ #define GWLP_USERDATA (-21)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_ID
+ #define GWLP_ID (-12)
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_MSGRESULT
+ #define DWLP_MSGRESULT 0
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_DLGPROC
+ #define DWLP_DLGPROC DWLP_MSGRESULT + sizeof(LRESULT)
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_USER
+ #define DWLP_USER DWLP_DLGPROC + sizeof(DLGPROC)
+#endif
+
+
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4312 4244)
+// _GetWindowLongPtr
+// Templated version of GetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning.
+template <class T>
+T _GetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex)
+{
+ return (T)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex);
+}
+
+// _SetWindowLongPtr
+// Templated version of SetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning.
+template <class T>
+LONG_PTR _SetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex, T p)
+{
+ return SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex, (LONG_PTR)p);
+}
+#pragma warning(pop)
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End Platform SDK definitions
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#include <strmif.h> // Generated IDL header file for streams interfaces
+#include <intsafe.h> // required by amvideo.h
+
+#include <reftime.h> // Helper class for REFERENCE_TIME management
+#include <wxdebug.h> // Debug support for logging and ASSERTs
+#include <amvideo.h> // ActiveMovie video interfaces and definitions
+//include amaudio.h explicitly if you need it. it requires the DX SDK.
+//#include <amaudio.h> // ActiveMovie audio interfaces and definitions
+#include <wxutil.h> // General helper classes for threads etc
+#include <combase.h> // Base COM classes to support IUnknown
+#include <dllsetup.h> // Filter registration support functions
+#include <measure.h> // Performance measurement
+#include <comlite.h> // Light weight com function prototypes
+
+#include <cache.h> // Simple cache container class
+#include <wxlist.h> // Non MFC generic list class
+#include <msgthrd.h> // CMsgThread
+#include <mtype.h> // Helper class for managing media types
+#include <fourcc.h> // conversions between FOURCCs and GUIDs
+#include <control.h> // generated from control.odl
+#include <ctlutil.h> // control interface utility classes
+#include <evcode.h> // event code definitions
+#include <amfilter.h> // Main streams architecture class hierachy
+#include <transfrm.h> // Generic transform filter
+#include <transip.h> // Generic transform-in-place filter
+#include <uuids.h> // declaration of type GUIDs and well-known clsids
+#include <source.h> // Generic source filter
+#include <outputq.h> // Output pin queueing
+#include <errors.h> // HRESULT status and error definitions
+#include <renbase.h> // Base class for writing ActiveX renderers
+#include <winutil.h> // Helps with filters that manage windows
+#include <winctrl.h> // Implements the IVideoWindow interface
+#include <videoctl.h> // Specifically video related classes
+#include <refclock.h> // Base clock class
+#include <sysclock.h> // System clock
+#include <pstream.h> // IPersistStream helper class
+#include <vtrans.h> // Video Transform Filter base class
+#include <amextra.h>
+#include <cprop.h> // Base property page class
+#include <strmctl.h> // IAMStreamControl support
+#include <edevdefs.h> // External device control interface defines
+#include <audevcod.h> // audio filter device error event codes
+
+
+
+#else
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ #pragma message("STREAMS.H included TWICE")
+ #endif
+#endif // __STREAMS__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7f59521 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: StrmCtl.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strmctl.h>
+
+CBaseStreamControl::CBaseStreamControl(__inout HRESULT *phr)
+: m_StreamState(STREAM_FLOWING)
+, m_StreamStateOnStop(STREAM_FLOWING) // means no pending stop
+, m_tStartTime(MAX_TIME)
+, m_tStopTime(MAX_TIME)
+, m_StreamEvent(FALSE, phr)
+, m_dwStartCookie(0)
+, m_dwStopCookie(0)
+, m_pRefClock(NULL)
+, m_FilterState(State_Stopped)
+, m_bIsFlushing(FALSE)
+, m_bStopSendExtra(FALSE)
+{}
+
+CBaseStreamControl::~CBaseStreamControl()
+{
+ // Make sure we release the clock.
+ SetSyncSource(NULL);
+ return;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::StopAt(const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop, BOOL bSendExtra, DWORD dwCookie)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ m_bStopSendExtra = FALSE; // reset
+ m_bStopExtraSent = FALSE;
+ if (ptStop)
+ {
+ if (*ptStop == MAX_TIME)
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: Cancel stop")));
+ CancelStop();
+ // If there's now a command to start in the future, we assume
+ // they want to be stopped when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStartTime < MAX_TIME) {
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by DISCARDING")));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: %dms extra=%d"),
+ (int)(*ptStop/10000), bSendExtra));
+ // if the first command is to stop in the future, then we assume they
+ // want to be started when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStartTime > *ptStop) {
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by FLOWING")));
+ }
+ m_bStopSendExtra = bSendExtra;
+ m_tStopTime = *ptStop;
+ m_dwStopCookie = dwCookie;
+ m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: now")));
+ // sending an extra frame when told to stop now would mess people up
+ m_bStopSendExtra = FALSE;
+ m_tStopTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStopCookie = 0;
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_FLOWING; // no pending stop
+ }
+ // we might change our mind what to do with a sample we're blocking
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::StartAt
+( const REFERENCE_TIME *ptStart, DWORD dwCookie )
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ if (ptStart)
+ {
+ if (*ptStart == MAX_TIME)
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: Cancel start")));
+ CancelStart();
+ // If there's now a command to stop in the future, we assume
+ // they want to be started when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStopTime < MAX_TIME) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by FLOWING")));
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: %dms"), (int)(*ptStart/10000)));
+ // if the first command is to start in the future, then we assume they
+ // want to be stopped when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStopTime >= *ptStart) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by DISCARDING")));
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ }
+ m_tStartTime = *ptStart;
+ m_dwStartCookie = dwCookie;
+ // if (m_tStopTime == m_tStartTime) CancelStop();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: now")));
+ m_tStartTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStartCookie = 0;
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ }
+ // we might change our mind what to do with a sample we're blocking
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Retrieve information about current settings
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::GetInfo(__out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo)
+{
+ if (pInfo == NULL)
+ return E_POINTER;
+
+ pInfo->tStart = m_tStartTime;
+ pInfo->tStop = m_tStopTime;
+ pInfo->dwStartCookie = m_dwStartCookie;
+ pInfo->dwStopCookie = m_dwStopCookie;
+ pInfo->dwFlags = m_bStopSendExtra ? AM_STREAM_INFO_STOP_SEND_EXTRA : 0;
+ pInfo->dwFlags |= m_tStartTime == MAX_TIME ? 0 : AM_STREAM_INFO_START_DEFINED;
+ pInfo->dwFlags |= m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME ? 0 : AM_STREAM_INFO_STOP_DEFINED;
+ switch (m_StreamState) {
+ default:
+ DbgBreak("Invalid stream state");
+ case STREAM_FLOWING:
+ break;
+ case STREAM_DISCARDING:
+ pInfo->dwFlags |= AM_STREAM_INFO_DISCARDING;
+ break;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::ExecuteStop()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_StreamState = m_StreamStateOnStop;
+ if (m_dwStopCookie && m_pSink) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("*sending EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STOPPED (%d)"),
+ m_dwStopCookie));
+ m_pSink->Notify(EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STOPPED, (LONG_PTR)this, m_dwStopCookie);
+ }
+ CancelStop(); // This will do the tidy up
+}
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::ExecuteStart()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ if (m_dwStartCookie) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("*sending EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STARTED (%d)"),
+ m_dwStartCookie));
+ m_pSink->Notify(EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STARTED, (LONG_PTR)this, m_dwStartCookie);
+ }
+ CancelStart(); // This will do the tidy up
+}
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::CancelStop()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_tStopTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStopCookie = 0;
+ m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_FLOWING;
+}
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::CancelStart()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_tStartTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStartCookie = 0;
+}
+
+
+// This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's. Here's what the caller
+// should do for each one:
+//
+// STREAM_FLOWING: Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on)
+// STREAM_DISCARDING: Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStart and wait that long
+// for the event handle (GetStreamEventHandle()). If the
+// wait expires, throw the sample away. If the event
+// fires, call me back, I've changed my mind.
+// I use pSampleStart (not Stop) so that live sources don't
+// block for the duration of their samples, since the clock
+// will always read approximately pSampleStart when called
+
+
+// All through this code, you'll notice the following rules:
+// - When start and stop time are the same, it's as if start was first
+// - An event is considered inside the sample when it's >= sample start time
+// but < sample stop time
+// - if any part of the sample is supposed to be sent, we'll send the whole
+// thing since we don't break it into smaller pieces
+// - If we skip over a start or stop without doing it, we still signal the event
+// and reset ourselves in case somebody's waiting for the event, and to make
+// sure we notice that the event is past and should be forgotten
+// Here are the 19 cases that have to be handled (x=start o=stop <-->=sample):
+//
+// 1. xo<--> start then stop
+// 2. ox<--> stop then start
+// 3. x<o-> start
+// 4. o<x-> stop then start
+// 5. x<-->o start
+// 6. o<-->x stop
+// 7. <x->o start
+// 8. <o->x no change
+// 9. <xo> start
+// 10. <ox> stop then start
+// 11. <-->xo no change
+// 12. <-->ox no change
+// 13. x<--> start
+// 14. <x-> start
+// 15. <-->x no change
+// 16. o<--> stop
+// 17. <o-> no change
+// 18. <-->o no change
+// 19. <--> no change
+
+
+enum CBaseStreamControl::StreamControlState CBaseStreamControl::CheckSampleTimes
+( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart, __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop )
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+
+ ASSERT(!m_bIsFlushing);
+ ASSERT(pSampleStart && pSampleStop);
+
+ // Don't ask me how I came up with the code below to handle all 19 cases
+ // - DannyMi
+
+ if (m_tStopTime >= *pSampleStart)
+ {
+ if (m_tStartTime >= *pSampleStop)
+ return m_StreamState; // cases 8 11 12 15 17 18 19
+ if (m_tStopTime < m_tStartTime)
+ ExecuteStop(); // case 10
+ ExecuteStart(); // cases 3 5 7 9 13 14
+ return m_StreamState;
+ }
+
+ if (m_tStartTime >= *pSampleStop)
+ {
+ ExecuteStop(); // cases 6 16
+ return m_StreamState;
+ }
+
+ if (m_tStartTime <= m_tStopTime)
+ {
+ ExecuteStart();
+ ExecuteStop();
+ return m_StreamState; // case 1
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ExecuteStop();
+ ExecuteStart();
+ return m_StreamState; // cases 2 4
+ }
+}
+
+
+enum CBaseStreamControl::StreamControlState CBaseStreamControl::CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample )
+{
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtBufferStart, rtBufferStop;
+ const BOOL bNoBufferTimes =
+ pSample == NULL ||
+ FAILED(pSample->GetTime(&rtBufferStart, &rtBufferStop));
+
+ StreamControlState state;
+ LONG lWait;
+
+ do
+ {
+ // something has to break out of the blocking
+ if (m_bIsFlushing || m_FilterState == State_Stopped)
+ return STREAM_DISCARDING;
+
+ if (bNoBufferTimes) {
+ // Can't do anything until we get a time stamp
+ state = m_StreamState;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ state = CheckSampleTimes( &rtBufferStart, &rtBufferStop );
+ if (state == STREAM_FLOWING)
+ break;
+
+ // we aren't supposed to send this, but we've been
+ // told to send one more than we were supposed to
+ // (and the stop isn't still pending and we're streaming)
+ if (m_bStopSendExtra && !m_bStopExtraSent &&
+ m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME &&
+ m_FilterState != State_Stopped) {
+ m_bStopExtraSent = TRUE;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%d sending an EXTRA frame"),
+ m_dwStopCookie));
+ state = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // We're in discarding mode
+
+ // If we've no clock, discard as fast as we can
+ if (!m_pRefClock) {
+ break;
+
+ // If we're paused, we can't discard in a timely manner because
+ // there's no such thing as stream times. We must block until
+ // we run or stop, or we'll end up throwing the whole stream away
+ // as quickly as possible
+ } else if (m_FilterState == State_Paused) {
+ lWait = INFINITE;
+
+ } else {
+ // wait until it's time for the sample until we say "discard"
+ // ("discard in a timely fashion")
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtNow;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pRefClock->GetTime(&rtNow)));
+ rtNow -= m_tRunStart; // Into relative ref-time
+ lWait = LONG((rtBufferStart - rtNow)/10000); // 100ns -> ms
+ if (lWait < 10) break; // Not worth waiting - discard early
+ }
+
+ } while(WaitForSingleObject(GetStreamEventHandle(), lWait) != WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+
+ return state;
+}
+
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart )
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+
+ // or we will get confused
+ if (m_FilterState == new_state)
+ return;
+
+ switch (new_state)
+ {
+ case State_Stopped:
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Filter is STOPPED")));
+
+ // execute any pending starts and stops in the right order,
+ // to make sure all notifications get sent, and we end up
+ // in the right state to begin next time (??? why not?)
+
+ if (m_tStartTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME) {
+ ExecuteStart();
+ } else if (m_tStopTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStartTime == MAX_TIME) {
+ ExecuteStop();
+ } else if (m_tStopTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStartTime != MAX_TIME) {
+ if (m_tStartTime <= m_tStopTime) {
+ ExecuteStart();
+ ExecuteStop();
+ } else {
+ ExecuteStop();
+ ExecuteStart();
+ }
+ }
+ // always start off flowing when the graph starts streaming
+ // unless told otherwise
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ m_FilterState = new_state;
+ break;
+
+ case State_Running:
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Filter is RUNNING")));
+
+ m_tRunStart = tStart;
+ // fall-through
+
+ default: // case State_Paused:
+ m_FilterState = new_state;
+ }
+ // unblock!
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+}
+
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::Flushing(BOOL bInProgress)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ m_bIsFlushing = bInProgress;
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb2adf30 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: StrmCtl.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __strmctl_h__
+#define __strmctl_h__
+
+class CBaseStreamControl : public IAMStreamControl
+{
+public:
+ // Used by the implementation
+ enum StreamControlState
+ { STREAM_FLOWING = 0x1000,
+ STREAM_DISCARDING
+ };
+
+private:
+ enum StreamControlState m_StreamState; // Current stream state
+ enum StreamControlState m_StreamStateOnStop; // State after next stop
+ // (i.e.Blocking or Discarding)
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStartTime; // MAX_TIME implies none
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStopTime; // MAX_TIME implies none
+ DWORD m_dwStartCookie; // Cookie for notification to app
+ DWORD m_dwStopCookie; // Cookie for notification to app
+ volatile BOOL m_bIsFlushing; // No optimization pls!
+ volatile BOOL m_bStopSendExtra; // bSendExtra was set
+ volatile BOOL m_bStopExtraSent; // the extra one was sent
+
+ CCritSec m_CritSec; // CritSec to guard above attributes
+
+ // Event to fire when we can come
+ // out of blocking, or to come out of waiting
+ // to discard if we change our minds.
+ //
+ CAMEvent m_StreamEvent;
+
+ // All of these methods execute immediately. Helpers for others.
+ //
+ void ExecuteStop();
+ void ExecuteStart();
+ void CancelStop();
+ void CancelStart();
+
+ // Some things we need to be told by our owning filter
+ // Your pin must also expose IAMStreamControl when QI'd for it!
+ //
+ IReferenceClock * m_pRefClock; // Need it to set advises
+ // Filter must tell us via
+ // SetSyncSource
+ IMediaEventSink * m_pSink; // Event sink
+ // Filter must tell us after it
+ // creates it in JoinFilterGraph()
+ FILTER_STATE m_FilterState; // Just need it!
+ // Filter must tell us via
+ // NotifyFilterState
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tRunStart; // Per the Run call to the filter
+
+ // This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's. Here's what
+ // the caller should do for each one:
+ //
+ // STREAM_FLOWING: Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on)
+ // STREAM_DISCARDING: Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStop and wait
+ // that long for the event handle
+ // (GetStreamEventHandle()). If the wait
+ // expires, throw the sample away. If the event
+ // fires, call me back - I've changed my mind.
+ //
+ enum StreamControlState CheckSampleTimes( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart,
+ __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop );
+
+public:
+ // You don't have to tell us much when we're created, but there are other
+ // obligations that must be met. See SetSyncSource & NotifyFilterState
+ // below.
+ //
+ CBaseStreamControl(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ ~CBaseStreamControl();
+
+ // If you want this class to work properly, there are thing you need to
+ // (keep) telling it. Filters with pins that use this class
+ // should ensure that they pass through to this method any calls they
+ // receive on their SetSyncSource.
+
+ // We need a clock to see what time it is. This is for the
+ // "discard in a timely fashion" logic. If we discard everything as
+ // quick as possible, a whole 60 minute file could get discarded in the
+ // first 10 seconds, and if somebody wants to turn streaming on at 30
+ // minutes into the file, and they make the call more than a few seconds
+ // after the graph is run, it may be too late!
+ // So we hold every sample until it's time has gone, then we discard it.
+ // The filter should call this when it gets a SetSyncSource
+ //
+ void SetSyncSource( IReferenceClock * pRefClock )
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->Release();
+ m_pRefClock = pRefClock;
+ if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // Set event sink for notifications
+ // The filter should call this in its JoinFilterGraph after it creates the
+ // IMediaEventSink
+ //
+ void SetFilterGraph( IMediaEventSink *pSink ) {
+ m_pSink = pSink;
+ }
+
+ // Since we schedule in stream time, we need the tStart and must track the
+ // state of our owning filter.
+ // The app should call this ever state change
+ //
+ void NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart = 0 );
+
+ // Filter should call Flushing(TRUE) in BeginFlush,
+ // and Flushing(FALSE) in EndFlush.
+ //
+ void Flushing( BOOL bInProgress );
+
+
+ // The two main methods of IAMStreamControl
+
+ // Class adds default values suitable for immediate
+ // muting and unmuting of the stream.
+
+ STDMETHODIMP StopAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop = NULL,
+ BOOL bSendExtra = FALSE,
+ DWORD dwCookie = 0 );
+ STDMETHODIMP StartAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStart = NULL,
+ DWORD dwCookie = 0 );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetInfo( __out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo);
+
+ // Helper function for pin's receive method. Call this with
+ // the sample and we'll tell you what to do with it. We'll do a
+ // WaitForSingleObject within this call if one is required. This is
+ // a "What should I do with this sample?" kind of call. We'll tell the
+ // caller to either flow it or discard it.
+ // If pSample is NULL we evaluate based on the current state
+ // settings
+ enum StreamControlState CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample );
+
+private:
+ // These don't require locking, but we are relying on the fact that
+ // m_StreamState can be retrieved with integrity, and is a snap shot that
+ // may have just been, or may be just about to be, changed.
+ HANDLE GetStreamEventHandle() const { return m_StreamEvent; }
+ enum StreamControlState GetStreamState() const { return m_StreamState; }
+ BOOL IsStreaming() const { return m_StreamState == STREAM_FLOWING; }
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d582917 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SysClock.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a system clock based on
+// IReferenceClock.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+
+#ifdef FILTER_DLL
+
+/* List of class IDs and creator functions for the class factory. This
+ provides the link between the OLE entry point in the DLL and an object
+ being created. The class factory will call the static CreateInstance
+ function when it is asked to create a CLSID_SystemClock object */
+
+CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[1] = {
+ {&CLSID_SystemClock, CSystemClock::CreateInstance}
+};
+
+int g_cTemplates = sizeof(g_Templates) / sizeof(g_Templates[0]);
+#endif
+
+/* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+CUnknown * WINAPI CSystemClock::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ return new CSystemClock(NAME("System reference clock"),pUnk, phr);
+}
+
+
+CSystemClock::CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseReferenceClock(pName, pUnk, phr)
+{
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CSystemClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IPersist)
+ {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IPersist *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else if (riid == IID_IAMClockAdjust)
+ {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IAMClockAdjust *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return CBaseReferenceClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the clock's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSystemClock::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = CLSID_SystemClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSystemClock::SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta)
+{
+ return SetTimeDelta(rtDelta);
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3976d346 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SysClock.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a system clock implementation of
+// IReferenceClock.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __SYSTEMCLOCK__
+#define __SYSTEMCLOCK__
+
+//
+// Base clock. Uses timeGetTime ONLY
+// Uses most of the code in the base reference clock.
+// Provides GetTime
+//
+
+class CSystemClock : public CBaseReferenceClock, public IAMClockAdjust, public IPersist
+{
+public:
+ // We must be able to create an instance of ourselves
+ static CUnknown * WINAPI CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ // Yield up our class id so that we can be persisted
+ // Implement required Ipersist method
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // IAMClockAdjust methods
+ STDMETHODIMP SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta);
+}; //CSystemClock
+
+#endif /* __SYSTEMCLOCK__ */
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d170779 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Transfrm.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class for simple transform
+// filters such as video decompressors.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <measure.h>
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransformFilter class
+// =================================================================
+
+CTransformFilter::CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_csFilter, clsid),
+ m_pInput(NULL),
+ m_pOutput(NULL),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_bQualityChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bSampleSkipped(FALSE)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransformFilter::CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_csFilter, clsid),
+ m_pInput(NULL),
+ m_pOutput(NULL),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_bQualityChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bSampleSkipped(FALSE)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+}
+#endif
+
+// destructor
+
+CTransformFilter::~CTransformFilter()
+{
+ // Delete the pins
+
+ delete m_pInput;
+ delete m_pOutput;
+}
+
+
+// Transform place holder - should never be called
+HRESULT CTransformFilter::Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pIn);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pOut);
+ DbgBreak("CTransformFilter::Transform() should never be called");
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// return the number of pins we provide
+
+int CTransformFilter::GetPinCount()
+{
+ return 2;
+}
+
+
+// return a non-addrefed CBasePin * for the user to addref if he holds onto it
+// for longer than his pointer to us. We create the pins dynamically when they
+// are asked for rather than in the constructor. This is because we want to
+// give the derived class an oppportunity to return different pin objects
+
+// We return the objects as and when they are needed. If either of these fails
+// then we return NULL, the assumption being that the caller will realise the
+// whole deal is off and destroy us - which in turn will delete everything.
+
+CBasePin *
+CTransformFilter::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ // Create an input pin if necessary
+
+ if (m_pInput == NULL) {
+
+ m_pInput = new CTransformInputPin(NAME("Transform input pin"),
+ this, // Owner filter
+ &hr, // Result code
+ L"XForm In"); // Pin name
+
+
+ // Can't fail
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (m_pInput == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ m_pOutput = (CTransformOutputPin *)
+ new CTransformOutputPin(NAME("Transform output pin"),
+ this, // Owner filter
+ &hr, // Result code
+ L"XForm Out"); // Pin name
+
+
+ // Can't fail
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (m_pOutput == NULL) {
+ delete m_pInput;
+ m_pInput = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Return the appropriate pin
+
+ if (n == 0) {
+ return m_pInput;
+ } else
+ if (n == 1) {
+ return m_pOutput;
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+//
+// FindPin
+//
+// If Id is In or Out then return the IPin* for that pin
+// creating the pin if need be. Otherwise return NULL with an error.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CTransformFilter::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"In")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(0);
+ } else if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"Out")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(1);
+ } else {
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ // AddRef() returned pointer - but GetPin could fail if memory is low.
+ if (*ppPin) {
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ } else {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY; // probably. There's no pin anyway.
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// override these two functions if you want to inform something
+// about entry to or exit from streaming state.
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::StartStreaming()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::StopStreaming()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to grab extra interfaces on connection
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir, IPin *pPin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dir);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pPin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// place holder to allow derived classes to release any extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dir);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Let derived classes know about connection completion
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(direction);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to know when the media type is really set
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(direction);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pmt);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set up our output sample
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample)
+{
+ IMediaSample *pOutSample;
+
+ // default - times are the same
+
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();
+ DWORD dwFlags = m_bSampleSkipped ? AM_GBF_PREVFRAMESKIPPED : 0;
+
+ // This will prevent the image renderer from switching us to DirectDraw
+ // when we can't do it without skipping frames because we're not on a
+ // keyframe. If it really has to switch us, it still will, but then we
+ // will have to wait for the next keyframe
+ if (!(pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT)) {
+ dwFlags |= AM_GBF_NOTASYNCPOINT;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pOutput->m_pAllocator != NULL);
+ HRESULT hr = m_pOutput->m_pAllocator->GetBuffer(
+ &pOutSample
+ , pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID ?
+ &pProps->tStart : NULL
+ , pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_STOPVALID ?
+ &pProps->tStop : NULL
+ , dwFlags
+ );
+ *ppOutSample = pOutSample;
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pOutSample);
+ IMediaSample2 *pOutSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pOutSample->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2,
+ (void **)&pOutSample2))) {
+ /* Modify it */
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES OutProps;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(pOutSample2->GetProperties(
+ FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStart), (PBYTE)&OutProps)
+ ));
+ OutProps.dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ OutProps.dwSampleFlags =
+ (OutProps.dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) |
+ (pProps->dwSampleFlags & ~AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED);
+ OutProps.tStart = pProps->tStart;
+ OutProps.tStop = pProps->tStop;
+ OutProps.cbData = FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId);
+ hr = pOutSample2->SetProperties(
+ FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId),
+ (PBYTE)&OutProps
+ );
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY) {
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ }
+ pOutSample2->Release();
+ } else {
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) {
+ pOutSample->SetTime(&pProps->tStart,
+ &pProps->tStop);
+ }
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT) {
+ pOutSample->SetSyncPoint(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY) {
+ pOutSample->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ }
+ // Copy the media times
+
+ LONGLONG MediaStart, MediaEnd;
+ if (pSample->GetMediaTime(&MediaStart,&MediaEnd) == NOERROR) {
+ pOutSample->SetMediaTime(&MediaStart,&MediaEnd);
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// override this to customize the transform process
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ /* Check for other streams and pass them on */
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();
+ if (pProps->dwStreamId != AM_STREAM_MEDIA) {
+ return m_pOutput->m_pInputPin->Receive(pSample);
+ }
+ HRESULT hr;
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+ IMediaSample * pOutSample;
+
+ // If no output to deliver to then no point sending us data
+
+ ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL) ;
+
+ // Set up the output sample
+ hr = InitializeOutputSample(pSample, &pOutSample);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Start timing the transform (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_START(m_idTransform);
+
+ // have the derived class transform the data
+
+ hr = Transform(pSample, pOutSample);
+
+ // Stop the clock and log it (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransform);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT("Error from transform")));
+ } else {
+ // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the
+ // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's
+ // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->m_pInputPin->Receive(pOutSample);
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE; // last thing no longer dropped
+ } else {
+ // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement
+ // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this cause because returning S_FALSE
+ // from Receive() means that this is the end of the stream and no more data should
+ // be sent.
+ if (S_FALSE == hr) {
+
+ // Release the sample before calling notify to avoid
+ // deadlocks if the sample holds a lock on the system
+ // such as DirectDraw buffers do
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,
+ // it will have addrefed it itself.
+ pOutSample->Release();
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Return S_FALSE to mean "pass the note on upstream"
+// Return NOERROR (Same as S_OK)
+// to mean "I've done something about it, don't pass it on"
+HRESULT CTransformFilter::AlterQuality(Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// EndOfStream received. Default behaviour is to deliver straight
+// downstream, since we have no queued data. If you overrode Receive
+// and have queue data, then you need to handle this and deliver EOS after
+// all queued data is sent
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ if (m_pOutput != NULL) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// enter flush state. Receives already blocked
+// must override this if you have queued data or a worker thread
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ if (m_pOutput != NULL) {
+ // block receives -- done by caller (CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush)
+
+ // discard queued data -- we have no queued data
+
+ // free anyone blocked on receive - not possible in this filter
+
+ // call downstream
+ hr = m_pOutput->DeliverBeginFlush();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// leave flush state. must override this if you have queued data
+// or a worker thread
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ // sync with pushing thread -- we have no worker thread
+
+ // ensure no more data to go downstream -- we have no queued data
+
+ // call EndFlush on downstream pins
+ ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL);
+ return m_pOutput->DeliverEndFlush();
+
+ // caller (the input pin's method) will unblock Receives
+}
+
+
+// override these so that the derived filter can catch them
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck1(&m_csFilter);
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Succeed the Stop if we are not completely connected
+
+ ASSERT(m_pInput == NULL || m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (m_pInput == NULL || m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE ||
+ m_pOutput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pInput);
+ ASSERT(m_pOutput);
+
+ // decommit the input pin before locking or we can deadlock
+ m_pInput->Inactive();
+
+ // synchronize with Receive calls
+
+ CAutoLock lck2(&m_csReceive);
+ m_pOutput->Inactive();
+
+ // allow a class derived from CTransformFilter
+ // to know about starting and stopping streaming
+
+ HRESULT hr = StopStreaming();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ // complete the state transition
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_csFilter);
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ // (This space left deliberately blank)
+ }
+
+ // If we have no input pin or it isn't yet connected then when we are
+ // asked to pause we deliver an end of stream to the downstream filter.
+ // This makes sure that it doesn't sit there forever waiting for
+ // samples which we cannot ever deliver without an input connection.
+
+ else if (m_pInput == NULL || m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ if (m_pOutput && m_bEOSDelivered == FALSE) {
+ m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();
+ m_bEOSDelivered = TRUE;
+ }
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ }
+
+ // We may have an input connection but no output connection
+ // However, if we have an input pin we do have an output pin
+
+ else if (m_pOutput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ }
+
+ else {
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ // allow a class derived from CTransformFilter
+ // to know about starting and stopping streaming
+ CAutoLock lck2(&m_csReceive);
+ hr = StartStreaming();
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseFilter::Pause();
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ m_bQualityChanged = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (m_pOutput != NULL) {
+ return m_pOutput->DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Check streaming status
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CheckStreaming()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (!m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ } else {
+ // Shouldn't be able to get any data if we're not connected!
+ ASSERT(IsConnected());
+
+ // we're flushing
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ // Don't process stuff in Stopped state
+ if (IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+ if (m_bRunTimeError) {
+ return VFW_E_RUNTIME_ERROR;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransformInputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+ : CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pName)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+ : CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pName)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+}
+#endif
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to grab extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CheckConnect(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+}
+
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to release it's extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Can't disconnect unless stopped
+ ASSERT(IsStopped());
+ m_pTransformFilter->BreakConnect(PINDIR_INPUT);
+ return CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Let derived class know when the input pin is connected
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// check that we can support a given media type
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt)
+{
+ // Check the input type
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // if the output pin is still connected, then we have
+ // to check the transform not just the input format
+
+ if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL) &&
+ (m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected())) {
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(
+ pmt,
+ &m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType());
+ } else {
+ return hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// set the media type for this connection
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn)
+{
+ // Set the base class media type (should always succeed)
+ HRESULT hr = CBasePin::SetMediaType(mtIn);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // check the transform can be done (should always succeed)
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pTransformFilter->CheckInputType(mtIn)));
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->SetMediaType(PINDIR_INPUT,mtIn);
+}
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream
+// (there is no queued data)
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csReceive);
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ hr = m_pTransformFilter->EndOfStream();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// enter flushing state. Call default handler to block Receives, then
+// pass to overridable method in filter
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csFilter);
+ // Are we actually doing anything?
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (!IsConnected() ||
+ !m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->BeginFlush();
+}
+
+
+// leave flushing state.
+// Pass to overridable method in filter, then call base class
+// to unblock receives (finally)
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csFilter);
+ // Are we actually doing anything?
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (!IsConnected() ||
+ !m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->EndFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// here's the next block of data from the stream.
+// AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end
+// of this call.
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csReceive);
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ // check all is well with the base class
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::Receive(pSample);
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ hr = m_pTransformFilter->Receive(pSample);
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// override to pass downstream
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ // Save the values in the pin
+ CBasePin::NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+ return m_pTransformFilter->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransformOutputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pPinName),
+ m_pPosition(NULL)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pPinName),
+ m_pPosition(NULL)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+
+}
+#endif
+
+// destructor
+
+CTransformOutputPin::~CTransformOutputPin()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::~CTransformOutputPin")));
+
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->Release();
+}
+
+
+// overriden to expose IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking control interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition || riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+
+ // we should have an input pin by now
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ if (m_pPosition == NULL) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = CreatePosPassThru(
+ GetOwner(),
+ FALSE,
+ (IPin *)m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput,
+ &m_pPosition);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ return m_pPosition->QueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to grab extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::CheckConnect(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ // we should have an input connection first
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+ if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE)) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseOutputPin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+}
+
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to release it's extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Can't disconnect unless stopped
+ ASSERT(IsStopped());
+ m_pTransformFilter->BreakConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT);
+ return CBaseOutputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Let derived class know when the output pin is connected
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// check a given transform - must have selected input type first
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmtOut)
+{
+ // must have selected input first
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+ if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(
+ &m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->CurrentMediaType(),
+ pmtOut);
+}
+
+
+// called after we have agreed a media type to actually set it in which case
+// we run the CheckTransform function to get the output format type again
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType* pmtOut)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->CurrentMediaType().IsValid());
+
+ // Set the base class media type (should always succeed)
+ hr = CBasePin::SetMediaType(pmtOut);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (FAILED(m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(&m_pTransformFilter->
+ m_pInput->CurrentMediaType(),pmtOut))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("*** This filter is accepting an output media type")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT(" that it can't currently transform to. I hope")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT(" it's smart enough to reconnect its input.")));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->SetMediaType(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pmtOut);
+}
+
+
+// pass the buffer size decision through to the main transform class
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProp)
+{
+ return m_pTransformFilter->DecideBufferSize(pAllocator, pProp);
+}
+
+
+
+// return a specific media type indexed by iPosition
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::GetMediaType(
+ int iPosition,
+ __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ // We don't have any media types if our input is not connected
+
+ if (m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected()) {
+ return m_pTransformFilter->GetMediaType(iPosition,pMediaType);
+ } else {
+ return VFW_S_NO_MORE_ITEMS;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Override this if you can do something constructive to act on the
+// quality message. Consider passing it upstream as well
+
+// Pass the quality mesage on upstream.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformOutputPin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pSender);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSender,sizeof(IBaseFilter));
+
+ // First see if we want to handle this ourselves
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->AlterQuality(q);
+ if (hr!=S_FALSE) {
+ return hr; // either S_OK or a failure
+ }
+
+ // S_FALSE means we pass the message on.
+ // Find the quality sink for our input pin and send it there
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->PassNotify(q);
+
+} // Notify
+
+
+// the following removes a very large number of level 4 warnings from the microsoft
+// compiler output, which are not useful at all in this case.
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b276471 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Transfrm.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple
+// transform codecs may be derived.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// It assumes the codec has one input and one output stream, and has no
+// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else.
+//
+// derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format
+// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and
+// you're done.
+
+
+#ifndef __TRANSFRM__
+#define __TRANSFRM__
+
+// ======================================================================
+// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It
+// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces
+// ======================================================================
+
+class CTransformFilter;
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the input pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransformInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+ friend class CTransformFilter;
+
+protected:
+ CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter;
+
+
+public:
+
+ CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id)
+ {
+ return AMGetWideString(L"In", Id);
+ }
+
+ // Grab and release extra interfaces if required
+
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // check that we can support this output type
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn);
+
+ // set the connection media type
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mt);
+
+ // --- IMemInputPin -----
+
+ // here's the next block of data from the stream.
+ // AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end
+ // of this call.
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample * pSample);
+
+ // provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream
+ // (there is no queued data)
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // passes it to CTransformFilter::BeginFlush
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+
+ // passes it to CTransformFilter::EndFlush
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ // Check if it's OK to process samples
+ virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Media type
+public:
+ CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; };
+
+};
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the output pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransformOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin
+{
+ friend class CTransformFilter;
+
+protected:
+ CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter;
+
+public:
+
+ // implement IMediaPosition by passing upstream
+ IUnknown * m_pPosition;
+
+ CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CTransformOutputPin();
+
+ // override to expose IMediaPosition
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id)
+ {
+ return AMGetWideString(L"Out", Id);
+ }
+
+ // Grab and release extra interfaces if required
+
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // check that we can support this output type
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtOut);
+
+ // set the connection media type
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ // called from CBaseOutputPin during connection to ask for
+ // the count and size of buffers we need.
+ HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProp);
+
+ // returns the preferred formats for a pin
+ HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // inherited from IQualityControl via CBasePin
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ // Media type
+public:
+ CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; };
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CTransformFilter : public CBaseFilter
+{
+
+public:
+
+ // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner
+ // override this to return more specialised pin objects
+
+ virtual int GetPinCount();
+ virtual CBasePin * GetPin(int n);
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin);
+
+ // override state changes to allow derived transform filter
+ // to control streaming start/stop
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+public:
+
+ CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);
+#endif
+ ~CTransformFilter();
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- override these bits ---------------------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ // These must be supplied in a derived class
+
+ virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut);
+
+ // check if you can support mtIn
+ virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE;
+
+ // check if you can support the transform from this input to this output
+ virtual HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE;
+
+ // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances
+ // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);
+
+ // call the SetProperties function with appropriate arguments
+ virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE;
+
+ // override to suggest OUTPUT pin media types
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE;
+
+
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- Optional Override Methods -----------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ // you can also override these if you want to know about streaming
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+
+ // override if you can do anything constructive with quality notifications
+ virtual HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q);
+
+ // override this to know when the media type is actually set
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ // chance to grab extra interfaces on connection
+ virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin);
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // chance to customize the transform process
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // Standard setup for output sample
+ HRESULT InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample);
+
+ // if you override Receive, you may need to override these three too
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void);
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string
+ // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters
+ virtual void RegisterPerfId()
+ {m_idTransform = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Transform"));}
+#endif // PERF
+
+
+// implementation details
+
+protected:
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idTransform; // performance measuring id
+#endif
+ BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // have we sent EndOfStream
+ BOOL m_bSampleSkipped; // Did we just skip a frame
+ BOOL m_bQualityChanged; // Have we degraded?
+
+ // critical section protecting filter state.
+
+ CCritSec m_csFilter;
+
+ // critical section stopping state changes (ie Stop) while we're
+ // processing a sample.
+ //
+ // This critical section is held when processing
+ // events that occur on the receive thread - Receive() and EndOfStream().
+ //
+ // If you want to hold both m_csReceive and m_csFilter then grab
+ // m_csFilter FIRST - like CTransformFilter::Stop() does.
+
+ CCritSec m_csReceive;
+
+ // these hold our input and output pins
+
+ friend class CTransformInputPin;
+ friend class CTransformOutputPin;
+ CTransformInputPin *m_pInput;
+ CTransformOutputPin *m_pOutput;
+};
+
+#endif /* __TRANSFRM__ */
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8e12eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,974 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: TransIP.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class for simple Transform-
+// In-Place filters such as audio.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// How allocators are decided.
+//
+// An in-place transform tries to do its work in someone else's buffers.
+// It tries to persuade the filters on either side to use the same allocator
+// (and for that matter the same media type). In desperation, if the downstream
+// filter refuses to supply an allocator and the upstream filter offers only
+// a read-only one then it will provide an allocator.
+// if the upstream filter insists on a read-only allocator then the transform
+// filter will (reluctantly) copy the data before transforming it.
+//
+// In order to pass an allocator through it needs to remember the one it got
+// from the first connection to pass it on to the second one.
+//
+// It is good if we can avoid insisting on a particular order of connection
+// (There is a precedent for insisting on the input
+// being connected first. Insisting on the output being connected first is
+// not allowed. That would break RenderFile.)
+//
+// The base pin classes (CBaseOutputPin and CBaseInputPin) both have a
+// m_pAllocator member which is used in places like
+// CBaseOutputPin::GetDeliveryBuffer and CBaseInputPin::Inactive.
+// To avoid lots of extra overriding, we should keep these happy
+// by using these pointers.
+//
+// When each pin is connected, it will set the corresponding m_pAllocator
+// and will have a single ref-count on that allocator.
+//
+// Refcounts are acquired by GetAllocator calls which return AddReffed
+// allocators and are released in one of:
+// CBaseInputPin::Disconnect
+// CBaseOutputPin::BreakConect
+// In each case m_pAllocator is set to NULL after the release, so this
+// is the last chance to ever release it. If there should ever be
+// multiple refcounts associated with the same pointer, this had better
+// be cleared up before that happens. To avoid such problems, we'll
+// stick with one per pointer.
+
+
+
+// RECONNECTING and STATE CHANGES
+//
+// Each pin could be disconnected, connected with a read-only allocator,
+// connected with an upstream read/write allocator, connected with an
+// allocator from downstream or connected with its own allocator.
+// Five states for each pin gives a data space of 25 states.
+//
+// Notation:
+//
+// R/W == read/write
+// R-O == read-only
+//
+// <input pin state> <output pin state> <comments>
+//
+// 00 means an unconnected pin.
+// <- means using a R/W allocator from the upstream filter
+// <= means using a R-O allocator from an upstream filter
+// || means using our own (R/W) allocator.
+// -> means using a R/W allocator from a downstream filter
+// (a R-O allocator from downstream is nonsense, it can't ever work).
+//
+//
+// That makes 25 possible states. Some states are nonsense (two different
+// allocators from the same place). These are just an artifact of the notation.
+// <= <- Nonsense.
+// <- <= Nonsense
+// Some states are illegal (the output pin never accepts a R-O allocator):
+// 00 <= !! Error !!
+// <= <= !! Error !!
+// || <= !! Error !!
+// -> <= !! Error !!
+// Three states appears to be inaccessible:
+// -> || Inaccessible
+// || -> Inaccessible
+// || <- Inaccessible
+// Some states only ever occur as intermediates with a pending reconnect which
+// is guaranteed to finish in another state.
+// -> 00 ?? unstable goes to || 00
+// 00 <- ?? unstable goes to 00 ||
+// -> <- ?? unstable goes to -> ->
+// <- || ?? unstable goes to <- <-
+// <- -> ?? unstable goes to <- <-
+// And that leaves 11 possible resting states:
+// 1 00 00 Nothing connected.
+// 2 <- 00 Input pin connected.
+// 3 <= 00 Input pin connected using R-O allocator.
+// 4 || 00 Needs several state changes to get here.
+// 5 00 || Output pin connected using our allocator
+// 6 00 -> Downstream only connected
+// 7 || || Undesirable but can be forced upon us.
+// 8 <= || Copy forced. <= -> is preferable
+// 9 <= -> OK - forced to copy.
+// 10 <- <- Transform in place (ideal)
+// 11 -> -> Transform in place (ideal)
+//
+// The object of the exercise is to ensure that we finish up in states
+// 10 or 11 whenever possible. State 10 is only possible if the upstream
+// filter has a R/W allocator (the AVI splitter notoriously
+// doesn't) and state 11 is only possible if the downstream filter does
+// offer an allocator.
+//
+// The transition table (entries marked * go via a reconnect)
+//
+// There are 8 possible transitions:
+// A: Connect upstream to filter with R-O allocator that insists on using it.
+// B: Connect upstream to filter with R-O allocator but chooses not to use it.
+// C: Connect upstream to filter with R/W allocator and insists on using it.
+// D: Connect upstream to filter with R/W allocator but chooses not to use it.
+// E: Connect downstream to a filter that offers an allocator
+// F: Connect downstream to a filter that does not offer an allocator
+// G: disconnect upstream
+// H: Disconnect downstream
+//
+// A B C D E F G H
+// ---------------------------------------------------------
+// 00 00 1 | 3 3 2 2 6 5 . . |1 00 00
+// <- 00 2 | . . . . *10/11 10 1 . |2 <- 00
+// <= 00 3 | . . . . *9/11 *7/8 1 . |3 <= 00
+// || 00 4 | . . . . *8 *7 1 . |4 || 00
+// 00 || 5 | 8 7 *10 7 . . . 1 |5 00 ||
+// 00 -> 6 | 9 11 *10 11 . . . 1 |6 00 ->
+// || || 7 | . . . . . . 5 4 |7 || ||
+// <= || 8 | . . . . . . 5 3 |8 <= ||
+// <= -> 9 | . . . . . . 6 3 |9 <= ->
+// <- <- 10| . . . . . . *5/6 2 |10 <- <-
+// -> -> 11| . . . . . . 6 *2/3 |11 -> ->
+// ---------------------------------------------------------
+// A B C D E F G H
+//
+// All these states are accessible without requiring any filter to
+// change its behaviour but not all transitions are accessible, for
+// instance a transition from state 4 to anywhere other than
+// state 8 requires that the upstream filter first offer a R-O allocator
+// and then changes its mind and offer R/W. This is NOT allowable - it
+// leads to things like the output pin getting a R/W allocator from
+// upstream and then the input pin being told it can only have a R-O one.
+// Note that you CAN change (say) the upstream filter for a different one, but
+// only as a disconnect / connect, not as a Reconnect. (Exercise for
+// the reader is to see how you get into state 4).
+//
+// The reconnection stuff goes as follows (some of the cases shown here as
+// "no reconnect" may get one to finalise media type - an old story).
+// If there is a reconnect where it says "no reconnect" here then the
+// reconnection must not change the allocator choice.
+//
+// state 2: <- 00 transition E <- <- case C <- <- (no change)
+// case D -> <- and then to -> ->
+//
+// state 2: <- 00 transition F <- <- (no reconnect)
+//
+// state 3: <= 00 transition E <= -> case A <= -> (no change)
+// case B -> ->
+// transition F <= || case A <= || (no change)
+// case B || ||
+//
+// state 4: || 00 transition E || || case B -> || and then all cases to -> ->
+// F || || case B || || (no change)
+//
+// state 5: 00 || transition A <= || (no reconnect)
+// B || || (no reconnect)
+// C <- || all cases <- <-
+// D || || (unfortunate, but upstream's choice)
+//
+// state 6: 00 -> transition A <= -> (no reconnect)
+// B -> -> (no reconnect)
+// C <- -> all cases <- <-
+// D -> -> (no reconnect)
+//
+// state 10:<- <- transition G 00 <- case E 00 ->
+// case F 00 ||
+//
+// state 11:-> -> transition H -> 00 case A <= 00 (schizo)
+// case B <= 00
+// case C <- 00 (schizo)
+// case D <- 00
+//
+// The Rules:
+// To sort out media types:
+// The input is reconnected
+// if the input pin is connected and the output pin connects
+// The output is reconnected
+// If the output pin is connected
+// and the input pin connects to a different media type
+//
+// To sort out allocators:
+// The input is reconnected
+// if the output disconnects and the input was using a downstream allocator
+// The output pin calls SetAllocator to pass on a new allocator
+// if the output is connected and
+// if the input disconnects and the output was using an upstream allocator
+// if the input acquires an allocator different from the output one
+// and that new allocator is not R-O
+//
+// Data is copied (i.e. call getbuffer and copy the data before transforming it)
+// if the two allocators are different.
+
+
+
+// CHAINS of filters:
+//
+// We sit between two filters (call them A and Z). We should finish up
+// with the same allocator on both of our pins and that should be the
+// same one that A and Z would have agreed on if we hadn't been in the
+// way. Furthermore, it should not matter how many in-place transforms
+// are in the way. Let B, C, D... be in-place transforms ("us").
+// Here's how it goes:
+//
+// 1.
+// A connects to B. They agree on A's allocator.
+// A-a->B
+//
+// 2.
+// B connects to C. Same story. There is no point in a reconnect, but
+// B will request an input reconnect anyway.
+// A-a->B-a->C
+//
+// 3.
+// C connects to Z.
+// C insists on using A's allocator, but compromises by requesting a reconnect.
+// of C's input.
+// A-a->B-?->C-a->Z
+//
+// We now have pending reconnects on both A--->B and B--->C
+//
+// 4.
+// The A--->B link is reconnected.
+// A asks B for an allocator. B sees that it has a downstream connection so
+// asks its downstream input pin i.e. C's input pin for an allocator. C sees
+// that it too has a downstream connection so asks Z for an allocator.
+//
+// Even though Z's input pin is connected, it is being asked for an allocator.
+// It could refuse, in which case the chain is done and will use A's allocator
+// Alternatively, Z may supply one. A chooses either Z's or A's own one.
+// B's input pin gets NotifyAllocator called to tell it the decision and it
+// propagates this downstream by calling ReceiveAllocator on its output pin
+// which calls NotifyAllocator on the next input pin downstream etc.
+// If the choice is Z then it goes:
+// A-z->B-a->C-a->Z
+// A-z->B-z->C-a->Z
+// A-z->B-z->C-z->Z
+//
+// And that's IT!! Any further (essentially spurious) reconnects peter out
+// with no change in the chain.
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <measure.h>
+#include <transip.h>
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransInPlaceFilter class
+// =================================================================
+
+CTransInPlaceFilter::CTransInPlaceFilter
+ ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ bool bModifiesData
+ )
+ : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid),
+ m_bModifiesData(bModifiesData)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+
+} // constructor
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransInPlaceFilter::CTransInPlaceFilter
+ ( __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ bool bModifiesData
+ )
+ : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid),
+ m_bModifiesData(bModifiesData)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+
+} // constructor
+#endif
+
+// return a non-addrefed CBasePin * for the user to addref if he holds onto it
+// for longer than his pointer to us. We create the pins dynamically when they
+// are asked for rather than in the constructor. This is because we want to
+// give the derived class an oppportunity to return different pin objects
+
+// As soon as any pin is needed we create both (this is different from the
+// usual transform filter) because enumerators, allocators etc are passed
+// through from one pin to another and it becomes very painful if the other
+// pin isn't there. If we fail to create either pin we ensure we fail both.
+
+CBasePin *
+CTransInPlaceFilter::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ // Create an input pin if not already done
+
+ if (m_pInput == NULL) {
+
+ m_pInput = new CTransInPlaceInputPin( NAME("TransInPlace input pin")
+ , this // Owner filter
+ , &hr // Result code
+ , L"Input" // Pin name
+ );
+
+ // Constructor for CTransInPlaceInputPin can't fail
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ }
+
+ // Create an output pin if not already done
+
+ if (m_pInput!=NULL && m_pOutput == NULL) {
+
+ m_pOutput = new CTransInPlaceOutputPin( NAME("TransInPlace output pin")
+ , this // Owner filter
+ , &hr // Result code
+ , L"Output" // Pin name
+ );
+
+ // a failed return code should delete the object
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (m_pOutput == NULL) {
+ delete m_pInput;
+ m_pInput = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Return the appropriate pin
+
+ ASSERT (n>=0 && n<=1);
+ if (n == 0) {
+ return m_pInput;
+ } else if (n==1) {
+ return m_pOutput;
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+} // GetPin
+
+
+
+// dir is the direction of our pin.
+// pReceivePin is the pin we are connecting to.
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir, IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ ASSERT(m_pInput);
+ ASSERT(m_pOutput);
+
+ // if we are not part of a graph, then don't indirect the pointer
+ // this probably prevents use of the filter without a filtergraph
+ if (!m_pGraph) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_IN_GRAPH;
+ }
+
+ // Always reconnect the input to account for buffering changes
+ //
+ // Because we don't get to suggest a type on ReceiveConnection
+ // we need another way of making sure the right type gets used.
+ //
+ // One way would be to have our EnumMediaTypes return our output
+ // connection type first but more deterministic and simple is to
+ // call ReconnectEx passing the type we want to reconnect with
+ // via the base class ReconeectPin method.
+
+ if (dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+ if( m_pInput->IsConnected() ) {
+ return ReconnectPin( m_pInput, &m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType() );
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(dir == PINDIR_INPUT);
+
+ // Reconnect output if necessary
+
+ if( m_pOutput->IsConnected() ) {
+
+ if ( m_pInput->CurrentMediaType()
+ != m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType()
+ ) {
+ return ReconnectPin( m_pOutput, &m_pInput->CurrentMediaType() );
+ }
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+
+} // ComnpleteConnect
+
+
+//
+// DecideBufferSize
+//
+// Tell the output pin's allocator what size buffers we require.
+// *pAlloc will be the allocator our output pin is using.
+//
+
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceFilter::DecideBufferSize
+ ( IMemAllocator *pAlloc
+ , __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProperties
+ )
+{
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Request, Actual;
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // If we are connected upstream, get his views
+ if (m_pInput->IsConnected()) {
+ // Get the input pin allocator, and get its size and count.
+ // we don't care about his alignment and prefix.
+
+ hr = InputPin()->PeekAllocator()->GetProperties(&Request);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // Input connected but with a secretive allocator - enough!
+ return hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // Propose one byte
+ // If this isn't enough then when the other pin does get connected
+ // we can revise it.
+ ZeroMemory(&Request, sizeof(Request));
+ Request.cBuffers = 1;
+ Request.cbBuffer = 1;
+ }
+
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Setting Allocator Requirements")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Count %d, Size %d"),
+ Request.cBuffers, Request.cbBuffer));
+
+ // Pass the allocator requirements to our output side
+ // but do a little sanity checking first or we'll just hit
+ // asserts in the allocator.
+
+ pProperties->cBuffers = Request.cBuffers;
+ pProperties->cbBuffer = Request.cbBuffer;
+ pProperties->cbAlign = Request.cbAlign;
+ if (pProperties->cBuffers<=0) {pProperties->cBuffers = 1; }
+ if (pProperties->cbBuffer<=0) {pProperties->cbBuffer = 1; }
+ hr = pAlloc->SetProperties(pProperties, &Actual);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Obtained Allocator Requirements")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Count %d, Size %d, Alignment %d"),
+ Actual.cBuffers, Actual.cbBuffer, Actual.cbAlign));
+
+ // Make sure we got the right alignment and at least the minimum required
+
+ if ( (Request.cBuffers > Actual.cBuffers)
+ || (Request.cbBuffer > Actual.cbBuffer)
+ || (Request.cbAlign > Actual.cbAlign)
+ ) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+
+} // DecideBufferSize
+
+//
+// Copy
+//
+// return a pointer to an identical copy of pSample
+__out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource)
+{
+ IMediaSample * pDest;
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart, tStop;
+ const BOOL bTime = S_OK == pSource->GetTime( &tStart, &tStop);
+
+ // this may block for an indeterminate amount of time
+ hr = OutputPin()->PeekAllocator()->GetBuffer(
+ &pDest
+ , bTime ? &tStart : NULL
+ , bTime ? &tStop : NULL
+ , m_bSampleSkipped ? AM_GBF_PREVFRAMESKIPPED : 0
+ );
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pDest);
+ IMediaSample2 *pSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pDest->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2, (void **)&pSample2))) {
+ HRESULT hrProps = pSample2->SetProperties(
+ FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pbBuffer),
+ (PBYTE)m_pInput->SampleProps());
+ pSample2->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hrProps)) {
+ pDest->Release();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (bTime) {
+ pDest->SetTime(&tStart, &tStop);
+ }
+
+ if (S_OK == pSource->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ pDest->SetSyncPoint(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSource->IsDiscontinuity() || m_bSampleSkipped) {
+ pDest->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSource->IsPreroll()) {
+ pDest->SetPreroll(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ // Copy the media type
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType;
+ if (S_OK == pSource->GetMediaType(&pMediaType)) {
+ pDest->SetMediaType(pMediaType);
+ DeleteMediaType( pMediaType );
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+
+ // Copy the sample media times
+ REFERENCE_TIME TimeStart, TimeEnd;
+ if (pSource->GetMediaTime(&TimeStart,&TimeEnd) == NOERROR) {
+ pDest->SetMediaTime(&TimeStart,&TimeEnd);
+ }
+
+ // Copy the actual data length and the actual data.
+ {
+ const long lDataLength = pSource->GetActualDataLength();
+ if (FAILED(pDest->SetActualDataLength(lDataLength))) {
+ pDest->Release();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Copy the sample data
+ {
+ BYTE *pSourceBuffer, *pDestBuffer;
+ long lSourceSize = pSource->GetSize();
+ long lDestSize = pDest->GetSize();
+
+ ASSERT(lDestSize >= lSourceSize && lDestSize >= lDataLength);
+
+ if (FAILED(pSource->GetPointer(&pSourceBuffer)) ||
+ FAILED(pDest->GetPointer(&pDestBuffer)) ||
+ lDestSize < lDataLength ||
+ lDataLength < 0) {
+ pDest->Release();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ASSERT(lDestSize == 0 || pSourceBuffer != NULL && pDestBuffer != NULL);
+
+ CopyMemory( (PVOID) pDestBuffer, (PVOID) pSourceBuffer, lDataLength );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pDest;
+
+} // Copy
+
+
+// override this to customize the transform process
+
+HRESULT
+CTransInPlaceFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ /* Check for other streams and pass them on */
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();
+ if (pProps->dwStreamId != AM_STREAM_MEDIA) {
+ return m_pOutput->Deliver(pSample);
+ }
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // Start timing the TransInPlace (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_START(m_idTransInPlace);
+
+ if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {
+
+ // We have to copy the data.
+
+ pSample = Copy(pSample);
+
+ if (pSample==NULL) {
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransInPlace);
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // have the derived class transform the data
+ hr = Transform(pSample);
+
+ // Stop the clock and log it (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransInPlace);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("Error from TransInPlace")));
+ if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the
+ // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's
+ // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->Deliver(pSample);
+ } else {
+ // But it would be an error to return this private workaround
+ // to the caller ...
+ if (S_FALSE == hr) {
+ // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement
+ // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this cause because
+ // returning S_FALSE from Receive() means that this is the end
+ // of the stream and no more data should be sent.
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ }
+ hr = NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,
+ // it will have addrefed it itself.
+ if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+
+} // Receive
+
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransInPlaceInputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::CTransInPlaceInputPin
+ ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName
+ , __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter
+ , __inout HRESULT *phr
+ , __in_opt LPCWSTR pName
+ )
+ : CTransformInputPin(pObjectName,
+ pFilter,
+ phr,
+ pName)
+ , m_bReadOnly(FALSE)
+ , m_pTIPFilter(pFilter)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2
+ , TEXT("CTransInPlaceInputPin::CTransInPlaceInputPin")));
+
+} // constructor
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// If the downstream filter has one then offer that (even if our own output
+// pin is not using it yet. If the upstream filter chooses it then we will
+// tell our output pin to ReceiveAllocator).
+// Else if our output pin is using an allocator then offer that.
+// ( This could mean offering the upstream filter his own allocator,
+// it could mean offerring our own
+// ) or it could mean offering the one from downstream
+// Else fail to offer any allocator at all.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceInputPin::GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if ( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() ) {
+ // Store the allocator we got
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ ->GetAllocator( ppAllocator );
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator( *ppAllocator );
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ // Help upstream filter (eg TIP filter which is having to do a copy)
+ // by providing a temp allocator here - we'll never use
+ // this allocator because when our output is connected we'll
+ // reconnect this pin
+ hr = CTransformInputPin::GetAllocator( ppAllocator );
+ }
+ return hr;
+
+} // GetAllocator
+
+
+
+/* Get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually going to use */
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ CheckPointer(pAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator));
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_bReadOnly = bReadOnly;
+ // If we modify data then don't accept the allocator if it's
+ // the same as the output pin's allocator
+
+ // If our output is not connected just accept the allocator
+ // We're never going to use this allocator because when our
+ // output pin is connected we'll reconnect this pin
+ if (!m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->IsConnected()) {
+ return CTransformInputPin::NotifyAllocator(pAllocator, bReadOnly);
+ }
+
+ // If the allocator is read-only and we're modifying data
+ // and the allocator is the same as the output pin's
+ // then reject
+ if (bReadOnly && m_pTIPFilter->m_bModifiesData) {
+ IMemAllocator *pOutputAllocator =
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->PeekAllocator();
+
+ // Make sure we have an output allocator
+ if (pOutputAllocator == NULL) {
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()->
+ GetAllocator(&pOutputAllocator);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ hr = CreateMemoryAllocator(&pOutputAllocator);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator(pOutputAllocator);
+ pOutputAllocator->Release();
+ }
+ }
+ if (pAllocator == pOutputAllocator) {
+ hr = E_FAIL;
+ } else if(SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ // Must copy so set the allocator properties on the output
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Props, Actual;
+ hr = pAllocator->GetProperties(&Props);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pOutputAllocator->SetProperties(&Props, &Actual);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ if ( (Props.cBuffers > Actual.cBuffers)
+ || (Props.cbBuffer > Actual.cbBuffer)
+ || (Props.cbAlign > Actual.cbAlign)
+ ) {
+ hr = E_FAIL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set the allocator on the output pin
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ ->NotifyAllocator( pOutputAllocator, FALSE );
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ ->NotifyAllocator( pAllocator, bReadOnly );
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator( pAllocator );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ // It's possible that the old and the new are the same thing.
+ // AddRef before release ensures that we don't unload it.
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+
+ if( m_pAllocator != NULL )
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator; // We have an allocator for the input pin
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+
+} // NotifyAllocator
+
+
+// EnumMediaTypes
+// - pass through to our downstream filter
+STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceInputPin::EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum )
+{
+ // Can only pass through if connected
+ if( !m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->GetConnected()->EnumMediaTypes( ppEnum );
+
+} // EnumMediaTypes
+
+
+// CheckMediaType
+// - agree to anything if not connected,
+// otherwise pass through to the downstream filter.
+// This assumes that the filter does not change the media type.
+
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTIPFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);
+ if (hr!=S_OK) return hr;
+
+ if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->GetConnected()->QueryAccept( pmt );
+ else
+ return S_OK;
+
+} // CheckMediaType
+
+
+// If upstream asks us what our requirements are, we will try to ask downstream
+// if that doesn't work, we'll just take the defaults.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps)
+{
+
+ if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )
+ return m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()
+ ->ConnectedIMemInputPin()->GetAllocatorRequirements( pProps );
+ else
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+
+} // GetAllocatorRequirements
+
+
+// CTransInPlaceInputPin::CompleteConnect() calls CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect()
+// and then calls CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(). It does this because
+// CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect() can reconnect a pin and we do not
+// want to reconnect a pin if CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect() fails.
+HRESULT
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pReceivePin);
+} // CompleteConnect
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransInPlaceOutputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CTransInPlaceOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CTransformOutputPin( pObjectName
+ , pFilter
+ , phr
+ , pPinName),
+ m_pTIPFilter(pFilter)
+{
+ DbgLog(( LOG_TRACE, 2
+ , TEXT("CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CTransInPlaceOutputPin")));
+
+} // constructor
+
+
+// EnumMediaTypes
+// - pass through to our upstream filter
+STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceOutputPin::EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum )
+{
+ // Can only pass through if connected.
+ if( ! m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() )
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->GetConnected()->EnumMediaTypes( ppEnum );
+
+} // EnumMediaTypes
+
+
+
+// CheckMediaType
+// - agree to anything if not connected,
+// otherwise pass through to the upstream filter.
+
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt )
+{
+ // Don't accept any output pin type changes if we're copying
+ // between allocators - it's too late to change the input
+ // allocator size.
+ if (m_pTIPFilter->UsingDifferentAllocators() && !m_pFilter->IsStopped()) {
+ if (*pmt == m_mt) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Assumes the type does not change. That's why we're calling
+ // CheckINPUTType here on the OUTPUT pin.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTIPFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);
+ if (hr!=S_OK) return hr;
+
+ if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() )
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->GetConnected()->QueryAccept( pmt );
+ else
+ return S_OK;
+
+} // CheckMediaType
+
+
+/* Save the allocator pointer in the output pin
+*/
+void
+CTransInPlaceOutputPin::SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator)
+{
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ }
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator;
+} // SetAllocator
+
+
+// CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CompleteConnect() calls CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect()
+// and then calls CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(). It does this because
+// CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect() can reconnect a pin and we do not want to
+// reconnect a pin if CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect() fails.
+// CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect() often fails when our output pin is being connected
+// to the Video Mixing Renderer.
+HRESULT
+CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pReceivePin);
+} // CompleteConnect
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fc335ef --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.h @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: TransIP.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple
+// Transform-In-Place filters may be derived.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// The difference between this and Transfrm.h is that Transfrm copies the data.
+//
+// It assumes the filter has one input and one output stream, and has no
+// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else.
+//
+// Derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format
+// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and
+// you're done.
+
+
+#ifndef __TRANSIP__
+#define __TRANSIP__
+
+// ======================================================================
+// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It
+// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces
+// ======================================================================
+
+class CTransInPlaceFilter;
+
+// Several of the pin functions call filter functions to do the work,
+// so you can often use the pin classes unaltered, just overriding the
+// functions in CTransInPlaceFilter. If that's not enough and you want
+// to derive your own pin class, override GetPin in the filter to supply
+// your own pin classes to the filter.
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the input pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransInPlaceInputPin : public CTransformInputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+ CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter; // our filter
+ BOOL m_bReadOnly; // incoming stream is read only
+
+public:
+
+ CTransInPlaceInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ // --- IMemInputPin -----
+
+ // Provide an enumerator for media types by getting one from downstream
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum );
+
+ // Say whether media type is acceptable.
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt);
+
+ // Return our upstream allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator);
+
+ // get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually
+ // going to use.
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly);
+
+ // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have
+ // N.B. This does NOT AddRef
+ __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const
+ { return m_pAllocator; }
+
+ // Pass this on downstream if it ever gets called.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps);
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ inline const BOOL ReadOnly() { return m_bReadOnly ; }
+
+}; // CTransInPlaceInputPin
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the output pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransInPlaceOutputPin : public CTransformOutputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+ // m_pFilter points to our CBaseFilter
+ CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter;
+
+public:
+
+ CTransInPlaceOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+
+ // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------
+
+ // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count
+ // Insists on using our own allocator. (Actually the one upstream of us).
+ // We don't override this - instead we just agree the default
+ // then let the upstream filter decide for itself on reconnect
+ // virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, IMemAllocator ** pAlloc);
+
+ // Provide a media type enumerator. Get it from upstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum );
+
+ // Say whether media type is acceptable.
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt);
+
+ // This just saves the allocator being used on the output pin
+ // Also called by input pin's GetAllocator()
+ void SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator);
+
+ __out_opt IMemInputPin * ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ { return m_pInputPin; }
+
+ // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have
+ // N.B. This does NOT AddRef
+ __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const
+ { return m_pAllocator; }
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+}; // CTransInPlaceOutputPin
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CTransInPlaceFilter : public CTransformFilter
+{
+
+public:
+
+ // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner
+ // override this to return more specialised pin objects
+
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+
+public:
+
+ // Set bModifiesData == false if your derived filter does
+ // not modify the data samples (for instance it's just copying
+ // them somewhere else or looking at the timestamps).
+
+ CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *,
+ bool bModifiesData = true);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *,
+ bool bModifiesData = true);
+#endif
+ // The following are defined to avoid undefined pure virtuals.
+ // Even if they are never called, they will give linkage warnings/errors
+
+ // We override EnumMediaTypes to bypass the transform class enumerator
+ // which would otherwise call this.
+ HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+ { DbgBreak("CTransInPlaceFilter::GetMediaType should never be called");
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // This is called when we actually have to provide our own allocator.
+ HRESULT DecideBufferSize(IMemAllocator*, __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *);
+
+ // The functions which call this in CTransform are overridden in this
+ // class to call CheckInputType with the assumption that the type
+ // does not change. In Debug builds some calls will be made and
+ // we just ensure that they do not assert.
+ HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType *mtIn, const CMediaType *mtOut)
+ {
+ return S_OK;
+ };
+
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- You may want to override this -----------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // chance to customize the transform process
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- You MUST override these -----------------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample *pSample) PURE;
+
+ // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances
+ // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);
+
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string
+ // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters
+ virtual void RegisterPerfId()
+ {m_idTransInPlace = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("TransInPlace"));}
+#endif // PERF
+
+
+// implementation details
+
+protected:
+
+ __out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idTransInPlace; // performance measuring id
+#endif // PERF
+ bool m_bModifiesData; // Does this filter change the data?
+
+ // these hold our input and output pins
+
+ friend class CTransInPlaceInputPin;
+ friend class CTransInPlaceOutputPin;
+
+ __out CTransInPlaceInputPin *InputPin() const
+ {
+ return (CTransInPlaceInputPin *)m_pInput;
+ };
+ __out CTransInPlaceOutputPin *OutputPin() const
+ {
+ return (CTransInPlaceOutputPin *)m_pOutput;
+ };
+
+ // Helper to see if the input and output types match
+ BOOL TypesMatch()
+ {
+ return InputPin()->CurrentMediaType() ==
+ OutputPin()->CurrentMediaType();
+ }
+
+ // Are the input and output allocators different?
+ BOOL UsingDifferentAllocators() const
+ {
+ return InputPin()->PeekAllocator() != OutputPin()->PeekAllocator();
+ }
+}; // CTransInPlaceFilter
+
+#endif /* __TRANSIP__ */
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b12ccbd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,746 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: VideoCtl.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include "ddmm.h"
+
+// Load a string from the resource file string table. The buffer must be at
+// least STR_MAX_LENGTH bytes. The easiest way to use this is to declare a
+// buffer in the property page class and use it for all string loading. It
+// cannot be static as multiple property pages may be active simultaneously
+
+LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)
+{
+ if (LoadString(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH) == 0) {
+ return TEXT("");
+ }
+ return pBuffer;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)
+{
+ if (LoadStringA(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH) == 0) {
+ return "";
+ }
+ return pBuffer;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+// Property pages typically are called through their OLE interfaces. These
+// use UNICODE strings regardless of how the binary is built. So when we
+// load strings from the resource file we sometimes want to convert them
+// to UNICODE. This method is passed the target UNICODE buffer and does a
+// convert after loading the string (if built UNICODE this is not needed)
+// On WinNT we can explicitly call LoadStringW which saves two conversions
+
+#ifndef UNICODE
+
+LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)
+{
+ *pBuffer = 0;
+
+ if (g_amPlatform == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
+ LoadStringW(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);
+ } else {
+
+ CHAR szBuffer[STR_MAX_LENGTH];
+ DWORD dwStringLength = LoadString(g_hInst,iResourceID,szBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);
+ // if we loaded a string convert it to wide characters, ensuring
+ // that we also null terminate the result.
+ if (dwStringLength++) {
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP,0,szBuffer,dwStringLength,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);
+ }
+ }
+ return pBuffer;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+// Helper function to calculate the size of the dialog
+
+BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID,
+ DLGPROC pDlgProc,
+ LPARAM lParam,
+ __out SIZE *pResult)
+{
+ RECT rc;
+ HWND hwnd;
+
+ // Create a temporary property page
+
+ hwnd = CreateDialogParam(g_hInst,
+ MAKEINTRESOURCE(iResourceID),
+ GetDesktopWindow(),
+ pDlgProc,
+ lParam);
+ if (hwnd == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rc);
+ pResult->cx = rc.right - rc.left;
+ pResult->cy = rc.bottom - rc.top;
+
+ DestroyWindow(hwnd);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Class that aggregates on the IDirectDraw interface. Although DirectDraw
+// has the ability in its interfaces to be aggregated they're not currently
+// implemented. This makes it difficult for various parts of Quartz that want
+// to aggregate these interfaces. In particular the video renderer passes out
+// media samples that expose IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface. The filter
+// graph manager also exposes IDirectDraw as a plug in distributor. For these
+// objects we provide these aggregation classes that republish the interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IDirectDraw) {
+ return GetInterface((IDirectDraw *)this,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::Compact()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->Compact();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags, __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper, __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->CreateClipper(dwFlags,lplpDDClipper,pUnkOuter);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,
+ __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->CreatePalette(dwFlags,lpColorTable,lplpDDPalette,pUnkOuter);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,
+ __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->CreateSurface(lpDDSurfaceDesc,lplpDDSurface,pUnkOuter);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->DuplicateSurface(lpDDSurface,lplpDupDDSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,
+ __in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,
+ __in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->EnumDisplayModes(dwSurfaceDescCount,lplpDDSurfaceDescList,lpContext,lpEnumCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,
+ __in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->EnumSurfaces(dwFlags,lpDDSD,lpContext,lpEnumCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::FlipToGDISurface()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->FlipToGDISurface();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetCaps(lpDDDriverCaps,lpDDHELCaps);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetDisplayMode(lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetFourCCCodes(lpNumCodes,lpCodes);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetGDISurface(lplpGDIDDSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetMonitorFrequency(lpdwFrequency);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetScanLine(lpdwScanLine);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetVerticalBlankStatus(lpblsInVB);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->Initialize(lpGUID);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::RestoreDisplayMode()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->RestoreDisplayMode();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->SetCooperativeLevel(hWnd,dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->SetDisplayMode(dwWidth,dwHeight,dwBpp);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->WaitForVerticalBlank(dwFlags,hEvent);
+}
+
+
+// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface. Although DirectDraw
+// has the ability in its interfaces to be aggregated they're not currently
+// implemented. This makes it difficult for various parts of Quartz that want
+// to aggregate these interfaces. In particular the video renderer passes out
+// media samples that expose IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface. The filter
+// graph manager also exposes IDirectDraw as a plug in distributor. For these
+// objects we provide these aggregation classes that republish the interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IDirectDrawSurface) {
+ return GetInterface((IDirectDrawSurface *)this,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->AddAttachedSurface(lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->AddOverlayDirtyRect(lpRect);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,
+ __in LPRECT lpSrcRect,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Blt(lpDestRect,lpDDSrcSurface,lpSrcRect,dwFlags,lpDDBltFx);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->BltBatch(lpDDBltBatch,dwCount,dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,
+ __in LPRECT lpSrcRect,
+ DWORD dwTrans)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->BltFast(dwX,dwY,lpDDSrcSurface,lpSrcRect,dwTrans);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->DeleteAttachedSurface(dwFlags,lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->EnumAttachedSurfaces(lpContext,lpEnumSurfacesCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->EnumOverlayZOrders(dwFlags,lpContext,lpfnCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Flip(lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetAttachedSurface(lpDDSCaps,lplpDDAttachedSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetBltStatus(dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetCaps(lpDDSCaps);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetClipper(lplpDDClipper);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetColorKey(dwFlags,lpDDColorKey);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetDC(lphDC);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetFlipStatus(dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetOverlayPosition(lpdwX,lpdwY);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetPalette(lplpDDPalette);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetPixelFormat(lpDDPixelFormat);
+}
+
+
+// A bit of a warning here: Our media samples in DirectShow aggregate on
+// IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface (ie are available through IMediaSample
+// by QueryInterface). Unfortunately the underlying DirectDraw code cannot
+// be aggregated so we have to use these classes. The snag is that when we
+// call a different surface and pass in this interface as perhaps the source
+// surface the call will fail because DirectDraw dereferences the pointer to
+// get at its private data structures. Therefore we supply this workaround to give
+// access to the real IDirectDraw surface. A filter can call GetSurfaceDesc
+// and we will fill in the lpSurface pointer with the real underlying surface
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+
+ // First call down to the underlying DirectDraw
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetSurfaceDesc(lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Store the real DirectDrawSurface interface
+ lpDDSurfaceDesc->lpSurface = m_pDirectDrawSurface;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Initialize(lpDD,lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::IsLost()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->IsLost();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,
+ __inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Lock(lpDestRect,lpDDSurfaceDesc,dwFlags,hEvent);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::ReleaseDC(HDC hDC)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->ReleaseDC(hDC);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Restore()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Restore();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetClipper(lpDDClipper);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetColorKey(dwFlags,lpDDColorKey);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetOverlayPosition(dwX,dwY);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetPalette(lpDDPalette);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Unlock(lpSurfaceData);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,
+ __in LPRECT lpDestRect,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlay(lpSrcRect,lpDDDestSurface,lpDestRect,dwFlags,lpDDOverlayFX);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlayDisplay(dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlayZOrder(dwFlags,lpDDSReference);
+}
+
+
+// DirectShow must work on multiple platforms. In particular, it also runs on
+// Windows NT 3.51 which does not have DirectDraw capabilities. The filters
+// cannot therefore link statically to the DirectDraw library. To make their
+// lives that little bit easier we provide this class that manages loading
+// and unloading the library and creating the initial IDirectDraw interface
+
+CLoadDirectDraw::CLoadDirectDraw() :
+ m_pDirectDraw(NULL),
+ m_hDirectDraw(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Destructor forces unload
+
+CLoadDirectDraw::~CLoadDirectDraw()
+{
+ ReleaseDirectDraw();
+
+ if (m_hDirectDraw) {
+ NOTE("Unloading library");
+ FreeLibrary(m_hDirectDraw);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// We can't be sure that DirectDraw is always available so we can't statically
+// link to the library. Therefore we load the library, get the function entry
+// point addresses and call them to create the driver objects. We return S_OK
+// if we manage to load DirectDraw correctly otherwise we return E_NOINTERFACE
+// We initialise a DirectDraw instance by explicitely loading the library and
+// calling GetProcAddress on the DirectDrawCreate entry point that it exports
+
+// On a multi monitor system, we can get the DirectDraw object for any
+// monitor (device) with the optional szDevice parameter
+
+HRESULT CLoadDirectDraw::LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ PDRAWCREATE pDrawCreate;
+ PDRAWENUM pDrawEnum;
+ LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA pDrawEnumEx;
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ NOTE("Entering DoLoadDirectDraw");
+
+ // Is DirectDraw already loaded
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw) {
+ NOTE("Already loaded");
+ ASSERT(m_hDirectDraw);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the library is available
+
+ if(!m_hDirectDraw)
+ {
+ UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
+ m_hDirectDraw = LoadLibrary(TEXT("DDRAW.DLL"));
+ SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+
+ if (m_hDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't load DDRAW.DLL")));
+ NOTE("No library");
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Get the DLL address for the creator function
+
+ pDrawCreate = (PDRAWCREATE)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,"DirectDrawCreate");
+ // force ANSI, we assume it
+ pDrawEnum = (PDRAWENUM)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,"DirectDrawEnumerateA");
+ pDrawEnumEx = (LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,
+ "DirectDrawEnumerateExA");
+
+ // We don't NEED DirectDrawEnumerateEx, that's just for multimon stuff
+ if (pDrawCreate == NULL || pDrawEnum == NULL) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't get functions: Create=%x Enum=%x"),
+ pDrawCreate, pDrawEnum));
+ NOTE("No entry point");
+ ReleaseDirectDraw();
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Creating DDraw for device %s"),
+ szDevice ? szDevice : "<NULL>"));
+
+ // Create a DirectDraw display provider for this device, using the fancy
+ // multimon-aware version, if it exists
+ if (pDrawEnumEx)
+ m_pDirectDraw = DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(szDevice, pDrawCreate,
+ pDrawEnumEx);
+ else
+ m_pDirectDraw = DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(szDevice, pDrawCreate,
+ pDrawEnum);
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't create DDraw")));
+ NOTE("No instance");
+ ReleaseDirectDraw();
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called to release any DirectDraw provider we previously loaded. We may be
+// called at any time especially when something goes horribly wrong and when
+// we need to clean up before returning so we can't guarantee that all state
+// variables are consistent so free only those really allocated allocated
+// This should only be called once all reference counts have been released
+
+void CLoadDirectDraw::ReleaseDirectDraw()
+{
+ NOTE("Releasing DirectDraw driver");
+
+ // Release any DirectDraw provider interface
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw) {
+ NOTE("Releasing instance");
+ m_pDirectDraw->Release();
+ m_pDirectDraw = NULL;
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+// Return NOERROR (S_OK) if DirectDraw has been loaded by this object
+
+HRESULT CLoadDirectDraw::IsDirectDrawLoaded()
+{
+ NOTE("Entering IsDirectDrawLoaded");
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ NOTE("DirectDraw not loaded");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the IDirectDraw interface we look after
+
+LPDIRECTDRAW CLoadDirectDraw::GetDirectDraw()
+{
+ NOTE("Entering GetDirectDraw");
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ NOTE("No DirectDraw");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ NOTE("Returning DirectDraw");
+ m_pDirectDraw->AddRef();
+ return m_pDirectDraw;
+}
+
+
+// Are we running on Direct Draw version 1? We need to find out as
+// we rely on specific bug fixes in DirectDraw 2 for fullscreen playback. To
+// find out, we simply see if it supports IDirectDraw2. Only version 2 and
+// higher support this.
+
+BOOL CLoadDirectDraw::IsDirectDrawVersion1()
+{
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ IDirectDraw2 *p = NULL;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pDirectDraw->QueryInterface(IID_IDirectDraw2, (void **)&p);
+ if (p)
+ p->Release();
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Direct Draw Version 2 or greater")));
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Direct Draw Version 1")));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30c37783 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: VideoCtl.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __VIDEOCTL__
+#define __VIDEOCTL__
+
+// These help with property page implementations. The first can be used to
+// load any string from a resource file. The buffer to load into is passed
+// as an input parameter. The same buffer is the return value if the string
+// was found otherwise it returns TEXT(""). The GetDialogSize is passed the
+// resource ID of a dialog box and returns the size of it in screen pixels
+
+#define STR_MAX_LENGTH 256
+LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#define WideStringFromResource StringFromResource
+LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);
+#else
+LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);
+#endif
+
+
+BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID, // Dialog box resource identifier
+ DLGPROC pDlgProc, // Pointer to dialog procedure
+ LPARAM lParam, // Any user data wanted in pDlgProc
+ __out SIZE *pResult);// Returns the size of dialog box
+
+// Class that aggregates an IDirectDraw interface
+
+class CAggDirectDraw : public IDirectDraw, public CUnknown
+{
+protected:
+
+ LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw;
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CAggDirectDraw(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pDirectDraw(NULL) { };
+
+ virtual CAggDirectDraw::~CAggDirectDraw() { };
+
+ // Set the object we should be aggregating
+ void SetDirectDraw(__inout LPDIRECTDRAW pDirectDraw) {
+ m_pDirectDraw = pDirectDraw;
+ }
+
+ // IDirectDraw methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Compact();
+ STDMETHODIMP CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);
+ STDMETHODIMP CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);
+ STDMETHODIMP CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);
+ STDMETHODIMP DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP FlipToGDISurface();
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB);
+ STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID);
+ STDMETHODIMP RestoreDisplayMode();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp);
+ STDMETHODIMP WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent);
+};
+
+
+// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface
+
+class CAggDrawSurface : public IDirectDrawSurface, public CUnknown
+{
+protected:
+
+ LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE m_pDirectDrawSurface;
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CAggDrawSurface(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pDirectDrawSurface(NULL) { };
+
+ virtual ~CAggDrawSurface() { };
+
+ // Set the object we should be aggregating
+ void SetDirectDrawSurface(__inout LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE pDirectDrawSurface) {
+ m_pDirectDrawSurface = pDirectDrawSurface;
+ }
+
+ // IDirectDrawSurface methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect);
+ STDMETHODIMP Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx);
+ STDMETHODIMP BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwTrans);
+ STDMETHODIMP DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsLost();
+ STDMETHODIMP Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent);
+ STDMETHODIMP ReleaseDC(HDC hDC);
+ STDMETHODIMP Restore();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData);
+ STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,__in LPRECT lpDestRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX);
+ STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference);
+};
+
+
+class CLoadDirectDraw
+{
+ LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw; // The DirectDraw driver instance
+ HINSTANCE m_hDirectDraw; // Handle to the loaded library
+
+public:
+
+ CLoadDirectDraw();
+ ~CLoadDirectDraw();
+
+ HRESULT LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice);
+ void ReleaseDirectDraw();
+ HRESULT IsDirectDrawLoaded();
+ LPDIRECTDRAW GetDirectDraw();
+ BOOL IsDirectDrawVersion1();
+};
+
+#endif // __VIDEOCTL__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb4fa998 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Vtrans.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <measure.h>
+// #include <vtransfr.h> // now in precomp file streams.h
+
+CVideoTransformFilter::CVideoTransformFilter
+ ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, REFCLSID clsid)
+ : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid)
+ , m_itrLate(0)
+ , m_nKeyFramePeriod(0) // No QM until we see at least 2 key frames
+ , m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame(0)
+ , m_bSkipping(FALSE)
+ , m_tDecodeStart(0)
+ , m_itrAvgDecode(300000) // 30mSec - probably allows skipping
+ , m_bQualityChanged(FALSE)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+}
+
+
+CVideoTransformFilter::~CVideoTransformFilter()
+{
+ // nothing to do
+}
+
+
+// Reset our quality management state
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::StartStreaming()
+{
+ m_itrLate = 0;
+ m_nKeyFramePeriod = 0; // No QM until we see at least 2 key frames
+ m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame = 0;
+ m_bSkipping = FALSE;
+ m_tDecodeStart = 0;
+ m_itrAvgDecode = 300000; // 30mSec - probably allows skipping
+ m_bQualityChanged = FALSE;
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to reset quality management information
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::EndFlush()
+{
+ {
+ // Synchronize
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_csReceive);
+
+ // Reset our stats
+ //
+ // Note - we don't want to call derived classes here,
+ // we only want to reset our internal variables and this
+ // is a convenient way to do it
+ CVideoTransformFilter::StartStreaming();
+ }
+ return CTransformFilter::EndFlush();
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr)
+{
+ NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT, hr, 0);
+ m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Receive()
+//
+// Accept a sample from upstream, decide whether to process it
+// or drop it. If we process it then get a buffer from the
+// allocator of the downstream connection, transform it into the
+// new buffer and deliver it to the downstream filter.
+// If we decide not to process it then we do not get a buffer.
+
+// Remember that although this code will notice format changes coming into
+// the input pin, it will NOT change its output format if that results
+// in the filter needing to make a corresponding output format change. Your
+// derived filter will have to take care of that. (eg. a palette change if
+// the input and output is an 8 bit format). If the input sample is discarded
+// and nothing is sent out for this Receive, please remember to put the format
+// change on the first output sample that you actually do send.
+// If your filter will produce the same output type even when the input type
+// changes, then this base class code will do everything you need.
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ // If the next filter downstream is the video renderer, then it may
+ // be able to operate in DirectDraw mode which saves copying the data
+ // and gives higher performance. In that case the buffer which we
+ // get from GetDeliveryBuffer will be a DirectDraw buffer, and
+ // drawing into this buffer draws directly onto the display surface.
+ // This means that any waiting for the correct time to draw occurs
+ // during GetDeliveryBuffer, and that once the buffer is given to us
+ // the video renderer will count it in its statistics as a frame drawn.
+ // This means that any decision to drop the frame must be taken before
+ // calling GetDeliveryBuffer.
+
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_csReceive));
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtOut, *pmt;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ FOURCCMap fccOut;
+#endif
+ HRESULT hr;
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+ IMediaSample * pOutSample;
+
+ // If no output pin to deliver to then no point sending us data
+ ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL) ;
+
+ // The source filter may dynamically ask us to start transforming from a
+ // different media type than the one we're using now. If we don't, we'll
+ // draw garbage. (typically, this is a palette change in the movie,
+ // but could be something more sinister like the compression type changing,
+ // or even the video size changing)
+
+#define rcS1 ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmt->pbFormat))->rcSource
+#define rcT1 ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmt->pbFormat))->rcTarget
+
+ pSample->GetMediaType(&pmt);
+ if (pmt != NULL && pmt->pbFormat != NULL) {
+
+ // spew some debug output
+ ASSERT(!IsEqualGUID(pmt->majortype, GUID_NULL));
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fccOut.SetFOURCC(&pmt->subtype);
+ LONG lCompression = HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biCompression;
+ LONG lBitCount = HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biBitCount;
+ LONG lStride = (HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biWidth * lBitCount + 7) / 8;
+ lStride = (lStride + 3) & ~3;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("*Changing input type on the fly to")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("FourCC: %lx Compression: %lx BitCount: %ld"),
+ fccOut.GetFOURCC(), lCompression, lBitCount));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("biHeight: %ld rcDst: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld)"),
+ HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biHeight,
+ rcT1.left, rcT1.top, rcT1.right, rcT1.bottom));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("rcSrc: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld) Stride: %ld"),
+ rcS1.left, rcS1.top, rcS1.right, rcS1.bottom,
+ lStride));
+#endif
+
+ // now switch to using the new format. I am assuming that the
+ // derived filter will do the right thing when its media type is
+ // switched and streaming is restarted.
+
+ StopStreaming();
+ m_pInput->CurrentMediaType() = *pmt;
+ DeleteMediaType(pmt);
+ // if this fails, playback will stop, so signal an error
+ hr = StartStreaming();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return AbortPlayback(hr);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Now that we have noticed any format changes on the input sample, it's
+ // OK to discard it.
+
+ if (ShouldSkipFrame(pSample)) {
+ MSR_NOTE(m_idSkip);
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Set up the output sample
+ hr = InitializeOutputSample(pSample, &pOutSample);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+
+ // The renderer may ask us to on-the-fly to start transforming to a
+ // different format. If we don't obey it, we'll draw garbage
+
+#define rcS ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmtOut->pbFormat))->rcSource
+#define rcT ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmtOut->pbFormat))->rcTarget
+
+ pOutSample->GetMediaType(&pmtOut);
+ if (pmtOut != NULL && pmtOut->pbFormat != NULL) {
+
+ // spew some debug output
+ ASSERT(!IsEqualGUID(pmtOut->majortype, GUID_NULL));
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fccOut.SetFOURCC(&pmtOut->subtype);
+ LONG lCompression = HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biCompression;
+ LONG lBitCount = HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biBitCount;
+ LONG lStride = (HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biWidth * lBitCount + 7) / 8;
+ lStride = (lStride + 3) & ~3;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("*Changing output type on the fly to")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("FourCC: %lx Compression: %lx BitCount: %ld"),
+ fccOut.GetFOURCC(), lCompression, lBitCount));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("biHeight: %ld rcDst: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld)"),
+ HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biHeight,
+ rcT.left, rcT.top, rcT.right, rcT.bottom));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("rcSrc: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld) Stride: %ld"),
+ rcS.left, rcS.top, rcS.right, rcS.bottom,
+ lStride));
+#endif
+
+ // now switch to using the new format. I am assuming that the
+ // derived filter will do the right thing when its media type is
+ // switched and streaming is restarted.
+
+ StopStreaming();
+ m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType() = *pmtOut;
+ DeleteMediaType(pmtOut);
+ hr = StartStreaming();
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ // a new format, means a new empty buffer, so wait for a keyframe
+ // before passing anything on to the renderer.
+ // !!! a keyframe may never come, so give up after 30 frames
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Output format change means we must wait for a keyframe")));
+ m_nWaitForKey = 30;
+
+ // if this fails, playback will stop, so signal an error
+ } else {
+
+ // Must release the sample before calling AbortPlayback
+ // because we might be holding the win16 lock or
+ // ddraw lock
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ AbortPlayback(hr);
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // After a discontinuity, we need to wait for the next key frame
+ if (pSample->IsDiscontinuity() == S_OK) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Non-key discontinuity - wait for keyframe")));
+ m_nWaitForKey = 30;
+ }
+
+ // Start timing the transform (and log it if PERF is defined)
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_tDecodeStart = timeGetTime();
+ MSR_START(m_idTransform);
+
+ // have the derived class transform the data
+ hr = Transform(pSample, pOutSample);
+
+ // Stop the clock (and log it if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransform);
+ m_tDecodeStart = timeGetTime()-m_tDecodeStart;
+ m_itrAvgDecode = m_tDecodeStart*(10000/16) + 15*(m_itrAvgDecode/16);
+
+ // Maybe we're waiting for a keyframe still?
+ if (m_nWaitForKey)
+ m_nWaitForKey--;
+ if (m_nWaitForKey && pSample->IsSyncPoint() == S_OK)
+ m_nWaitForKey = FALSE;
+
+ // if so, then we don't want to pass this on to the renderer
+ if (m_nWaitForKey && hr == NOERROR) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("still waiting for a keyframe")));
+ hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT("Error from video transform")));
+ } else {
+ // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the
+ // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's
+ // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)
+ // Try not to return S_FALSE to a direct draw buffer (it's wasteful)
+ // Try to take the decision earlier - before you get it.
+
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->Deliver(pOutSample);
+ } else {
+ // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement
+ // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this case because returning S_FALSE
+ // from Receive() means that this is the end of the stream and no more data should
+ // be sent.
+ if (S_FALSE == hr) {
+
+ // We must Release() the sample before doing anything
+ // like calling the filter graph because having the
+ // sample means we may have the DirectDraw lock
+ // (== win16 lock on some versions)
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,
+ // it will have addrefed it itself.
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_csReceive));
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+BOOL CVideoTransformFilter::ShouldSkipFrame( IMediaSample * pIn)
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStart, trStopAt;
+ HRESULT hr = pIn->GetTime(&trStart, &trStopAt);
+
+ // Don't skip frames with no timestamps
+ if (hr != S_OK)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ int itrFrame = (int)(trStopAt - trStart); // frame duration
+
+ if(S_OK==pIn->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameType, 1);
+ if ( m_nKeyFramePeriod < m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame ) {
+ // record the max
+ m_nKeyFramePeriod = m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;
+ }
+ m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame = 0;
+ m_bSkipping = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameType, 2);
+ if ( m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame>m_nKeyFramePeriod
+ && m_nKeyFramePeriod>0
+ ) {
+ // We haven't seen the key frame yet, but we were clearly being
+ // overoptimistic about how frequent they are.
+ m_nKeyFramePeriod = m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // Whatever we might otherwise decide,
+ // if we are taking only a small fraction of the required frame time to decode
+ // then any quality problems are actually coming from somewhere else.
+ // Could be a net problem at the source for instance. In this case there's
+ // no point in us skipping frames here.
+ if (m_itrAvgDecode*4>itrFrame) {
+
+ // Don't skip unless we are at least a whole frame late.
+ // (We would skip B frames if more than 1/2 frame late, but they're safe).
+ if ( m_itrLate > itrFrame ) {
+
+ // Don't skip unless the anticipated key frame would be no more than
+ // 1 frame early. If the renderer has not been waiting (we *guess*
+ // it hasn't because we're late) then it will allow frames to be
+ // played early by up to a frame.
+
+ // Let T = Stream time from now to anticipated next key frame
+ // = (frame duration) * (KeyFramePeriod - FramesSinceKeyFrame)
+ // So we skip if T - Late < one frame i.e.
+ // (duration) * (freq - FramesSince) - Late < duration
+ // or (duration) * (freq - FramesSince - 1) < Late
+
+ // We don't dare skip until we have seen some key frames and have
+ // some idea how often they occur and they are reasonably frequent.
+ if (m_nKeyFramePeriod>0) {
+ // It would be crazy - but we could have a stream with key frames
+ // a very long way apart - and if they are further than about
+ // 3.5 minutes apart then we could get arithmetic overflow in
+ // reference time units. Therefore we switch to mSec at this point
+ int it = (itrFrame/10000)
+ * (m_nKeyFramePeriod-m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame - 1);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeTillKey, it);
+
+ // For debug - might want to see the details - dump them as scratch pad
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_nKeyFramePeriod);
+#endif
+ if (m_itrLate/10000 > it) {
+ m_bSkipping = TRUE;
+ // Now we are committed. Once we start skipping, we
+ // cannot stop until we hit a key frame.
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777770); // not near enough to next key
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777771); // Next key not predictable
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777772); // Less than one frame late
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_itrLate);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777773); // Decode time short - not not worth skipping
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_itrAvgDecode);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ ++m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;
+
+ if (m_bSkipping) {
+ // We will count down the lateness as we skip each frame.
+ // We re-assess each frame. The key frame might not arrive when expected.
+ // We reset m_itrLate if we get a new Quality message, but actually that's
+ // not likely because we're not sending frames on to the Renderer. In
+ // fact if we DID get another one it would mean that there's a long
+ // pipe between us and the renderer and we might need an altogether
+ // better strategy to avoid hunting!
+ m_itrLate = m_itrLate - itrFrame;
+ }
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idLate, (int)m_itrLate/10000 ); // Note how late we think we are
+ if (m_bSkipping) {
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ }
+ }
+ return m_bSkipping;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::AlterQuality(Quality q)
+{
+ // to reduce the amount of 64 bit arithmetic, m_itrLate is an int.
+ // +, -, >, == etc are not too bad, but * and / are painful.
+ if (m_itrLate>300000000) {
+ // Avoid overflow and silliness - more than 30 secs late is already silly
+ m_itrLate = 300000000;
+ } else {
+ m_itrLate = (int)q.Late;
+ }
+ // We ignore the other fields
+
+ // We're actually not very good at handling this. In non-direct draw mode
+ // most of the time can be spent in the renderer which can skip any frame.
+ // In that case we'd rather the renderer handled things.
+ // Nevertheless we will keep an eye on it and if we really start getting
+ // a very long way behind then we will actually skip - but we'll still tell
+ // the renderer (or whoever is downstream) that they should handle quality.
+
+ return E_FAIL; // Tell the renderer to do his thing.
+
+}
+
+
+
+// This will avoid several hundred useless warnings if compiled -W4 by MS VC++ v4
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49b1509b --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: VTrans.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a video transform class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// This class is derived from CTransformFilter, but is specialised to handle
+// the requirements of video quality control by frame dropping.
+// This is a non-in-place transform, (i.e. it copies the data) such as a decoder.
+
+class CVideoTransformFilter : public CTransformFilter
+{
+ public:
+
+ CVideoTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);
+ ~CVideoTransformFilter();
+ HRESULT EndFlush();
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- override these bits ---------------------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+ // The following methods are in CTransformFilter which is inherited.
+ // They are mentioned here for completeness
+ //
+ // These MUST be supplied in a derived class
+ //
+ // NOTE:
+ // virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut);
+ // virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE;
+ // virtual HRESULT CheckTransform
+ // (const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE;
+ // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);
+ // virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize
+ // (IMemAllocator * pAllocator, ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE;
+ // virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE;
+ //
+ // These MAY also be overridden
+ //
+ // virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+ // virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt);
+ // virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin);
+ // virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir);
+ // virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin);
+ // virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void);
+ // virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void);
+ // virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void);
+ // virtual HRESULT NewSegment
+ // (REFERENCE_TIME tStart,REFERENCE_TIME tStop,double dRate);
+#ifdef PERF
+
+ // If you override this - ensure that you register all these ids
+ // as well as any of your own,
+ virtual void RegisterPerfId() {
+ m_idSkip = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Skip frame"));
+ m_idFrameType = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video transform frame type"));
+ m_idLate = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Lateness"));
+ m_idTimeTillKey = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Estd. time to next key"));
+ CTransformFilter::RegisterPerfId();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ protected:
+
+ // =========== QUALITY MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION ========================
+ // Frames are assumed to come in three types:
+ // Type 1: an AVI key frame or an MPEG I frame.
+ // This frame can be decoded with no history.
+ // Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded
+ // until the next type 1 frame.
+ // Type 1 frames are sync points.
+ // Type 2: an AVI non-key frame or an MPEG P frame.
+ // This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 frame was
+ // decoded and all type 2 frames since have been decoded.
+ // Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded
+ // until the next type 1 frame.
+ // Type 3: An MPEG B frame.
+ // This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 or 2 frame
+ // has been decoded AND the subsequent type 1 or 2 frame has also
+ // been decoded. (This requires decoding the frames out of sequence).
+ // Dropping this frame affects no other frames. This implementation
+ // does not allow for these. All non-sync-point frames are treated
+ // as being type 2.
+ //
+ // The spacing of frames of type 1 in a file is not guaranteed. There MUST
+ // be a type 1 frame at (well, near) the start of the file in order to start
+ // decoding at all. After that there could be one every half second or so,
+ // there could be one at the start of each scene (aka "cut", "shot") or
+ // there could be no more at all.
+ // If there is only a single type 1 frame then NO FRAMES CAN BE DROPPED
+ // without losing all the rest of the movie. There is no way to tell whether
+ // this is the case, so we find that we are in the gambling business.
+ // To try to improve the odds, we record the greatest interval between type 1s
+ // that we have seen and we bet on things being no worse than this in the
+ // future.
+
+ // You can tell if it's a type 1 frame by calling IsSyncPoint().
+ // there is no architected way to test for a type 3, so you should override
+ // the quality management here if you have B-frames.
+
+ int m_nKeyFramePeriod; // the largest observed interval between type 1 frames
+ // 1 means every frame is type 1, 2 means every other.
+
+ int m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame; // Used to count frames since the last type 1.
+ // becomes the new m_nKeyFramePeriod if greater.
+
+ BOOL m_bSkipping; // we are skipping to the next type 1 frame
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idFrameType; // MSR id Frame type. 1=Key, 2="non-key"
+ int m_idSkip; // MSR id skipping
+ int m_idLate; // MSR id lateness
+ int m_idTimeTillKey; // MSR id for guessed time till next key frame.
+#endif
+
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+
+ HRESULT AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr); // if something bad happens
+
+ HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q);
+
+ BOOL ShouldSkipFrame(IMediaSample * pIn);
+
+ int m_itrLate; // lateness from last Quality message
+ // (this overflows at 214 secs late).
+ int m_tDecodeStart; // timeGetTime when decode started.
+ int m_itrAvgDecode; // Average decode time in reference units.
+
+ BOOL m_bNoSkip; // debug - no skipping.
+
+ // We send an EC_QUALITY_CHANGE notification to the app if we have to degrade.
+ // We send one when we start degrading, not one for every frame, this means
+ // we track whether we've sent one yet.
+ BOOL m_bQualityChanged;
+
+ // When non-zero, don't pass anything to renderer until next keyframe
+ // If there are few keys, give up and eventually draw something
+ int m_nWaitForKey;
+};
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d1f52e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2081 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinCtrl.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements video control interface class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <intsafe.h>
+#include <checkbmi.h>
+
+// The control interface methods require us to be connected
+
+#define CheckConnected(pin,code) \
+{ \
+ if (pin == NULL) { \
+ ASSERT(!TEXT("Pin not set")); \
+ } else if (pin->IsConnected() == FALSE) { \
+ return (code); \
+ } \
+}
+
+// This checks to see whether the window has a drain. An application can in
+// most environments set the owner/parent of windows so that they appear in
+// a compound document context (for example). In this case, the application
+// would probably like to be told of any keyboard/mouse messages. Therefore
+// we pass these messages on untranslated, returning TRUE if we're successful
+
+BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwndDrain, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ if (hwndDrain != NULL && !InSendMessage())
+ {
+ switch (uMsg)
+ {
+ case WM_CHAR:
+ case WM_DEADCHAR:
+ case WM_KEYDOWN:
+ case WM_KEYUP:
+ case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
+ case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+ // If we pass this on we don't get any mouse clicks
+ //case WM_NCHITTEST:
+ case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
+ case WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_SYSCHAR:
+ case WM_SYSDEADCHAR:
+ case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+ case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Forwarding %x to drain")));
+ PostMessage(hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// This class implements the IVideoWindow control functions (dual interface)
+// we support a large number of properties and methods designed to allow the
+// client (whether it be an automation controller or a C/C++ application) to
+// set and get a number of window related properties such as it's position.
+// We also support some methods that duplicate the properties but provide a
+// more direct and efficient mechanism as many values may be changed in one
+
+CBaseControlWindow::CBaseControlWindow(
+ __inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // OLE return code
+
+ CBaseVideoWindow(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pInterfaceLock(pInterfaceLock),
+ m_hwndOwner(NULL),
+ m_hwndDrain(NULL),
+ m_bAutoShow(TRUE),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_bCursorHidden(FALSE),
+ m_pPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pFilter);
+ ASSERT(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ ASSERT(phr);
+ m_BorderColour = VIDEO_COLOUR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the title caption on the base window, we don't do any field checking
+// as we really don't care what title they intend to have. We can always get
+// it back again later with GetWindowText. The only other complication is to
+// do the necessary string conversions between ANSI and OLE Unicode strings
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption)
+{
+ CheckPointer((PVOID)strCaption,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ SetWindowText(m_hwnd, strCaption);
+#else
+ CHAR Caption[CAPTION];
+
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP,0,strCaption,-1,Caption,CAPTION,NULL,NULL);
+ SetWindowText(m_hwnd, Caption);
+#endif
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Get the current base window title caption, once again we do no real field
+// checking. We allocate a string for the window title to be filled in with
+// which ensures the interface doesn't fiddle around with getting memory. A
+// BSTR is a normal C string with the length at position (-1), we use the
+// WriteBSTR helper function to create the caption to try and avoid OLE32
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pstrCaption,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ WCHAR WideCaption[CAPTION];
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ GetWindowText(m_hwnd,WideCaption,CAPTION);
+#else
+ // Convert the ASCII caption to a UNICODE string
+
+ TCHAR Caption[CAPTION];
+ GetWindowText(m_hwnd,Caption,CAPTION);
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP,0,Caption,-1,WideCaption,CAPTION);
+#endif
+ return WriteBSTR(pstrCaption,WideCaption);
+}
+
+
+// Set the window style using GWL_EXSTYLE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Should we be taking off WS_EX_TOPMOST
+
+ if (GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_TOPMOST) {
+ if ((WindowStyleEx & WS_EX_TOPMOST) == 0) {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageTop,(WPARAM) FALSE,(LPARAM) 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Likewise should we be adding WS_EX_TOPMOST
+
+ if (WindowStyleEx & WS_EX_TOPMOST) {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageTop,(WPARAM) TRUE,(LPARAM) 0);
+ WindowStyleEx &= (~WS_EX_TOPMOST);
+ if (WindowStyleEx == 0) return NOERROR;
+ }
+ return DoSetWindowStyle(WindowStyleEx,GWL_EXSTYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Gets the current GWL_EXSTYLE base window style
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWindowStyleEx,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ return DoGetWindowStyle(pWindowStyleEx,GWL_EXSTYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Set the window style using GWL_STYLE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle)
+{
+ // These styles cannot be changed dynamically
+
+ if ((WindowStyle & WS_DISABLED) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_ICONIC) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_MAXIMIZE) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_MINIMIZE) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_HSCROLL) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_VSCROLL)) {
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ return DoSetWindowStyle(WindowStyle,GWL_STYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Get the current GWL_STYLE base window style
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWindowStyle,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ return DoGetWindowStyle(pWindowStyle,GWL_STYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Change the base window style or the extended styles depending on whether
+// WindowLong is GWL_STYLE or GWL_EXSTYLE. We must call SetWindowPos to have
+// the window displayed in it's new style after the change which is a little
+// tricky if the window is not currently visible as we realise it offscreen.
+// In most cases the client will call get_WindowStyle before they call this
+// and then AND and OR in extra bit settings according to the requirements
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlWindow::DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong)
+{
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the window's visibility before setting the style
+ BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ // Set the new style flags for the window
+ SetWindowLong(m_hwnd,WindowLong,Style);
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_SHOWWINDOW | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+ WindowFlags |= SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE;
+
+ // Show the window again in the current position
+
+ if (bVisible == TRUE) {
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Just a place holder
+ 0,0,0,0, // Leave size and position
+ WindowFlags); // Just draw it again
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Move the window offscreen so the user doesn't see the changes
+
+ MoveWindow((HWND) m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN), // Current desktop width
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN), // Likewise it's height
+ WIDTH(&WindowRect), // Use the same width
+ HEIGHT(&WindowRect), // Keep height same to
+ TRUE); // May as well repaint
+
+ // Now show the previously hidden window
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Just a place holder
+ 0,0,0,0, // Leave size and position
+ WindowFlags); // Just draw it again
+
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ MoveWindow((HWND) m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ WindowRect.left, // Existing x coordinate
+ WindowRect.top, // Existing y coordinate
+ WIDTH(&WindowRect), // Use the same width
+ HEIGHT(&WindowRect), // Keep height same to
+ TRUE); // May as well repaint
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Get the current base window style (either GWL_STYLE or GWL_EXSTYLE)
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlWindow::DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong)
+{
+ *pStyle = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,WindowLong);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the visibility of the base window, this takes the same parameters
+// as the ShowWindow Win32 API does, so the client can have the window hidden
+// or shown, minimised to an icon, or maximised to play in full screen mode
+// We pass the request on to the base window to actually make the change
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowState(long WindowState)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ DoShowWindow(WindowState);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Get the current window state, this function returns a subset of the SW bit
+// settings available in ShowWindow, if the window is visible then SW_SHOW is
+// set, if it is hidden then the SW_HIDDEN is set, if it is either minimised
+// or maximised then the SW_MINIMIZE or SW_MAXIMIZE is set respectively. The
+// other SW bit settings are really set commands not readable output values
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWindowState,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ ASSERT(pWindowState);
+ *pWindowState = FALSE;
+
+ // Is the window visible, a window is termed visible if it is somewhere on
+ // the current desktop even if it is completely obscured by other windows
+ // so the flag is a style for each window set with the WS_VISIBLE bit
+
+ if (IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {
+
+ // Is the base window iconic
+ if (IsIconic(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_MINIMIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Has the window been maximised
+ else if (IsZoomed(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_MAXIMIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Window is normal
+ else {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_SHOW;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_HIDE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This makes sure that any palette we realise in the base window (through a
+// media type or through the overlay interface) is done in the background and
+// is therefore mapped to existing device entries rather than taking it over
+// as it will do when we this window gets the keyboard focus. An application
+// uses this to make sure it doesn't have it's palette removed by the window
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (BackgroundPalette != OATRUE) {
+ if (BackgroundPalette != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the window realises any palette it has again
+
+ m_bBackground = (BackgroundPalette == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd,m_RealizePalette,0,0);
+ PaintWindow(FALSE);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current background realisation setting
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBackgroundPalette,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+
+ // Get the current background palette setting
+
+ *pBackgroundPalette = (m_bBackground == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the visibility of the base window
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Visible(long Visible)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (Visible != OATRUE) {
+ if (Visible != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Convert the boolean visibility into SW_SHOW and SW_HIDE
+
+ INT Mode = (Visible == OATRUE ? SW_SHOWNORMAL : SW_HIDE);
+ DoShowWindow(Mode);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return OATRUE if the window is currently visible otherwise OAFALSE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Visible(__out long *pVisible)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pVisible,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // See if the base window has a WS_VISIBLE style - this will return TRUE
+ // even if the window is completely obscured by other desktop windows, we
+ // return FALSE if the window is not showing because of earlier calls
+
+ BOOL Mode = IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd);
+ *pVisible = (Mode == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the left position of the base window. This keeps the window width
+// and height properties the same so it effectively shunts the window left or
+// right accordingly - there is the Width property to change that dimension
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Left(long Left)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the current window position in a RECT
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ Left, // New left position
+ WindowRect.top, // Leave top alone
+ WindowRect.right, // The WIDTH (not right)
+ WindowRect.bottom, // The HEIGHT (not bottom)
+ WindowFlags); // Show window options
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window left position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Left(__out long *pLeft)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pLeft = WindowRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the current width of the base window. This property complements the
+// left position property so we must keep the left edge constant and expand or
+// contract to the right, the alternative would be to change the left edge so
+// keeping the right edge constant but this is maybe a little more intuitive
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Width(long Width)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ // This seems to have a bug in that calling SetWindowPos on a window with
+ // just the width changing causes it to ignore the width that you pass in
+ // and sets it to a mimimum value of 110 pixels wide (Windows NT 3.51)
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Leave left alone
+ WindowRect.top, // Leave top alone
+ Width, // New WIDTH dimension
+ WindowRect.bottom, // The HEIGHT (not bottom)
+ WindowFlags); // Show window options
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Width(__out long *pWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pWidth = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This allows the client program to change the top position for the window in
+// the same way that changing the left position does not affect the width of
+// the image so changing the top position does not affect the window height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Top(long Top)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the current window position in a RECT
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Leave left alone
+ Top, // New top position
+ WindowRect.right, // The WIDTH (not right)
+ WindowRect.bottom, // The HEIGHT (not bottom)
+ WindowFlags); // Show window flags
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window top position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Top(long *pTop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pTop = WindowRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the height of the window, this complements the top property so when
+// we change this we must keep the top position for the base window, as said
+// before we could keep the bottom and grow upwards although this is perhaps
+// a little more intuitive since we already have a top position property
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Height(long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Leave left alone
+ WindowRect.top, // Leave top alone
+ WindowRect.right, // The WIDTH (not right)
+ Height, // New height dimension
+ WindowFlags); // Show window flags
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Height(__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pHeight = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be called to change the owning window. Setting the owner is done
+// through this function, however to make the window a true child window the
+// style must also be set to WS_CHILD. After resetting the owner to NULL an
+// application should also set the style to WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_CLIPCHILDREN.
+
+// We cannot lock the object here because the SetParent causes an interthread
+// SendMessage to the owner window. If they are in GetState we will sit here
+// incomplete with the critical section locked therefore blocking out source
+// filter threads from accessing us. Because the source thread can't enter us
+// it can't get buffers or call EndOfStream so the GetState will not complete
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Owner(OAHWND Owner)
+{
+ // Check we are connected otherwise reject the call
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ m_hwndOwner = (HWND) Owner;
+ HWND hwndParent = m_hwndOwner;
+
+ // Add or remove WS_CHILD as appropriate
+
+ LONG Style = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE);
+ if (Owner == NULL) {
+ Style &= (~WS_CHILD);
+ } else {
+ Style |= (WS_CHILD);
+ }
+ SetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE,Style);
+
+ // Don't call this with the filter locked
+
+ SetParent(m_hwnd,hwndParent);
+
+ PaintWindow(TRUE);
+ NOTE1("Changed parent %lx",hwndParent);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This complements the put_Owner to get the current owning window property
+// we always return NOERROR although the returned window handle may be NULL
+// to indicate no owning window (the desktop window doesn't qualify as one)
+// If an application sets the owner we call SetParent, however that returns
+// NULL until the WS_CHILD bit is set on, so we store the owner internally
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Owner,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *Owner = (OAHWND) m_hwndOwner;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// And renderer supporting IVideoWindow may have an HWND set who will get any
+// keyboard and mouse messages we receive posted on to them. This is separate
+// from setting an owning window. By separating the two, applications may get
+// messages sent on even when they have set no owner (perhaps it's maximised)
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain)
+{
+ // Check we are connected otherwise reject the call
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ m_hwndDrain = (HWND) Drain;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current message drain
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Drain,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *Drain = (OAHWND) m_hwndDrain;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the filter graph to inform us of a message we should know
+// is being sent to our owning window. We have this because as a child window
+// we do not get certain messages that are only sent to top level windows. We
+// must see the palette changed/changing/query messages so that we know if we
+// have the foreground palette or not. We pass the message on to our window
+// using SendMessage - this will cause an interthread send message to occur
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ long uMsg, // Message ID
+ LONG_PTR wParam, // Parameters
+ LONG_PTR lParam) // for message
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Only interested in these Windows messages
+
+ switch (uMsg) {
+
+ case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+ case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+ case WM_PALETTEISCHANGING:
+ case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+ case WM_DEVMODECHANGE:
+ case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+ case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+
+ // If we do not have an owner then ignore
+
+ if (m_hwndOwner == NULL) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,uMsg,(WPARAM)wParam,(LPARAM)lParam);
+ break;
+
+ // do NOT fwd WM_MOVE. the parameters are the location of the parent
+ // window, NOT what the renderer should be looking at. But we need
+ // to make sure the overlay is moved with the parent window, so we
+ // do this.
+ case WM_MOVE:
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd,WM_PAINT,0,0);
+ break;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Allow an application to have us set the base window in the foreground. We
+// have this because it is difficult for one thread to do do this to a window
+// owned by another thread. We ask the base window class to do the real work
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::SetWindowForeground(long Focus)
+{
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (Focus != OATRUE) {
+ if (Focus != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // We shouldn't lock as this sends a message
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bFocus = (Focus == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ DoSetWindowForeground(bFocus);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This allows a client to set the complete window size and position in one
+// atomic operation. The same affect can be had by changing each dimension
+// in turn through their individual properties although some flashing will
+// occur as each of them gets updated (they are better set at design time)
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+
+ // Set the new size and position
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ ASSERT(IsWindow(m_hwnd));
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ Left, // Left position
+ Top, // Top position
+ Width, // Window width
+ Height, // Window height
+ WindowFlags); // Show window flags
+ ASSERT(bSuccess);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("SWP failed error %d"), GetLastError()));
+#endif
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This complements the SetWindowPosition to return the current window place
+// in device coordinates. As before the same information can be retrived by
+// calling the property get functions individually but this is atomic and is
+// therefore more suitable to a live environment rather than design time
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are not NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the current window coordinates
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ // Convert the RECT into left,top,width and height values
+
+ *pLeft = WindowRect.left;
+ *pTop = WindowRect.top;
+ *pWidth = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ *pHeight = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When a window is maximised or iconic calling GetWindowPosition will return
+// the current window position (likewise for the properties). However if the
+// restored size (ie the size we'll return to when normally shown) is needed
+// then this should be used. When in a normal position (neither iconic nor
+// maximised) then this returns the same coordinates as GetWindowPosition
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are not NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Use GetWindowPlacement to find the restore position
+
+ WINDOWPLACEMENT Place;
+ Place.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowPlacement(m_hwnd,&Place));
+
+ RECT WorkArea;
+
+ // We must take into account any task bar present
+
+ if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA,0,&WorkArea,FALSE) == TRUE) {
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd) == NULL) {
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.top += WorkArea.top;
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.bottom += WorkArea.top;
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.left += WorkArea.left;
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.right += WorkArea.left;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Convert the RECT into left,top,width and height values
+
+ *pLeft = Place.rcNormalPosition.left;
+ *pTop = Place.rcNormalPosition.top;
+ *pWidth = Place.rcNormalPosition.right - Place.rcNormalPosition.left;
+ *pHeight = Place.rcNormalPosition.bottom - Place.rcNormalPosition.top;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current border colour, if we are playing something to a subset
+// of the base window display there is an outside area exposed. The default
+// action is to paint this colour in the Windows background colour (defined
+// as value COLOR_WINDOW) We reset to this default when we're disconnected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_BorderColor(__out long *Color)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Color,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *Color = (long) m_BorderColour;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be called to set the current border colour
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_BorderColor(long Color)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Have the window repainted with the new border colour
+
+ m_BorderColour = (COLORREF) Color;
+ PaintWindow(TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Delegate fullscreen handling to plug in distributor
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CheckPointer(FullScreenMode,E_POINTER);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// Delegate fullscreen handling to plug in distributor
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// This sets the auto show property, this property causes the base window to
+// be displayed whenever we change state. This allows an application to have
+// to do nothing to have the window appear but still allow them to change the
+// default behaviour if for example they want to keep it hidden for longer
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_AutoShow(long AutoShow)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (AutoShow != OATRUE) {
+ if (AutoShow != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bAutoShow = (AutoShow == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be called to get the current auto show flag. The flag is updated
+// when we connect and disconnect and through this interface all of which are
+// controlled and serialised by means of the main renderer critical section
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow)
+{
+ CheckPointer(AutoShow,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *AutoShow = (m_bAutoShow == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the minimum ideal image size for the current video. This may differ
+// to the actual video dimensions because we may be using DirectDraw hardware
+// that has specific stretching requirements. For example the Cirrus Logic
+// cards have a minimum stretch factor depending on the overlay surface size
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ FILTER_STATE State;
+
+ // Must not be stopped for this to work correctly
+
+ m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);
+ if (State == State_Stopped) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+
+ RECT DefaultRect = GetDefaultRect();
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&DefaultRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DefaultRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the maximum ideal image size for the current video. This may differ
+// to the actual video dimensions because we may be using DirectDraw hardware
+// that has specific stretching requirements. For example the Cirrus Logic
+// cards have a maximum stretch factor depending on the overlay surface size
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ FILTER_STATE State;
+
+ // Must not be stopped for this to work correctly
+
+ m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);
+ if (State == State_Stopped) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+
+ RECT DefaultRect = GetDefaultRect();
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&DefaultRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DefaultRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Allow an application to hide the cursor on our window
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::HideCursor(long HideCursor)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (HideCursor != OATRUE) {
+ if (HideCursor != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bCursorHidden = (HideCursor == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Returns whether we have the cursor hidden or not
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden)
+{
+ CheckPointer(CursorHidden,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *CursorHidden = (m_bCursorHidden == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This class implements the IBasicVideo control functions (dual interface)
+// we support a large number of properties and methods designed to allow the
+// client (whether it be an automation controller or a C/C++ application) to
+// set and get a number of video related properties such as the native video
+// size. We support some methods that duplicate the properties but provide a
+// more direct and efficient mechanism as many values may be changed in one
+
+CBaseControlVideo::CBaseControlVideo(
+ __inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // OLE return code
+
+ CBaseBasicVideo(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pInterfaceLock(pInterfaceLock),
+ m_pPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pFilter);
+ ASSERT(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ ASSERT(phr);
+}
+
+// Return an approximate average time per frame
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pAvgTimePerFrame,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ COARefTime AvgTime(pVideoInfo->AvgTimePerFrame);
+ *pAvgTimePerFrame = (REFTIME) AvgTime;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return an approximate bit rate for the video
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBitRate,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pBitRate = pVideoInfo->dwBitRate;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return an approximate bit error rate
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBitErrorRate,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pBitErrorRate = pVideoInfo->dwBitErrorRate;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current video width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pVideoWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pVideoWidth = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current video height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pVideoHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pVideoHeight = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current palette the video is using as an array allocated
+// by the user. To remain consistent we use PALETTEENTRY fields to return the
+// colours in rather than RGBQUADs that multimedia decided to use. The memory
+// is allocated by the user so we simple copy each in turn. We check that the
+// number of entries requested and the start position offset are both valid
+// If the number of entries evaluates to zero then we return an S_FALSE code
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,
+ long Entries,
+ __out long *pRetrieved,
+ __out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRetrieved,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ CMediaType MediaType;
+
+ // Get the video format from the derived class
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader = HEADER(pVideoInfo);
+
+ // Is the current format palettised
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo) == FALSE) {
+ *pRetrieved = 0;
+ return VFW_E_NO_PALETTE_AVAILABLE;
+ }
+
+ // Do they just want to know how many are available
+
+ if (pPalette == NULL) {
+ *pRetrieved = pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the start position is a valid offset
+
+ if (StartIndex >= (LONG) pHeader->biClrUsed || StartIndex < 0) {
+ *pRetrieved = 0;
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Correct the number we can retrieve
+
+ LONG Available = (LONG) pHeader->biClrUsed - StartIndex;
+ *pRetrieved = max(0,min(Available,Entries));
+ if (*pRetrieved == 0) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Copy the palette entries to the output buffer
+
+ PALETTEENTRY *pEntries = (PALETTEENTRY *) pPalette;
+ RGBQUAD *pColours = COLORS(pVideoInfo) + StartIndex;
+
+ for (LONG Count = 0;Count < *pRetrieved;Count++) {
+ pEntries[Count].peRed = pColours[Count].rgbRed;
+ pEntries[Count].peGreen = pColours[Count].rgbGreen;
+ pEntries[Count].peBlue = pColours[Count].rgbBlue;
+ pEntries[Count].peFlags = 0;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current video dimensions as a method rather than a number
+// of individual property get calls. For the same reasons as said before we
+// cannot access the renderer media type directly as the window object thread
+// may be updating it since dynamic format changes may change these values
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ // Get the video format from the derived class
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pWidth = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ *pHeight = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source video rectangle as left,top,right and bottom coordinates
+// rather than left,top,width and height as per OLE automation interfaces
+// Then pass the rectangle on to the window object to set the source
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ SourceRect.left = Left;
+ SourceRect.top = Top;
+ SourceRect.right = Left + Width;
+ SourceRect.bottom = Top + Height;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the source rectangle in left,top,width and height rather than the
+// left,top,right and bottom values that RECT uses (and which the window
+// object returns through GetSourceRect) which requires a little work
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are non NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+
+ *pLeft = SourceRect.left;
+ *pTop = SourceRect.top;
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&SourceRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&SourceRect);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the video destination as left,top,right and bottom coordinates rather
+// than the left,top,width and height uses as per OLE automation interfaces
+// Then pass the rectangle on to the window object to set the destination
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ DestinationRect.left = Left;
+ DestinationRect.top = Top;
+ DestinationRect.right = Left + Width;
+ DestinationRect.bottom = Top + Height;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the destination rectangle in left,top,width and height rather than
+// the left,top,right and bottom values that RECT uses (and which the window
+// object returns through GetDestinationRect) which requires a little work
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are not NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+
+ *pLeft = DestinationRect.left;
+ *pTop = DestinationRect.top;
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&DestinationRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source left position, the source rectangle we get back from the
+// window object is a true rectangle in left,top,right and bottom positions
+// so all we have to do is to update the left position and pass it back. We
+// must keep the current width constant when we're updating this property
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.right = SourceLeft + WIDTH(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.left = SourceLeft;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current left source video position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceLeft = SourceRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source width, we get the current source rectangle and then update
+// the right position to be the left position (thereby keeping it constant)
+// plus the new source width we are passed in (it expands to the right)
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.right = SourceRect.left + SourceWidth;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current source width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceWidth = WIDTH(&SourceRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source top position - changing this property does not affect the
+// current source height. So changing this shunts the source rectangle up and
+// down appropriately. Changing the height complements this functionality by
+// keeping the top position constant and simply changing the source height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceTop(long SourceTop)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.bottom = SourceTop + HEIGHT(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.top = SourceTop;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current top position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceTop = SourceRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.bottom = SourceRect.top + SourceHeight;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current source height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceHeight = HEIGHT(&SourceRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the target left position, the target rectangle we get back from the
+// window object is a true rectangle in left,top,right and bottom positions
+// so all we have to do is to update the left position and pass it back. We
+// must keep the current width constant when we're updating this property
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.right = DestinationLeft + WIDTH(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.left = DestinationLeft;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the left position for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationLeft = DestinationRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the destination width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.right = DestinationRect.left + DestinationWidth;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the width for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationWidth = WIDTH(&DestinationRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the target top position - changing this property does not affect the
+// current target height. So changing this shunts the target rectangle up and
+// down appropriately. Changing the height complements this functionality by
+// keeping the top position constant and simply changing the target height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.bottom = DestinationTop + HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.top = DestinationTop;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the top position for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationTop = DestinationRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the destination height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.bottom = DestinationRect.top + DestinationHeight;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the height for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationHeight = HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Reset the source rectangle to the full video dimensions
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::SetDefaultSourcePosition()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ HRESULT hr = SetDefaultSourceRect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return S_OK if we're using the default source otherwise S_FALSE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::IsUsingDefaultSource()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ return IsDefaultSourceRect();
+}
+
+
+// Reset the video renderer to use the entire playback area
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::SetDefaultDestinationPosition()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ HRESULT hr = SetDefaultTargetRect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return S_OK if we're using the default target otherwise S_FALSE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::IsUsingDefaultDestination()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ return IsDefaultTargetRect();
+}
+
+
+// Return a copy of the current image in the video renderer
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBufferSize,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE State;
+
+ // Make sure we are in a paused state
+
+ if (pVideoImage != NULL) {
+ m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);
+ if (State != State_Paused) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_PAUSED;
+ }
+ return GetStaticImage(pBufferSize,pVideoImage);
+ }
+
+ // Just return the memory required
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ return GetImageSize(pVideoInfo,pBufferSize,&SourceRect);
+}
+
+
+// An application has two ways of using GetCurrentImage, one is to pass a real
+// buffer which should be filled with the current image. The other is to pass
+// a NULL buffer pointer which is interpreted as asking us to return how much
+// memory is required for the image. The constraints for when the latter can
+// be called are much looser. To calculate the memory required we synthesize
+// a VIDEOINFO that takes into account the source rectangle that's being used
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __out long *pBufferSize,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ NOTE("Entering GetImageSize");
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+
+ // Check we have the correct input parameters
+
+ if (pSourceRect == NULL ||
+ pVideoInfo == NULL ||
+ pBufferSize == NULL) {
+
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Is the data format compatible
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pSourceRect) == FALSE);
+
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER bih;
+ bih.biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biBitCount = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+ LONG Size = DIBSIZE(bih);
+ Size += GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pVideoInfo)) - SIZE_PREHEADER;
+ *pBufferSize = Size;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Given an IMediaSample containing a linear buffer with an image and a type
+// describing the bitmap make a rendering of the image into the output buffer
+// This may be called by derived classes who render typical video images to
+// handle the IBasicVideo GetCurrentImage method. The pVideoImage pointer may
+// be NULL when passed to GetCurrentImage in which case GetImageSize will be
+// called instead, which will just do the calculation of the memory required
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __inout long *pBufferSize,
+ __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ NOTE("Entering CopyImage");
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+ BYTE *pCurrentImage;
+
+ // Check we have an image to copy
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL || pSourceRect == NULL ||
+ pVideoInfo == NULL || pVideoImage == NULL ||
+ pBufferSize == NULL) {
+
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Is the data format compatible
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*pBufferSize < 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Arbitrarily large size to prevent integer overflow problems
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSize > 4096)
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pSourceRect) == FALSE);
+
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER bih;
+ bih.biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biBitCount = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+ DWORD Size = GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pVideoInfo)) - SIZE_PREHEADER;
+ DWORD Total;
+ DWORD dwDibSize;
+
+ if( !ValidateBitmapInfoHeader( HEADER(pVideoInfo), Size)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // ValidateBitmapInfoHeader checks this but for some reason code scanning
+ // tools aren't picking up the annotation
+ __analysis_assume(Size >= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+ if (FAILED(SAFE_DIBSIZE(&bih, &dwDibSize))) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(DWordAdd(Size, dwDibSize, &Total))) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we have a large enough buffer
+
+ if ((DWORD)*pBufferSize < Total) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // Copy the BITMAPINFO
+
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pVideoImage, (PVOID)&pVideoInfo->bmiHeader, Size);
+ ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biSizeImage = DIBSIZE(bih);
+ BYTE *pImageData = pVideoImage + Size;
+
+ // Get the pointer to it's image data
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pCurrentImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now we are ready to start copying the source scan lines
+
+ LONG ScanLine = (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount / 8) * WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ LONG LinesToSkip = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+ LinesToSkip -= pSourceRect->top + HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ pCurrentImage += LinesToSkip * DIBWIDTHBYTES(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);
+ pCurrentImage += pSourceRect->left * (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount / 8);
+
+ // Even money on this GP faulting sometime...
+
+ for (LONG Line = 0;Line < HEIGHT(pSourceRect);Line++) {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pImageData, (PVOID)pCurrentImage, ScanLine);
+ pImageData += DIBWIDTHBYTES(*(BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage);
+ pCurrentImage += DIBWIDTHBYTES(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we change media types either during connection or dynamically
+// We inform the filter graph and therefore the application that the video
+// size may have changed, we don't bother looking to see if it really has as
+// we leave that to the application - the dimensions are the event parameters
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::OnVideoSizeChange()
+{
+ // Get the video format from the derived class
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ WORD Width = (WORD) pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ WORD Height = (WORD) pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+
+ return m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_VIDEO_SIZE_CHANGED,
+ MAKELPARAM(Width,Height),
+ MAKEWPARAM(0,0));
+}
+
+
+// Set the video source rectangle. We must check the source rectangle against
+// the actual video dimensions otherwise when we come to draw the pictures we
+// get access violations as GDI tries to touch data outside of the image data
+// Although we store the rectangle in left, top, right and bottom coordinates
+// instead of left, top, width and height as OLE uses we do take into account
+// that the rectangle is used up to, but not including, the right column and
+// bottom row of pixels, see the Win32 documentation on RECT for more details
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceRect,E_POINTER);
+ LONG Width,Height;
+ GetVideoSize(&Width,&Height);
+
+ // Check the coordinates are greater than zero
+ // and that the rectangle is valid (left<right, top<bottom)
+
+ if ((pSourceRect->left >= pSourceRect->right) ||
+ (pSourceRect->left < 0) ||
+ (pSourceRect->top >= pSourceRect->bottom) ||
+ (pSourceRect->top < 0)) {
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Check the coordinates are less than the extents
+
+ if ((pSourceRect->right > Width) ||
+ (pSourceRect->bottom > Height)) {
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Check the target rectangle has some valid coordinates, which amounts to
+// little more than checking the destination rectangle isn't empty. Derived
+// classes may call this when they have their SetTargetRect method called to
+// check the rectangle validity, we do not update the rectangles passed in
+// Although we store the rectangle in left, top, right and bottom coordinates
+// instead of left, top, width and height as OLE uses we do take into account
+// that the rectangle is used up to, but not including, the right column and
+// bottom row of pixels, see the Win32 documentation on RECT for more details
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect)
+{
+ // Check the pointer is valid
+
+ if (pTargetRect == NULL) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // These overflow the WIDTH and HEIGHT checks
+
+ if (pTargetRect->left > pTargetRect->right ||
+ pTargetRect->top > pTargetRect->bottom) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Check the rectangle has valid coordinates
+
+ if (WIDTH(pTargetRect) <= 0 || HEIGHT(pTargetRect) <= 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pTargetRect) == FALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1080a47c --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinCtrl.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes for video control
+// interfaces.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WINCTRL__
+#define __WINCTRL__
+
+#define ABSOL(x) (x < 0 ? -x : x)
+#define NEGAT(x) (x > 0 ? -x : x)
+
+// Helper
+BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+class CBaseControlWindow : public CBaseVideoWindow, public CBaseWindow
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Pointer to owning media filter
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // Controls media types for connection
+ CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock; // Externally defined critical section
+ COLORREF m_BorderColour; // Current window border colour
+ BOOL m_bAutoShow; // What happens when the state changes
+ HWND m_hwndOwner; // Owner window that we optionally have
+ HWND m_hwndDrain; // HWND to post any messages received
+ BOOL m_bCursorHidden; // Should we hide the window cursor
+
+public:
+
+ // Internal methods for other objects to get information out
+
+ HRESULT DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong);
+ HRESULT DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong);
+ BOOL IsAutoShowEnabled() { return m_bAutoShow; };
+ COLORREF GetBorderColour() { return m_BorderColour; };
+ HWND GetOwnerWindow() { return m_hwndOwner; };
+ BOOL IsCursorHidden() { return m_bCursorHidden; };
+
+ inline BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+ {
+ return ::PossiblyEatMessage(m_hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+ }
+
+ // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using
+ // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with
+ // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the
+ // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can
+ // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method
+
+ void SetControlWindowPin(CBasePin *pPin) {
+ m_pPin = pPin;
+ }
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseControlWindow(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning media filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // OLE return code
+
+ // These are the properties we support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_AutoShow(long AutoShow);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_WindowState(long WindowState);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Visible(long Visible);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Visible(__out long *pVisible);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Left(long Left);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Left(__out long *pLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Width(long Width);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Width(__out long *pWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Top(long Top);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Top(__out long *pTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Height(long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Height(__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Owner(OAHWND Owner);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BorderColor(__out long *Color);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_BorderColor(long Color);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode);
+
+ // And these are the methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetWindowForeground(long Focus);
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd,long uMsg,LONG_PTR wParam,LONG_PTR lParam);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP HideCursor(long HideCursor);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden);
+};
+
+// This class implements the IBasicVideo interface
+
+class CBaseControlVideo : public CBaseBasicVideo
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Pointer to owning media filter
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // Controls media types for connection
+ CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock; // Externally defined critical section
+
+public:
+
+ // Derived classes must provide these for the implementation
+
+ virtual HRESULT IsDefaultTargetRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetDefaultTargetRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT GetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT IsDefaultSourceRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetDefaultSourceRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT GetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT GetStaticImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pDIBImage) PURE;
+
+ // Derived classes must override this to return a VIDEOINFO representing
+ // the video format. We cannot call IPin ConnectionMediaType to get this
+ // format because various filters dynamically change the type when using
+ // DirectDraw such that the format shows the position of the logical
+ // bitmap in a frame buffer surface, so the size might be returned as
+ // 1024x768 pixels instead of 320x240 which is the real video dimensions
+
+ __out virtual VIDEOINFOHEADER *GetVideoFormat() PURE;
+
+ // Helper functions for creating memory renderings of a DIB image
+
+ HRESULT GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __out LONG *pBufferSize,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect);
+
+ HRESULT CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __inout LONG *pBufferSize,
+ __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect);
+
+ // Override this if you want notifying when the rectangles change
+ virtual HRESULT OnUpdateRectangles() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnVideoSizeChange();
+
+ // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using
+ // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with
+ // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the
+ // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can
+ // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method
+
+ void SetControlVideoPin(__inout CBasePin *pPin) {
+ m_pPin = pPin;
+ }
+
+ // Helper methods for checking rectangles
+ virtual HRESULT CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect);
+ virtual HRESULT CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseControlVideo(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning media filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Serialise interface
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // OLE return code
+
+ // These are the properties we support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceTop(long SourceTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight);
+
+ // And these are the methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,long Entries,__out long *pRetrieved,__out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultSourcePosition();
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultSource();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultDestinationPosition();
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultDestination();
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage);
+};
+
+#endif // __WINCTRL__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6653f457 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2746 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements generic window handler class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <dvdmedia.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+#include <checkbmi.h>
+
+static UINT MsgDestroy;
+
+// Constructor
+
+CBaseWindow::CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC, bool bDoPostToDestroy) :
+ m_hInstance(g_hInst),
+ m_hwnd(NULL),
+ m_hdc(NULL),
+ m_bActivated(FALSE),
+ m_pClassName(NULL),
+ m_ClassStyles(0),
+ m_WindowStyles(0),
+ m_WindowStylesEx(0),
+ m_ShowStageMessage(0),
+ m_ShowStageTop(0),
+ m_MemoryDC(NULL),
+ m_hPalette(NULL),
+ m_bBackground(FALSE),
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_bRealizing(FALSE),
+#endif
+ m_bNoRealize(FALSE),
+ m_bDoPostToDestroy(bDoPostToDestroy)
+{
+ m_bDoGetDC = bDoGetDC;
+}
+
+
+// Prepare a window by spinning off a worker thread to do the creation and
+// also poll the message input queue. We leave this to be called by derived
+// classes because they might want to override methods like MessageLoop and
+// InitialiseWindow, if we do this during construction they'll ALWAYS call
+// this base class methods. We make the worker thread create the window so
+// it owns it rather than the filter graph thread which is constructing us
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::PrepareWindow()
+{
+ if (m_hwnd) return NOERROR;
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == NULL);
+ ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);
+
+ // Get the derived object's window and class styles
+
+ m_pClassName = GetClassWindowStyles(&m_ClassStyles,
+ &m_WindowStyles,
+ &m_WindowStylesEx);
+ if (m_pClassName == NULL) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Register our special private messages
+ m_ShowStageMessage = RegisterWindowMessage(SHOWSTAGE);
+
+ // RegisterWindowMessage() returns 0 if an error occurs.
+ if (0 == m_ShowStageMessage) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_ShowStageTop = RegisterWindowMessage(SHOWSTAGETOP);
+ if (0 == m_ShowStageTop) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_RealizePalette = RegisterWindowMessage(REALIZEPALETTE);
+ if (0 == m_RealizePalette) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ MsgDestroy = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("AM_DESTROY"));
+ if (0 == MsgDestroy) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ return DoCreateWindow();
+}
+
+
+// Destructor just a placeholder so that we know it becomes virtual
+// Derived classes MUST call DoneWithWindow in their destructors so
+// that no messages arrive after the derived class constructor ends
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+CBaseWindow::~CBaseWindow()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == NULL);
+ ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// We use the sync worker event to have the window destroyed. All we do is
+// signal the event and wait on the window thread handle. Trying to send it
+// messages causes too many problems, furthermore to be on the safe side we
+// just wait on the thread handle while it returns WAIT_TIMEOUT or there is
+// a sent message to process on this thread. If the constructor failed to
+// create the thread in the first place then the loop will get terminated
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoneWithWindow()
+{
+ if (!IsWindow(m_hwnd) || (GetWindowThreadProcessId(m_hwnd, NULL) != GetCurrentThreadId())) {
+
+ if (IsWindow(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ // This code should only be executed if the window exists and if the window's
+ // messages are processed on a different thread.
+ ASSERT(GetWindowThreadProcessId(m_hwnd, NULL) != GetCurrentThreadId());
+
+ if (m_bDoPostToDestroy) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ CAMEvent m_evDone(FALSE, &hr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We must post a message to destroy the window
+ // That way we can't be in the middle of processing a
+ // message posted to our window when we do go away
+ // Sending a message gives less synchronization.
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd, MsgDestroy, (WPARAM)(HANDLE)m_evDone, 0);
+ WaitDispatchingMessages(m_evDone, INFINITE);
+ } else {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd, MsgDestroy, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // This is not a leak, the window manager automatically free's
+ // hdc's that were got via GetDC, which is the case here.
+ // We set it to NULL so that we don't get any asserts later.
+ //
+ m_hdc = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // We need to free this DC though because USER32 does not know
+ // anything about it.
+ //
+ if (m_MemoryDC)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteDC(m_MemoryDC));
+ m_MemoryDC = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the window variables
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ const HWND hwnd = m_hwnd;
+ if (hwnd == NULL) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ InactivateWindow();
+ NOTE("Inactivated");
+
+ // Reset the window styles before destruction
+
+ SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_STYLE,m_WindowStyles);
+ ASSERT(GetParent(hwnd) == NULL);
+ NOTE1("Reset window styles %d",m_WindowStyles);
+
+ // UnintialiseWindow sets m_hwnd to NULL so save a copy
+ UninitialiseWindow();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Destroying 0x%8.8X"), hwnd));
+ if (!DestroyWindow(hwnd)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("DestroyWindow %8.8X failed code %d"),
+ hwnd, GetLastError()));
+ DbgBreak("");
+ }
+
+ // Reset our state so we can be prepared again
+
+ m_pClassName = NULL;
+ m_ClassStyles = 0;
+ m_WindowStyles = 0;
+ m_WindowStylesEx = 0;
+ m_ShowStageMessage = 0;
+ m_ShowStageTop = 0;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called at the end to put the window in an inactive state. The pending list
+// will always have been cleared by this time so event if the worker thread
+// gets has been signaled and gets in to render something it will find both
+// the state has been changed and that there are no available sample images
+// Since we wait on the window thread to complete we don't lock the object
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::InactivateWindow()
+{
+ // Has the window been activated
+ if (m_bActivated == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_bActivated = FALSE;
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::CompleteConnect()
+{
+ m_bActivated = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// This displays a normal window. We ask the base window class for default
+// sizes which unless overriden will return DEFWIDTH and DEFHEIGHT. We go
+// through a couple of extra hoops to get the client area the right size
+// as the object specifies which accounts for the AdjustWindowRectEx calls
+// We also DWORD align the left and top coordinates of the window here to
+// maximise the chance of being able to use DCI/DirectDraw primary surface
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::ActivateWindow()
+{
+ // Has the window been sized and positioned already
+
+ if (m_bActivated == TRUE || GetParent(m_hwnd) != NULL) {
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Our window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, // Leave in current position
+ SWP_NOMOVE | // Don't change it's place
+ SWP_NOSIZE); // Change Z-order only
+
+ m_bActivated = TRUE;
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Calculate the desired client rectangle
+
+ RECT WindowRect, ClientRect = GetDefaultRect();
+ GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect);
+ AdjustWindowRectEx(&ClientRect,GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE),
+ FALSE,GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE));
+
+ // Align left and top edges on DWORD boundaries
+
+ UINT WindowFlags = (SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
+ WindowRect.left -= (WindowRect.left & 3);
+ WindowRect.top -= (WindowRect.top & 3);
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Align left edge
+ WindowRect.top, // And also top place
+ WIDTH(&ClientRect), // Horizontal size
+ HEIGHT(&ClientRect), // Vertical size
+ WindowFlags); // Don't show window
+
+ m_bActivated = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be used to DWORD align the window for maximum performance
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::PerformanceAlignWindow()
+{
+ RECT ClientRect,WindowRect;
+ GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect);
+ ASSERT(m_bActivated == TRUE);
+
+ // Don't do this if we're owned
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Align left and top edges on DWORD boundaries
+
+ GetClientRect(m_hwnd, &ClientRect);
+ MapWindowPoints(m_hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, (LPPOINT) &ClientRect, 2);
+ WindowRect.left -= (ClientRect.left & 3);
+ WindowRect.top -= (ClientRect.top & 3);
+ UINT WindowFlags = (SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOSIZE);
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Align left edge
+ WindowRect.top, // And also top place
+ (int) 0,(int) 0, // Ignore these sizes
+ WindowFlags); // Don't show window
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Install a palette into the base window - we may be called by a different
+// thread to the one that owns the window. We have to be careful how we do
+// the palette realisation as we could be a different thread to the window
+// which would cause an inter thread send message. Therefore we realise the
+// palette by sending it a special message but without the window locked
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette)
+{
+ // We must own the window lock during the change
+ {
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+ ASSERT(hPalette);
+ m_hPalette = hPalette;
+ }
+ return SetPalette();
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::SetPalette()
+{
+ if (!m_bNoRealize) {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd, m_RealizePalette, 0, 0);
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // Just select the palette
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+ SelectPalette(m_hdc,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);
+ SelectPalette(m_MemoryDC,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);
+
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void CBaseWindow::UnsetPalette()
+{
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+
+ // Get a standard VGA colour palette
+
+ HPALETTE hPalette = (HPALETTE) GetStockObject(DEFAULT_PALETTE);
+ ASSERT(hPalette);
+
+ SelectPalette(GetWindowHDC(), hPalette, TRUE);
+ SelectPalette(GetMemoryHDC(), hPalette, TRUE);
+
+ m_hPalette = NULL;
+}
+
+
+void CBaseWindow::LockPaletteLock()
+{
+ m_PaletteLock.Lock();
+}
+
+
+void CBaseWindow::UnlockPaletteLock()
+{
+ m_PaletteLock.Unlock();
+}
+
+
+// Realise our palettes in the window and device contexts
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground)
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+
+ if (m_hPalette == NULL) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Realize the palette on the window thread
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+
+ SelectPalette(m_hdc,m_hPalette,m_bBackground || bForceBackground);
+ SelectPalette(m_MemoryDC,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);
+ }
+
+ // If we grab a critical section here we can deadlock
+ // with the window thread because one of the side effects
+ // of RealizePalette is to send a WM_PALETTECHANGED message
+ // to every window in the system. In our handling
+ // of WM_PALETTECHANGED we used to grab this CS too.
+ // The really bad case is when our renderer calls DoRealisePalette()
+ // while we're in the middle of processing a palette change
+ // for another window.
+ // So don't hold the critical section while actually realising
+ // the palette. In any case USER is meant to manage palette
+ // handling - we shouldn't have to serialize everything as well
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_WindowLock));
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_PaletteLock));
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(RealizePalette(m_hdc) != GDI_ERROR);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(RealizePalette(m_MemoryDC) != GDI_ERROR);
+
+ return (GdiFlush() == FALSE ? S_FALSE : S_OK);
+}
+
+
+// This is the global window procedure
+
+LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam) // Other parameter
+{
+
+ // Get the window long that holds our window object pointer
+ // If it is NULL then we are initialising the window in which
+ // case the object pointer has been passed in the window creation
+ // structure. IF we get any messages before WM_NCCREATE we will
+ // pass them to DefWindowProc.
+
+ CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBaseWindow*>(hwnd,0);
+
+ if (pBaseWindow == NULL) {
+
+ // Get the structure pointer from the create struct.
+ // We can only do this for WM_NCCREATE which should be one of
+ // the first messages we receive. Anything before this will
+ // have to be passed to DefWindowProc (i.e. WM_GETMINMAXINFO)
+
+ // If the message is WM_NCCREATE we set our pBaseWindow pointer
+ // and will then place it in the window structure
+
+ // turn off WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL style for quartz windows
+ if (uMsg == WM_NCCREATE) {
+ SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & ~0x400000);
+ }
+
+ if ((uMsg != WM_NCCREATE)
+ || (NULL == (pBaseWindow = *(CBaseWindow**) ((LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam)->lpCreateParams)))
+ {
+ return(DefWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam));
+ }
+
+ // Set the window LONG to be the object who created us
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ SetLastError(0); // because of the way SetWindowLong works
+#endif
+
+ LONG_PTR rc = _SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, (DWORD) 0, pBaseWindow);
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (0 == rc) {
+ // SetWindowLong MIGHT have failed. (Read the docs which admit
+ // that it is awkward to work out if you have had an error.)
+ LONG lasterror = GetLastError();
+ ASSERT(0 == lasterror);
+ // If this is not the case we have not set the pBaseWindow pointer
+ // into the window structure and we will blow up.
+ }
+#endif
+
+ }
+ // See if this is the packet of death
+ if (uMsg == MsgDestroy && uMsg != 0) {
+ pBaseWindow->DoneWithWindow();
+ if (pBaseWindow->m_bDoPostToDestroy) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent((HANDLE)wParam));
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pBaseWindow->OnReceiveMessage(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+// When the window size changes we adjust our member variables that
+// contain the dimensions of the client rectangle for our window so
+// that we come to render an image we will know whether to stretch
+
+BOOL CBaseWindow::OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height)
+{
+ m_Width = Width;
+ m_Height = Height;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This function handles the WM_CLOSE message
+
+BOOL CBaseWindow::OnClose()
+{
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the worker window thread when it receives a terminate
+// message from the window object destructor to delete all the resources we
+// allocated during initialisation. By the time the worker thread exits all
+// processing will have been completed as the source filter disconnection
+// flushes the image pending sample, therefore the GdiFlush should succeed
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::UninitialiseWindow()
+{
+ // Have we already cleaned up
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC == NULL);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Release the window resources
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+
+ if (m_hdc)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ReleaseDC(m_hwnd,m_hdc));
+ m_hdc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_MemoryDC)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteDC(m_MemoryDC));
+ m_MemoryDC = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the window variables
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the worker window thread after it has created the main
+// window and it wants to initialise the rest of the owner objects window
+// variables such as the device contexts. We execute this function with the
+// critical section still locked. Nothing in this function must generate any
+// SendMessage calls to the window because this is executing on the window
+// thread so the message will never be processed and we will deadlock
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd)
+{
+ // Initialise the window variables
+
+ ASSERT(IsWindow(hwnd));
+ m_hwnd = hwnd;
+
+ if (m_bDoGetDC)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(m_hdc = GetDC(hwnd));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(m_MemoryDC = CreateCompatibleDC(m_hdc));
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetStretchBltMode(m_hdc,COLORONCOLOR));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetStretchBltMode(m_MemoryDC,COLORONCOLOR));
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoCreateWindow()
+{
+ WNDCLASS wndclass; // Used to register classes
+ BOOL bRegistered; // Is this class registered
+ HWND hwnd; // Handle to our window
+
+ bRegistered = GetClassInfo(m_hInstance, // Module instance
+ m_pClassName, // Window class
+ &wndclass); // Info structure
+
+ // if the window is to be used for drawing puposes and we are getting a DC
+ // for the entire lifetime of the window then changes the class style to do
+ // say so. If we don't set this flag then the DC comes from the cache and is
+ // really bad.
+ if (m_bDoGetDC)
+ {
+ m_ClassStyles |= CS_OWNDC;
+ }
+
+ if (bRegistered == FALSE) {
+
+ // Register the renderer window class
+
+ wndclass.lpszClassName = m_pClassName;
+ wndclass.style = m_ClassStyles;
+ wndclass.lpfnWndProc = WndProc;
+ wndclass.cbClsExtra = 0;
+ wndclass.cbWndExtra = sizeof(CBaseWindow *);
+ wndclass.hInstance = m_hInstance;
+ wndclass.hIcon = NULL;
+ wndclass.hCursor = LoadCursor (NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ wndclass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH) NULL;
+ wndclass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+
+ RegisterClass(&wndclass);
+ }
+
+ // Create the frame window. Pass the pBaseWindow information in the
+ // CreateStruct which allows our message handling loop to get hold of
+ // the pBaseWindow pointer.
+
+ CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow = this; // The owner window object
+ hwnd = CreateWindowEx(m_WindowStylesEx, // Extended styles
+ m_pClassName, // Registered name
+ TEXT("ActiveMovie Window"), // Window title
+ m_WindowStyles, // Window styles
+ CW_USEDEFAULT, // Start x position
+ CW_USEDEFAULT, // Start y position
+ DEFWIDTH, // Window width
+ DEFHEIGHT, // Window height
+ NULL, // Parent handle
+ NULL, // Menu handle
+ m_hInstance, // Instance handle
+ &pBaseWindow); // Creation data
+
+ // If we failed signal an error to the object constructor (based on the
+ // last Win32 error on this thread) then signal the constructor thread
+ // to continue, release the mutex to let others have a go and exit
+
+ if (hwnd == NULL) {
+ DWORD Error = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(Error);
+ }
+
+ // Check the window LONG is the object who created us
+ ASSERT(GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, 0) == (LONG_PTR)this);
+
+ // Initialise the window and then signal the constructor so that it can
+ // continue and then finally unlock the object's critical section. The
+ // window class is left registered even after we terminate the thread
+ // as we don't know when the last window has been closed. So we allow
+ // the operating system to free the class resources as appropriate
+
+ InitialiseWindow(hwnd);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Created window class (%s) HWND(%8.8X)"),
+ m_pClassName, hwnd));
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// The base class provides some default handling and calls DefWindowProc
+
+LRESULT CBaseWindow::OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam) // Other parameter
+{
+ ASSERT(IsWindow(hwnd));
+
+ if (PossiblyEatMessage(uMsg, wParam, lParam))
+ return 0;
+
+ // This is sent by the IVideoWindow SetWindowForeground method. If the
+ // window is invisible we will show it and make it topmost without the
+ // foreground focus. If the window is visible it will also be made the
+ // topmost window without the foreground focus. If wParam is TRUE then
+ // for both cases the window will be forced into the foreground focus
+
+ if (uMsg == m_ShowStageMessage) {
+
+ BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(hwnd);
+ SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW |
+ (bVisible ? SWP_NOACTIVATE : 0));
+
+ // Should we bring the window to the foreground
+ if (wParam == TRUE) {
+ SetForegroundWindow(hwnd);
+ }
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+
+ // When we go fullscreen we have to add the WS_EX_TOPMOST style to the
+ // video window so that it comes out above any task bar (this is more
+ // relevant to WindowsNT than Windows95). However the SetWindowPos call
+ // must be on the same thread as that which created the window. The
+ // wParam parameter can be TRUE or FALSE to set and reset the topmost
+
+ if (uMsg == m_ShowStageTop) {
+ HWND HwndTop = (wParam == TRUE ? HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST);
+ BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(hwnd);
+ SetWindowPos(hwnd, HwndTop, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE |
+ (wParam == TRUE ? SWP_SHOWWINDOW : 0) |
+ (bVisible ? SWP_NOACTIVATE : 0));
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+
+ // New palette stuff
+ if (uMsg == m_RealizePalette) {
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == hwnd);
+ return OnPaletteChange(m_hwnd,WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE);
+ }
+
+ switch (uMsg) {
+
+ // Repaint the window if the system colours change
+
+ case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+
+ InvalidateRect(hwnd,NULL,FALSE);
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+
+ // Somebody has changed the palette
+ case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+
+ OnPaletteChange((HWND)wParam,uMsg);
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+
+ // We are about to receive the keyboard focus so we ask GDI to realise
+ // our logical palette again and hopefully it will be fully installed
+ // without any mapping having to be done during any picture rendering
+
+ case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == hwnd);
+ return OnPaletteChange(m_hwnd,uMsg);
+
+ // do NOT fwd WM_MOVE. the parameters are the location of the parent
+ // window, NOT what the renderer should be looking at. But we need
+ // to make sure the overlay is moved with the parent window, so we
+ // do this.
+ case WM_MOVE:
+ if (IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd)) {
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd,WM_PAINT,0,0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ // Store the width and height as useful base class members
+
+ case WM_SIZE:
+
+ OnSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam));
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+
+ // Intercept the WM_CLOSE messages to hide the window
+
+ case WM_CLOSE:
+
+ OnClose();
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+ }
+ return DefWindowProc(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+// This handles the Windows palette change messages - if we do realise our
+// palette then we return TRUE otherwise we return FALSE. If our window is
+// foreground application then we should get first choice of colours in the
+// system palette entries. We get best performance when our logical palette
+// includes the standard VGA colours (at the beginning and end) otherwise
+// GDI may have to map from our palette to the device palette while drawing
+
+LRESULT CBaseWindow::OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd,UINT Message)
+{
+ // First check we are not changing the palette during closedown
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL || hwnd == NULL) {
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+ }
+ ASSERT(!m_bRealizing);
+
+ // Should we realise our palette again
+
+ if ((Message == WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE || hwnd != m_hwnd)) {
+ // It seems that even if we're invisible that we can get asked
+ // to realize our palette and this can cause really ugly side-effects
+ // Seems like there's another bug but this masks it a least for the
+ // shutting down case.
+ if (!IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("Realizing when invisible!")));
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+ }
+
+ // Avoid recursion with multiple graphs in the same app
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_bRealizing = TRUE;
+#endif
+ DoRealisePalette(Message != WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_bRealizing = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ // Should we redraw the window with the new palette
+ if (Message == WM_PALETTECHANGED) {
+ InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+}
+
+
+// Determine if the window exists.
+
+bool CBaseWindow::WindowExists()
+{
+ return !!IsWindow(m_hwnd);
+}
+
+
+// Return the default window rectangle
+
+RECT CBaseWindow::GetDefaultRect()
+{
+ RECT DefaultRect = {0,0,DEFWIDTH,DEFHEIGHT};
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return DefaultRect;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current window width
+
+LONG CBaseWindow::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_Width;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current window height
+
+LONG CBaseWindow::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_Height;
+}
+
+
+// Return the window handle
+
+HWND CBaseWindow::GetWindowHWND()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_hwnd;
+}
+
+
+// Return the window drawing device context
+
+HDC CBaseWindow::GetWindowHDC()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_hdc;
+}
+
+
+// Return the offscreen window drawing device context
+
+HDC CBaseWindow::GetMemoryHDC()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+ return m_MemoryDC;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+HPALETTE CBaseWindow::GetPalette()
+{
+ // The palette lock should always be held when accessing
+ // m_hPalette.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_PaletteLock));
+ return m_hPalette;
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+
+// This is available to clients who want to change the window visiblity. It's
+// little more than an indirection to the Win32 ShowWindow although these is
+// some benefit in going through here as this function may change sometime
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd)
+{
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,ShowCmd);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Generate a WM_PAINT message for the video window
+
+void CBaseWindow::PaintWindow(BOOL bErase)
+{
+ InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,bErase);
+}
+
+
+// Allow an application to have us set the video window in the foreground. We
+// have this because it is difficult for one thread to do do this to a window
+// owned by another thread. Rather than expose the message we use to execute
+// the inter thread send message we provide the interface function. All we do
+// is to SendMessage to the video window renderer thread with a WM_SHOWSTAGE
+
+void CBaseWindow::DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus)
+{
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageMessage,(WPARAM) bFocus,(LPARAM) 0);
+}
+
+
+// Constructor initialises the owning object pointer. Since we are a worker
+// class for the main window object we have relatively few state variables to
+// look after. We are given device context handles to use later on as well as
+// the source and destination rectangles (but reset them here just in case)
+
+CDrawImage::CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow) :
+ m_pBaseWindow(pBaseWindow),
+ m_hdc(NULL),
+ m_MemoryDC(NULL),
+ m_bStretch(FALSE),
+ m_pMediaType(NULL),
+ m_bUsingImageAllocator(FALSE)
+{
+ ASSERT(pBaseWindow);
+ ResetPaletteVersion();
+ SetRectEmpty(&m_TargetRect);
+ SetRectEmpty(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ m_perfidRenderTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Single Blt time"));
+}
+
+
+// Overlay the image time stamps on the picture. Access to this method is
+// serialised by the caller. We display the sample start and end times on
+// top of the video using TextOut on the device context we are handed. If
+// there isn't enough room in the window for the times we don't show them
+
+void CDrawImage::DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ //
+ // Only allow the "annoying" time messages if the users has turned the
+ // logging "way up"
+ //
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, 5);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ TCHAR szTimes[TIMELENGTH]; // Time stamp strings
+ ASSERT(pSample); // Quick sanity check
+ RECT ClientRect; // Client window size
+ SIZE Size; // Size of text output
+
+ // Get the time stamps and window size
+
+ pSample->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&m_StartSample, (REFERENCE_TIME*)&m_EndSample);
+ HWND hwnd = m_pBaseWindow->GetWindowHWND();
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetClientRect(hwnd,&ClientRect));
+
+ // Format the sample time stamps
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szTimes,NUMELMS(szTimes),TEXT("%08d : %08d"),
+ m_StartSample.Millisecs(),
+ m_EndSample.Millisecs());
+
+ ASSERT(lstrlen(szTimes) < TIMELENGTH);
+
+ // Put the times in the middle at the bottom of the window
+
+ GetTextExtentPoint32(m_hdc,szTimes,lstrlen(szTimes),&Size);
+ INT XPos = ((ClientRect.right - ClientRect.left) - Size.cx) / 2;
+ INT YPos = ((ClientRect.bottom - ClientRect.top) - Size.cy) * 4 / 5;
+
+ // Check the window is big enough to have sample times displayed
+
+ if ((XPos > 0) && (YPos > 0)) {
+ TextOut(m_hdc,XPos,YPos,szTimes,lstrlen(szTimes));
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called when the drawing code sees that the image has a down level
+// palette cookie. We simply call the SetDIBColorTable Windows API with the
+// palette that is found after the BITMAPINFOHEADER - we return no errors
+
+void CDrawImage::UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi)
+{
+ ASSERT(pbmi->biClrUsed);
+ RGBQUAD *pColourTable = (RGBQUAD *)(pbmi+1);
+
+ // Set the new palette in the device context
+
+ UINT uiReturn = SetDIBColorTable(hdc,(UINT) 0,
+ pbmi->biClrUsed,
+ pColourTable);
+
+ // Should always succeed but check in debug builds
+ ASSERT(uiReturn == pbmi->biClrUsed);
+}
+
+
+// No source rectangle scaling is done by the base class
+
+RECT CDrawImage::ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSource);
+ return *pSource;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when the funky output pin uses our allocator. The samples we
+// allocate are special because the memory is shared between us and GDI thus
+// removing one copy when we ask for the image to be rendered. The source type
+// information is in the main renderer m_mtIn field which is initialised when
+// the media type is agreed in SetMediaType, the media type may be changed on
+// the fly if, for example, the source filter needs to change the palette
+
+void CDrawImage::FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi; // Image format data
+ DIBDATA *pDibData; // Stores DIB information
+ BYTE *pImage; // Pointer to image data
+ HBITMAP hOldBitmap; // Store the old bitmap
+ CImageSample *pSample; // Pointer to C++ object
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+
+ // From the untyped source format block get the VIDEOINFO and subsequently
+ // the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure. We can cast the IMediaSample interface
+ // to a CImageSample object so we can retrieve it's DIBSECTION details
+
+ pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ pSample = (CImageSample *) pMediaSample;
+ pDibData = pSample->GetDIBData();
+ hOldBitmap = (HBITMAP) SelectObject(m_MemoryDC,pDibData->hBitmap);
+
+ // Get a pointer to the real image data
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Do we need to update the colour table, we increment our palette cookie
+ // each time we get a dynamic format change. The sample palette cookie is
+ // stored in the DIBDATA structure so we try to keep the fields in sync
+ // By the time we get to draw the images the format change will be done
+ // so all we do is ask the renderer for what it's palette version is
+
+ if (pDibData->PaletteVersion < GetPaletteVersion()) {
+ ASSERT(pbmi->biBitCount <= iPALETTE);
+ UpdateColourTable(m_MemoryDC,pbmi);
+ pDibData->PaletteVersion = GetPaletteVersion();
+ }
+
+ // This allows derived classes to change the source rectangle that we do
+ // the drawing with. For example a renderer may ask a codec to stretch
+ // the video from 320x240 to 640x480, in which case the source we see in
+ // here will still be 320x240, although the source we want to draw with
+ // should be scaled up to 640x480. The base class implementation of this
+ // method does nothing but return the same rectangle as we are passed in
+
+ RECT SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ // Is the window the same size as the video
+
+ if (m_bStretch == FALSE) {
+
+ // Put the image straight into the window
+
+ BitBlt(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ m_MemoryDC, // Source device context
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ SourceRect.top, // Y source position
+ SRCCOPY); // Simple copy
+
+ } else {
+
+ // Stretch the image when copying to the window
+
+ StretchBlt(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ m_MemoryDC, // Source device HDC
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ SourceRect.top, // Y source position
+ SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left, // Source width
+ SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top, // Source height
+ SRCCOPY); // Simple copy
+ }
+
+ // This displays the sample times over the top of the image. This used to
+ // draw the times into the offscreen device context however that actually
+ // writes the text into the image data buffer which may not be writable
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ DisplaySampleTimes(pMediaSample);
+ #endif
+
+ // Put the old bitmap back into the device context so we don't leak
+ SelectObject(m_MemoryDC,hOldBitmap);
+}
+
+
+// This is called when there is a sample ready to be drawn, unfortunately the
+// output pin was being rotten and didn't choose our super excellent shared
+// memory DIB allocator so we have to do this slow render using boring old GDI
+// SetDIBitsToDevice and StretchDIBits. The down side of using these GDI
+// functions is that the image data has to be copied across from our address
+// space into theirs before going to the screen (although in reality the cost
+// is small because all they do is to map the buffer into their address space)
+
+void CDrawImage::SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // Get the BITMAPINFOHEADER for the connection
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ BYTE *pImage;
+
+ // Get the image data buffer
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // This allows derived classes to change the source rectangle that we do
+ // the drawing with. For example a renderer may ask a codec to stretch
+ // the video from 320x240 to 640x480, in which case the source we see in
+ // here will still be 320x240, although the source we want to draw with
+ // should be scaled up to 640x480. The base class implementation of this
+ // method does nothing but return the same rectangle as we are passed in
+
+ RECT SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ LONG lAdjustedSourceTop = SourceRect.top;
+ // if the origin of bitmap is bottom-left, adjust soruce_rect_top
+ // to be the bottom-left corner instead of the top-left.
+ if (pbmi->biHeight > 0) {
+ lAdjustedSourceTop = pbmi->biHeight - SourceRect.bottom;
+ }
+ // Is the window the same size as the video
+
+ if (m_bStretch == FALSE) {
+
+ // Put the image straight into the window
+
+ SetDIBitsToDevice(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ lAdjustedSourceTop, // Adjusted Y source position
+ (UINT) 0, // Start scan line
+ pbmi->biHeight, // Scan lines present
+ pImage, // Image data
+ (BITMAPINFO *) pbmi, // DIB header
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS); // Type of palette
+
+ } else {
+
+ // Stretch the image when copying to the window
+
+ StretchDIBits(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ lAdjustedSourceTop, // Adjusted Y source position
+ SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left, // Source width
+ SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top, // Source height
+ pImage, // Image data
+ (BITMAPINFO *) pbmi, // DIB header
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS, // Type of palette
+ SRCCOPY); // Simple image copy
+ }
+
+ // This shows the sample reference times over the top of the image which
+ // looks a little flickery. I tried using GdiSetBatchLimit and GdiFlush to
+ // control the screen updates but it doesn't quite work as expected and
+ // only partially reduces the flicker. I also tried using a memory context
+ // and combining the two in that before doing a final BitBlt operation to
+ // the screen, unfortunately this has considerable performance penalties
+ // and also means that this code is not executed when compiled retail
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ DisplaySampleTimes(pMediaSample);
+ #endif
+}
+
+
+// This is called with an IMediaSample interface on the image to be drawn. We
+// decide on the drawing mechanism based on who's allocator we are using. We
+// may be called when the window wants an image painted by WM_PAINT messages
+// We can't realise the palette here because we have the renderer lock, any
+// call to realise may cause an interthread send message to the window thread
+// which may in turn be waiting to get the renderer lock before servicing it
+
+BOOL CDrawImage::DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+ NotifyStartDraw();
+
+ // If the output pin used our allocator then the samples passed are in
+ // fact CVideoSample objects that contain CreateDIBSection data that we
+ // use to do faster image rendering, they may optionally also contain a
+ // DirectDraw surface pointer in which case we do not do the drawing
+
+ if (m_bUsingImageAllocator == FALSE) {
+ SlowRender(pMediaSample);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+ NotifyEndDraw();
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // This is a DIBSECTION buffer
+
+ FastRender(pMediaSample);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+ NotifyEndDraw();
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CDrawImage::DrawVideoImageHere(
+ HDC hdc,
+ IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in LPRECT lprcSrc,
+ __in LPRECT lprcDst
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ BYTE *pImage;
+
+ // Get the image data buffer
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ RECT TargetRect;
+
+ if (lprcSrc) {
+ SourceRect = *lprcSrc;
+ }
+ else SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ if (lprcDst) {
+ TargetRect = *lprcDst;
+ }
+ else TargetRect = m_TargetRect;
+
+ LONG lAdjustedSourceTop = SourceRect.top;
+ // if the origin of bitmap is bottom-left, adjust soruce_rect_top
+ // to be the bottom-left corner instead of the top-left.
+ if (pbmi->biHeight > 0) {
+ lAdjustedSourceTop = pbmi->biHeight - SourceRect.bottom;
+ }
+
+
+ // Stretch the image when copying to the DC
+
+ BOOL bRet = (0 != StretchDIBits(hdc,
+ TargetRect.left,
+ TargetRect.top,
+ TargetRect.right - TargetRect.left,
+ TargetRect.bottom - TargetRect.top,
+ SourceRect.left,
+ lAdjustedSourceTop,
+ SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left,
+ SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top,
+ pImage,
+ (BITMAPINFO *)pbmi,
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS,
+ SRCCOPY));
+ return bRet;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the owning window object after it has created the window
+// and it's drawing contexts. We are constructed with the base window we'll
+// be drawing into so when given the notification we retrive the device HDCs
+// to draw with. We cannot call these in our constructor as they are virtual
+
+void CDrawImage::SetDrawContext()
+{
+ m_MemoryDC = m_pBaseWindow->GetMemoryHDC();
+ m_hdc = m_pBaseWindow->GetWindowHDC();
+}
+
+
+// This is called to set the target rectangle in the video window, it will be
+// called whenever a WM_SIZE message is retrieved from the message queue. We
+// simply store the rectangle and use it later when we do the drawing calls
+
+void CDrawImage::SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pTargetRect);
+ m_TargetRect = *pTargetRect;
+ SetStretchMode();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current target rectangle
+
+void CDrawImage::GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pTargetRect);
+ *pTargetRect = m_TargetRect;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we want to change the section of the image to draw. We
+// use this information in the drawing operation calls later on. We must also
+// see if the source and destination rectangles have the same dimensions. If
+// not we must stretch during the drawing rather than a direct pixel copy
+
+void CDrawImage::SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+ m_SourceRect = *pSourceRect;
+ SetStretchMode();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current source rectangle
+
+void CDrawImage::GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+ *pSourceRect = m_SourceRect;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when either the source or destination rectanges change so we
+// can update the stretch flag. If the rectangles don't match we stretch the
+// video during the drawing otherwise we call the fast pixel copy functions
+// NOTE the source and/or the destination rectangle may be completely empty
+
+void CDrawImage::SetStretchMode()
+{
+ // Calculate the overall rectangle dimensions
+
+ LONG SourceWidth = m_SourceRect.right - m_SourceRect.left;
+ LONG SinkWidth = m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left;
+ LONG SourceHeight = m_SourceRect.bottom - m_SourceRect.top;
+ LONG SinkHeight = m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top;
+
+ m_bStretch = TRUE;
+ if (SourceWidth == SinkWidth) {
+ if (SourceHeight == SinkHeight) {
+ m_bStretch = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Tell us whose allocator we are using. This should be called with TRUE if
+// the filter agrees to use an allocator based around the CImageAllocator
+// SDK base class - whose image buffers are made through CreateDIBSection.
+// Otherwise this should be called with FALSE and we will draw the images
+// using SetDIBitsToDevice and StretchDIBitsToDevice. None of these calls
+// can handle buffers which have non zero strides (like DirectDraw uses)
+
+void CDrawImage::NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator)
+{
+ m_bUsingImageAllocator = bUsingImageAllocator;
+}
+
+
+// Are we using the image DIBSECTION allocator
+
+BOOL CDrawImage::UsingImageAllocator()
+{
+ return m_bUsingImageAllocator;
+}
+
+
+// We need the media type of the connection so that we can get the BITMAPINFO
+// from it. We use that in the calls to draw the image such as StretchDIBits
+// and also when updating the colour table held in shared memory DIBSECTIONs
+
+void CDrawImage::NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// We store in this object a cookie maintaining the current palette version.
+// Each time a palettised format is changed we increment this value so that
+// when we come to draw the images we look at the colour table value they
+// have and if less than the current we know to update it. This version is
+// only needed and indeed used when working with shared memory DIBSECTIONs
+
+LONG CDrawImage::GetPaletteVersion()
+{
+ return m_PaletteVersion;
+}
+
+
+// Resets the current palette version number
+
+void CDrawImage::ResetPaletteVersion()
+{
+ m_PaletteVersion = PALETTE_VERSION;
+}
+
+
+// Increment the current palette version
+
+void CDrawImage::IncrementPaletteVersion()
+{
+ m_PaletteVersion++;
+}
+
+
+// Constructor must initialise the base allocator. Each sample we create has a
+// palette version cookie on board. When the source filter changes the palette
+// during streaming the window object increments an internal cookie counter it
+// keeps as well. When it comes to render the samples it looks at the cookie
+// values and if they don't match then it knows to update the sample's colour
+// table. However we always create samples with a cookie of PALETTE_VERSION
+// If there have been multiple format changes and we disconnect and reconnect
+// thereby causing the samples to be reallocated we will create them with a
+// cookie much lower than the current version, this isn't a problem since it
+// will be seen by the window object and the versions will then be updated
+
+CImageAllocator::CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseAllocator(pName,NULL,phr,TRUE,TRUE),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter)
+{
+ ASSERT(phr);
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+
+
+// Check our DIB buffers have been released
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+CImageAllocator::~CImageAllocator()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bCommitted == FALSE);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// Called from destructor and also from base class to free resources. We work
+// our way through the list of media samples deleting the DIBSECTION created
+// for each. All samples should be back in our list so there is no chance a
+// filter is still using one to write on the display or hold on a pending list
+
+void CImageAllocator::Free()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == m_lFree.GetCount());
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+ CImageSample *pSample;
+ DIBDATA *pDibData;
+
+ while (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) {
+ pSample = (CImageSample *) m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ pDibData = pSample->GetDIBData();
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(pDibData->hBitmap));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(pDibData->hMapping));
+ delete pSample;
+ }
+
+ m_lAllocated = 0;
+}
+
+
+// Prepare the allocator by checking all the input parameters
+
+STDMETHODIMP CImageAllocator::CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest)
+{
+ // Check we have a valid connection
+
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ // NOTE We always create a DIB section with the source format type which
+ // may contain a source palette. When we do the BitBlt drawing operation
+ // the target display device may contain a different palette (we may not
+ // have the focus) in which case GDI will do after the palette mapping
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) m_pMediaType->Format();
+
+ // When we call CreateDIBSection it implicitly maps only enough memory
+ // for the image as defined by thee BITMAPINFOHEADER. If the user asks
+ // for an image smaller than this then we reject the call, if they ask
+ // for an image larger than this then we return what they can have
+
+ if ((DWORD) pRequest->cbBuffer < pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Reject buffer prefixes
+
+ if (pRequest->cbPrefix > 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ pRequest->cbBuffer = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Agree the number of media sample buffers and their sizes. The base class
+// this allocator is derived from allows samples to be aligned only on byte
+// boundaries NOTE the buffers are not allocated until the Commit call
+
+STDMETHODIMP CImageAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pActual)
+{
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Adjusted = *pRequest;
+
+ // Check the parameters fit with the current connection
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSizes(&Adjusted);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseAllocator::SetProperties(&Adjusted, pActual);
+}
+
+
+// Commit the memory by allocating the agreed number of media samples. For
+// each sample we are committed to creating we have a CImageSample object
+// that we use to manage it's resources. This is initialised with a DIBDATA
+// structure that contains amongst other things the GDI DIBSECTION handle
+// We will access the renderer media type during this so we must have locked
+// (to prevent the format changing for example). The class overrides Commit
+// and Decommit to do this locking (base class Commit in turn calls Alloc)
+
+HRESULT CImageAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+ CImageSample *pSample;
+ DIBDATA DibData;
+
+ // Check the base allocator says it's ok to continue
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseAllocator::Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We create a new memory mapped object although we don't map it into our
+ // address space because GDI does that in CreateDIBSection. It is possible
+ // that we run out of resources before creating all the samples in which
+ // case the available sample list is left with those already created
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == 0);
+ while (m_lAllocated < m_lCount) {
+
+ // Create and initialise a shared memory GDI buffer
+
+ hr = CreateDIB(m_lSize,DibData);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Create the sample object and pass it the DIBDATA
+
+ pSample = CreateImageSample(DibData.pBase,m_lSize);
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(DibData.hBitmap));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(DibData.hMapping));
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // Add the completed sample to the available list
+
+ pSample->SetDIBData(&DibData);
+ m_lFree.Add(pSample);
+ m_lAllocated++;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We have a virtual method that allocates the samples so that a derived class
+// may override it and allocate more specialised sample objects. So long as it
+// derives its samples from CImageSample then all this code will still work ok
+
+CImageSample *CImageAllocator::CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ CImageSample *pSample;
+
+ // Allocate the new sample and check the return codes
+
+ pSample = new CImageSample((CBaseAllocator *) this, // Base class
+ NAME("Video sample"), // DEBUG name
+ (HRESULT *) &hr, // Return code
+ (LPBYTE) pData, // DIB address
+ (LONG) Length); // Size of DIB
+
+ if (pSample == NULL || FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete pSample;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return pSample;
+}
+
+
+// This function allocates a shared memory block for use by the source filter
+// generating DIBs for us to render. The memory block is created in shared
+// memory so that GDI doesn't have to copy the memory when we do a BitBlt
+
+HRESULT CImageAllocator::CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData)
+{
+ BITMAPINFO *pbmi; // Format information for pin
+ BYTE *pBase; // Pointer to the actual image
+ HANDLE hMapping; // Handle to mapped object
+ HBITMAP hBitmap; // DIB section bitmap handle
+
+ // Create a file mapping object and map into our address space
+
+ hMapping = CreateFileMapping(hMEMORY, // Use system page file
+ NULL, // No security attributes
+ PAGE_READWRITE, // Full access to memory
+ (DWORD) 0, // Less than 4Gb in size
+ InSize, // Size of buffer
+ NULL); // No name to section
+ if (hMapping == NULL) {
+ DWORD Error = GetLastError();
+ return MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, Error);
+ }
+
+ // NOTE We always create a DIB section with the source format type which
+ // may contain a source palette. When we do the BitBlt drawing operation
+ // the target display device may contain a different palette (we may not
+ // have the focus) in which case GDI will do after the palette mapping
+
+ pbmi = (BITMAPINFO *) HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ DbgBreak("Invalid media type");
+ }
+
+ hBitmap = CreateDIBSection((HDC) NULL, // NO device context
+ pbmi, // Format information
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS, // Use the palette
+ (VOID **) &pBase, // Pointer to image data
+ hMapping, // Mapped memory handle
+ (DWORD) 0); // Offset into memory
+
+ if (hBitmap == NULL || pBase == NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(hMapping));
+ DWORD Error = GetLastError();
+ return MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, Error);
+ }
+
+ // Initialise the DIB information structure
+
+ DibData.hBitmap = hBitmap;
+ DibData.hMapping = hMapping;
+ DibData.pBase = pBase;
+ DibData.PaletteVersion = PALETTE_VERSION;
+ GetObject(hBitmap,sizeof(DIBSECTION),(VOID *)&DibData.DibSection);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We use the media type during the DIBSECTION creation
+
+void CImageAllocator::NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to increment the owning object's reference count
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CImageAllocator::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ return m_pFilter->AddRef();
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to decrement the owning object's reference count
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CImageAllocator::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ return m_pFilter->Release();
+}
+
+
+// If you derive a class from CMediaSample that has to transport specialised
+// member variables and entry points then there are three alternate solutions
+// The first is to create a memory buffer larger than actually required by the
+// sample and store your information either at the beginning of it or at the
+// end, the former being moderately safer allowing for misbehaving transform
+// filters. You then adjust the buffer address when you create the base media
+// sample. This has the disadvantage of breaking up the memory allocated to
+// the samples into separate blocks. The second solution is to implement a
+// class derived from CMediaSample and support additional interface(s) that
+// convey your private data. This means defining a custom interface. The final
+// alternative is to create a class that inherits from CMediaSample and adds
+// the private data structures, when you get an IMediaSample in your Receive()
+// call check to see if your allocator is being used, and if it is then cast
+// the IMediaSample into one of your objects. Additional checks can be made
+// to ensure the sample's this pointer is known to be one of your own objects
+
+CImageSample::CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ CMediaSample(pName,pAllocator,phr,pBuffer,length),
+ m_bInit(FALSE)
+{
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+ ASSERT(pBuffer);
+}
+
+
+// Set the shared memory DIB information
+
+void CImageSample::SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData)
+{
+ ASSERT(pDibData);
+ m_DibData = *pDibData;
+ m_bInit = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Retrieve the shared memory DIB data
+
+__out DIBDATA *CImageSample::GetDIBData()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bInit == TRUE);
+ return &m_DibData;
+}
+
+
+// This class handles the creation of a palette. It is fairly specialist and
+// is intended to simplify palette management for video renderer filters. It
+// is for this reason that the constructor requires three other objects with
+// which it interacts, namely a base media filter, a base window and a base
+// drawing object although the base window or the draw object may be NULL to
+// ignore that part of us. We try not to create and install palettes unless
+// absolutely necessary as they typically require WM_PALETTECHANGED messages
+// to be sent to every window thread in the system which is very expensive
+
+CImagePalette::CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter,
+ __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow,
+ __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage) :
+ m_pBaseWindow(pBaseWindow),
+ m_pFilter(pBaseFilter),
+ m_pDrawImage(pDrawImage),
+ m_hPalette(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pFilter);
+}
+
+
+// Destructor
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+CImagePalette::~CImagePalette()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hPalette == NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// We allow dynamic format changes of the palette but rather than change the
+// palette every time we call this to work out whether an update is required.
+// If the original type didn't use a palette and the new one does (or vica
+// versa) then we return TRUE. If neither formats use a palette we'll return
+// FALSE. If both formats use a palette we compare their colours and return
+// FALSE if they match. This therefore short circuits palette creation unless
+// absolutely necessary since installing palettes is an expensive operation
+
+BOOL CImagePalette::ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo)
+{
+ // We may not have a current format yet
+
+ if (pOldInfo == NULL) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Do both formats not require a palette
+
+ if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == FALSE) {
+ if (ContainsPalette(pOldInfo) == FALSE) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Compare the colours to see if they match
+
+ DWORD VideoEntries = pNewInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed;
+ if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == TRUE)
+ if (ContainsPalette(pOldInfo) == TRUE)
+ if (pOldInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == VideoEntries)
+ if (pOldInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed > 0)
+ if (memcmp((PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pNewInfo),
+ (PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pOldInfo),
+ VideoEntries * sizeof(RGBQUAD)) == 0) {
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This is normally called when the input pin type is set to install a palette
+// We will typically be called from two different places. The first is when we
+// have negotiated a palettised media type after connection, the other is when
+// we receive a new type during processing with an updated palette in which
+// case we must remove and release the resources held by the current palette
+
+// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette
+// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,
+ const CMediaType *pmtOld,
+ __in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pmtNew->Format();
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pmtOld->Format();
+ ASSERT(pNewInfo);
+
+ // This is an performance optimisation, when we get a media type we check
+ // to see if the format requires a palette change. If either we need one
+ // when previously we didn't or vica versa then this returns TRUE, if we
+ // previously needed a palette and we do now it compares their colours
+
+ if (ShouldUpdate(pNewInfo,pOldInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("No update needed");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // We must notify the filter graph that the application may have changed
+ // the palette although in practice we don't bother checking to see if it
+ // is really different. If it tries to get the palette either the window
+ // or renderer lock will ensure it doesn't get in until we are finished
+
+ RemovePalette();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_PALETTE_CHANGED,0,0);
+
+ // Do we need a palette for the new format
+
+ if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("New has no palette");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->LockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ // If we're changing the palette on the fly then we increment our palette
+ // cookie which is compared against the cookie also stored in all of our
+ // DIBSECTION media samples. If they don't match when we come to draw it
+ // then we know the sample is out of date and we'll update it's palette
+
+ NOTE("Making new colour palette");
+ m_hPalette = MakePalette(pNewInfo, szDevice);
+ ASSERT(m_hPalette != NULL);
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->UnlockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ // The window in which the new palette is to be realised may be a NULL
+ // pointer to signal that no window is in use, if so we don't call it
+ // Some filters just want to use this object to create/manage palettes
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) m_pBaseWindow->SetPalette(m_hPalette);
+
+ // This is the only time where we need access to the draw object to say
+ // to it that a new palette will be arriving on a sample real soon. The
+ // constructor may take a NULL pointer in which case we don't call this
+
+ if (m_pDrawImage) m_pDrawImage->IncrementPaletteVersion();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Helper function to copy a palette out of any kind of VIDEOINFO (ie it may
+// be YUV or true colour) into a palettised VIDEOINFO. We use this changing
+// palettes on DirectDraw samples as a source filter can attach a palette to
+// any buffer (eg YUV) and hand it back. We make a new palette out of that
+// format and then copy the palette colours into the current connection type
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest)
+{
+ // Reset the destination palette before starting
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pDestInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pDest->Format();
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0;
+
+ // Does the destination have a palette
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pDestInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("No destination palette");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Does the source contain a palette
+
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pSrcInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pSrc->Format();
+ if (ContainsPalette(pSrcInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("No source palette");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // The number of colours may be zero filled
+
+ DWORD PaletteEntries = pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed;
+ if (PaletteEntries == 0) {
+ DWORD Maximum = (1 << pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount);
+ NOTE1("Setting maximum colours (%d)",Maximum);
+ PaletteEntries = Maximum;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the destination has enough room for the palette
+
+ ASSERT(pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed <= iPALETTE_COLORS);
+ ASSERT(pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant <= PaletteEntries);
+ ASSERT(COLORS(pDestInfo) == GetBitmapPalette(pDestInfo));
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = PaletteEntries;
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant;
+ ULONG BitmapSize = GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pSrcInfo));
+
+ if (pDest->FormatLength() < BitmapSize) {
+ NOTE("Reallocating destination");
+ pDest->ReallocFormatBuffer(BitmapSize);
+ }
+
+ // Now copy the palette colours across
+
+ CopyMemory((PVOID) COLORS(pDestInfo),
+ (PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pSrcInfo),
+ PaletteEntries * sizeof(RGBQUAD));
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is normally called when the palette is changed (typically during a
+// dynamic format change) to remove any palette we previously installed. We
+// replace it (if necessary) in the video window with a standard VGA palette
+// that should always be available even if this is a true colour display
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::RemovePalette()
+{
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->LockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ // Do we have a palette to remove
+
+ if (m_hPalette != NULL) {
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ // Make sure that the window's palette handle matches
+ // our palette handle.
+ ASSERT(m_hPalette == m_pBaseWindow->GetPalette());
+
+ m_pBaseWindow->UnsetPalette();
+ }
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(m_hPalette));
+ m_hPalette = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->UnlockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called to create a palette for the object, the data structure used by GDI
+// to describe a palette is a LOGPALETTE, this includes a variable number of
+// PALETTEENTRY fields which are the colours, we have to convert the RGBQUAD
+// colour fields we are handed in a BITMAPINFO from the media type into these
+// This handles extraction of palettes from true colour and YUV media formats
+
+// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette
+// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system
+
+HPALETTE CImagePalette::MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ ASSERT(ContainsPalette(pVideoInfo) == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed <= iPALETTE_COLORS);
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader = HEADER(pVideoInfo);
+
+ const RGBQUAD *pColours; // Pointer to the palette
+ LOGPALETTE *lp; // Used to create a palette
+ HPALETTE hPalette; // Logical palette object
+
+ lp = (LOGPALETTE *) new BYTE[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + SIZE_PALETTE];
+ if (lp == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Unfortunately for some hare brained reason a GDI palette entry (a
+ // PALETTEENTRY structure) is different to a palette entry from a DIB
+ // format (a RGBQUAD structure) so we have to do the field conversion
+ // The VIDEOINFO containing the palette may be a true colour type so
+ // we use GetBitmapPalette to skip over any bit fields if they exist
+
+ lp->palVersion = PALVERSION;
+ lp->palNumEntries = (USHORT) pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ if (lp->palNumEntries == 0) lp->palNumEntries = (1 << pHeader->biBitCount);
+ pColours = GetBitmapPalette(pVideoInfo);
+
+ for (DWORD dwCount = 0;dwCount < lp->palNumEntries;dwCount++) {
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peRed = pColours[dwCount].rgbRed;
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peGreen = pColours[dwCount].rgbGreen;
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peBlue = pColours[dwCount].rgbBlue;
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peFlags = 0;
+ }
+
+ MakeIdentityPalette(lp->palPalEntry, lp->palNumEntries, szDevice);
+
+ // Create a logical palette
+
+ hPalette = CreatePalette(lp);
+ ASSERT(hPalette != NULL);
+ delete[] lp;
+ return hPalette;
+}
+
+
+// GDI does a fair job of compressing the palette entries you give it, so for
+// example if you have five entries with an RGB colour (0,0,0) it will remove
+// all but one of them. When you subsequently draw an image it will map from
+// your logical palette to the compressed device palette. This function looks
+// to see if it is trying to be an identity palette and if so sets the flags
+// field in the PALETTEENTRYs so they remain expanded to boost performance
+
+// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette
+// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ PALETTEENTRY SystemEntries[10]; // System palette entries
+ BOOL bIdentityPalette = TRUE; // Is an identity palette
+ ASSERT(iColours <= iPALETTE_COLORS); // Should have a palette
+ const int PalLoCount = 10; // First ten reserved colours
+ const int PalHiStart = 246; // Last VGA palette entries
+
+ // Does this have the full colour range
+
+ if (iColours < 10) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Apparently some displays have odd numbers of system colours
+
+ // Get a DC on the right monitor - it's ugly, but this is the way you have
+ // to do it
+ HDC hdc;
+ if (szDevice == NULL || lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(szDevice, "DISPLAY") == 0)
+ hdc = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ else
+ hdc = CreateDCA(NULL, szDevice, NULL, NULL);
+ if (NULL == hdc) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ INT Reserved = GetDeviceCaps(hdc,NUMRESERVED);
+ if (Reserved != 20) {
+ DeleteDC(hdc);
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Compare our palette against the first ten system entries. The reason I
+ // don't do a memory compare between our two arrays of colours is because
+ // I am not sure what will be in the flags fields for the system entries
+
+ UINT Result = GetSystemPaletteEntries(hdc,0,PalLoCount,SystemEntries);
+ for (UINT Count = 0;Count < Result;Count++) {
+ if (SystemEntries[Count].peRed != pEntry[Count].peRed ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peGreen != pEntry[Count].peGreen ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peBlue != pEntry[Count].peBlue) {
+ bIdentityPalette = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // And likewise compare against the last ten entries
+
+ Result = GetSystemPaletteEntries(hdc,PalHiStart,PalLoCount,SystemEntries);
+ for (UINT Count = 0;Count < Result;Count++) {
+ if (INT(Count) + PalHiStart < iColours) {
+ if (SystemEntries[Count].peRed != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peRed ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peGreen != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peGreen ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peBlue != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peBlue) {
+ bIdentityPalette = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If not an identity palette then return S_FALSE
+
+ DeleteDC(hdc);
+ if (bIdentityPalette == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Set the non VGA entries so that GDI doesn't map them
+
+ for (UINT Count = PalLoCount;INT(Count) < min(PalHiStart,iColours);Count++) {
+ pEntry[Count].peFlags = PC_NOCOLLAPSE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Constructor initialises the VIDEOINFO we keep storing the current display
+// format. The format can be changed at any time, to reset the format held
+// by us call the RefreshDisplayType directly (it's a public method). Since
+// more than one thread will typically call us (ie window threads resetting
+// the type and source threads in the type checking methods) we have a lock
+
+CImageDisplay::CImageDisplay()
+{
+ RefreshDisplayType(NULL);
+}
+
+
+
+// This initialises the format we hold which contains the display device type
+// We do a conversion on the display device type in here so that when we start
+// type checking input formats we can assume that certain fields have been set
+// correctly, an example is when we make the 16 bit mask fields explicit. This
+// is normally called when we receive WM_DEVMODECHANGED device change messages
+
+// The optional szDeviceName parameter tells us which monitor we are interested
+// in for a multi monitor system
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName)
+{
+ CAutoLock cDisplayLock(this);
+
+ // Set the preferred format type
+
+ ZeroMemory((PVOID)&m_Display,sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)+sizeof(TRUECOLORINFO));
+ m_Display.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+ m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount = FALSE;
+
+ // Get the bit depth of a device compatible bitmap
+
+ // get caps of whichever monitor they are interested in (multi monitor)
+ HDC hdcDisplay;
+ // it's ugly, but this is the way you have to do it
+ if (szDeviceName == NULL || lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(szDeviceName, "DISPLAY") == 0)
+ hdcDisplay = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ else
+ hdcDisplay = CreateDCA(NULL, szDeviceName, NULL, NULL);
+ if (hdcDisplay == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(FALSE);
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("ACK! Can't get a DC for %hs"),
+ szDeviceName ? szDeviceName : "<NULL>"));
+ return E_FAIL;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Created a DC for %s"),
+ szDeviceName ? szDeviceName : "<NULL>"));
+ }
+ HBITMAP hbm = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdcDisplay,1,1);
+ if ( hbm )
+ {
+ GetDIBits(hdcDisplay,hbm,0,1,NULL,(BITMAPINFO *)&m_Display.bmiHeader,DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+
+ // This call will get the colour table or the proper bitfields
+ GetDIBits(hdcDisplay,hbm,0,1,NULL,(BITMAPINFO *)&m_Display.bmiHeader,DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+ DeleteObject(hbm);
+ }
+ DeleteDC(hdcDisplay);
+
+ // Complete the display type initialisation
+
+ ASSERT(CheckHeaderValidity(&m_Display));
+ UpdateFormat(&m_Display);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("New DISPLAY bit depth =%d"),
+ m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We assume throughout this code that any bitfields masks are allowed no
+// more than eight bits to store a colour component. This checks that the
+// bit count assumption is enforced and also makes sure that all the bits
+// set are contiguous. We return a boolean TRUE if the field checks out ok
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ DWORD *pBitFields = (DWORD *) BITMASKS(pInput);
+
+ for (INT iColour = iRED;iColour <= iBLUE;iColour++) {
+
+ // First of all work out how many bits are set
+
+ DWORD SetBits = CountSetBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+ if (SetBits > iMAXBITS || SetBits == 0) {
+ NOTE1("Bit fields for component %d invalid",iColour);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Next work out the number of zero bits prefix
+ DWORD PrefixBits = CountPrefixBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+
+ // This is going to see if all the bits set are contiguous (as they
+ // should be). We know how much to shift them right by from the
+ // count of prefix bits. The number of bits set defines a mask, we
+ // invert this (ones complement) and AND it with the shifted bit
+ // fields. If the result is NON zero then there are bit(s) sticking
+ // out the left hand end which means they are not contiguous
+
+ DWORD TestField = pBitFields[iColour] >> PrefixBits;
+ DWORD Mask = ULONG_MAX << SetBits;
+ if (TestField & Mask) {
+ NOTE1("Bit fields for component %d not contiguous",iColour);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This counts the number of bits set in the input field
+
+DWORD CImageDisplay::CountSetBits(DWORD Field)
+{
+ // This is a relatively well known bit counting algorithm
+
+ DWORD Count = 0;
+ DWORD init = Field;
+
+ // Until the input is exhausted, count the number of bits
+
+ while (init) {
+ init = init & (init - 1); // Turn off the bottommost bit
+ Count++;
+ }
+ return Count;
+}
+
+
+// This counts the number of zero bits upto the first one set NOTE the input
+// field should have been previously checked to ensure there is at least one
+// set although if we don't find one set we return the impossible value 32
+
+DWORD CImageDisplay::CountPrefixBits(DWORD Field)
+{
+ DWORD Mask = 1;
+ DWORD Count = 0;
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ if (Field & Mask) {
+ return Count;
+ }
+ Count++;
+
+ ASSERT(Mask != 0x80000000);
+ if (Mask == 0x80000000) {
+ return Count;
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called to check the BITMAPINFOHEADER for the input type. There are
+// many implicit dependancies between the fields in a header structure which
+// if we validate now make for easier manipulation in subsequent handling. We
+// also check that the BITMAPINFOHEADER matches it's specification such that
+// fields likes the number of planes is one, that it's structure size is set
+// correctly and that the bitmap dimensions have not been set as negative
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ // Check the bitmap width and height are not negative.
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biWidth <= 0 ||
+ pInput->bmiHeader.biHeight <= 0) {
+ NOTE("Invalid bitmap dimensions");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check the compression is either BI_RGB or BI_BITFIELDS
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ NOTE("Invalid compression format");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If BI_BITFIELDS compression format check the colour depth
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 32) {
+ NOTE("BI_BITFIELDS not 16/32 bit depth");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check the assumptions about the layout of the bit fields
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ if (CheckBitFields(pInput) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Bit fields are not valid");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Are the number of planes equal to one
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biPlanes != 1) {
+ NOTE("Number of planes not one");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check the image size is consistent (it can be zero)
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSizeImage != GetBitmapSize(&pInput->bmiHeader)) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSizeImage) {
+ NOTE("Image size incorrectly set");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check the size of the structure
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSize != sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) {
+ NOTE("Size of BITMAPINFOHEADER wrong");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return CheckPaletteHeader(pInput);
+}
+
+
+// This runs a few simple tests against the palette fields in the input to
+// see if it looks vaguely correct. The tests look at the number of palette
+// colours present, the number considered important and the biCompression
+// field which should always be BI_RGB as no other formats are meaningful
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ // The checks here are for palettised videos only
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pInput) == FALSE) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {
+ NOTE("Invalid palette entries");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Compression type of BI_BITFIELDS is meaningless for palette video
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ NOTE("Palettised video must be BI_RGB");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check the number of palette colours is correct
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed > PALETTE_ENTRIES(pInput)) {
+ NOTE("Too many colours in palette");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // The number of important colours shouldn't exceed the number used
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrImportant > pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {
+ NOTE("Too many important colours");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Return the format of the video display
+
+const VIDEOINFO *CImageDisplay::GetDisplayFormat()
+{
+ return &m_Display;
+}
+
+
+// Return TRUE if the display uses a palette
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::IsPalettised()
+{
+ return PALETTISED(&m_Display);
+}
+
+
+// Return the bit depth of the current display setting
+
+WORD CImageDisplay::GetDisplayDepth()
+{
+ return m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+}
+
+
+// Initialise the optional fields in a VIDEOINFO. These are mainly to do with
+// the source and destination rectangles and palette information such as the
+// number of colours present. It simplifies our code just a little if we don't
+// have to keep checking for all the different valid permutations in a header
+// every time we want to do anything with it (an example would be creating a
+// palette). We set the base class media type before calling this function so
+// that the media types between the pins match after a connection is made
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ ASSERT(pVideoInfo);
+
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(pVideoInfo);
+ SetRectEmpty(&pVideoInfo->rcSource);
+ SetRectEmpty(&pVideoInfo->rcTarget);
+
+ // Set the number of colours explicitly
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo)) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == 0) {
+ pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = PALETTE_ENTRIES(pVideoInfo);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // The number of important colours shouldn't exceed the number used, on
+ // some displays the number of important colours is not initialised when
+ // retrieving the display type so we set the colours used correctly
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant > pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {
+ pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = PALETTE_ENTRIES(pVideoInfo);
+ }
+
+ // Change the image size field to be explicit
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage == 0) {
+ pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = GetBitmapSize(&pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Lots of video rendering filters want code to check proposed formats are ok
+// This checks the VIDEOINFO we are passed as a media type. If the media type
+// is a valid media type then we return NOERROR otherwise E_INVALIDARG. Note
+// however we only accept formats that can be easily displayed in the display
+// so if we are on a 16 bit device we will not accept 24 bit images. The one
+// complexity is that most displays draw 8 bit palettised images efficiently
+// Also if the input format is less colour bits per pixel then we also accept
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ // First of all check the VIDEOINFOHEADER looks correct
+
+ if (CheckHeaderValidity(pInput) == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Virtually all devices support palettised images efficiently
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ if (PALETTISED(pInput) == TRUE) {
+ ASSERT(PALETTISED(&m_Display) == TRUE);
+ NOTE("(Video) Type connection ACCEPTED");
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // Is the display depth greater than the input format
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount > pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ NOTE("(Video) Mismatch agreed");
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Is the display depth less than the input format
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount < pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ NOTE("(Video) Format mismatch");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+
+ // Both input and display formats are either BI_RGB or BI_BITFIELDS
+
+ ASSERT(m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount);
+ ASSERT(PALETTISED(pInput) == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(PALETTISED(&m_Display) == FALSE);
+
+ // BI_RGB 16 bit representation is implicitly RGB555, and likewise BI_RGB
+ // 24 bit representation is RGB888. So we initialise a pointer to the bit
+ // fields they really mean and check against the display device format
+ // This is only going to be called when both formats are equal bits pixel
+
+ const DWORD *pInputMask = GetBitMasks(pInput);
+ const DWORD *pDisplayMask = GetBitMasks((VIDEOINFO *)&m_Display);
+
+ if (pInputMask[iRED] != pDisplayMask[iRED] ||
+ pInputMask[iGREEN] != pDisplayMask[iGREEN] ||
+ pInputMask[iBLUE] != pDisplayMask[iBLUE]) {
+
+ NOTE("(Video) Bit field mismatch");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ NOTE("(Video) Type connection ACCEPTED");
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the bit masks for the true colour VIDEOINFO provided
+
+const DWORD *CImageDisplay::GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ static const DWORD FailMasks[] = {0,0,0};
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return BITMASKS(pVideoInfo);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_RGB);
+
+ switch (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ case 16: return bits555;
+ case 24: return bits888;
+ case 32: return bits888;
+ default: return FailMasks;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Check to see if we can support media type pmtIn as proposed by the output
+// pin - We first check that the major media type is video and also identify
+// the media sub type. Then we thoroughly check the VIDEOINFO type provided
+// As well as the contained VIDEOINFO being correct the major type must be
+// video, the subtype a recognised video format and the type GUID correct
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn)
+{
+ // Does this have a VIDEOINFOHEADER format block
+
+ const GUID *pFormatType = pmtIn->FormatType();
+ if (*pFormatType != FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+ NOTE("Format GUID not a VIDEOINFOHEADER");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pmtIn->Format());
+
+ // Check the format looks reasonably ok
+
+ ULONG Length = pmtIn->FormatLength();
+ if (Length < SIZE_VIDEOHEADER) {
+ NOTE("Format smaller than a VIDEOHEADER");
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ VIDEOINFO *pInput = (VIDEOINFO *) pmtIn->Format();
+
+ // Check the major type is MEDIATYPE_Video
+
+ const GUID *pMajorType = pmtIn->Type();
+ if (*pMajorType != MEDIATYPE_Video) {
+ NOTE("Major type not MEDIATYPE_Video");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Check we can identify the media subtype
+
+ const GUID *pSubType = pmtIn->Subtype();
+ if (GetBitCount(pSubType) == USHRT_MAX) {
+ NOTE("Invalid video media subtype");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return CheckVideoType(pInput);
+}
+
+
+// Given a video format described by a VIDEOINFO structure we return the mask
+// that is used to obtain the range of acceptable colours for this type, for
+// example, the mask for a 24 bit true colour format is 0xFF in all cases. A
+// 16 bit 5:6:5 display format uses 0xF8, 0xFC and 0xF8, therefore given any
+// RGB triplets we can AND them with these fields to find one that is valid
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskGreen,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskBlue)
+{
+ CAutoLock cDisplayLock(this);
+ *pMaskRed = 0xFF;
+ *pMaskGreen = 0xFF;
+ *pMaskBlue = 0xFF;
+
+ // If this format is palettised then it doesn't have bit fields
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount < 16) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If this is a 24 bit true colour display then it can handle all the
+ // possible colour component ranges described by a byte. It is never
+ // allowed for a 24 bit colour depth image to have BI_BITFIELDS set
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == 24) {
+ ASSERT(m_Display.bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_RGB);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Calculate the mask based on the format's bit fields
+
+ const DWORD *pBitFields = (DWORD *) GetBitMasks((VIDEOINFO *)&m_Display);
+ DWORD *pOutputMask[] = { pMaskRed, pMaskGreen, pMaskBlue };
+
+ // We know from earlier testing that there are no more than iMAXBITS
+ // bits set in the mask and that they are all contiguous. All that
+ // therefore remains is to shift them into the correct position
+
+ for (INT iColour = iRED;iColour <= iBLUE;iColour++) {
+
+ // This works out how many bits there are and where they live
+
+ DWORD PrefixBits = CountPrefixBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+ DWORD SetBits = CountSetBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+
+ // The first shift moves the bit field so that it is right justified
+ // in the DWORD, after which we then shift it back left which then
+ // puts the leading bit in the bytes most significant bit position
+
+ *(pOutputMask[iColour]) = pBitFields[iColour] >> PrefixBits;
+ *(pOutputMask[iColour]) <<= (iMAXBITS - SetBits);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* Helper to convert to VIDEOINFOHEADER2
+*/
+STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ if (pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ if (NULL == pmt->pbFormat || pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFO *)pmt->pbFormat;
+ DWORD dwNewSize;
+ HRESULT hr = DWordAdd(pmt->cbFormat, sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER), &dwNewSize);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ PVOID pvNew = CoTaskMemAlloc(dwNewSize);
+ if (pvNew == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(pvNew, pmt->pbFormat, FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader));
+ ZeroMemory((PBYTE)pvNew + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader),
+ sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER));
+ CopyMemory((PBYTE)pvNew + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER2, bmiHeader),
+ pmt->pbFormat + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader),
+ pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader));
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pVideoInfo2 = (VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pvNew;
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioX = (DWORD)pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioY = (DWORD)abs(pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader.biHeight);
+ pmt->formattype = FORMAT_VideoInfo2;
+ CoTaskMemFree(pmt->pbFormat);
+ pmt->pbFormat = (PBYTE)pvNew;
+ pmt->cbFormat += sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER);
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ if (NULL == pmt || NULL == pmt->pbFormat) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ if (pmt->majortype != MEDIATYPE_Video ||
+ pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo ||
+ pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pHeader = (const VIDEOINFOHEADER *)pmt->pbFormat;
+ if (!ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(
+ &pHeader->bmiHeader,
+ pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader))) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER2
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ if (NULL == pmt || NULL == pmt->pbFormat) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ if (pmt->majortype != MEDIATYPE_Video ||
+ pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo2 ||
+ pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2)) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pHeader = (const VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pmt->pbFormat;
+ if (!ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(
+ &pHeader->bmiHeader,
+ pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER2, bmiHeader))) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6bd62354 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines generic handler classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Make sure that you call PrepareWindow to initialise the window after
+// the object has been constructed. It is a separate method so that
+// derived classes can override useful methods like MessageLoop. Also
+// any derived class must call DoneWithWindow in its destructor. If it
+// doesn't a message may be retrieved and call a derived class member
+// function while a thread is executing the base class destructor code
+
+#ifndef __WINUTIL__
+#define __WINUTIL__
+
+const int DEFWIDTH = 320; // Initial window width
+const int DEFHEIGHT = 240; // Initial window height
+const int CAPTION = 256; // Maximum length of caption
+const int TIMELENGTH = 50; // Maximum length of times
+const int PROFILESTR = 128; // Normal profile string
+const WORD PALVERSION = 0x300; // GDI palette version
+const LONG PALETTE_VERSION = (LONG) 1; // Initial palette version
+const COLORREF VIDEO_COLOUR = 0; // Defaults to black background
+const HANDLE hMEMORY = (HANDLE) (-1); // Says to open as memory file
+
+#define WIDTH(x) ((*(x)).right - (*(x)).left)
+#define HEIGHT(x) ((*(x)).bottom - (*(x)).top)
+#define SHOWSTAGE TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGE")
+#define SHOWSTAGETOP TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGETOP")
+#define REALIZEPALETTE TEXT("WM_REALIZEPALETTE")
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseWindow
+{
+protected:
+
+ HINSTANCE m_hInstance; // Global module instance handle
+ HWND m_hwnd; // Handle for our window
+ HDC m_hdc; // Device context for the window
+ LONG m_Width; // Client window width
+ LONG m_Height; // Client window height
+ BOOL m_bActivated; // Has the window been activated
+ LPTSTR m_pClassName; // Static string holding class name
+ DWORD m_ClassStyles; // Passed in to our constructor
+ DWORD m_WindowStyles; // Likewise the initial window styles
+ DWORD m_WindowStylesEx; // And the extended window styles
+ UINT m_ShowStageMessage; // Have the window shown with focus
+ UINT m_ShowStageTop; // Makes the window WS_EX_TOPMOST
+ UINT m_RealizePalette; // Makes us realize our new palette
+ HDC m_MemoryDC; // Used for fast BitBlt operations
+ HPALETTE m_hPalette; // Handle to any palette we may have
+ BYTE m_bNoRealize; // Don't realize palette now
+ BYTE m_bBackground; // Should we realise in background
+ BYTE m_bRealizing; // already realizing the palette
+ CCritSec m_WindowLock; // Serialise window object access
+ BOOL m_bDoGetDC; // Should this window get a DC
+ bool m_bDoPostToDestroy; // Use PostMessage to destroy
+ CCritSec m_PaletteLock; // This lock protects m_hPalette.
+ // It should be held anytime the
+ // program use the value of m_hPalette.
+
+ // Maps windows message procedure into C++ methods
+ friend LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter
+
+ virtual LRESULT OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd, UINT Message);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC = TRUE, bool bPostToDestroy = false);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual ~CBaseWindow();
+#endif
+
+ virtual HRESULT DoneWithWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT PrepareWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT InactivateWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT ActivateWindow();
+ virtual BOOL OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height);
+ virtual BOOL OnClose();
+ virtual RECT GetDefaultRect();
+ virtual HRESULT UninitialiseWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd);
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect();
+ HRESULT DoCreateWindow();
+
+ HRESULT PerformanceAlignWindow();
+ HRESULT DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd);
+ void PaintWindow(BOOL bErase);
+ void DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus);
+ virtual HRESULT SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette);
+ void SetRealize(BOOL bRealize)
+ {
+ m_bNoRealize = !bRealize;
+ }
+
+ // Jump over to the window thread to set the current palette
+ HRESULT SetPalette();
+ void UnsetPalette(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground = FALSE);
+
+ void LockPaletteLock();
+ void UnlockPaletteLock();
+
+ virtual BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+ { return FALSE; };
+
+ // Access our window information
+
+ bool WindowExists();
+ LONG GetWindowWidth();
+ LONG GetWindowHeight();
+ HWND GetWindowHWND();
+ HDC GetMemoryHDC();
+ HDC GetWindowHDC();
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ HPALETTE GetPalette();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ // This is the window procedure the derived object should override
+
+ virtual LRESULT OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter
+
+ // Must be overriden to return class and window styles
+
+ virtual LPTSTR GetClassWindowStyles(
+ __out DWORD *pClassStyles, // Class styles
+ __out DWORD *pWindowStyles, // Window styles
+ __out DWORD *pWindowStylesEx) PURE; // Extended styles
+};
+
+
+// This helper class is entirely subservient to the owning CBaseWindow object
+// All this object does is to split out the actual drawing operation from the
+// main object (because it was becoming too large). We have a number of entry
+// points to set things like the draw device contexts, to implement the actual
+// drawing and to set the destination rectangle in the client window. We have
+// no critical section locking in this class because we are used exclusively
+// by the owning window object which looks after serialising calls into us
+
+// If you want to use this class make sure you call NotifyAllocator once the
+// allocate has been agreed, also call NotifyMediaType with a pointer to a
+// NON stack based CMediaType once that has been set (we keep a pointer to
+// the original rather than taking a copy). When the palette changes call
+// IncrementPaletteVersion (easiest thing to do is to also call this method
+// in the SetMediaType method most filters implement). Finally before you
+// start rendering anything call SetDrawContext so that we can get the HDCs
+// for drawing from the CBaseWindow object we are given during construction
+
+class CDrawImage
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow; // Owning video window object
+ CRefTime m_StartSample; // Start time for the current sample
+ CRefTime m_EndSample; // And likewise it's end sample time
+ HDC m_hdc; // Main window device context
+ HDC m_MemoryDC; // Offscreen draw device context
+ RECT m_TargetRect; // Target destination rectangle
+ RECT m_SourceRect; // Source image rectangle
+ BOOL m_bStretch; // Do we have to stretch the images
+ BOOL m_bUsingImageAllocator; // Are the samples shared DIBSECTIONs
+ CMediaType *m_pMediaType; // Pointer to the current format
+ int m_perfidRenderTime; // Time taken to render an image
+ LONG m_PaletteVersion; // Current palette version cookie
+
+ // Draw the video images in the window
+
+ void SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample);
+ void UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi);
+ void SetStretchMode();
+
+public:
+
+ // Used to control the image drawing
+
+ CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow);
+ BOOL DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst);
+ void SetDrawContext();
+ void SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect);
+ void SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect);
+ void GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect);
+ void GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect);
+ virtual RECT ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource);
+
+ // Handle updating palettes as they change
+
+ LONG GetPaletteVersion();
+ void ResetPaletteVersion();
+ void IncrementPaletteVersion();
+
+ // Tell us media types and allocator assignments
+
+ void NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator);
+ void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType);
+ BOOL UsingImageAllocator();
+
+ // Called when we are about to draw an image
+
+ void NotifyStartDraw() {
+ MSR_START(m_perfidRenderTime);
+ };
+
+ // Called when we complete an image rendering
+
+ void NotifyEndDraw() {
+ MSR_STOP(m_perfidRenderTime);
+ };
+};
+
+
+// This is the structure used to keep information about each GDI DIB. All the
+// samples we create from our allocator will have a DIBSECTION allocated to
+// them. When we receive the sample we know we can BitBlt straight to an HDC
+
+typedef struct tagDIBDATA {
+
+ LONG PaletteVersion; // Current palette version in use
+ DIBSECTION DibSection; // Details of DIB section allocated
+ HBITMAP hBitmap; // Handle to bitmap for drawing
+ HANDLE hMapping; // Handle to shared memory block
+ BYTE *pBase; // Pointer to base memory address
+
+} DIBDATA;
+
+
+// This class inherits from CMediaSample and uses all of it's methods but it
+// overrides the constructor to initialise itself with the DIBDATA structure
+// When we come to render an IMediaSample we will know if we are using our own
+// allocator, and if we are, we can cast the IMediaSample to a pointer to one
+// of these are retrieve the DIB section information and hence the HBITMAP
+
+class CImageSample : public CMediaSample
+{
+protected:
+
+ DIBDATA m_DibData; // Information about the DIBSECTION
+ BOOL m_bInit; // Is the DIB information setup
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor
+
+ CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length);
+
+ // Maintain the DIB/DirectDraw state
+
+ void SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData);
+ __out DIBDATA *GetDIBData();
+};
+
+
+// This is an allocator based on the abstract CBaseAllocator base class that
+// allocates sample buffers in shared memory. The number and size of these
+// are determined when the output pin calls Prepare on us. The shared memory
+// blocks are used in subsequent calls to GDI CreateDIBSection, once that
+// has been done the output pin can fill the buffers with data which will
+// then be handed to GDI through BitBlt calls and thereby remove one copy
+
+class CImageAllocator : public CBaseAllocator
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Delegate reference counts to
+ CMediaType *m_pMediaType; // Pointer to the current format
+
+ // Used to create and delete samples
+
+ HRESULT Alloc();
+ void Free();
+
+ // Manage the shared DIBSECTION and DCI/DirectDraw buffers
+
+ HRESULT CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData);
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest);
+ virtual CImageSample *CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length);
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout HRESULT *phr);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ ~CImageAllocator();
+#endif
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // Agree the number of buffers to be used and their size
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pActual);
+};
+
+
+// This class is a fairly specialised helper class for image renderers that
+// have to create and manage palettes. The CBaseWindow class looks after
+// realising palettes once they have been installed. This class can be used
+// to create the palette handles from a media format (which must contain a
+// VIDEOINFO structure in the format block). We try to make the palette an
+// identity palette to maximise performance and also only change palettes
+// if actually required to (we compare palette colours before updating).
+// All the methods are virtual so that they can be overriden if so required
+
+class CImagePalette
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow; // Window to realise palette in
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Media filter to send events
+ CDrawImage *m_pDrawImage; // Object who will be drawing
+ HPALETTE m_hPalette; // The palette handle we own
+
+public:
+
+ CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter,
+ __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow,
+ __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual ~CImagePalette();
+#endif
+
+ static HPALETTE MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice);
+ HRESULT RemovePalette();
+ static HRESULT MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice);
+ HRESULT CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest);
+ BOOL ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo);
+ HRESULT PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,const CMediaType *pmtOld,__in LPSTR szDevice);
+
+ BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample, __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst)
+ {
+ return m_pDrawImage->DrawVideoImageHere(hdc, pMediaSample, lprcSrc,lprcDst);
+ }
+};
+
+
+// Another helper class really for video based renderers. Most such renderers
+// need to know what the display format is to some degree or another. This
+// class initialises itself with the display format. The format can be asked
+// for through GetDisplayFormat and various other accessor functions. If a
+// filter detects a display format change (perhaps it gets a WM_DEVMODECHANGE
+// message then it can call RefreshDisplayType to reset that format). Also
+// many video renderers will want to check formats as they are proposed by
+// source filters. This class provides methods to check formats and only
+// accept those video formats that can be efficiently drawn using GDI calls
+
+class CImageDisplay : public CCritSec
+{
+protected:
+
+ // This holds the display format; biSize should not be too big, so we can
+ // safely use the VIDEOINFO structure
+ VIDEOINFO m_Display;
+
+ static DWORD CountSetBits(const DWORD Field);
+ static DWORD CountPrefixBits(const DWORD Field);
+ static BOOL CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CImageDisplay();
+
+ // Used to manage BITMAPINFOHEADERs and the display format
+
+ const VIDEOINFO *GetDisplayFormat();
+ HRESULT RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName);
+ static BOOL CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+ static BOOL CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+ BOOL IsPalettised();
+ WORD GetDisplayDepth();
+
+ // Provide simple video format type checking
+
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn);
+ HRESULT CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+ HRESULT UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo);
+ const DWORD *GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo);
+
+ BOOL GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskGreen,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskBlue);
+};
+
+// Convert a FORMAT_VideoInfo to FORMAT_VideoInfo2
+STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+#endif // __WINUTIL__
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c433031 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1474 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXDebug.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements ActiveX system debugging
+// facilities.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#define _WINDLL
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <dvdmedia.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+#define _UNICODE
+#endif // _UNICODE
+#endif // UNICODE
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void DisplayBITMAPINFO(const BITMAPINFOHEADER* pbmi);
+static void DisplayRECT(LPCTSTR szLabel, const RECT& rc);
+
+// The Win32 wsprintf() function writes a maximum of 1024 characters to it's output buffer.
+// See the documentation for wsprintf()'s lpOut parameter for more information.
+const INT iDEBUGINFO = 1024; // Used to format strings
+
+/* For every module and executable we store a debugging level for each of
+ the five categories (eg LOG_ERROR and LOG_TIMING). This makes it easy
+ to isolate and debug individual modules without seeing everybody elses
+ spurious debug output. The keys are stored in the registry under the
+ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Debug\<Module Name>\<KeyName> key values
+ NOTE these must be in the same order as their enumeration definition */
+
+const LPCTSTR pKeyNames[] = {
+ TEXT("TIMING"), // Timing and performance measurements
+ TEXT("TRACE"), // General step point call tracing
+ TEXT("MEMORY"), // Memory and object allocation/destruction
+ TEXT("LOCKING"), // Locking/unlocking of critical sections
+ TEXT("ERROR"), // Debug error notification
+ TEXT("CUSTOM1"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM2"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM3"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM4"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM5")
+ };
+
+const TCHAR CAutoTrace::_szEntering[] = TEXT("->: %s");
+const TCHAR CAutoTrace::_szLeaving[] = TEXT("<-: %s");
+
+const INT iMAXLEVELS = NUMELMS(pKeyNames); // Maximum debug categories
+
+HINSTANCE m_hInst; // Module instance handle
+TCHAR m_ModuleName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Cut down module name
+DWORD m_Levels[iMAXLEVELS]; // Debug level per category
+CRITICAL_SECTION m_CSDebug; // Controls access to list
+DWORD m_dwNextCookie; // Next active object ID
+ObjectDesc *pListHead = NULL; // First active object
+DWORD m_dwObjectCount; // Active object count
+BOOL m_bInit = FALSE; // Have we been initialised
+HANDLE m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; // Optional output written here
+DWORD dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE; // Default timeout value
+DWORD dwTimeOffset; // Time of first DbgLog call
+bool g_fUseKASSERT = false; // don't create messagebox
+bool g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = false;
+bool g_fAutoRefreshLevels = false;
+
+LPCTSTR pBaseKey = TEXT("SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\DirectShow\\Debug");
+LPCTSTR pGlobalKey = TEXT("GLOBAL");
+static CHAR *pUnknownName = "UNKNOWN";
+
+LPCTSTR TimeoutName = TEXT("TIMEOUT");
+
+/* This sets the instance handle that the debug library uses to find
+ the module's file name from the Win32 GetModuleFileName function */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst)
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ m_bInit = TRUE;
+
+ m_hInst = hInst;
+ DbgInitModuleName();
+ if (GetProfileInt(m_ModuleName, TEXT("BreakOnLoad"), 0))
+ DebugBreak();
+ DbgInitModuleSettings(false);
+ DbgInitGlobalSettings(true);
+ dwTimeOffset = timeGetTime();
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to clear up any resources the debug library uses - at the
+ moment we delete our critical section and the object list. The values we
+ retrieve from the registry are all done during initialisation but we don't
+ go looking for update notifications while we are running, if the values
+ are changed then the application has to be restarted to pick them up */
+
+void WINAPI DbgTerminate()
+{
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hOutput));
+ m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ }
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ m_bInit = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by DbgInitLogLevels to read the debug settings
+ for each logging category for this module from the registry */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ LONG lKeyPos; // Current key category
+ DWORD dwKeySize; // Size of the key value
+ DWORD dwKeyType; // Receives it's type
+ DWORD dwKeyValue; // This fields value
+
+ /* Try and read a value for each key position in turn */
+ for (lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ pKeyNames[lKeyPos], // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ /* If either the key was not available or it was not a DWORD value
+ then we ensure only the high priority debug logging is output
+ but we try and update the field to a zero filled DWORD value */
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_DWORD) {
+
+ dwKeyValue = 0;
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ pKeyNames[lKeyPos], // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_DWORD, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Value for the field
+ sizeof(DWORD)); // Size of the field buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not create subkey %s"),pKeyNames[lKeyPos]));
+ dwKeyValue = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if(fTakeMax)
+ {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = max(dwKeyValue,m_Levels[lKeyPos]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((m_Levels[lKeyPos] & LOG_FORCIBLY_SET) == 0) {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = dwKeyValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the timeout value for catching hangs */
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ TimeoutName, // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwWaitTimeout, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ /* If either the key was not available or it was not a DWORD value
+ then we ensure only the high priority debug logging is output
+ but we try and update the field to a zero filled DWORD value */
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_DWORD) {
+
+ dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE;
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ TimeoutName, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_DWORD, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE) &dwWaitTimeout, // Value for the field
+ sizeof(DWORD)); // Size of the field buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not create subkey %s"),pKeyNames[lKeyPos]));
+ dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz)
+{
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ UINT cb = lstrlen(psz);
+ DWORD dw;
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CHAR szDest[2048];
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, psz, -1, szDest, NUMELMS(szDest), 0, 0);
+ WriteFile (m_hOutput, szDest, cb, &dw, NULL);
+#else
+ WriteFile (m_hOutput, psz, cb, &dw, NULL);
+#endif
+ } else {
+ OutputDebugString (psz);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+
+HRESULT DbgUniqueProcessName(LPCTSTR inName, LPTSTR outName)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ const TCHAR *pIn = inName;
+ int dotPos = -1;
+
+ //scan the input and record the last '.' position
+ while (*pIn && (pIn - inName) < MAX_PATH)
+ {
+ if ( TEXT('.') == *pIn )
+ dotPos = (int)(pIn-inName);
+ ++pIn;
+ }
+
+ if (*pIn) //input should be zero-terminated within MAX_PATH
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+
+ DWORD dwProcessId = GetCurrentProcessId();
+
+ if (dotPos < 0)
+ {
+ //no extension in the input, appending process id to the input
+ hr = StringCchPrintf(outName, MAX_PATH, TEXT("%s_%d"), inName, dwProcessId);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR pathAndBasename[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+
+ //there's an extension - zero-terminate the path and basename first by copying
+ hr = StringCchCopyN(pathAndBasename, MAX_PATH, inName, (size_t)dotPos);
+
+ //re-combine path, basename and extension with processId appended to a basename
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ hr = StringCchPrintf(outName, MAX_PATH, TEXT("%s_%d%s"), pathAndBasename, dwProcessId, inName + dotPos);
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Called by DbgInitGlobalSettings to setup alternate logging destinations
+ */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitLogTo (
+ HKEY hKey)
+{
+ LONG lReturn;
+ DWORD dwKeyType;
+ DWORD dwKeySize;
+ TCHAR szFile[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+ static const TCHAR cszKey[] = TEXT("LogToFile");
+
+ dwKeySize = MAX_PATH;
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ cszKey, // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) szFile, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ // create an empty key if it does not already exist
+ //
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_SZ)
+ {
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(TCHAR);
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ cszKey, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_SZ, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE)szFile, // Value for the field
+ dwKeySize); // Size of the field buffer
+ }
+
+ // if an output-to was specified. try to open it.
+ //
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle (m_hOutput));
+ m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ }
+ if (szFile[0] != 0)
+ {
+ if (!lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Console"))) {
+ m_hOutput = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ if (m_hOutput == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ AllocConsole ();
+ m_hOutput = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ }
+ SetConsoleTitle (TEXT("ActiveX Debug Output"));
+ } else if (szFile[0] &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Debug")) &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Debugger")) &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Deb")))
+ {
+ m_hOutput = CreateFile(szFile, GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ,
+ NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
+ FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == m_hOutput &&
+ GetLastError() == ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)
+ {
+ TCHAR uniqueName[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+ if (SUCCEEDED(DbgUniqueProcessName(szFile, uniqueName)))
+ {
+ m_hOutput = CreateFile(uniqueName, GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ,
+ NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
+ FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != m_hOutput)
+ {
+ static const TCHAR cszBar[] = TEXT("\r\n\r\n=====DbgInitialize()=====\r\n\r\n");
+ SetFilePointer (m_hOutput, 0, NULL, FILE_END);
+ DbgOutString (cszBar);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is called by DbgInitLogLevels to read the global debug settings for
+ each logging category for this module from the registry. Normally each
+ module has it's own values set for it's different debug categories but
+ setting the global SOFTWARE\Debug\Global applies them to ALL modules */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ HKEY hGlobalKey; // Global override key
+
+ /* Construct the global base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s\\%s"),pBaseKey,pGlobalKey);
+
+ /* Create or open the key for this module */
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hGlobalKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hGlobalKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not access GLOBAL module key")));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ DbgInitKeyLevels(hGlobalKey, fTakeMax);
+ RegCloseKey(hGlobalKey);
+}
+
+
+/* This sets the debugging log levels for the different categories. We start
+ by opening (or creating if not already available) the SOFTWARE\Debug key
+ that all these settings live under. We then look at the global values
+ set under SOFTWARE\Debug\Global which apply on top of the individual
+ module settings. We then load the individual module registry settings */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ HKEY hModuleKey; // Module key handle
+
+ /* Construct the base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s\\%s"),pBaseKey,m_ModuleName);
+
+ /* Create or open the key for this module */
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hModuleKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hModuleKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not access module key")));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ DbgInitLogTo(hModuleKey);
+ DbgInitKeyLevels(hModuleKey, fTakeMax);
+ RegCloseKey(hModuleKey);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise the module file name */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName()
+{
+ TCHAR FullName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Load the full path and module name
+ LPTSTR pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+
+ GetModuleFileName(m_hInst,FullName,iDEBUGINFO);
+ pName = _tcsrchr(FullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = FullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_ModuleName,NUMELMS(m_ModuleName), pName);
+}
+
+struct MsgBoxMsg
+{
+ HWND hwnd;
+ LPCTSTR szTitle;
+ LPCTSTR szMessage;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ INT iResult;
+};
+
+//
+// create a thread to call MessageBox(). calling MessageBox() on
+// random threads at bad times can confuse the host (eg IE).
+//
+DWORD WINAPI MsgBoxThread(
+ __inout LPVOID lpParameter // thread data
+ )
+{
+ MsgBoxMsg *pmsg = (MsgBoxMsg *)lpParameter;
+ pmsg->iResult = MessageBox(
+ pmsg->hwnd,
+ pmsg->szTitle,
+ pmsg->szMessage,
+ pmsg->dwFlags);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+INT MessageBoxOtherThread(
+ HWND hwnd,
+ LPCTSTR szTitle,
+ LPCTSTR szMessage,
+ DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ if(g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint)
+ {
+ // can't wait on another thread because we have the loader
+ // lock held in the dll entry point.
+ // This can crash sometimes so just skip it
+ // return MessageBox(hwnd, szTitle, szMessage, dwFlags);
+ return IDCANCEL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MsgBoxMsg msg = {hwnd, szTitle, szMessage, dwFlags, 0};
+ DWORD dwid;
+ HANDLE hThread = CreateThread(
+ 0, // security
+ 0, // stack size
+ MsgBoxThread,
+ (void *)&msg, // arg
+ 0, // flags
+ &dwid);
+ if(hThread)
+ {
+ WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE);
+ CloseHandle(hThread);
+ return msg.iResult;
+ }
+
+ // break into debugger on failure.
+ return IDCANCEL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box if the condition evaluated to FALSE */
+
+void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s \nAt line %d of %s\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("ASSERT Failed"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore assertion continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box at a break point */
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s \nAt line %d of %s\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("Hard coded break point"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore break point continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...)
+{
+ // A debug break point message can have at most 2000 characters if
+ // ANSI or UNICODE characters are being used. A debug break point message
+ // can have between 1000 and 2000 double byte characters in it. If a
+ // particular message needs more characters, then the value of this constant
+ // should be increased.
+ const DWORD MAX_BREAK_POINT_MESSAGE_SIZE = 2000;
+
+ TCHAR szBreakPointMessage[MAX_BREAK_POINT_MESSAGE_SIZE];
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start( va, szFormatString );
+
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchVPrintf( szBreakPointMessage, NUMELMS(szBreakPointMessage), szFormatString, va );
+
+ va_end(va);
+
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) {
+ DbgBreak( "ERROR in DbgBreakPoint(). The variable length debug message could not be displayed because StringCchVPrintf() failed." );
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ::DbgBreakPoint( szBreakPointMessage, pFileName, iLine );
+}
+
+
+/* When we initialised the library we stored in the m_Levels array the current
+ debug output level for this module for each of the five categories. When
+ some debug logging is sent to us it can be sent with a combination of the
+ categories (if it is applicable to many for example) in which case we map
+ the type's categories into their current debug levels and see if any of
+ them can be accepted. The function looks at each bit position in turn from
+ the input type field and then compares it's debug level with the modules.
+
+ A level of 0 means that output is always sent to the debugger. This is
+ due to producing output if the input level is <= m_Levels.
+*/
+
+
+BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level)
+{
+ if(g_fAutoRefreshLevels)
+ {
+ // re-read the registry every second. We cannot use RegNotify() to
+ // notice registry changes because it's not available on win9x.
+ static DWORD g_dwLastRefresh = 0;
+ DWORD dwTime = timeGetTime();
+ if(dwTime - g_dwLastRefresh > 1000) {
+ g_dwLastRefresh = dwTime;
+
+ // there's a race condition: multiple threads could update the
+ // values. plus read and write not synchronized. no harm
+ // though.
+ DbgInitModuleSettings(false);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ DWORD Mask = 0x01;
+
+ // If no valid bits are set return FALSE
+ if ((Type & ((1<<iMAXLEVELS)-1))) {
+
+ // speed up unconditional output.
+ if (0==Level)
+ return(TRUE);
+
+ for (LONG lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+ if (Type & Mask) {
+ if (Level <= (m_Levels[lKeyPos] & ~LOG_FORCIBLY_SET)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Set debug levels to a given value */
+
+void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type, DWORD Level)
+{
+ DWORD Mask = 0x01;
+
+ for (LONG lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+ if (Type & Mask) {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = Level | LOG_FORCIBLY_SET;
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* whether to check registry values periodically. this isn't turned
+ automatically because of the potential performance hit. */
+void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto)
+{
+ g_fAutoRefreshLevels = fAuto;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+//
+// warning -- this function is implemented twice for ansi applications
+// linking to the unicode library
+//
+void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...)
+{
+ /* Check the current level for this type combination */
+
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[2000];
+
+ /* Format the variable length parameter list */
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start(va, pFormat);
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),
+ TEXT("%s(tid %x) %8d : "),
+ m_ModuleName,
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), timeGetTime() - dwTimeOffset);
+
+ CHAR szInfoA[2000];
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, szInfo, -1, szInfoA, NUMELMS(szInfoA), 0, 0);
+
+ (void)StringCchVPrintfA(szInfoA + lstrlenA(szInfoA), NUMELMS(szInfoA) - lstrlenA(szInfoA), pFormat, va);
+ (void)StringCchCatA(szInfoA, NUMELMS(szInfoA), "\r\n");
+
+ WCHAR wszOutString[2000];
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, szInfoA, -1, wszOutString, NUMELMS(wszOutString));
+ DbgOutString(wszOutString);
+
+ va_end(va);
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("%hs \nAt line %d of %hs\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("ASSERT Failed"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore assertion continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box at a break point */
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%hs \nAt line %d of %hs\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("Hard coded break point"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore break point continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("Assertion FAILED (%hs) at line %d in file %hs"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName));
+ DebugBreak();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Print a formatted string to the debugger prefixed with this module's name
+ Because the COMBASE classes are linked statically every module loaded will
+ have their own copy of this code. It therefore helps if the module name is
+ included on the output so that the offending code can be easily found */
+
+//
+// warning -- this function is implemented twice for ansi applications
+// linking to the unicode library
+//
+void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,LPCTSTR pFormat,...)
+{
+
+ /* Check the current level for this type combination */
+
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[2000];
+
+ /* Format the variable length parameter list */
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start(va, pFormat);
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),
+ TEXT("%s(tid %x) %8d : "),
+ m_ModuleName,
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), timeGetTime() - dwTimeOffset);
+
+ (void)StringCchVPrintf(szInfo + lstrlen(szInfo), NUMELMS(szInfo) - lstrlen(szInfo), pFormat, va);
+ (void)StringCchCat(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("\r\n"));
+ DbgOutString(szInfo);
+
+ va_end(va);
+}
+
+
+/* If we are executing as a pure kernel filter we cannot display message
+ boxes to the user, this provides an alternative which puts the error
+ condition on the debugger output with a suitable eye catching message */
+
+void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("Assertion FAILED (%s) at line %d in file %s"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName));
+ DebugBreak();
+}
+
+
+
+/* Each time we create an object derived from CBaseObject the constructor will
+ call us to register the creation of the new object. We are passed a string
+ description which we store away. We return a cookie that the constructor
+ uses to identify the object when it is destroyed later on. We update the
+ total number of active objects in the DLL mainly for debugging purposes */
+
+DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation(LPCSTR szObjectName,
+ LPCWSTR wszObjectName)
+{
+ /* If this fires you have a mixed DEBUG/RETAIL build */
+
+ ASSERT(!!szObjectName ^ !!wszObjectName);
+
+ /* Create a place holder for this object description */
+
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = new ObjectDesc;
+ ASSERT(pObject);
+
+ /* It is valid to pass a NULL object name */
+ if (pObject == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have been initialised - we may not be initialised when we are
+ being pulled in from an executable which has globally defined objects
+ as they are created by the C++ run time before WinMain is called */
+
+ if (m_bInit == FALSE) {
+ DbgInitialise(GetModuleHandle(NULL));
+ }
+
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+
+ /* If no name then default to UNKNOWN */
+ if (!szObjectName && !wszObjectName) {
+ szObjectName = pUnknownName;
+ }
+
+ /* Put the new description at the head of the list */
+
+ pObject->m_szName = szObjectName;
+ pObject->m_wszName = wszObjectName;
+ pObject->m_dwCookie = ++m_dwNextCookie;
+ pObject->m_pNext = pListHead;
+
+ pListHead = pObject;
+ m_dwObjectCount++;
+
+ DWORD ObjectCookie = pObject->m_dwCookie;
+ ASSERT(ObjectCookie);
+
+ if(wszObjectName) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object created %d (%ls) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, wszObjectName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object created %d (%hs) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, szObjectName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ }
+
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return ObjectCookie;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by the CBaseObject destructor when an object is about to be
+ destroyed, we are passed the cookie we returned during construction that
+ identifies this object. We scan the object list for a matching cookie and
+ remove the object if successful. We also update the active object count */
+
+BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie)
+{
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = pListHead;
+ ObjectDesc *pPrevious = NULL;
+
+ /* Scan the object list looking for a cookie match */
+
+ while (pObject) {
+ if (pObject->m_dwCookie == dwCookie) {
+ break;
+ }
+ pPrevious = pObject;
+ pObject = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ if (pObject == NULL) {
+ DbgBreak("Apparently destroying a bogus object");
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Is the object at the head of the list */
+
+ if (pPrevious == NULL) {
+ pListHead = pObject->m_pNext;
+ } else {
+ pPrevious->m_pNext = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the object and update the housekeeping information */
+
+ m_dwObjectCount--;
+
+ if(pObject->m_wszName) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object destroyed %d (%ls) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, pObject->m_wszName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object destroyed %d (%hs) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, pObject->m_szName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ }
+
+ delete pObject;
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* This runs through the active object list displaying their details */
+
+void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister()
+{
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = pListHead;
+
+ /* Scan the object list displaying the name and cookie */
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT(" ID Object Description")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+
+ while (pObject) {
+ if(pObject->m_wszName) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%5d (%p) %30ls"),pObject->m_dwCookie, &pObject, pObject->m_wszName);
+ } else {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%5d (%p) %30hs"),pObject->m_dwCookie, &pObject, pObject->m_szName);
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,szInfo));
+ pObject = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("Total object count %5d"),m_dwObjectCount);
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,szInfo));
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+}
+
+/* Debug infinite wait stuff */
+DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h)
+{
+ DWORD dwWaitResult;
+ do {
+ dwWaitResult = WaitForSingleObject(h, dwWaitTimeout);
+ ASSERT(dwWaitResult == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+ } while (dwWaitResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+ return dwWaitResult;
+}
+DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount,
+ __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles,
+ BOOL bWaitAll)
+{
+ DWORD dwWaitResult;
+ do {
+ dwWaitResult = WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount,
+ lpHandles,
+ bWaitAll,
+ dwWaitTimeout);
+ ASSERT((DWORD)(dwWaitResult - WAIT_OBJECT_0) < MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS);
+ } while (dwWaitResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+ return dwWaitResult;
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout)
+{
+ dwWaitTimeout = dwTimeout;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_
+
+ /* Stuff for printing out our GUID names */
+
+ GUID_STRING_ENTRY g_GuidNames[] = {
+ #define OUR_GUID_ENTRY(name, l, w1, w2, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8) \
+ { #name, { l, w1, w2, { b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8 } } },
+ #include <uuids.h>
+ };
+
+ CGuidNameList GuidNames;
+ int g_cGuidNames = sizeof(g_GuidNames) / sizeof(g_GuidNames[0]);
+
+ char *CGuidNameList::operator [] (const GUID &guid)
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g_cGuidNames; i++) {
+ if (g_GuidNames[i].guid == guid) {
+ return g_GuidNames[i].szName;
+ }
+ }
+ if (guid == GUID_NULL) {
+ return "GUID_NULL";
+ }
+
+ // !!! add something to print FOURCC guids?
+
+ // shouldn't this print the hex CLSID?
+ return "Unknown GUID Name";
+ }
+
+#endif /* _OBJBASE_H_ */
+
+/* CDisp class - display our data types */
+
+// clashes with REFERENCE_TIME
+CDisp::CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format)
+{
+ // note: this could be combined with CDisp(LONGLONG) by
+ // introducing a default format of CDISP_REFTIME
+ LARGE_INTEGER li;
+ li.QuadPart = ll;
+ switch (Format) {
+ case CDISP_DEC:
+ {
+ TCHAR temp[20];
+ int pos=20;
+ temp[--pos] = 0;
+ int digit;
+ // always output at least one digit
+ do {
+ // Get the rightmost digit - we only need the low word
+ digit = li.LowPart % 10;
+ li.QuadPart /= 10;
+ temp[--pos] = (TCHAR) digit+L'0';
+ } while (li.QuadPart);
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), temp+pos);
+ break;
+ }
+ case CDISP_HEX:
+ default:
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("0x%X%8.8X"), li.HighPart, li.LowPart);
+ }
+};
+
+CDisp::CDisp(REFCLSID clsid)
+{
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ (void)StringFromGUID2(clsid, m_String, NUMELMS(m_String));
+#else
+ WCHAR wszTemp[50];
+ (void)StringFromGUID2(clsid, wszTemp, NUMELMS(wszTemp));
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("%S"), wszTemp);
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef __STREAMS__
+/* Display stuff */
+CDisp::CDisp(CRefTime llTime)
+{
+ LONGLONG llDiv;
+ if (llTime < 0) {
+ llTime = -llTime;
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("-"));
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)24 * 3600 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d days "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)3600 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d hrs "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)60 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d mins "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d.%3.3d sec"),
+ (LONG)llTime / 10000000,
+ (LONG)((llTime % 10000000) / 10000));
+};
+
+#endif // __STREAMS__
+
+
+/* Display pin */
+CDisp::CDisp(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ PIN_INFO pi;
+ TCHAR str[MAX_PIN_NAME];
+ CLSID clsid;
+
+ if (pPin) {
+ pPin->QueryPinInfo(&pi);
+ pi.pFilter->GetClassID(&clsid);
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi);
+ #ifndef UNICODE
+ WideCharToMultiByte(GetACP(), 0, pi.achName, lstrlenW(pi.achName) + 1,
+ str, MAX_PIN_NAME, NULL, NULL);
+ #else
+ (void)StringCchCopy(str, NUMELMS(str), pi.achName);
+ #endif
+ } else {
+ (void)StringCchCopy(str, NUMELMS(str), TEXT("NULL IPin"));
+ }
+
+ m_pString = (PTCHAR) new TCHAR[lstrlen(str)+64];
+ if (!m_pString) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_pString, lstrlen(str) + 64, TEXT("%hs(%s)"), GuidNames[clsid], str);
+}
+
+/* Display filter or pin */
+CDisp::CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk)
+{
+ IBaseFilter *pf;
+ HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IBaseFilter, (void **)&pf);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ FILTER_INFO fi;
+ hr = pf->QueryFilterInfo(&fi);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi);
+
+ size_t len = lstrlenW(fi.achName) + 1;
+
+ m_pString = new TCHAR[len];
+ if(m_pString)
+ {
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_pString, len, fi.achName);
+#else
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_pString, len, "%S", fi.achName);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ pf->Release();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IPin *pp;
+ hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IPin, (void **)&pp);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ CDisp::CDisp(pp);
+ pp->Release();
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+
+CDisp::~CDisp()
+{
+}
+
+CDispBasic::~CDispBasic()
+{
+ if (m_pString != m_String) {
+ delete [] m_pString;
+ }
+}
+
+CDisp::CDisp(double d)
+{
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("%d.%03d"), (int) d, (int) ((d - (int) d) * 1000));
+}
+
+
+/* If built for debug this will display the media type details. We convert the
+ major and subtypes into strings and also ask the base classes for a string
+ description of the subtype, so MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565 becomes RGB 565 16 bit
+ We also display the fields in the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure, this should
+ succeed as we do not accept input types unless the format is big enough */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn)
+{
+
+ /* Dump the GUID types and a short description */
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%s M type %hs S type %hs"), label,
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->majortype],
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->subtype]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Subtype description %s"),GetSubtypeName(&pmtIn->subtype)));
+
+ /* Dump the generic media types */
+
+ if (pmtIn->bTemporalCompression) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Temporally compressed")));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Not temporally compressed")));
+ }
+
+ if (pmtIn->bFixedSizeSamples) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Sample size %d"),pmtIn->lSampleSize));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Variable size samples")));
+ }
+
+ if (pmtIn->formattype == FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *)pmtIn->pbFormat;
+
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Source rectangle"),pVideoInfo->rcSource);
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Target rectangle"),pVideoInfo->rcTarget);
+ DisplayBITMAPINFO(HEADER(pmtIn->pbFormat));
+
+ } if (pmtIn->formattype == FORMAT_VideoInfo2) {
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pVideoInfo2 = (VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pmtIn->pbFormat;
+
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Source rectangle"),pVideoInfo2->rcSource);
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Target rectangle"),pVideoInfo2->rcTarget);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 5, TEXT("Aspect Ratio: %d:%d"),
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioX,
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioY));
+ DisplayBITMAPINFO(&pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader);
+
+ } else if (pmtIn->majortype == MEDIATYPE_Audio) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Format type %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->formattype]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Subtype %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->subtype]));
+
+ if ((pmtIn->subtype != MEDIASUBTYPE_MPEG1Packet)
+ && (pmtIn->cbFormat >= sizeof(PCMWAVEFORMAT)))
+ {
+ /* Dump the contents of the WAVEFORMATEX type-specific format structure */
+
+ WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx = (WAVEFORMATEX *) pmtIn->pbFormat;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("wFormatTag %u"), pwfx->wFormatTag));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nChannels %u"), pwfx->nChannels));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nSamplesPerSec %lu"), pwfx->nSamplesPerSec));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nAvgBytesPerSec %lu"), pwfx->nAvgBytesPerSec));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nBlockAlign %u"), pwfx->nBlockAlign));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("wBitsPerSample %u"), pwfx->wBitsPerSample));
+
+ /* PCM uses a WAVEFORMAT and does not have the extra size field */
+
+ if (pmtIn->cbFormat >= sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("cbSize %u"), pwfx->cbSize));
+ }
+ } else {
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Format type %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->formattype]));
+ }
+}
+
+
+void DisplayBITMAPINFO(const BITMAPINFOHEADER* pbmi)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Size of BITMAPINFO structure %d"),pbmi->biSize));
+ if (pbmi->biCompression < 256) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%dx%dx%d bit (%d)"),
+ pbmi->biWidth, pbmi->biHeight,
+ pbmi->biBitCount, pbmi->biCompression));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%dx%dx%d bit '%4.4hs'"),
+ pbmi->biWidth, pbmi->biHeight,
+ pbmi->biBitCount, &pbmi->biCompression));
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Image size %d"),pbmi->biSizeImage));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Planes %d"),pbmi->biPlanes));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("X Pels per metre %d"),pbmi->biXPelsPerMeter));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Y Pels per metre %d"),pbmi->biYPelsPerMeter));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Colours used %d"),pbmi->biClrUsed));
+}
+
+
+void DisplayRECT(LPCTSTR szLabel, const RECT& rc)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("%s (Left %d Top %d Right %d Bottom %d)"),
+ szLabel,
+ rc.left,
+ rc.top,
+ rc.right,
+ rc.bottom));
+}
+
+
+void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel)
+{
+ if( !pGraph )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IEnumFilters *pFilters;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("DumpGraph [%x]"), pGraph));
+
+ if (FAILED(pGraph->EnumFilters(&pFilters))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("EnumFilters failed!")));
+ }
+
+ IBaseFilter *pFilter;
+ ULONG n;
+ while (pFilters->Next(1, &pFilter, &n) == S_OK) {
+ FILTER_INFO info;
+
+ if (FAILED(pFilter->QueryFilterInfo(&info))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Filter [%p] -- failed QueryFilterInfo"), pFilter));
+ } else {
+ QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(info);
+
+ // !!! should QueryVendorInfo here!
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Filter [%p] '%ls'"), pFilter, info.achName));
+
+ IEnumPins *pins;
+
+ if (FAILED(pFilter->EnumPins(&pins))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("EnumPins failed!")));
+ } else {
+
+ IPin *pPin;
+ while (pins->Next(1, &pPin, &n) == S_OK) {
+ PIN_INFO pinInfo;
+
+ if (FAILED(pPin->QueryPinInfo(&pinInfo))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Pin [%x] -- failed QueryPinInfo"), pPin));
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pinInfo);
+
+ IPin *pPinConnected = NULL;
+
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->ConnectedTo(&pPinConnected);
+
+ if (pPinConnected) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Pin [%p] '%ls' [%sput]")
+ TEXT(" Connected to pin [%p]"),
+ pPin, pinInfo.achName,
+ pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_INPUT ? TEXT("In") : TEXT("Out"),
+ pPinConnected));
+
+ pPinConnected->Release();
+
+ // perhaps we should really dump the type both ways as a sanity
+ // check?
+ if (pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE mt;
+
+ hr = pPin->ConnectionMediaType(&mt);
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ DisplayType(TEXT("Connection type"), &mt);
+
+ FreeMediaType(mt);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,
+ TEXT(" Pin [%x] '%ls' [%sput]"),
+ pPin, pinInfo.achName,
+ pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_INPUT ? TEXT("In") : TEXT("Out")));
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPin->Release();
+
+ }
+
+ pins->Release();
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ pFilter->Release();
+ }
+
+ pFilters->Release();
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4c69dbb --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.h @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXDebug.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides debugging facilities.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WXDEBUG__
+#define __WXDEBUG__
+
+// This library provides fairly straight forward debugging functionality, this
+// is split into two main sections. The first is assertion handling, there are
+// three types of assertions provided here. The most commonly used one is the
+// ASSERT(condition) macro which will pop up a message box including the file
+// and line number if the condition evaluates to FALSE. Then there is the
+// EXECUTE_ASSERT macro which is the same as ASSERT except the condition will
+// still be executed in NON debug builds. The final type of assertion is the
+// KASSERT macro which is more suitable for pure (perhaps kernel) filters as
+// the condition is printed onto the debugger rather than in a message box.
+//
+// The other part of the debug module facilties is general purpose logging.
+// This is accessed by calling DbgLog(). The function takes a type and level
+// field which define the type of informational string you are presenting and
+// it's relative importance. The type field can be a combination (one or more)
+// of LOG_TIMING, LOG_TRACE, LOG_MEMORY, LOG_LOCKING and LOG_ERROR. The level
+// is a DWORD value where zero defines highest important. Use of zero as the
+// debug logging level is to be encouraged ONLY for major errors or events as
+// they will ALWAYS be displayed on the debugger. Other debug output has it's
+// level matched against the current debug output level stored in the registry
+// for this module and if less than the current setting it will be displayed.
+//
+// Each module or executable has it's own debug output level for each of the
+// five types. These are read in when the DbgInitialise function is called
+// for DLLs linking to STRMBASE.LIB this is done automatically when the DLL
+// is loaded, executables must call it explicitely with the module instance
+// handle given to them through the WINMAIN entry point. An executable must
+// also call DbgTerminate when they have finished to clean up the resources
+// the debug library uses, once again this is done automatically for DLLs
+
+// These are the five different categories of logging information
+
+enum { LOG_TIMING = 0x01, // Timing and performance measurements
+ LOG_TRACE = 0x02, // General step point call tracing
+ LOG_MEMORY = 0x04, // Memory and object allocation/destruction
+ LOG_LOCKING = 0x08, // Locking/unlocking of critical sections
+ LOG_ERROR = 0x10, // Debug error notification
+ LOG_CUSTOM1 = 0x20,
+ LOG_CUSTOM2 = 0x40,
+ LOG_CUSTOM3 = 0x80,
+ LOG_CUSTOM4 = 0x100,
+ LOG_CUSTOM5 = 0x200,
+};
+
+#define LOG_FORCIBLY_SET 0x80000000
+
+enum { CDISP_HEX = 0x01,
+ CDISP_DEC = 0x02};
+
+// For each object created derived from CBaseObject (in debug builds) we
+// create a descriptor that holds it's name (statically allocated memory)
+// and a cookie we assign it. We keep a list of all the active objects
+// we have registered so that we can dump a list of remaining objects
+
+typedef struct tag_ObjectDesc {
+ LPCSTR m_szName;
+ LPCWSTR m_wszName;
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+ tag_ObjectDesc *m_pNext;
+} ObjectDesc;
+
+#define DLLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
+#define DLLEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+ #define NAME(x) TEXT(x)
+
+ // These are used internally by the debug library (PRIVATE)
+
+ void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName();
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation(
+ LPCSTR szObjectName, LPCWSTR wszObjectName);
+
+ BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie);
+
+ // These are the PUBLIC entry points
+
+ BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto);
+
+ // Initialise the library with the module handle
+
+ void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst);
+ void WINAPI DbgTerminate();
+
+ void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister();
+
+ // Display error and logging to the user
+
+ void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...);
+
+ void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCTSTR pFormat,...);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...);
+ void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+#endif
+ void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz);
+
+ // Debug infinite wait stuff
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h);
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount,
+ __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles,
+ BOOL bWaitAll);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout);
+
+#ifdef __strmif_h__
+ // Display a media type: Terse at level 2, verbose at level 5
+ void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn);
+
+ // Dump lots of information about a filter graph
+ void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel);
+#endif
+
+ #define KASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \
+ DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ // Break on the debugger without putting up a message box
+ // message goes to debugger instead
+
+ #define KDbgBreak(_x_) \
+ DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ // We chose a common name for our ASSERT macro, MFC also uses this name
+ // So long as the implementation evaluates the condition and handles it
+ // then we will be ok. Rather than override the behaviour expected we
+ // will leave whatever first defines ASSERT as the handler (i.e. MFC)
+ #ifndef ASSERT
+ #define ASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \
+ DbgAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+ #endif
+
+ #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) ASSERT( ((DWORD_PTR) (_ptr_)) % (_alignment_) == 0)
+
+ // Put up a message box informing the user of a halt
+ // condition in the program
+
+ #define DbgBreak(_x_) \
+ DbgBreakPoint(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ASSERT(_x_)
+ #define DbgLog(_x_) DbgLogInfo _x_
+ // MFC style trace macros
+
+ #define NOTE(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_)))
+ #define NOTE1(_x_,a) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a))
+ #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b))
+ #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c))
+ #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d))
+ #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d,e))
+
+#else
+
+ // Retail builds make public debug functions inert - WARNING the source
+ // files do not define or build any of the entry points in debug builds
+ // (public entry points compile to nothing) so if you go trying to call
+ // any of the private entry points in your source they won't compile
+
+ #define NAME(_x_) ((LPTSTR) NULL)
+
+ #define DbgInitialise(hInst)
+ #define DbgTerminate()
+ #define DbgLog(_x_) 0
+ #define DbgOutString(psz)
+ #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) 0
+
+ #define DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pObjectName)
+ #define DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(dwCookie)
+ #define DbgDumpObjectRegister()
+
+ #define DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level)
+ #define DbgSetModuleLevel(Type,Level)
+ #define DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(fAuto)
+
+ #define DbgWaitForSingleObject(h) WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE)
+ #define DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll) \
+ WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll, INFINITE)
+ #define DbgSetWaitTimeout(dwTimeout)
+
+ #define KDbgBreak(_x_)
+ #define DbgBreak(_x_)
+
+ #define KASSERT(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #ifndef ASSERT
+ #define ASSERT(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #endif
+ #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ((void)(_x_))
+
+ // MFC style trace macros
+
+ #define NOTE(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE1(_x_,a) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) ((void)0)
+
+ #define DisplayType(label, pmtIn) ((void)0)
+ #define DumpGraph(pGraph, label) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+// Checks a pointer which should be non NULL - can be used as follows.
+
+#define CheckPointer(p,ret) {if((p)==NULL) return (ret);}
+
+// HRESULT Foo(VOID *pBar)
+// {
+// CheckPointer(pBar,E_INVALIDARG)
+// }
+//
+// Or if the function returns a boolean
+//
+// BOOL Foo(VOID *pBar)
+// {
+// CheckPointer(pBar,FALSE)
+// }
+
+#define ValidateReadPtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateWritePtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateReadWritePtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtr(p) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtrA(p) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtrW(p) 0
+
+
+#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_
+
+ // Outputting GUID names. If you want to include the name
+ // associated with a GUID (eg CLSID_...) then
+ //
+ // GuidNames[yourGUID]
+ //
+ // Returns the name defined in uuids.h as a string
+
+ typedef struct {
+ CHAR *szName;
+ GUID guid;
+ } GUID_STRING_ENTRY;
+
+ class CGuidNameList {
+ public:
+ CHAR *operator [] (const GUID& guid);
+ };
+
+ extern CGuidNameList GuidNames;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef REMIND
+ // REMIND macro - generates warning as reminder to complete coding
+ // (eg) usage:
+ //
+ // #pragma message (REMIND("Add automation support"))
+
+
+ #define QUOTE(x) #x
+ #define QQUOTE(y) QUOTE(y)
+ #define REMIND(str) __FILE__ "(" QQUOTE(__LINE__) ") : " str
+#endif
+
+// Method to display objects in a useful format
+//
+// eg If you want to display a LONGLONG ll in a debug string do (eg)
+//
+// DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, n, TEXT("Value is %s"), (LPCTSTR)CDisp(ll, CDISP_HEX)));
+
+
+class CDispBasic
+{
+public:
+ CDispBasic() { m_pString = m_String; };
+ ~CDispBasic();
+protected:
+ PTCHAR m_pString; // normally points to m_String... unless too much data
+ TCHAR m_String[50];
+};
+class CDisp : public CDispBasic
+{
+public:
+ CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format = CDISP_HEX); // Display a LONGLONG in CDISP_HEX or CDISP_DEC form
+ CDisp(REFCLSID clsid); // Display a GUID
+ CDisp(double d); // Display a floating point number
+#ifdef __strmif_h__
+#ifdef __STREAMS__
+ CDisp(CRefTime t); // Display a Reference Time
+#endif
+ CDisp(IPin *pPin); // Display a pin as {filter clsid}(pin name)
+ CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk); // Display a filter or pin
+#endif // __strmif_h__
+ ~CDisp();
+
+ // Implement cast to (LPCTSTR) as parameter to logger
+ operator LPCTSTR()
+ {
+ return (LPCTSTR)m_pString;
+ };
+};
+
+
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+class CAutoTrace
+{
+private:
+ LPCTSTR _szBlkName;
+ const int _level;
+ static const TCHAR _szEntering[];
+ static const TCHAR _szLeaving[];
+public:
+ CAutoTrace(LPCTSTR szBlkName, const int level = 15)
+ : _szBlkName(szBlkName), _level(level)
+ {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szEntering, _szBlkName));}
+
+ ~CAutoTrace()
+ {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szLeaving, _szBlkName));}
+};
+
+#if defined (__FUNCTION__)
+
+#define AMTRACEFN() CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__))
+#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__))
+
+#else
+
+#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace _x_
+#define AMTRACEFN()
+
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#define AMTRACE(_x_)
+#define AMTRACEFN()
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ec67a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXList.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a non-MFC based generic list
+// template class.
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* A generic list of pointers to objects.
+ Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and
+ provide a really useful list type.
+
+ The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and
+ delete items in the list concurrently although the application
+ must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably
+ synchronised.
+
+ The list name must not conflict with MFC classes as an
+ application may use both
+
+ The nodes form a doubly linked, NULL terminated chain with an anchor
+ block (the list object per se) holding pointers to the first and last
+ nodes and a count of the nodes.
+ There is a node cache to reduce the allocation and freeing overhead.
+ It optionally (determined at construction time) has an Event which is
+ set whenever the list becomes non-empty and reset whenever it becomes
+ empty.
+ It optionally (determined at construction time) has a Critical Section
+ which is entered during the important part of each operation. (About
+ all you can do outside it is some parameter checking).
+
+ The node cache is a repository of nodes that are NOT in the list to speed
+ up storage allocation. Each list has its own cache to reduce locking and
+ serialising. The list accesses are serialised anyway for a given list - a
+ common cache would mean that we would have to separately serialise access
+ of all lists within the cache. Because the cache only stores nodes that are
+ not in the list, releasing the cache does not release any list nodes. This
+ means that list nodes can be copied or rechained from one list to another
+ without danger of creating a dangling reference if the original cache goes
+ away.
+
+ Questionable design decisions:
+ 1. Retaining the warts for compatibility
+ 2. Keeping an element count -i.e. counting whenever we do anything
+ instead of only when we want the count.
+ 3. Making the chain pointers NULL terminated. If the list object
+ itself looks just like a node and the list is kept as a ring then
+ it reduces the number of special cases. All inserts look the same.
+*/
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+/* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */
+#define INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPositionI() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \
+ )
+
+
+/* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn
+ in reverse order
+*/
+#define INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPositionI() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \
+ )
+
+/* Constructor calls a separate initialisation function that
+ creates a node cache, optionally creates a lock object
+ and optionally creates a signaling object.
+
+ By default we create a locking object, a DEFAULTCACHE sized
+ cache but no event object so the list cannot be used in calls
+ to WaitForSingleObject
+*/
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Descriptive list name
+ INT iItems) : // Node cache size
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(iItems)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) : // Descriptive list name
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(DEFAULTCACHE)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Descriptive list name
+ INT iItems) : // Node cache size
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(iItems)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName) : // Descriptive list name
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(DEFAULTCACHE)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+#endif
+
+/* The destructor enumerates all the node objects in the list and
+ in the cache deleting each in turn. We do not do any processing
+ on the objects that the list holds (i.e. points to) so if they
+ represent interfaces for example the creator of the list should
+ ensure that each of them is released before deleting us
+*/
+CBaseList::~CBaseList()
+{
+ /* Delete all our list nodes */
+
+ RemoveAll();
+
+} // destructor
+
+/* Remove all the nodes from the list but don't do anything
+ with the objects that each node looks after (this is the
+ responsibility of the creator).
+ Aa a last act we reset the signalling event
+ (if available) to indicate to clients that the list
+ does not have any entries in it.
+*/
+void CBaseList::RemoveAll()
+{
+ /* Free up all the CNode objects NOTE we don't bother putting the
+ deleted nodes into the cache as this method is only really called
+ in serious times of change such as when we are being deleted at
+ which point the cache will be deleted anway */
+
+ CNode *pn = m_pFirst;
+ while (pn) {
+ CNode *op = pn;
+ pn = pn->Next();
+ delete op;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the object count and the list pointers */
+
+ m_Count = 0;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast = NULL;
+
+} // RemoveAll
+
+
+
+/* Return a position enumerator for the entire list.
+ A position enumerator is a pointer to a node object cast to a
+ transparent type so all we do is return the head/tail node
+ pointer in the list.
+ WARNING because the position is a pointer to a node there is
+ an implicit assumption for users a the list class that after
+ deleting an object from the list that any other position
+ enumerators that you have may be invalid (since the node
+ may be gone).
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::GetHeadPositionI() const
+{
+ return (POSITION) m_pFirst;
+} // GetHeadPosition
+
+
+
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::GetTailPositionI() const
+{
+ return (POSITION) m_pLast;
+} // GetTailPosition
+
+
+
+/* Get the number of objects in the list,
+ Get the lock before accessing the count.
+ Locking may not be entirely necessary but it has the side effect
+ of making sure that all operations are complete before we get it.
+ So for example if a list is being added to this list then that
+ will have completed in full before we continue rather than seeing
+ an intermediate albeit valid state
+*/
+int CBaseList::GetCountI() const
+{
+ return m_Count;
+} // GetCount
+
+
+
+/* Return the object at rp, update rp to the next object from
+ the list or NULL if you have moved over the last object.
+ You may still call this function once we return NULL but
+ we will continue to return a NULL position value
+*/
+__out void *CBaseList::GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const
+{
+ /* have we reached the end of the list */
+
+ if (rp == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Lock the object before continuing */
+
+ void *pObject;
+
+ /* Copy the original position then step on */
+
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) rp;
+ ASSERT(pn != NULL);
+ rp = (POSITION) pn->Next();
+
+ /* Get the object at the original position from the list */
+
+ pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //GetNext
+
+
+
+/* Return the object at p.
+ Asking for the object at NULL ASSERTs then returns NULL
+ The object is NOT locked. The list is not being changed
+ in any way. If another thread is busy deleting the object
+ then locking would only result in a change from one bad
+ behaviour to another.
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const
+{
+ if (p == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ CNode * pn = (CNode *) p;
+ void *pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //Get
+
+__out void *CBaseList::GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const
+{
+ CNode * pn = (CNode *) p;
+ void *pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //Get
+
+
+/* Return the first position in the list which holds the given pointer.
+ Return NULL if it's not found.
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::FindI( __in void * pObj) const
+{
+ POSITION pn;
+ INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(*this, pn){
+ if (GetI(pn)==pObj) {
+ return pn;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+} // Find
+
+
+
+/* Remove the first node in the list (deletes the pointer to its object
+ from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object or NULL if empty
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveHeadI()
+{
+ /* All we do is get the head position and ask for that to be deleted.
+ We could special case this since some of the code path checking
+ in Remove() is redundant as we know there is no previous
+ node for example but it seems to gain little over the
+ added complexity
+ */
+
+ return RemoveI((POSITION)m_pFirst);
+} // RemoveHead
+
+
+
+/* Remove the last node in the list (deletes the pointer to its object
+ from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object or NULL if empty
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveTailI()
+{
+ /* All we do is get the tail position and ask for that to be deleted.
+ We could special case this since some of the code path checking
+ in Remove() is redundant as we know there is no previous
+ node for example but it seems to gain little over the
+ added complexity
+ */
+
+ return RemoveI((POSITION)m_pLast);
+} // RemoveTail
+
+
+
+/* Remove the pointer to the object in this position from the list.
+ Deal with all the chain pointers
+ Return a pointer to the object removed from the list.
+ The node object that is freed as a result
+ of this operation is added to the node cache where
+ it can be used again.
+ Remove(NULL) is a harmless no-op - but probably is a wart.
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION pos)
+{
+ /* Lock the critical section before continuing */
+
+ // ASSERT (pos!=NULL); // Removing NULL is to be harmless!
+ if (pos==NULL) return NULL;
+
+
+ CNode *pCurrent = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pCurrent != NULL);
+
+ /* Update the previous node */
+
+ CNode *pNode = pCurrent->Prev();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ m_pFirst = pCurrent->Next();
+ } else {
+ pNode->SetNext(pCurrent->Next());
+ }
+
+ /* Update the following node */
+
+ pNode = pCurrent->Next();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ m_pLast = pCurrent->Prev();
+ } else {
+ pNode->SetPrev(pCurrent->Prev());
+ }
+
+ /* Get the object this node was looking after */
+
+ void *pObject = pCurrent->GetData();
+
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* Try and add the node object to the cache -
+ a NULL return code from the cache means we ran out of room.
+ The cache size is fixed by a constructor argument when the
+ list is created and defaults to DEFAULTCACHE.
+ This means that the cache will have room for this many
+ node objects. So if you have a list of media samples
+ and you know there will never be more than five active at
+ any given time of them for example then override the default
+ constructor
+ */
+
+ m_Cache.AddToCache(pCurrent);
+
+ /* If the list is empty then reset the list event */
+
+ --m_Count;
+ ASSERT(m_Count >= 0);
+ return pObject;
+} // Remove
+
+
+
+/* Add this object to the tail end of our list
+ Return the new tail position.
+*/
+
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddTailI(__in void *pObject)
+{
+ /* Lock the critical section before continuing */
+
+ CNode *pNode;
+ // ASSERT(pObject); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* If there is a node objects in the cache then use
+ that otherwise we will have to create a new one */
+
+ pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObject);
+ pNode->SetNext(NULL);
+ pNode->SetPrev(m_pLast);
+
+ if (m_pLast == NULL) {
+ m_pFirst = pNode;
+ } else {
+ m_pLast->SetNext(pNode);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new last node pointer and also increment the number
+ of list entries, the critical section is unlocked when we
+ exit the function
+ */
+
+ m_pLast = pNode;
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+} // AddTail(object)
+
+
+
+/* Add this object to the head end of our list
+ Return the new head position.
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddHeadI(__in void *pObject)
+{
+ CNode *pNode;
+ // ASSERT(pObject); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* If there is a node objects in the cache then use
+ that otherwise we will have to create a new one */
+
+ pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObject);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(NULL);
+ pNode->SetNext(m_pFirst);
+
+ if (m_pFirst == NULL) {
+ m_pLast = pNode;
+ } else {
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(pNode);
+ }
+ m_pFirst = pNode;
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+} // AddHead(object)
+
+
+
+/* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of this list.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* lock the object before starting then enumerate
+ each entry in the source list and add them one by one to
+ our list (while still holding the object lock)
+ Lock the other list too.
+ */
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPositionI();
+
+ while (pos) {
+ if (NULL == AddTailI(pList->GetNextI(pos))) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddTail(list)
+
+
+
+/* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of this list.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* lock the object before starting then enumerate
+ each entry in the source list and add them one by one to
+ our list (while still holding the object lock)
+ Lock the other list too.
+
+ To avoid reversing the list, traverse it backwards.
+ */
+
+ POSITION pos;
+
+ INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ if (NULL== AddHeadI(pList->GetValidI(pos))){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddHead(list)
+
+
+
+/* Add the object after position p
+ p is still valid after the operation.
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - same as AddHead
+ Return the position of the new object, NULL if it failed
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in void * pObj)
+{
+ if (pos==NULL)
+ return AddHeadI(pObj);
+
+ /* As someone else might be furkling with the list -
+ Lock the critical section before continuing
+ */
+ CNode *pAfter = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pAfter != NULL);
+ if (pAfter==m_pLast)
+ return AddTailI(pObj);
+
+ /* set pnode to point to a new node, preferably from the cache */
+
+ CNode *pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObj);
+
+ /* It is to be added to the middle of the list - there is a before
+ and after node. Chain it after pAfter, before pBefore.
+ */
+ CNode * pBefore = pAfter->Next();
+ ASSERT(pBefore != NULL);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(pAfter);
+ pNode->SetNext(pBefore);
+ pBefore->SetPrev(pNode);
+ pAfter->SetNext(pNode);
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+
+} // AddAfter(object)
+
+
+
+BOOL CBaseList::AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ POSITION pos;
+ INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ /* p follows along the elements being added */
+ p = AddAfterI(p, pList->GetValidI(pos));
+ if (p==NULL) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddAfter(list)
+
+
+
+/* Mirror images:
+ Add the element or list after position p.
+ p is still valid after the operation.
+ AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - same as AddTail
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in void * pObj)
+{
+ if (pos==NULL)
+ return AddTailI(pObj);
+
+ /* set pnode to point to a new node, preferably from the cache */
+
+ CNode *pBefore = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pBefore != NULL);
+ if (pBefore==m_pFirst)
+ return AddHeadI(pObj);
+
+ CNode * pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObj);
+
+ /* It is to be added to the middle of the list - there is a before
+ and after node. Chain it after pAfter, before pBefore.
+ */
+
+ CNode * pAfter = pBefore->Prev();
+ ASSERT(pAfter != NULL);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(pAfter);
+ pNode->SetNext(pBefore);
+ pBefore->SetPrev(pNode);
+ pAfter->SetNext(pNode);
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+
+} // Addbefore(object)
+
+
+
+BOOL CBaseList::AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ POSITION pos;
+ INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ /* p follows along the elements being added */
+ p = AddBeforeI(p, pList->GetValidI(pos));
+ if (p==NULL) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddBefore(list)
+
+
+
+/* Split *this after position p in *this
+ Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this
+ Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar
+ foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo.
+
+ A better, except excessively long name might be
+ MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::MoveToTail
+ (__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* Algorithm:
+ Note that the elements (including their order) in the concatenation
+ of *pList to the head of *this is invariant.
+ 1. Count elements to be moved
+ 2. Join *pList onto the head of this to make one long chain
+ 3. Set first/Last pointers in *this and *pList
+ 4. Break the chain at the new place
+ 5. Adjust counts
+ 6. Set/Reset any events
+ */
+
+ if (pos==NULL) return TRUE; // no-op. Eliminates special cases later.
+
+
+ /* Make cMove the number of nodes to move */
+ CNode * p = (CNode *)pos;
+ int cMove = 0; // number of nodes to move
+ while(p!=NULL) {
+ p = p->Prev();
+ ++cMove;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Join the two chains together */
+ if (pList->m_pLast!=NULL)
+ pList->m_pLast->SetNext(m_pFirst);
+ if (m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(pList->m_pLast);
+
+
+ /* set first and last pointers */
+ p = (CNode *)pos;
+
+ if (pList->m_pFirst==NULL)
+ pList->m_pFirst = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = p->Next();
+ if (m_pFirst==NULL)
+ m_pLast = NULL;
+ pList->m_pLast = p;
+
+
+ /* Break the chain after p to create the new pieces */
+ if (m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(NULL);
+ p->SetNext(NULL);
+
+
+ /* Adjust the counts */
+ m_Count -= cMove;
+ pList->m_Count += cMove;
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+} // MoveToTail
+
+
+
+/* Mirror image of MoveToTail:
+ Split *this before position p in *this.
+ Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this
+ Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar
+ foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::MoveToHead
+ (__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+
+ /* See the comments on the algorithm in MoveToTail */
+
+ if (pos==NULL) return TRUE; // no-op. Eliminates special cases later.
+
+ /* Make cMove the number of nodes to move */
+ CNode * p = (CNode *)pos;
+ int cMove = 0; // number of nodes to move
+ while(p!=NULL) {
+ p = p->Next();
+ ++cMove;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Join the two chains together */
+ if (pList->m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ pList->m_pFirst->SetPrev(m_pLast);
+ if (m_pLast!=NULL)
+ m_pLast->SetNext(pList->m_pFirst);
+
+
+ /* set first and last pointers */
+ p = (CNode *)pos;
+
+
+ if (pList->m_pLast==NULL)
+ pList->m_pLast = m_pLast;
+
+ m_pLast = p->Prev();
+ if (m_pLast==NULL)
+ m_pFirst = NULL;
+ pList->m_pFirst = p;
+
+
+ /* Break the chain after p to create the new pieces */
+ if (m_pLast!=NULL)
+ m_pLast->SetNext(NULL);
+ p->SetPrev(NULL);
+
+
+ /* Adjust the counts */
+ m_Count -= cMove;
+ pList->m_Count += cMove;
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+} // MoveToHead
+
+
+
+/* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this
+*/
+void CBaseList::Reverse()
+{
+ /* algorithm:
+ The obvious booby trap is that you flip pointers around and lose
+ addressability to the node that you are going to process next.
+ The easy way to avoid this is do do one chain at a time.
+
+ Run along the forward chain,
+ For each node, set the reverse pointer to the one ahead of us.
+ The reverse chain is now a copy of the old forward chain, including
+ the NULL termination.
+
+ Run along the reverse chain (i.e. old forward chain again)
+ For each node set the forward pointer of the node ahead to point back
+ to the one we're standing on.
+ The first node needs special treatment,
+ it's new forward pointer is NULL.
+ Finally set the First/Last pointers
+
+ */
+ CNode * p;
+
+ // Yes we COULD use a traverse, but it would look funny!
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ while (p!=NULL) {
+ CNode * q;
+ q = p->Next();
+ p->SetNext(p->Prev());
+ p->SetPrev(q);
+ p = q;
+ }
+
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast;
+ m_pLast = p;
+
+
+#if 0 // old version
+
+ if (m_pFirst==NULL) return; // empty list
+ if (m_pFirst->Next()==NULL) return; // single node list
+
+
+ /* run along forward chain */
+ for ( p = m_pFirst
+ ; p!=NULL
+ ; p = p->Next()
+ ){
+ p->SetPrev(p->Next());
+ }
+
+
+ /* special case first element */
+ m_pFirst->SetNext(NULL); // fix the old first element
+
+
+ /* run along new reverse chain i.e. old forward chain again */
+ for ( p = m_pFirst // start at the old first element
+ ; p->Prev()!=NULL // while there's a node still to be set
+ ; p = p->Prev() // work in the same direction as before
+ ){
+ p->Prev()->SetNext(p);
+ }
+
+
+ /* fix forward and reverse pointers
+ - the triple XOR swap would work but all the casts look hideous */
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast;
+ m_pLast = p;
+#endif
+
+} // Reverse
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47e71230 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXList.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a non-MFC generic template list
+// class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* A generic list of pointers to objects.
+ No storage management or copying is done on the objects pointed to.
+ Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and
+ provide a really useful list type.
+
+ The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and
+ delete items in the list concurrently although the application
+ must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably
+ synchronised. An application can cause deadlock with operations
+ which use two lists by simultaneously calling
+ list1->Operation(list2) and list2->Operation(list1). So don't!
+
+ The names must not conflict with MFC classes as an application
+ may use both.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WXLIST__
+#define __WXLIST__
+
+ /* A POSITION represents (in some fashion that's opaque) a cursor
+ on the list that can be set to identify any element. NULL is
+ a valid value and several operations regard NULL as the position
+ "one step off the end of the list". (In an n element list there
+ are n+1 places to insert and NULL is that "n+1-th" value).
+ The POSITION of an element in the list is only invalidated if
+ that element is deleted. Move operations may mean that what
+ was a valid POSITION in one list is now a valid POSITION in
+ a different list.
+
+ Some operations which at first sight are illegal are allowed as
+ harmless no-ops. For instance RemoveHead is legal on an empty
+ list and it returns NULL. This allows an atomic way to test if
+ there is an element there, and if so, get it. The two operations
+ AddTail and RemoveHead thus implement a MONITOR (See Hoare's paper).
+
+ Single element operations return POSITIONs, non-NULL means it worked.
+ whole list operations return a BOOL. TRUE means it all worked.
+
+ This definition is the same as the POSITION type for MFCs, so we must
+ avoid defining it twice.
+ */
+#ifndef __AFX_H__
+struct __POSITION { int unused; };
+typedef __POSITION* POSITION;
+#endif
+
+const int DEFAULTCACHE = 10; /* Default node object cache size */
+
+/* A class representing one node in a list.
+ Each node knows a pointer to it's adjacent nodes and also a pointer
+ to the object that it looks after.
+ All of these pointers can be retrieved or set through member functions.
+*/
+class CBaseList
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ : public CBaseObject
+#endif
+{
+ /* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing
+ functionally but it allows us to check there are no memory
+ leaks in debug builds.
+ */
+
+public:
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ class CNode : public CBaseObject {
+#else
+ class CNode {
+#endif
+
+ CNode *m_pPrev; /* Previous node in the list */
+ CNode *m_pNext; /* Next node in the list */
+ void *m_pObject; /* Pointer to the object */
+
+ public:
+
+ /* Constructor - initialise the object's pointers */
+ CNode()
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ : CBaseObject(NAME("List node"))
+#endif
+ {
+ };
+
+
+ /* Return the previous node before this one */
+ __out CNode *Prev() const { return m_pPrev; };
+
+
+ /* Return the next node after this one */
+ __out CNode *Next() const { return m_pNext; };
+
+
+ /* Set the previous node before this one */
+ void SetPrev(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pPrev = p; };
+
+
+ /* Set the next node after this one */
+ void SetNext(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pNext = p; };
+
+
+ /* Get the pointer to the object for this node */
+ __out void *GetData() const { return m_pObject; };
+
+
+ /* Set the pointer to the object for this node */
+ void SetData(__in void *p) { m_pObject = p; };
+ };
+
+ class CNodeCache
+ {
+ public:
+ CNodeCache(INT iCacheSize) : m_iCacheSize(iCacheSize),
+ m_pHead(NULL),
+ m_iUsed(0)
+ {};
+ ~CNodeCache() {
+ CNode *pNode = m_pHead;
+ while (pNode) {
+ CNode *pCurrent = pNode;
+ pNode = pNode->Next();
+ delete pCurrent;
+ }
+ };
+ void AddToCache(__inout CNode *pNode)
+ {
+ if (m_iUsed < m_iCacheSize) {
+ pNode->SetNext(m_pHead);
+ m_pHead = pNode;
+ m_iUsed++;
+ } else {
+ delete pNode;
+ }
+ };
+ CNode *RemoveFromCache()
+ {
+ CNode *pNode = m_pHead;
+ if (pNode != NULL) {
+ m_pHead = pNode->Next();
+ m_iUsed--;
+ ASSERT(m_iUsed >= 0);
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(m_iUsed == 0);
+ }
+ return pNode;
+ };
+ private:
+ INT m_iCacheSize;
+ INT m_iUsed;
+ CNode *m_pHead;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ CNode* m_pFirst; /* Pointer to first node in the list */
+ CNode* m_pLast; /* Pointer to the last node in the list */
+ LONG m_Count; /* Number of nodes currently in the list */
+
+private:
+
+ CNodeCache m_Cache; /* Cache of unused node pointers */
+
+private:
+
+ /* These override the default copy constructor and assignment
+ operator for all list classes. They are in the private class
+ declaration section so that anybody trying to pass a list
+ object by value will generate a compile time error of
+ "cannot access the private member function". If these were
+ not here then the compiler will create default constructors
+ and assignment operators which when executed first take a
+ copy of all member variables and then during destruction
+ delete them all. This must not be done for any heap
+ allocated data.
+ */
+ CBaseList(const CBaseList &refList);
+ CBaseList &operator=(const CBaseList &refList);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ INT iItems);
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ INT iItems);
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CBaseList();
+
+ /* Remove all the nodes from *this i.e. make the list empty */
+ void RemoveAll();
+
+
+ /* Return a cursor which identifies the first element of *this */
+ __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPositionI() const;
+
+
+ /* Return a cursor which identifies the last element of *this */
+ __out_opt POSITION GetTailPositionI() const;
+
+
+ /* Return the number of objects in *this */
+ int GetCountI() const;
+
+protected:
+ /* Return the pointer to the object at rp,
+ Update rp to the next node in *this
+ but make it NULL if it was at the end of *this.
+ This is a wart retained for backwards compatibility.
+ GetPrev is not implemented.
+ Use Next, Prev and Get separately.
+ */
+ __out void *GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const;
+
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the object at p
+ Asking for the object at NULL will return NULL harmlessly.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const;
+ __out void *GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const;
+
+public:
+ /* return the next / prev position in *this
+ return NULL when going past the end/start.
+ Next(NULL) is same as GetHeadPosition()
+ Prev(NULL) is same as GetTailPosition()
+ An n element list therefore behaves like a n+1 element
+ cycle with NULL at the start/end.
+
+ !!WARNING!! - This handling of NULL is DIFFERENT from GetNext.
+
+ Some reasons are:
+ 1. For a list of n items there are n+1 positions to insert
+ These are conveniently encoded as the n POSITIONs and NULL.
+ 2. If you are keeping a list sorted (fairly common) and you
+ search forward for an element to insert before and don't
+ find it you finish up with NULL as the element before which
+ to insert. You then want that NULL to be a valid POSITION
+ so that you can insert before it and you want that insertion
+ point to mean the (n+1)-th one that doesn't have a POSITION.
+ (symmetrically if you are working backwards through the list).
+ 3. It simplifies the algebra which the methods generate.
+ e.g. AddBefore(p,x) is identical to AddAfter(Prev(p),x)
+ in ALL cases. All the other arguments probably are reflections
+ of the algebraic point.
+ */
+ __out_opt POSITION Next(__in_opt POSITION pos) const
+ {
+ if (pos == NULL) {
+ return (POSITION) m_pFirst;
+ }
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos;
+ return (POSITION) pn->Next();
+ } //Next
+
+ // See Next
+ __out_opt POSITION Prev(__in_opt POSITION pos) const
+ {
+ if (pos == NULL) {
+ return (POSITION) m_pLast;
+ }
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos;
+ return (POSITION) pn->Prev();
+ } //Prev
+
+
+ /* Return the first position in *this which holds the given
+ pointer. Return NULL if the pointer was not not found.
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION FindI( __in void * pObj) const;
+
+ // ??? Should there be (or even should there be only)
+ // ??? POSITION FindNextAfter(void * pObj, POSITION p)
+ // ??? And of course FindPrevBefore too.
+ // ??? List.Find(&Obj) then becomes List.FindNextAfter(&Obj, NULL)
+
+
+ /* Remove the first node in *this (deletes the pointer to its
+ object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object.
+ If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveHeadI();
+
+
+ /* Remove the last node in *this (deletes the pointer to its
+ object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object.
+ If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveTailI();
+
+
+ /* Remove the node identified by p from the list (deletes the pointer
+ to its object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Asking to Remove the object at NULL will harmlessly return NULL.
+ Return the pointer to the object removed.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION p);
+
+ /* Add single object *pObj to become a new last element of the list.
+ Return the new tail position, NULL if it fails.
+ If you are adding a COM objects, you might want AddRef it first.
+ Other existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+ */
+ __out_opt POSITION AddTailI(__in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+
+ /* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of *this.
+ This duplicates all the nodes in *pList (i.e. duplicates
+ all its pointers to objects). It does not duplicate the objects.
+ If you are adding a list of pointers to a COM object into the list
+ it's a good idea to AddRef them all it when you AddTail it.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+
+ If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToTail instead.
+ */
+ BOOL AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror images of AddHead: */
+
+ /* Add single object to become a new first element of the list.
+ Return the new head position, NULL if it fails.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddHeadI(__in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+ /* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of *this.
+ Same warnings apply as for AddTail.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some of the objects may have been added.
+
+ If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToHead instead.
+ */
+ BOOL AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Add the object *pObj to *this after position p in *this.
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return the position of the object added, NULL if it failed.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+ /* Add the list *pList to *this after position p in *this
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails, some of the objects may be added
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror images:
+ Add the object *pObj to this-List after position p in *this.
+ AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - equivalent to AddTail
+ Return the position of the new object, NULL if it fails
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj);
+ public:
+
+ /* Add the list *pList to *this before position p in *this
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails, some of the objects may be added
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Note that AddAfter(p,x) is equivalent to AddBefore(Next(p),x)
+ even in cases where p is NULL or Next(p) is NULL.
+ Similarly for mirror images etc.
+ This may make it easier to argue about programs.
+ */
+
+
+
+ /* The following operations do not copy any elements.
+ They move existing blocks of elements around by switching pointers.
+ They are fairly efficient for long lists as for short lists.
+ (Alas, the Count slows things down).
+
+ They split the list into two parts.
+ One part remains as the original list, the other part
+ is appended to the second list. There are eight possible
+ variations:
+ Split the list {after/before} a given element
+ keep the {head/tail} portion in the original list
+ append the rest to the {head/tail} of the new list.
+
+ Since After is strictly equivalent to Before Next
+ we are not in serious need of the Before/After variants.
+ That leaves only four.
+
+ If you are processing a list left to right and dumping
+ the bits that you have processed into another list as
+ you go, the Tail/Tail variant gives the most natural result.
+ If you are processing in reverse order, Head/Head is best.
+
+ By using NULL positions and empty lists judiciously either
+ of the other two can be built up in two operations.
+
+ The definition of NULL (see Next/Prev etc) means that
+ degenerate cases include
+ "move all elements to new list"
+ "Split a list into two lists"
+ "Concatenate two lists"
+ (and quite a few no-ops)
+
+ !!WARNING!! The type checking won't buy you much if you get list
+ positions muddled up - e.g. use a POSITION that's in a different
+ list and see what a mess you get!
+ */
+
+ /* Split *this after position p in *this
+ Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this
+ Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar
+ foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op, returns NULL
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo.
+
+ A better, except excessively long name might be
+ MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail
+ */
+ BOOL MoveToTail(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror image:
+ Split *this before position p in *this.
+ Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this
+ Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar
+ foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op, returns NULL
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo.
+ */
+ BOOL MoveToHead(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this
+ */
+ void Reverse();
+
+
+ /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */
+ #define TRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+ for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPosition() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \
+ )
+
+
+ /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn
+ in reverse order
+ */
+ #define REVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+ for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPosition() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \
+ )
+
+}; // end of class declaration
+
+template<class OBJECT> class CGenericList : public CBaseList
+{
+public:
+ CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ INT iItems,
+ BOOL bLock = TRUE,
+ BOOL bAlert = FALSE) :
+ CBaseList(pName, iItems) {
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bAlert);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bLock);
+ };
+ CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) :
+ CBaseList(pName) {
+ };
+
+ __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pFirst; }
+ __out_opt POSITION GetTailPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pLast; }
+ int GetCount() const { return m_Count; }
+
+ __out OBJECT *GetNext(__inout POSITION& rp) const { return (OBJECT *) GetNextI(rp); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *Get(__in_opt POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetI(p); }
+ __out OBJECT *GetValid(__in POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetValidI(p); }
+ __out_opt OBJECT *GetHead() const { return Get(GetHeadPosition()); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveHead() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveHeadI(); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveTail() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveTailI(); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *Remove(__in_opt POSITION p) { return (OBJECT *) RemoveI(p); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddBeforeI(p, pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddAfterI(p, pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddHead(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddHeadI(pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddTail(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddTailI(pObj); }
+ BOOL AddTail(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddTail((CBaseList *) pList); }
+ BOOL AddHead(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddHead((CBaseList *) pList); }
+ BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddAfter(p, (CBaseList *) pList); };
+ BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddBefore(p, (CBaseList *) pList); };
+ __out_opt POSITION Find( __in OBJECT * pObj) const { return FindI(pObj); }
+}; // end of class declaration
+
+
+
+/* These define the standard list types */
+
+typedef CGenericList<CBaseObject> CBaseObjectList;
+typedef CGenericList<IUnknown> CBaseInterfaceList;
+
+#endif /* __WXLIST__ */
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5bc97a9a --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper classes for building
+// multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#define STRSAFE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+
+// --- CAMEvent -----------------------
+CAMEvent::CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ m_hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, fManualReset, FALSE, NULL);
+ if (NULL == m_hEvent) {
+ if (NULL != phr && SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+CAMEvent::CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ m_hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
+ if (NULL == m_hEvent) {
+ if (NULL != phr && SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+CAMEvent::~CAMEvent()
+{
+ if (m_hEvent) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hEvent));
+ }
+}
+
+
+// --- CAMMsgEvent -----------------------
+// One routine. The rest is handled in CAMEvent
+
+CAMMsgEvent::CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr) : CAMEvent(FALSE, phr)
+{
+}
+
+BOOL CAMMsgEvent::WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout)
+{
+ // wait for the event to be signalled, or for the
+ // timeout (in MS) to expire. allow SENT messages
+ // to be processed while we wait
+ DWORD dwWait;
+ DWORD dwStartTime;
+
+ // set the waiting period.
+ DWORD dwWaitTime = dwTimeout;
+
+ // the timeout will eventually run down as we iterate
+ // processing messages. grab the start time so that
+ // we can calculate elapsed times.
+ if (dwWaitTime != INFINITE) {
+ dwStartTime = timeGetTime();
+ }
+
+ do {
+ dwWait = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(1,&m_hEvent,FALSE, dwWaitTime, QS_SENDMESSAGE);
+ if (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1) {
+ MSG Message;
+ PeekMessage(&Message,NULL,0,0,PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ // If we have an explicit length of time to wait calculate
+ // the next wake up point - which might be now.
+ // If dwTimeout is INFINITE, it stays INFINITE
+ if (dwWaitTime != INFINITE) {
+
+ DWORD dwElapsed = timeGetTime()-dwStartTime;
+
+ dwWaitTime =
+ (dwElapsed >= dwTimeout)
+ ? 0 // wake up with WAIT_TIMEOUT
+ : dwTimeout-dwElapsed;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1);
+
+ // return TRUE if we woke on the event handle,
+ // FALSE if we timed out.
+ return (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+}
+
+// --- CAMThread ----------------------
+
+
+CAMThread::CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+ : m_EventSend(TRUE, phr), // must be manual-reset for CheckRequest()
+ m_EventComplete(FALSE, phr)
+{
+ m_hThread = NULL;
+}
+
+CAMThread::~CAMThread() {
+ Close();
+}
+
+
+// when the thread starts, it calls this function. We unwrap the 'this'
+//pointer and call ThreadProc.
+DWORD WINAPI
+CAMThread::InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv)
+{
+ HRESULT hrCoInit = CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper();
+ if(FAILED(hrCoInit)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CoInitializeEx failed.")));
+ }
+
+ CAMThread * pThread = (CAMThread *) pv;
+
+ HRESULT hr = pThread->ThreadProc();
+
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hrCoInit)) {
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CAMThread::Create()
+{
+ DWORD threadid;
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (ThreadExists()) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_hThread = CreateThread(
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ CAMThread::InitialThreadProc,
+ this,
+ 0,
+ &threadid);
+
+ if (!m_hThread) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+DWORD
+CAMThread::CallWorker(DWORD dwParam)
+{
+ // lock access to the worker thread for scope of this object
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return (DWORD) E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // set the parameter
+ m_dwParam = dwParam;
+
+ // signal the worker thread
+ m_EventSend.Set();
+
+ // wait for the completion to be signalled
+ m_EventComplete.Wait();
+
+ // done - this is the thread's return value
+ return m_dwReturnVal;
+}
+
+// Wait for a request from the client
+DWORD
+CAMThread::GetRequest()
+{
+ m_EventSend.Wait();
+ return m_dwParam;
+}
+
+// is there a request?
+BOOL
+CAMThread::CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam)
+{
+ if (!m_EventSend.Check()) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (pParam) {
+ *pParam = m_dwParam;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+// reply to the request
+void
+CAMThread::Reply(DWORD dw)
+{
+ m_dwReturnVal = dw;
+
+ // The request is now complete so CheckRequest should fail from
+ // now on
+ //
+ // This event should be reset BEFORE we signal the client or
+ // the client may Set it before we reset it and we'll then
+ // reset it (!)
+
+ m_EventSend.Reset();
+
+ // Tell the client we're finished
+
+ m_EventComplete.Set();
+}
+
+HRESULT CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper()
+{
+ // call CoInitializeEx and tell OLE not to create a window (this
+ // thread probably won't dispatch messages and will hang on
+ // broadcast msgs o/w).
+ //
+ // If CoInitEx is not available, threads that don't call CoCreate
+ // aren't affected. Threads that do will have to handle the
+ // failure. Perhaps we should fall back to CoInitialize and risk
+ // hanging?
+ //
+
+ // older versions of ole32.dll don't have CoInitializeEx
+
+ HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+ HINSTANCE hOle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("ole32.dll"));
+ if(hOle)
+ {
+ typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *PCoInitializeEx)(
+ LPVOID pvReserved, DWORD dwCoInit);
+ PCoInitializeEx pCoInitializeEx =
+ (PCoInitializeEx)(GetProcAddress(hOle, "CoInitializeEx"));
+ if(pCoInitializeEx)
+ {
+ hr = (*pCoInitializeEx)(0, COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // caller must load ole32.dll
+ DbgBreak("couldn't locate ole32.dll");
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// destructor for CMsgThread - cleans up any messages left in the
+// queue when the thread exited
+CMsgThread::~CMsgThread()
+{
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hThread));
+ }
+
+ POSITION pos = m_ThreadQueue.GetHeadPosition();
+ while (pos) {
+ CMsg * pMsg = m_ThreadQueue.GetNext(pos);
+ delete pMsg;
+ }
+ m_ThreadQueue.RemoveAll();
+
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMsgThread::CreateThread(
+ )
+{
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_hThread = ::CreateThread(NULL, 0, DefaultThreadProc,
+ (LPVOID)this, 0, &m_ThreadId);
+ return m_hThread != NULL;
+}
+
+
+// This is the threads message pump. Here we get and dispatch messages to
+// clients thread proc until the client refuses to process a message.
+// The client returns a non-zero value to stop the message pump, this
+// value becomes the threads exit code.
+
+DWORD WINAPI
+CMsgThread::DefaultThreadProc(
+ __inout LPVOID lpParam
+ )
+{
+ CMsgThread *lpThis = (CMsgThread *)lpParam;
+ CMsg msg;
+ LRESULT lResult;
+
+ // !!!
+ CoInitialize(NULL);
+
+ // allow a derived class to handle thread startup
+ lpThis->OnThreadInit();
+
+ do {
+ lpThis->GetThreadMsg(&msg);
+ lResult = lpThis->ThreadMessageProc(msg.uMsg,msg.dwFlags,
+ msg.lpParam, msg.pEvent);
+ } while (lResult == 0L);
+
+ // !!!
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ return (DWORD)lResult;
+}
+
+
+// Block until the next message is placed on the list m_ThreadQueue.
+// copies the message to the message pointed to by *pmsg
+void
+CMsgThread::GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg)
+{
+ CMsg * pmsg = NULL;
+
+ // keep trying until a message appears
+ while (TRUE) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock);
+ pmsg = m_ThreadQueue.RemoveHead();
+ if (pmsg == NULL) {
+ m_lWaiting++;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // the semaphore will be signalled when it is non-empty
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE);
+ }
+ // copy fields to caller's CMsg
+ *msg = *pmsg;
+
+ // this CMsg was allocated by the 'new' in PutThreadMsg
+ delete pmsg;
+
+}
+
+// Helper function - convert int to WSTR
+void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr)
+{
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ if (FAILED(StringCchPrintf(wstr, 12, L"%d", i))) {
+ wstr[0] = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ TCHAR temp[12];
+ if (FAILED(StringCchPrintf(temp, NUMELMS(temp), "%d", i))) {
+ wstr[0] = 0;
+ } else {
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, temp, -1, wstr, 12);
+ }
+#endif
+} // IntToWstr
+
+
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT 4
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_LOG2 2
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_MASK MEMORY_ALIGNMENT - 1
+
+void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void * dst, const void * src, size_t count)
+{
+ void * ret = dst;
+
+#ifdef _X86_
+ if (dst <= src || (char *)dst >= ((char *)src + count)) {
+
+ /*
+ * Non-Overlapping Buffers
+ * copy from lower addresses to higher addresses
+ */
+ _asm {
+ mov esi,src
+ mov edi,dst
+ mov ecx,count
+ cld
+ mov edx,ecx
+ and edx,MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+ shr ecx,MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_LOG2
+ rep movsd
+ or ecx,edx
+ jz memmove_done
+ rep movsb
+memmove_done:
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+
+ /*
+ * Overlapping Buffers
+ * copy from higher addresses to lower addresses
+ */
+ _asm {
+ mov esi,src
+ mov edi,dst
+ mov ecx,count
+ std
+ add esi,ecx
+ add edi,ecx
+ dec esi
+ dec edi
+ rep movsb
+ cld
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ MoveMemory(dst, src, count);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset(
+ __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst,
+ __in size_t dst_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_dst_offset,
+ __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src,
+ __in size_t src_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_src_offset,
+ __in size_t count)
+{
+ // prevent read overruns
+ if( count + cb_src_offset < count || // prevent integer overflow
+ count + cb_src_offset > src_size) // prevent read overrun
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // prevent write overruns
+ if( count + cb_dst_offset < count || // prevent integer overflow
+ count + cb_dst_offset > dst_size) // prevent write overrun
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ memmoveInternal( (BYTE *)dst+cb_dst_offset, (BYTE *)src+cb_src_offset, count);
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/******************************Public*Routine******************************\
+* Debug CCritSec helpers
+*
+* We provide debug versions of the Constructor, destructor, Lock and Unlock
+* routines. The debug code tracks who owns each critical section by
+* maintaining a depth count.
+*
+* History:
+*
+\**************************************************************************/
+
+CCritSec::CCritSec()
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ m_currentOwner = m_lockCount = 0;
+ m_fTrace = FALSE;
+}
+
+CCritSec::~CCritSec()
+{
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+}
+
+void CCritSec::Lock()
+{
+ UINT tracelevel=3;
+ DWORD us = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ DWORD currentOwner = m_currentOwner;
+ if (currentOwner && (currentOwner != us)) {
+ // already owned, but not by us
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, 2, TEXT("Thread %d about to wait for lock %x owned by %d"),
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), &m_CritSec, currentOwner));
+ tracelevel=2;
+ // if we saw the message about waiting for the critical
+ // section we ensure we see the message when we get the
+ // critical section
+ }
+ }
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ if (0 == m_lockCount++) {
+ // we now own it for the first time. Set owner information
+ m_currentOwner = us;
+
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, tracelevel, TEXT("Thread %d now owns lock %x"), m_currentOwner, &m_CritSec));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void CCritSec::Unlock() {
+ if (0 == --m_lockCount) {
+ // about to be unowned
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, 3, TEXT("Thread %d releasing lock %x"), m_currentOwner, &m_CritSec));
+ }
+
+ m_currentOwner = 0;
+ }
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace)
+{
+ pcCrit->m_fTrace = fTrace;
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() == pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() == pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() != pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() != pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR *pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc)
+{
+ *pstrDest = SysAllocString( szSrc );
+ if( !(*pstrDest) ) return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr)
+{
+ if( (PVOID)*pstr == NULL ) return S_FALSE;
+ SysFreeString( *pstr );
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL
+// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string
+STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR psz, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppszReturn, E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppszReturn, sizeof(LPWSTR));
+ *ppszReturn = NULL;
+ size_t nameLen;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCbLengthW(psz, 100000, &nameLen);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ *ppszReturn = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(nameLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
+ if (*ppszReturn == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(*ppszReturn, psz, nameLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Waits for the HANDLE hObject. While waiting messages sent
+// to windows on our thread by SendMessage will be processed.
+// Using this function to do waits and mutual exclusion
+// avoids some deadlocks in objects with windows.
+// Return codes are the same as for WaitForSingleObject
+DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages(
+ HANDLE hObject,
+ DWORD dwWait,
+ HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ BOOL bPeeked = FALSE;
+ DWORD dwResult;
+ DWORD dwStart;
+ DWORD dwThreadPriority;
+
+ static UINT uMsgId = 0;
+
+ HANDLE hObjects[2] = { hObject, hEvent };
+ if (dwWait != INFINITE && dwWait != 0) {
+ dwStart = GetTickCount();
+ }
+ for (; ; ) {
+ DWORD nCount = NULL != hEvent ? 2 : 1;
+
+ // Minimize the chance of actually dispatching any messages
+ // by seeing if we can lock immediately.
+ dwResult = WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, hObjects, FALSE, 0);
+ if (dwResult < WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DWORD dwTimeOut = dwWait;
+ if (dwTimeOut > 10) {
+ dwTimeOut = 10;
+ }
+ dwResult = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(
+ nCount,
+ hObjects,
+ FALSE,
+ dwTimeOut,
+ hwnd == NULL ? QS_SENDMESSAGE :
+ QS_SENDMESSAGE + QS_POSTMESSAGE);
+ if (dwResult == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount ||
+ dwResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT && dwTimeOut != dwWait) {
+ MSG msg;
+ if (hwnd != NULL) {
+ while (PeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, uMsg, uMsg, PM_REMOVE)) {
+ DispatchMessage(&msg);
+ }
+ }
+ // Do this anyway - the previous peek doesn't flush out the
+ // messages
+ PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ if (dwWait != INFINITE && dwWait != 0) {
+ DWORD dwNow = GetTickCount();
+
+ // Working with differences handles wrap-around
+ DWORD dwDiff = dwNow - dwStart;
+ if (dwDiff > dwWait) {
+ dwWait = 0;
+ } else {
+ dwWait -= dwDiff;
+ }
+ dwStart = dwNow;
+ }
+ if (!bPeeked) {
+ // Raise our priority to prevent our message queue
+ // building up
+ dwThreadPriority = GetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread());
+ if (dwThreadPriority < THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST) {
+ SetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread(), THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST);
+ }
+ bPeeked = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (bPeeked) {
+ SetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread(), dwThreadPriority);
+ if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_POSTMESSAGE)) & QS_POSTMESSAGE) {
+ if (uMsgId == 0) {
+ uMsgId = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("AMUnblock"));
+ }
+ if (uMsgId != 0) {
+ MSG msg;
+ // Remove old ones
+ while (PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)-1, uMsgId, uMsgId, PM_REMOVE)) {
+ }
+ }
+ PostThreadMessage(GetCurrentThreadId(), uMsgId, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ return dwResult;
+}
+
+HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult()
+{
+ DWORD dwLastError = GetLastError();
+ if(dwLastError != 0)
+ {
+ return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(dwLastError);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+}
+
+IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp)
+{
+ if (lp != NULL)
+ lp->AddRef();
+ if (*pp)
+ (*pp)->Release();
+ *pp = lp;
+ return lp;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+
+CompatibleTimeSetEvent
+
+ CompatibleTimeSetEvent() sets the TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag before calling
+timeSetEvent() if the current operating system supports it. TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS
+is supported on Windows XP and later operating systems.
+
+Parameters:
+- The same parameters as timeSetEvent(). See timeSetEvent()'s documentation in
+the Platform SDK for more information.
+
+Return Value:
+- The same return value as timeSetEvent(). See timeSetEvent()'s documentation in
+the Platform SDK for more information.
+
+******************************************************************************/
+MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent )
+{
+ #if WINVER >= 0x0501
+ {
+ static bool fCheckedVersion = false;
+ static bool fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable = false;
+
+ if( !fCheckedVersion ) {
+ fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable = TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable();
+ fCheckedVersion = true;
+ }
+
+ if( fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable ) {
+ fuEvent = fuEvent | TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif // WINVER >= 0x0501
+
+ return timeSetEvent( uDelay, uResolution, lpTimeProc, dwUser, fuEvent );
+}
+
+bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void )
+{
+ OSVERSIONINFO osverinfo;
+
+ osverinfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osverinfo);
+
+ if( GetVersionEx( &osverinfo ) ) {
+
+ // Windows XP's major version is 5 and its' minor version is 1.
+ // timeSetEvent() started supporting the TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag
+ // in Windows XP.
+ if( (osverinfo.dwMajorVersion > 5) ||
+ ( (osverinfo.dwMajorVersion == 5) && (osverinfo.dwMinorVersion >= 1) ) ) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..305974a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,532 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines helper classes and functions for
+// building multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WXUTIL__
+#define __WXUTIL__
+
+// eliminate spurious "statement has no effect" warnings.
+#pragma warning(disable: 4705)
+
+// wrapper for whatever critical section we have
+class CCritSec {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CCritSec(const CCritSec &refCritSec);
+ CCritSec &operator=(const CCritSec &refCritSec);
+
+ CRITICAL_SECTION m_CritSec;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+public:
+ DWORD m_currentOwner;
+ DWORD m_lockCount;
+ BOOL m_fTrace; // Trace this one
+public:
+ CCritSec();
+ ~CCritSec();
+ void Lock();
+ void Unlock();
+#else
+
+public:
+ CCritSec() {
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ ~CCritSec() {
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ void Lock() {
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ void Unlock() {
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+#endif
+};
+
+//
+// To make deadlocks easier to track it is useful to insert in the
+// code an assertion that says whether we own a critical section or
+// not. We make the routines that do the checking globals to avoid
+// having different numbers of member functions in the debug and
+// retail class implementations of CCritSec. In addition we provide
+// a routine that allows usage of specific critical sections to be
+// traced. This is NOT on by default - there are far too many.
+//
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace);
+#else
+ #define CritCheckIn(x) TRUE
+ #define CritCheckOut(x) TRUE
+ #define DbgLockTrace(pc, fT)
+#endif
+
+
+// locks a critical section, and unlocks it automatically
+// when the lock goes out of scope
+class CAutoLock {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAutoLock(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock);
+ CAutoLock &operator=(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock);
+
+protected:
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+
+public:
+ CAutoLock(CCritSec * plock)
+ {
+ m_pLock = plock;
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ };
+
+ ~CAutoLock() {
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+ };
+};
+
+
+
+// wrapper for event objects
+class CAMEvent
+{
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAMEvent(const CAMEvent &refEvent);
+ CAMEvent &operator=(const CAMEvent &refEvent);
+
+protected:
+ HANDLE m_hEvent;
+public:
+ CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset = FALSE, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CAMEvent();
+
+ // Cast to HANDLE - we don't support this as an lvalue
+ operator HANDLE () const { return m_hEvent; };
+
+ void Set() {EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hEvent));};
+ BOOL Wait(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE) {
+ return (WaitForSingleObject(m_hEvent, dwTimeout) == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+ };
+ void Reset() { ResetEvent(m_hEvent); };
+ BOOL Check() { return Wait(0); };
+};
+
+
+// wrapper for event objects that do message processing
+// This adds ONE method to the CAMEvent object to allow sent
+// messages to be processed while waiting
+
+class CAMMsgEvent : public CAMEvent
+{
+
+public:
+
+ CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+
+ // Allow SEND messages to be processed while waiting
+ BOOL WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE);
+};
+
+// old name supported for the time being
+#define CTimeoutEvent CAMEvent
+
+// support for a worker thread
+
+#ifdef AM_NOVTABLE
+// simple thread class supports creation of worker thread, synchronization
+// and communication. Can be derived to simplify parameter passing
+class AM_NOVTABLE CAMThread {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAMThread(const CAMThread &refThread);
+ CAMThread &operator=(const CAMThread &refThread);
+
+ CAMEvent m_EventSend;
+ CAMEvent m_EventComplete;
+
+ DWORD m_dwParam;
+ DWORD m_dwReturnVal;
+
+protected:
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+
+ // thread will run this function on startup
+ // must be supplied by derived class
+ virtual DWORD ThreadProc() = 0;
+
+public:
+ CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ virtual ~CAMThread();
+
+ CCritSec m_AccessLock; // locks access by client threads
+ CCritSec m_WorkerLock; // locks access to shared objects
+
+ // thread initially runs this. param is actually 'this'. function
+ // just gets this and calls ThreadProc
+ static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv);
+
+ // start thread running - error if already running
+ BOOL Create();
+
+ // signal the thread, and block for a response
+ //
+ DWORD CallWorker(DWORD);
+
+ // accessor thread calls this when done with thread (having told thread
+ // to exit)
+ void Close() {
+
+ // Disable warning: Conversion from LONG to PVOID of greater size
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4312)
+ HANDLE hThread = (HANDLE)InterlockedExchangePointer(&m_hThread, 0);
+#pragma warning(pop)
+
+ if (hThread) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE);
+ CloseHandle(hThread);
+ }
+ };
+
+ // ThreadExists
+ // Return TRUE if the thread exists. FALSE otherwise
+ BOOL ThreadExists(void) const
+ {
+ if (m_hThread == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // wait for the next request
+ DWORD GetRequest();
+
+ // is there a request?
+ BOOL CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam);
+
+ // reply to the request
+ void Reply(DWORD);
+
+ // If you want to do WaitForMultipleObjects you'll need to include
+ // this handle in your wait list or you won't be responsive
+ HANDLE GetRequestHandle() const { return m_EventSend; };
+
+ // Find out what the request was
+ DWORD GetRequestParam() const { return m_dwParam; };
+
+ // call CoInitializeEx (COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE) if
+ // available. S_FALSE means it's not available.
+ static HRESULT CoInitializeHelper();
+};
+#endif // AM_NOVTABLE
+
+
+// CQueue
+//
+// Implements a simple Queue ADT. The queue contains a finite number of
+// objects, access to which is controlled by a semaphore. The semaphore
+// is created with an initial count (N). Each time an object is added
+// a call to WaitForSingleObject is made on the semaphore's handle. When
+// this function returns a slot has been reserved in the queue for the new
+// object. If no slots are available the function blocks until one becomes
+// available. Each time an object is removed from the queue ReleaseSemaphore
+// is called on the semaphore's handle, thus freeing a slot in the queue.
+// If no objects are present in the queue the function blocks until an
+// object has been added.
+
+#define DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE 2
+
+template <class T> class CQueue {
+private:
+ HANDLE hSemPut; // Semaphore controlling queue "putting"
+ HANDLE hSemGet; // Semaphore controlling queue "getting"
+ CRITICAL_SECTION CritSect; // Thread seriallization
+ int nMax; // Max objects allowed in queue
+ int iNextPut; // Array index of next "PutMsg"
+ int iNextGet; // Array index of next "GetMsg"
+ T *QueueObjects; // Array of objects (ptr's to void)
+
+ void Initialize(int n) {
+ iNextPut = iNextGet = 0;
+ nMax = n;
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ hSemPut = CreateSemaphore(NULL, n, n, NULL);
+ hSemGet = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, n, NULL);
+ QueueObjects = new T[n];
+ }
+
+
+public:
+ CQueue(int n) {
+ Initialize(n);
+ }
+
+ CQueue() {
+ Initialize(DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE);
+ }
+
+ ~CQueue() {
+ delete [] QueueObjects;
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ CloseHandle(hSemPut);
+ CloseHandle(hSemGet);
+ }
+
+ T GetQueueObject() {
+ int iSlot;
+ T Object;
+ LONG lPrevious;
+
+ // Wait for someone to put something on our queue, returns straight
+ // away is there is already an object on the queue.
+ //
+ WaitForSingleObject(hSemGet, INFINITE);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ iSlot = iNextGet++ % nMax;
+ Object = QueueObjects[iSlot];
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+
+ // Release anyone waiting to put an object onto our queue as there
+ // is now space available in the queue.
+ //
+ ReleaseSemaphore(hSemPut, 1L, &lPrevious);
+ return Object;
+ }
+
+ void PutQueueObject(T Object) {
+ int iSlot;
+ LONG lPrevious;
+
+ // Wait for someone to get something from our queue, returns straight
+ // away is there is already an empty slot on the queue.
+ //
+ WaitForSingleObject(hSemPut, INFINITE);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ iSlot = iNextPut++ % nMax;
+ QueueObjects[iSlot] = Object;
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+
+ // Release anyone waiting to remove an object from our queue as there
+ // is now an object available to be removed.
+ //
+ ReleaseSemaphore(hSemGet, 1L, &lPrevious);
+ }
+};
+
+// Ensures that memory is not read past the length source buffer
+// and that memory is not written past the length of the dst buffer
+// dst - buffer to copy to
+// dst_size - total size of destination buffer
+// cb_dst_offset - offset, first byte copied to dst+cb_dst_offset
+// src - buffer to copy from
+// src_size - total size of source buffer
+// cb_src_offset - offset, first byte copied from src+cb_src_offset
+// count - number of bytes to copy
+//
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_INVALIDARG - values passed would lead to overrun
+HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset(
+ __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst,
+ __in size_t dst_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_dst_offset,
+ __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src,
+ __in size_t src_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_src_offset,
+ __in size_t count);
+
+extern "C"
+void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void *, const void *, size_t);
+
+inline void * __cdecl memchrInternal(const void *buf, int chr, size_t cnt)
+{
+#ifdef _X86_
+ void *pRet = NULL;
+
+ _asm {
+ cld // make sure we get the direction right
+ mov ecx, cnt // num of bytes to scan
+ mov edi, buf // pointer byte stream
+ mov eax, chr // byte to scan for
+ repne scasb // look for the byte in the byte stream
+ jnz exit_memchr // Z flag set if byte found
+ dec edi // scasb always increments edi even when it
+ // finds the required byte
+ mov pRet, edi
+exit_memchr:
+ }
+ return pRet;
+
+#else
+ while ( cnt && (*(unsigned char *)buf != (unsigned char)chr) ) {
+ buf = (unsigned char *)buf + 1;
+ cnt--;
+ }
+
+ return(cnt ? (void *)buf : NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr);
+
+#define WstrToInt(sz) _wtoi(sz)
+#define atoiW(sz) _wtoi(sz)
+#define atoiA(sz) atoi(sz)
+
+// These are available to help managing bitmap VIDEOINFOHEADER media structures
+
+extern const DWORD bits555[3];
+extern const DWORD bits565[3];
+extern const DWORD bits888[3];
+
+// These help convert between VIDEOINFOHEADER and BITMAPINFO structures
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader);
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader);
+STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+// strmbase.lib implements this for compatibility with people who
+// managed to link to this directly. we don't want to advertise it.
+//
+// STDAPI_(/* T */ CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype);
+STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameW
+#else
+#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameA
+#endif
+
+STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader);
+STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader);
+
+#ifdef __AMVIDEO__
+STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo);
+STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo);
+#endif // __AMVIDEO__
+
+
+// Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object
+BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond);
+
+// This is for comparing pins
+#define EqualPins(pPin1, pPin2) IsEqualObject(pPin1, pPin2)
+
+
+// Arithmetic helper functions
+
+// Compute (a * b + rnd) / c
+LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG rnd);
+LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG rnd);
+
+
+// Avoids us dyna-linking to SysAllocString to copy BSTR strings
+STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR * pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc);
+STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr);
+
+// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL
+// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string
+STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR pszString, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn);
+
+// Special wait for objects owning windows
+DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages(
+ HANDLE hObject,
+ DWORD dwWait,
+ HWND hwnd = NULL,
+ UINT uMsg = 0,
+ HANDLE hEvent = NULL);
+
+// HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 converts ERROR_SUCCESS to a success code, but in
+// our use of HRESULT_FROM_WIN32, it typically means a function failed
+// to call SetLastError(), and we still want a failure code.
+//
+#define AmHresultFromWin32(x) (MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, x))
+
+// call GetLastError and return an HRESULT value that will fail the
+// SUCCEEDED() macro.
+HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult(void);
+
+// duplicate of ATL's CComPtr to avoid linker conflicts.
+
+IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp);
+
+template <class T>
+class QzCComPtr
+{
+public:
+ typedef T _PtrClass;
+ QzCComPtr() {p=NULL;}
+ QzCComPtr(T* lp)
+ {
+ if ((p = lp) != NULL)
+ p->AddRef();
+ }
+ QzCComPtr(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp)
+ {
+ if ((p = lp.p) != NULL)
+ p->AddRef();
+ }
+ ~QzCComPtr() {if (p) p->Release();}
+ void Release() {if (p) p->Release(); p=NULL;}
+ operator T*() {return (T*)p;}
+ T& operator*() {ASSERT(p!=NULL); return *p; }
+ //The assert on operator& usually indicates a bug. If this is really
+ //what is needed, however, take the address of the p member explicitly.
+ T** operator&() { ASSERT(p==NULL); return &p; }
+ T* operator->() { ASSERT(p!=NULL); return p; }
+ T* operator=(T* lp){return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp);}
+ T* operator=(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp)
+ {
+ return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp.p);
+ }
+#if _MSC_VER>1020
+ bool operator!(){return (p == NULL);}
+#else
+ BOOL operator!(){return (p == NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE;}
+#endif
+ T* p;
+};
+
+MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent );
+bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void );
+
+// Helper to replace lstrcpmi
+__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentW(LPCWSTR lpsz1, LPCWSTR lpsz2)
+{
+ return CompareStringW(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL;
+}
+__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(LPCSTR lpsz1, LPCSTR lpsz2)
+{
+ return CompareStringA(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL;
+}
+
+#endif /* __WXUTIL__ */
|